One page

profileSonahana
pakroo.pdf

by Peri H. Pakroo, J.D.

1st edition

Starting & Building a Nonprofit A Practical Guide

Nolo’s Legal Updater We’ll send you an email whenever a new edition of your book is published! Sign up at www.nolo.com/legalupdater.

Updates @ Nolo.com Check www.nolo.com/updates to fi nd recent changes in the law that aff ect the current edition of your book.

Nolo Customer Service To make sure that this edition of the book is the most recent one, call us at 800-728-3555 and ask one of our friendly customer service representatives. Or fi nd out at www.nolo.com.

Th e law changes, but Nolo is always on top of it! We off er several ways to make sure you and your Nolo products are always up to date:

NOLO

always up to datealways up to date

2

1

3

We believe accurate and current legal information should help you solve many of your own legal problems on a cost-effi cient basis. But this text is not a substitute for personalized advice from a knowledgeable lawyer. If you want the help of a trained professional, consult an attorney licensed to practice in your state.

NOLO

please note

by Peri H. Pakroo, J.D.

1st edition

Starting & Building a Nonprofit A Practical Guide

FIRST EDITION APRIL 2005

Editors LISA GUERIN

STEPHANIE BORNSTEIN

Cover Design TONI IHARA

Book Design TERRI HEARSH

Index ELLEN SHERRON

Proofreading JOE SADUSKY

Printing DELTA PRINTING SOLUTIONS, INC.

Pakroo, Peri. Starting & building a nonprofit : a practical guide / by Peri H. Pakroo

p.cm. ISBN 1-4133-0090-1 1.Nonprofit organizations--Management. I. Title: Starting and building a nonprofit. II.

Title.

HF62.6.P345 2004 658.3'048--dc22

200405473

Copyright © 2005 by Nolo.

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any

form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise without prior

written permission. Reproduction prohibitions do not apply to the forms contained in this product

when reproduced for personal use.

Quantity sales: For information on bulk purchases or corporate premium sales, please contact the

Special Sales Department. For academic sales or textbook adoptions, ask for Academic Sales. Call

800-955-4775 or write to Nolo, 950 Parker Street, Berkeley, CA 94710.

Acknowledgments Huge thanks to Lisa Guerin and Stephanie Bornstein for their crack editing and hard

work pulling this book into shape, and for their kindness in trying to keep me on

schedule.

Thanks to Jake Warner for everything: your ten-minute voicemail messages; your

helpful advice when I was stuck; even the swarms of questions scrawled all over the

first draft. I’ll deeply miss working with you.

Thanks to Janet Portman, Beth Laurence, and the rest of the Nolo editors for

welcoming me back on the team during my extended stay in Berkeley. Thanks also

to Ilona Bray for sharing her nonprofit fundraising info with me.

Thanks to Betsy Erbaugh, Katayoon Kia, Sara Jamieson, and Melina Salvador for

research and all sorts of other help along the way.

Loving thanks to my parents, Kay and Reza Pakroo, my sister Zara Pakroo, and

my grandmother Eunice Jones for cheering me on throughout.

Thanks to Sue Moon and Sandy de Lissovoy for warmly welcoming me to Grant

St. for my book editing retreat.

Thanks to all the folks who contributed to the book: Randolph Belle, David

Dabney, Erika Harding, Michael Hohner, David Kaseman, Giovanna Rossi, and Mona

Lisa Wallace. Your real-world experience is a real asset to the book.

Thanks and love to my homegirls, now scattered across red and blue states alike:

Alexis Mollomo, Stacey Stickler, Laura Louise Taylor, and Carolyn Nelson. I’d be

lost without you. Love also goes to my beautiful friends Inga Muscio and Samantha

Campostrini-Medeiros, and to my identical cousin Parisha Pakroo.

Thanks to WFMU (www.wfmu.org) for providing the soundtrack. Freedom is

freeform!

Thanks to Flying Star for allowing me to escape my lonely home office and

letting me write and edit this book for countless hours in your cheerful café. Juno

and I are grateful for the Petio and all the tasty snacks.

Oceans of love and thanks to Turtle, my very best friend. You make my heart

swell every day.

About the Author As a media developer and consultant, Peri Pakroo specializes in developing consumer-friendly materials on legal, nonprofit, small business, and intellectual

property issues. She owns and runs p-brain media (www.pbrainmedia.com), a

new media firm that develops content for Web, print, video, and other media. As a

nonprofit founder and board member, Peri is also actively involved in community

issues such as providing legal resources for artists and supporting local, independent

businesses.

Peri received her law degree from the University of New Mexico School of Law in

1995 and a year later began editing and writing for Nolo, focusing on small business

and intellectual property issues. She is the author of two Nolo books on starting a

small business, The Small Business Start-Up Kit and The Small Business Start-Up Kit

for California, and has edited several other Nolo titles. In between road trips she

lives in New Mexico.

I Doing Good and Doing It Well A. Who Should Read This Book .......................................................................... Intro/2

B. Nonprofit Basics ............................................................................................... Intro/3

C. Running a Nonprofit ........................................................................................ Intro/6

1 Naming and Structuring Your Nonprofit A. Choose a Name for Your Nonprofit ...................................................................... 1/2

B. Should You Incorporate? ........................................................................................ 1/5

C. Do You Want Tax-Exempt Status? ........................................................................ 1/15

D. Should You Have Voting Members? ................................................................... 1/24

2 Developing Your Strategic Plan A. Components of a Strategic Plan ............................................................................ 2/3

B. Decide Who Will Participate .................................................................................. 2/4

C. Develop Your Mission Statement .......................................................................... 2/5

D. Outline Specific Goals, Objectives, and Activities .......................................... 2/10

E. Assess Your Resources .......................................................................................... 2/12

F. Identify Strategies .................................................................................................. 2/13

G. Edit and Finalize Your Plan .................................................................................... 2/14

Table of Contents

3 Developing Your Initial Budget A. Set Up Your Budget .................................................................................................. 3/3

B. Estimate Income ....................................................................................................... 3/4

C. Estimate Expenses .................................................................................................... 3/5

D. Assemble Your Budget ............................................................................................ 3/8

4 Your Board of Directors A. What Makes a Good Board ..................................................................................... 4/3

B. The Board’s Duties and Tasks ................................................................................. 4/6

C. Board Policies and Procedures .............................................................................. 4/9

D. Recruiting Board Members .................................................................................. 4/13

E. Holding Effective Board Meetings ...................................................................... 4/16

F. The Role of Committees ...................................................................................... 4/20

5 Your Workforce: Staff and Volunteers A. Developing a Management Strategy .................................................................... 5/2

B. Hiring an Executive Director ................................................................................. 5/7

C. Hiring and Managing Staff and Volunteers ....................................................... 5/10

D. Employees and Independent Contractors ........................................................ 5/14

E. Required Paperwork, Filings, and Taxes ............................................................. 5/17

6 Fundraising A. The Golden Rules of Successful Fundraising .................................................... 6/3

B. Your Fundraising Plan .............................................................................................. 6/5

C. Define Your Fundraising Targets and Budget ..................................................... 6/6

D. Find Prospective Donors ......................................................................................... 6/8

E. Define Your Fundraising Campaign .................................................................... 6/11

F. Fundraising Tools .................................................................................................... 6/14

G. Funding From Grants ............................................................................................. 6/25

H. The Law of Fundraising ......................................................................................... 6/28

I. Working With Professional Fundraisers ............................................................ 6/30

7 Risk Management and Insurance A. Common Legal Problems ........................................................................................ 7/2

B. Who Is at Risk? ........................................................................................................... 7/7

C. Managing Your Nonprofit’s Risks ........................................................................ 7/12

8 Understanding Contracts and Agreements A. Contract Law Basics ................................................................................................. 8/2

B. Using Contracts in the Real World ........................................................................ 8/7

C. Typical Contract Terms ............................................................................................ 8/9

9 Marketing Your Nonprofit A. Marketing and Public Relations at Work ............................................................. 9/3

B. Fundamental Marketing Tools ............................................................................... 9/6

C. Creating a Website ................................................................................................. 9/11

10 Publishing Informational Materials A. Decide Whether to Publish .................................................................................. 10/2

B. Create a Publishing Plan ....................................................................................... 10/4

C. Copyright Basics for Nonprofit Publishers ..................................................... 10/11

11 Managing Your Finances A. Bookkeeping and Accounting Overview ........................................................... 11/2

B. Tracking Income and Expenses ........................................................................... 11/6

C. Creating Basic Financial Reports ....................................................................... 11/10

D. Audits, Reviews, and Compilations .................................................................. 11/15

E. Reporting Requirements ..................................................................................... 11/16

12 Getting Professional Help A. Relationships Are Critical ..................................................................................... 12/2

B. Working With Lawyers .......................................................................................... 12/2

C. Working With Accountants and Other Professionals ..................................... 12/6

Appendixes

A How to Use the CD-ROM A. Installing the Form Files Onto Your Computer ..................................................A/2

B. Using the Word Processing Files to Create Documents ...................................A/2

B State Secretary of State or Other Corporate Filing Offices

C State Charitable Solicitation Registration Offices

D State Tax Agencies

E State Sales Tax or Seller’s Permit Agencies

F Forms and Checklists Checklist: Naming and Structuring Your Nonprofit

Checklist: Developing Your Strategic Plan

Checklist: Developing Your Initial Budget

Checklist: Your Board of Directors

Checklist: Your Workforce: Staff and Volunteers

Checklist: Fundraising

Checklist: Risk Management and Insurance

Checklist: Understanding Contracts and Agreements

Checklist: Marketing Your Nonprofit

Checklist: Publishing Informational Materials

Checklist: Managing Your Finances

Checklist: Getting Professional Help

Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreement

Volunteer Assignment Agreement

Nonprofit’s Initial Budget

Index

C H A P T E R

1 Introduction

Doing Good and Doing It Well

A. Who Should Read This Book ............................................................................. Intro/2

B. Nonprofit Basics .................................................................................................. Intro/3

1. Nonprofit Corporations ............................................................................... Intro/3

2. Tax-Exempt Status .......................................................................................... Intro/5

C. Running a Nonprofit .......................................................................................... Intro/6

1. Importance of the Nonprofit’s Mission .................................................... Intro/6

2. Collaborative Management ......................................................................... Intro/6

3. Finding and Keeping Qualified Staff .......................................................... Intro/6

4. Raising Money ................................................................................................ Intro/7

I/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

whether to form a nonprofit in the first place, to

engaging in strategic planning, managing your

finances and taxes, developing a website, and much

more. The first chapter explains some of the choices

you’ll have to face at the outset, such as what to call

your nonprofit, whether to incorporate, and whether

to apply for a tax exemption. Each subsequent

chapter focuses on an issue you will face when

launching your nonprofit, such as choosing a board

of directors, fundraising, and marketing. Armed with

the information in this book, you’ll be ready for the

challenges—and rewards—that await you in the

nonprofit sector.

A. Who Should Read This Book

This book is intended for anyone who is consider-

ing starting a nonprofit or reorganizing an existing

group. You may be working with a group in its em-

bryonic stages and coming to realize that you need

to organize more formally. (Often, a group’s lack of

structure makes it ineligible for grants, unprepared

to hire paid employees, or simply ineffective in its

day-to-day operations.) Or, you may just have a goal

or passion in mind and want to learn how to create

an organization devoted to achieving that goal. You

may be a budding founder of a new group, or a staff

member or volunteer at an existing group that needs

an overhaul. No matter what position you hold or

how far along you are in the process of bringing a

group together, this book will give you all of the

information on nonprofit organization, planning,

structures, management, and marketing you need.

For the most part, this book assumes that the

reader is a founder or board member of an exist-

ing or future nonprofit group. However, you may

be an executive director, manager, staff member, or

volunteer who is researching nonprofit management

in order to create or improve your group. Where the

information in this book is directed not at the board

or founder but at the executive director or other

manager, it is noted explicitly.

C hanging the world is not a one-person job.

Of course, one person can make a differ-

ence: Committed, motivated individuals

are often the seeds of major social movements or

the subjects of inspiring stories about how ordinary

people, through passion and tireless dedication, can

move mountains for a worthy cause. But there is

strength in numbers, and those who want to bring

about change are most likely to succeed when they

come together with like-minded comrades to work

towards a common goal. Nonprofit organizations

exist to bring together the people and resources

necessary to mount these noble efforts. If you’re

considering trying to bring about change in your

corner of the world by starting a nonprofit, this

book will help you make your venture a success.

Many people believe—mistakenly—that all

nonprofits are underfunded labors of love, kept

afloat by the scrappy and tireless efforts of self-sac-

rificing, long-haired activists. While this description

probably fits more than a few nonprofits, there are

also plenty of nonprofits that bring in millions of

dollars each year, pay hefty salaries to their workers,

have swanky corporate offices, and even impose a

dress code. In between these extremes, there are

scores of nonprofits with varying assets, diverse of-

fice cultures, and a wide array of political leanings.

While the volunteer-driven model of nonprofits

is alive and well, more and more nonprofits are

adopting the entrepreneurial strategies and busi-

ness models developed in the for-profit world. Many

nonprofit managers and staff members have discov-

ered that working for a nonprofit is a satisfying way

to meet important community and societal needs

and make a living at the same time, which can be

more difficult in the for-profit arena. Whether you’re

driven purely by a passion for your mission or you

want to combine your activist aspirations with a

solid career, starting and running a nonprofit can be

a great way to achieve your goals.

This book explains all of the practical steps

necessary to start and run a nonprofit, from deciding

DOING GOOD AND DOING IT WELL I/ 3

Icons Used in This Book

Throughout this book you will notice symbols,

or icons, that are designed to alert you to

certain types of information, as described

below.

This icon highlights a practical tip or

good idea.

This icon alerts you to potential problems.

This icon indicates that you should

consult with an attorney or other expert.

This icon lets you know that you can skip

information that may not be relevant to

your situation.

This icon refers you to related information

somewhere else in this book.

This icon refers you to other helpful

books or resources on a topic.

This icon indicates that something is

included on the accompanying CD-ROM.

B. Nonprofit Basics

The term “nonprofit” is often used loosely to

describe all kinds of groups that are bound together

by a desire to achieve a mission, rather than to

make a profit. By itself, the term “nonprofit” does

not indicate any specific type of legal structure.

If a nonprofit group incorporates, it is a nonprofit

corporation; if not, it is an unincorporated nonprofit

association. For example, a group of people interested

in keeping a local park litter-free would likely be

called a nonprofit, as would a group of soccer dads

who sell candy bars to fund their children’s trips to

soccer tournaments around the state. Both groups

could be called “nonprofits” because both are

mission-driven, not profit-driven—but they could

have different legal structures. If the park group

never did anything to create a formal structure, it

would technically be considered an unincorporated

nonprofit association. If the soccer dads filed inco-

rporation papers with the state, the group would be

a nonprofit corporation.

1. Nonprofit Corporations

A nonprofit corporation is an organization that has

a mission to serve the public interest and has filed

incorporation papers with the state. Because the

corporation works for the public good, it receives

exemptions from state and federal taxes it would

otherwise have to pay—which means that these

groups are, to a certain extent, publicly subsidized.

The mission-driven nature of nonprofits sets them

apart from traditional private businesses, but they’re

not part of the government, either. (In fact, they are

sometimes called nongovernmental organizations

or NGOs.) Nonprofits occupy a unique position

between the public and private worlds and share

some characteristics of each. In exchange for being

exempt from many of the taxes that normally apply

to private businesses, nonprofits must dedicate

themselves to the public interest and govern them-

selves according to certain rules designed to ensure

accountability.

To ensure that nonprofit corporations are, in fact,

working for the public good—and earning their tax

breaks—state laws require them to establish certain

organizational structures. A nonprofit corporation

must have a board of directors (sometimes called a

board of trustees), which is responsible for keeping

the organization on track, working toward its stated

nonprofit mission. Other state rules impose legal

duties on the board—for example, the duty to act

with care and the duty to be loyal to the organiza-

tion—and ensure that the board does not stand to

gain personally from the nonprofit’s activities. (These

duties are discussed in more detail in Chapter 4.)

a. Corporations in General

To create any type of corporation, nonprofit or

for-profit, you must file paperwork with the state

government—usually the secretary of state’s office.

The document you must file with the state to create

a corporation is typically called “articles of incor-

poration.” Once you file this document, you have

“incorporated” and created a separate legal entity:

your corporation.

I/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

In the simplest terms, a corporation—whether

nonprofit or for-profit—is a type of business struc-

ture. Other types of business structures include sole

proprietorships, partnerships, and limited liability

companies (LLCs). Some states also recognize

associations: groups of individuals who work togeth-

er for some common goal but haven’t taken steps to

create a specific legal entity. (Chapter 1 explains the

pros and cons of structuring your nonprofit as an

unincorporated association.)

The main differences between the various

business structures lie in how they handle two

important issues: personal liability and taxation.

• Personal liability. Some business structures (such as corporations) protect their owners

from personal liability, while others (such as

sole proprietorships) do not. If the business

structure limits its owners’ personal liability,

the owners’ personal assets will be protected

if the business is sued or otherwise finds itself

in debt. If the business structure does not

limit its owners’ liability, the owners’ personal

assets—such as houses, cars, bank accounts,

and so on—can be taken to satisfy business

debts or a lawsuit judgment. Many nonprofits

choose to incorporate primarily to receive this

liability protection.

• Taxation. In some business structures (such as partnerships), business profits are taxed

as if they are simply the personal income of

the business owners. This is known as “pass-

through” taxation—the profits “pass through”

the business to the owners, who report the

income on their own personal tax returns.

Other business entities (such as corporations)

pay and report their own taxes, separate from

the owners’ personal incomes. The business

files its own tax return, as if it were a per-

son. (In fact, you may hear people refer to

a corporation as a separate “legal person”;

legally, the corporation is a distinct entity that

exists separately from its owners.) Nonprofit

corporations are separate tax entities but have

different—and more favorable—tax rules than

for-profit corporations.

b. Forming a Nonprofit

The steps you must take to form a nonprofit cor-

poration are similar to the procedures for starting a

regular corporation, but a bit more involved. Starting

a nonprofit corporation is something like getting a

commercial driver’s license: The process for getting

a commercial driver’s license is very similar to that

for getting a regular driver’s license, and the same

agency grants both licenses, but you must satisfy

a few extra rules to gain the additional privileges

and responsibilities that accompany the commercial

driver’s license. Likewise, creating a nonprofit

corporation is very similar to creating a for-profit

corporation: To do either, you must apply to the

same agency and follow a similar process—but to

create a nonprofit corporation, you must satisfy a

few extra rules.

Corporation Rules Vary by State

All corporations—nonprofit and for-profit alike—are creatures of state law. Although state laws that govern corporations are, for the most part, similar throughout the nation, there are important differences. For example, states vary on the minimum number of directors required for nonprofit boards, as well as other eligibility rules for directors. And corporate tax laws can vary significantly from state to state.

In addition, corporations created in one state are not automatically qualified to do business in others. If you create your nonprofit corporation in Wisconsin, for example, it is technically a “Wisconsin corporation.” Other states will view it as a “foreign corporation” and will generally require you to file paper- work and pay a fee before allowing you to do business within their borders.

If you do not plan to engage in nonprofit activities in other states, then incorporating in your home state alone is probably sufficient, at least in your early days. If, on the other hand, you expect the scope of your activities or ser- vices to extend into other states, you should investigate the requirements for operating as a nonprofit corporation in those other states.

DOING GOOD AND DOING IT WELL I/ 5

2. Tax-Exempt Status

Whether or not you chose to incorporate, you

may be eligible for another benefit as a nonprofit

organization: tax-exempt status from the federal

government. There are several types of federal tax-

exempt status, but the most favorable is known

as “501(c)(3)” status. This moniker refers to the

specific section of the IRS tax code that not only ex-

empts certain nonprofits from having to pay federal

income taxes, but also makes contributions to these

organizations tax-deductible to the donor. Other

sections of the federal tax code (such as 501(c)(4) or

501(c)(6)) also offer exemptions from income taxes

for nonprofits, but do not allow donors to deduct

their contributions. In this way, 501(c)(3) status

confers especially favorable tax treatment to orga-

nizations that qualify: Tax deductibility is often a

crucial factor in attracting donations.

As you can imagine, not just any old group can

obtain 501(c)(3) tax treatment. Only groups created

for specific exempt purposes—religious, charitable,

scientific, educational, or literary purposes that

benefit the public—are eligible. Groups that haven’t

incorporated (often called “unincorporated associa-

tions”) can still be eligible for 501(c)(3) status as

long as they meet all other requirements. Groups

that don’t qualify for 501(c)(3) status might be

eligible for other types of tax-exempt status—for

example, social clubs are eligible under section

501(c)(7), and trade associations are eligible under

section 501(c)(6).

To obtain 501(c)(3) status, an organization must

file an application with the IRS and be approved.

The organization must submit additional documents

with the application, such as its articles of incorpora-

tion and bylaws, which must show that the entity is,

in fact, dedicated to one or more of the specific non-

Characteristics of Various Business Entities Entity Type Description Liability Taxation

Corporation

For-profit Legal entity with one or more owners, which has filed incor- poration papers with the state. Owners (shareholders) of for-profit corporations can reap corporate profits.

Owners/directors are protected from personal liability.

For-profit corporation: Prof- its are taxed as corporate income at corporate tax rates.

Nonprofit Legal entity with one or more directors, which has filed incor- poration papers with the state. Directors of nonprofit corporations may not reap corporate profits; profits must stay in the nonprofit corporation.

Nonprofit corporation: May obtain various types of federal and state tax-exempt status, including 501(c)(3) status. If tax exemptions are not obtained, profits are taxed as corporate income.

LLC Legal entity with one or more owners working toward a profit, which has filed LLC papers with the state.

Owners protected from personal liability.

Profits pass through to the owners and are taxed as personal income (unless the owners elect otherwise).

Partnership Legal entity with two or more owners working toward a profit.

Owners can be subject to personal liability.

Profits pass through to the owners and are taxed as personal income.

Sole proprietorship Legal entity with one owner work- ing toward a profit.

Owner can be subject to personal liability.

Profits pass through to owner and are taxed as personal income.

I/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

profit purposes outlined above. (Chapter 1, Section

C, covers these steps in more detail.)

In most states, a nonprofit that obtains an

exemption from federal taxes automatically obtains

an exemption from state taxes as well, so “tax-

exempt” generally means exempt from both federal

and state taxes. Unless stated otherwise, throughout

this book, the term “tax-exempt” refers to federal tax

exemption.

Recommended reading on obtaining 501(c)(3) status. For a detailed discussion of the process of applying for and obtaining 501(c)(3)

status, including step-by-step instructions for filling

out the necessary forms, see How to Form a Non- profit Corporation, by Anthony Mancuso (Nolo).

C. Running a Nonprofit

Many experienced business owners and managers

are surprised to find that running a nonprofit is

quite different from running a traditional profit-

driven business. Assuming you’re an entrepreneurial

type, you will probably figure things out quickly—

but you should understand up front that running a

nonprofit involves different approaches, judgments,

and working styles than running a for-profit business.

1. Importance of the Nonprofit’s Mission

The legal distinction between a for-profit and a

nonprofit corporation hinges on the purpose of the

corporation’s existence: The purpose of a for-profit

business is to earn a profit, while a nonprofit exists

to further a mission in the public interest. Beyond

this legal role, a nonprofit’s mission also drives many

of the day-to-day operations of the nonprofit.

Because a nonprofit’s purpose is to pursue a

mission independent of any profit motive, success

is measured differently than it is in a for-profit busi-

ness. A business is considered a success if it makes a

profit—and a failure if it doesn’t. A nonprofit, on the

other hand, is judged by whether it is accomplishing

its mission. As you can imagine, success or failure

in these terms is not always easy to measure—you

can’t come up with an answer by running a simple

profit/loss analysis, for example.

Of course, just because nonprofits are mission-

driven doesn’t mean they can ignore financial

concerns. In reality, a nonprofit won’t be judged

purely on how well it’s achieving its mission without

figuring financial health into the equation. If a non-

profit has achieved success in pursuing its mission—

say, in raising literacy rates in a particular city

district—but has no money in the bank or financial

prospects for the future, it can’t be called an

unqualified success. Even though many nonprofits

are supported by volunteer staff and may be quite

adept at making the best use of scarce resources,

no organization can run on fumes forever. Because

almost every nonprofit faces a delicate balancing act

between financing itself and achieving its mission,

defining and measuring “success” in the nonprofit

sector can be a challenge.

2. Collaborative Management

For-profit businesses typically place a significant

amount of decision-making authority in a few top-

level positions—president, CEO, director, and so

on—from which leaders exercise control with little

input or interference from others. Nonprofits, on the

other hand, are required by law to have a board of

directors that oversees operations; as a result, they

are typically run in a more collaborative manner.

Board members cannot make unilateral decisions

but must vote as a board to approve or nix various

proposals for action. If a nonprofit has an executive

director, he or she is chosen by and accountable to

the board—not an autonomous decision maker, like

the head of a private company. For many people

who are used to the relative freedom of running a

for-profit business, dealing with the collaborative

management style of a nonprofit can pose a new

challenge.

3. Finding and Keeping Qualified Staff

Finding people to work for your nonprofit is likely

to be one of the biggest challenges you’ll face—

particularly in the early days, when your entire

organization will probably be on short rations.

Many start-up nonprofits lack the resources they

need to attract talented, experienced staff people

DOING GOOD AND DOING IT WELL I/ 7

who want to make a good living, often measured in

competitive salaries and benefits.

Another nearly inescapable reality of the nonprofit

sector is that there are never enough volunteers to

do everything the nonprofit needs (or wants) to do.

You may think that you won’t have trouble finding

folks to help because your nonprofit mission is so

important or you live in a progressive community

where everyone likes to pitch in. Unfortunately,

people lead incredibly busy lives these days and guard

their free time jealously. Much of the volunteer work

people do is for well-established organizations

and causes with well-defined volunteer needs that

can be carried out easily, with little direction. New

nonprofits, on the other hand, rarely have needs

that are so clear-cut—you may be figuring out your

needs through trial and error, which can put too

much responsibility on the casual volunteer. Finding

volunteers and staff people is not impossible, as

Chapter 5 explains; you’ll just need to be ready for

the unique challenges of finding and developing a

nonprofit workforce.

4. Raising Money

Nonprofit organizations don’t typically earn their

money by selling a product or service, like for-profit

businesses do. Instead, nonprofits are supported

by grants from public and private foundations, in-

dividual contributions, and/or membership fees. As

compared to for-profit selling, nonprofit fundraising

can be much more complicated and political.

Nonprofit fundraising certainly requires market-

ing and sales skills, however. You must be able to

convince potential funders that your nonprofit is the

best or most compelling organization to which they

can contribute their hard-earned dollars. If you hate

selling and have convinced yourself that nonprofit

fundraising will be different, think again.

Fundraising can be difficult and time-consuming;

as a result, most nonprofits are perennially under-

funded. Also, because a nonprofit is bound to a

public interest mission and overseen by a board of

directors, it doesn’t have as much flexibility —or as

many options—as a for-profit business would when

trying to get out of financial trouble or turn around

a cash shortage. In short, nonprofit fundraising isn’t

for everyone; it requires lots of energy, enthusiasm,

and creativity—and the ability to work on a shoe-

string budget.

Chapter 6 is dedicated to fundraising. Refer to Chapter 6 for an overview of fundraising

methods and specifics on how to create a fundraising

plan. For detailed information on fundraising, see

Effective Fundraising for Nonprofits, by Ilona Bray (Nolo).

Much like starting a typical, for-profit business,

starting a nonprofit requires ingenuity, passion, and

an entrepreneurial spirit. But nonprofit ventures

offer unique rewards that many people find more

compelling than the lure of financial gains in the

for-profit world. For many socially minded entre-

preneurs, starting a nonprofit is an ideal way to

maintain a commitment to causes they care about

while pursuing a career at the same time. This

book describes the nonprofit organizational model

that makes this possible and outlines all the steps

and tasks involved in setting one up. When you’re

finished reading, you’ll have a clear understanding

of what it takes to run a successful nonprofit, and

you’ll be ready to pour your efforts into the impor-

tant work ahead of you.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 1

Naming and Structuring Your Nonprofit

A. Choose a Name for Your Nonprofit ........................................................................ 1/2

1. Avoid Trademark Conflicts ................................................................................. 1/2

2. Consider Domain Name Availability ................................................................ 1/3

3. Name Requirements for Nonprofit Corporations ......................................... 1/4

B. Should You Incorporate? ........................................................................................... 1/5

1. Liability Issues ....................................................................................................... 1/6

2. Tax Exemptions .................................................................................................... 1/11

3. Financial Accountability .................................................................................... 1/12

4. Other Considerations ........................................................................................ 1/13

5. Incorporation Paperwork and Fees ................................................................. 1/14

C. Do You Want Tax-Exempt Status? ........................................................................... 1/15

1. Tax-Exempt Status in General ........................................................................... 1/16

2. 501(c)(3) Tax-Exempt Status ............................................................................... 1/18

3. Unrelated Business Income Tax ...................................................................... 1/22

4. State and Other Tax Exemptions ...................................................................... 1/22

5. How Important Is Tax Exemption to Your Organization? ........................... 1/22

D. Should You Have Voting Members? ...................................................................... 1/24

1. Why You Probably Don’t Want Voting Members ......................................... 1/24

2. Practicalities of Having Voting Members ....................................................... 1/25

1/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

T his chapter explains nonprofit structures in

detail and outlines some factors to consider

when deciding how best to organize your

specific group. It also explains some of the basic

decisions you’ll have to make at the outset, including

what to call your group, whether to formally incor-

porate, and whether to apply for tax-exempt status

from the government. Here, you’ll find information

on:

• how to choose a name for your nonprofit

(Section A)

• how to decide whether incorporation makes

sense for your group (Section B)

• the different types of tax exemptions available

to nonprofits, and factors to consider in decid-

ing whether to apply for them (Section C), and

• how bringing formal members into your non-

profit will affect its operations (Section D).

A. Choose a Name for Your Nonprofit

Once you decide to organize a nonprofit, you’ll have

to figure out what to call your group. This process

is a bit more involved than simply picking a name

that sounds good. Of course, you’ll want to come

up with a name that describes your nonprofit’s pur-

pose or work, one that the public will understand

and remember. But you’ll also need to make sure

that your name is not already being used by another

business or group, either as a trademark or as a

domain name. You’ll also have to choose a name

that complies with your state’s legal requirements.

1. Avoid Trademark Conflicts

If your name is already being used by another non-

profit or business, trademark laws (and a closely

related area of law that prohibits unfair competition)

may prevent you from using it. A trademark (some-

times simply called a “mark”) is any word, phrase,

logo, or other device used to identify products or

services in the marketplace. The ins and outs of

trademark law are beyond the scope of this book,

but this section will quickly review key rules and list

some resources you can use to find out whether the

name you want to use is available.

Nolo has resources on name and trademark issues. For in-depth information on trade- marks (including the legal criteria that determine

whether you are infringing on—that is, unfairly

using—another business’s mark, and the process

of name searches and registration), the best source

of information is Trademark: Legal Care for Your Business & Product Name, by Stephen Elias (Nolo). You can also find lots of free information on trade-

marks and other business name issues on Nolo’s

website, at www.nolo.com.

Generally speaking, when a business or nonprofit

owns a trademark, it can prevent anyone else from

using it in a way that is likely to confuse consumers.

If you “infringe” someone else’s trademark, the

trademark owner can take you to court to try to stop

you from using it and even sue you for monetary

damages.

Although owners can register trademarks with the

U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, you don’t have

to register to create an enforceable trademark. You

are the trademark owner if you are the first to use a

name in connection with a business, trade, product,

service, or activity. Because use of a name, rather

than formal registration, creates trademark owner-

ship, lots of trademarks cannot be found in any

local, state, or federal databases. To avoid potential

trademark fights later on, you’ll have to do some

research to find out whether anyone else is already

using a name that’s identical or similar to the one

you want to use.

The potential for name conflicts has grown with the rise of the Internet. In the pre-Web world, small, local businesses and nonprofits didn’t

have to worry too much about trademark conflicts

as long as no one in their area was using a similar

name. Today, however, the Web has created a global

marketplace, in which physical location is almost

irrelevant. Particularly if you plan to put your non-

profit online, you’ll have to worry not only about

trademarks used online, but also about names

used almost anywhere the Web reaches—which, of

course, is just about everywhere.

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 3

The good news is that trademark conflicts are

far less common among nonprofits than they are in

the for-profit world. One legal test for determining

whether similar names are likely to cause consumer

confusion is whether the entities using the names

actually compete with each other. The less the entities

compete, the less likely a court is to find a trademark

violation. Because most nonprofits aren’t heavily

engaged in sales or other commerce, the risk of com-

petition is significantly less than it is for commercial

businesses.

Nonetheless, you don’t want to make the mistake

of choosing a well-established trademark for the

name of your nonprofit or for any of its programs,

services, or products. This is particularly true if

you plan to conduct any business activities, such as

retail sales. (See Chapter 6 for the rules regarding

nonprofits conducting business-type activities and

earning unrelated business income.) To find out

whether the name you want is already in use, check

some or all of the following resources:

• The Web. Start with the Internet, which is huge, fast, and free. By using search engines

like Google or Yahoo!, you can quickly de-

termine whether (and how) a specific term is

in use. You should also check to see whether

the name you want is being used as a domain

name, which may present a trademark conflict.

Go to the Network Solutions website, at www

.networksolutions.com, and search for variations

of the name you want to use.

• Phone directories. Don’t overlook the humble phone book as a valuable source of local

name information. If you find that someone is

using the name you want in your local area,

there’s no reason to waste time and money

searching further—instead, start brainstorming

to come up with another name for your group.

• Industry sources. Trade publications and business directories can be great sources of

name information. You can also call local

trade associations and chambers of commerce

to ask whether they provide lists or directories

of businesses in your area.

• Federal trademark database. If you use a trademark that’s registered in this federal

database, you can be sued for “willful infringe-

ment”—a legal violation that can carry hefty

monetary penalties. To start your federal

trademark search, go to the free trademark

database of the U.S. Patent and Trademark

Office (PTO), at www.uspto.gov. Or, you can

visit your local Patent and Trademark Deposi-

tory Library (PTDL)—there’s at least one in

every state—and use its research materials.

You can also use any large public library or

a special business and government library,

which should carry the federal trademark

register, a publication that lists all federal trade

and service marks arranged by categories. For

more information on trademark searches, see

Trademark: Legal Care for Your Business &

Product Name, by Stephen Elias (Nolo).

• State trademark registries. Contact the Secretary of State’s office in your state (see

Appendix B) to find out which government

agency is in charge of trademark registries.

Ask that agency for information on how to

conduct a search, or you can hire a trademark

search firm to do the work for you.

• County fictitious name databases. Many counties maintain a database of fictitious busi-

ness names (FBNs) that have been registered

there. An FBN is a business name that does

not include the legal name of the entity that

owns it—for example, if a nonprofit named

Nurses for the Homeless, Inc. ran a clinic

called Healthy Horizons, the clinic name

“Healthy Horizons” would be an FBN that

probably has to be registered with the state

or county. Even if you won’t be using an FBN

yourself, it’s a good idea to check the FBNs

used by other businesses in your county or

state to see whether the name you want is

already in use.

2. Consider Domain Name Availability

If there’s any chance at all that you’ll want to set up

a website (see Chapter 9 for information on how to

do it), you should make sure that the name you want

to use—or some logical abbreviation or acronym—is

available as a domain name. Your domain name is

1/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

part of the address visitors will use to access your

site, such as akitarescue.org or cleanourcreeks.org.

Because your domain name is the main part of

your website’s address, you will need to choose a

domain name that is not already owned or being

used by someone else. You will also need to decide

on the appropriate suffix for your domain name—

most nonprofits use “.org” instead of “.com” to

indicate that they have a noncommercial purpose.

Governmental entities use “.gov,” while educational

entities use “.edu.”

Clearly, it will be easier for your supporters to find

you if your domain name and nonprofit name are

identical. To be in the happy position of using your

nonprofit name as your domain name, you’ll need to

choose a name that isn’t already being used, which

can be tricky these days—it seems that virtually

every word and phrase has already been registered

as a .com or .org address. To find out whether a

name is available, go to an online registrar such as

Network Solutions (www.networksolutions.com).

You can enter the domain name you want and find

out immediately whether it’s available. If the name

you choose for your nonprofit is being used by

another group or business as a domain name, you

will not only have to choose a different domain

name for your group, but you may also face claims

of trademark violation.

EXAMPLE: A new nonprofit peace group wants to name itself Families for Peace, and checks

to see if familiesforpeace.org is available. They

find it is already taken by a group called The

Peace Initiative.

Not only will the new group be unable to

register the domain name familiesforpeace.org,

but they might get into trademark trouble by

choosing Families for Peace as the name of

their nonprofit. By using the familiesforpeace.

org domain name, the other group (The Peace

Initiative) owns some level of trademark rights

to the phrase and may be able to prevent the

new group from calling itself by that name,

even if the new group uses a totally different

domain name. The new group would be wise

to choose a different nonprofit name altogether—

preferably one that also can be used as its

domain name.

Even if a domain name is available, trademark

law may prevent you from using it if the name is

already being used by another entity. For example,

say there’s an animal protection organization in

Maine called “Rural Pet Rescue,” which doesn’t

have a website. If a different animal rights group in

Colorado sees that ruralpetrescue.org is available, it

should not automatically assume that it can safely

register and use that domain name. If it did, the

Colorado group would be courting a trademark

infringement lawsuit from the original Rural Pet

Rescue in Maine, which may have been using the

name for years. In short, domain name availability is

no indicator of whether a name is safe to use under

trademark law.

If your nonprofit name is on the long side, you

might want to adapt it for your domain name.

Consider any obvious abbreviations that the public

would likely use. For example, a nonprofit called

New York Arts Alliance might try nyartsalliance.

org. Similarly, the Shawnee Independent Business

Alliance might consider shawneeiba.org.

3. Name Requirements for Nonprofit Corporations

You will need to be concerned about trademark

conflicts and domain name availability whether

you incorporate your nonprofit or not. However, if

you decide to incorporate, you will have a couple

of additional issues to contend with. First, you’ll

need to choose a name that’s not already in use

by another business or nonprofit. Second, you’ll

have to follow your state’s rules regarding nonprofit

corporate names. If you don’t follow these rules in

choosing your corporate name, your state’s corpo-

rate filing office may not approve your name—and

may reject your articles of incorporation. (See

Section B5, below.)

a. Avoid Corporate Name Conflicts

Your state’s corporate filing office—often the

Secretary of State’s office—will reject your name if it

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 5

is already in use by another corporation (nonprofit

or for-profit) or is confusingly similar to the name

of another corporation in your state. Some states

will also check your proposed name against other

business databases, such as listings of state limited

liability corporations or limited partnerships. If your

proposed name is already in use, you’ll be out of

luck.

To save time and headaches, do some research

before you file your articles of incorporation to

find out whether your proposed name is available.

You can usually call or write the state filing office

to check on name availability; many states also

allow you to check names online. Ask your state’s

filing office about its search procedures, or check

your state filing office’s website (listed by state in

Appendix B).

Once you find an available name, reserve it if you

can. Most states allow you to reserve a corporate

name for a specified period of time, sometimes for a

small fee. Reserving a name is a good idea because

it prevents someone else from taking your name

before you have a chance to file your articles. For

more information on selecting and reserving a cor-

porate name, including a sample name reservation

letter, see How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation, by

Anthony Mancuso (Nolo).

b. Other Name Requirements

Many states require nonprofit corporations to use

certain words in their corporate name—and/or

to avoid other words. For example, you may have

to use the word “corporation” or the abbreviation

“inc.” in your corporate name, or avoid using words

that falsely imply a particular business structure or

affiliation, such as “bank,” “trust,” “cooperative,”

“federal,” or “insurance.” Of course, if your nonprofit

really is a cooperative or trust, you may be able to

use these words in your corporate name—check

with your state’s filing office to make sure.

If you plan to apply for tax-exempt status (see

Section C, below), you should also avoid any words

implying that your nonprofit might not be eligible

for a tax exemption. For example, if you used the

words “trade association” or “political action group,”

you might not sound like the kind of charitable

organization that is entitled to avoid paying federal

taxes. This is not a requirement of state or federal

law—instead, it is a commonsense precaution that

will prevent possible problems down the road, when

you apply for your tax exemption.

B. Should You Incorporate?

You don’t necessarily have to incorporate your group

to accomplish your nonprofit goals. (The same goes

for obtaining 501(c)(3) or other tax-exempt status,

which is covered in Section C, below.) Many small

groups operate perfectly well without incorporating

and happily remain what’s sometimes referred to as

an unincorporated association. In fact, many groups

decide to incorporate only when faced with some

pressing reason to do so—for example, because the

group won’t be eligible for a grant unless it incorpo-

rates.

When you incorporate as a nonprofit (by filing

papers with your state’s filing office—see Section

B5, below), you create a separate legal entity that

pays its own taxes and protects the people who

run it and work for it from personal liability. If an

organization does not incorporate, its legal status is

fuzzier. As discussed below, unincorporated groups

are treated differently from state to state—some

states treat them like corporations in some respects;

others don’t.

You don’t have to incorporate to obtain tax- exempt status. Unincorporated associations can apply for and obtain 501(c)(3) status (and other

types of tax-exempt status as well). Keep this in

mind if you are considering applying for a grant

that is available only to groups that have 501(c)(3)

or other tax-exempt status—it’s not necessary to

incorporate to get 501(c)(3) status and be eligible

for the grant. Still, it’s often a good idea to incor-

porate, anyway. A group that plans to seek federal

tax-exempt status will likely benefit from the more

formal corporate structure.

In the absence of a clear need to incorporate, the

members of a nonprofit group may wonder whether

incorporating makes any sense at all. Some may

think it’s the right thing to do based on a vague

1/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

notion that it will protect board members from

personal liability or because it sounds more official.

Others may not want to incorporate, fearing the

dreaded corporate paperwork or simply feeling that

incorporating is an unnecessary expense of time,

money, and other resources. While there may be

some truth in each of these notions, it’s important

to get past these generalities and consider specific

reasons why your particular group will or won’t

benefit from incorporating.

Broadly speaking, the main reason most nonprofits

incorporate is to protect those who work for the

organization from personal liability. In addition to

limited liability, other considerations may be impor-

tant to your nonprofit, such as whether your group

plans to obtain federal tax-exempt status, whether

it plans to handle large sums of money, whether it

seeks to gain credibility by incorporating, or how

unincorporated associations are treated in your state.

The sections below look at each of these factors in

more detail.

Are You Sure You Want to Incorporate?

As discussed in this chapter, incorporating

allows you to take advantage of sometimes

favorable corporate tax treatment and protec-

tion from personal liability. But some groups

won’t realize many benefits by incorporating;

for them, there’s no reason to spend the time

and money required to incorporate. If your

liability risks are minimal to nonexistent, and

if incorporating doesn’t make any additional

tax advantages available to your group, it often

makes more sense to keep things simple and

operate as an unincorporated group until

growth or other changes warrant a more formal

organizational structure.

1. Liability Issues

One of the most compelling reasons to incorporate

a group is to protect directors, officers, and staff

from personal liability. If the nonprofit corporation

loses an expensive lawsuit or finds itself in debt,

creditors typically won’t be able to get at the assets

of the people who run the nonprofit. Only the assets

of the corporation itself will be vulnerable, not the

personal assets of the board and staff.

If your nonprofit is lucky enough to have sizeable

assets, losing them to debt would of course be dev-

astating. But a more common and serious problem

occurs when creditors go after board members or

staffers with deep pockets, instead of targeting the

nonprofit itself (which may be cash- and asset-poor).

If the group is not incorporated, the people running

the organization might find themselves personally

liable for the nonprofit’s debts. This possibility

creates a pretty powerful incentive for many non-

profits to incorporate. But, as discussed below, other

laws might protect your members from liability even

if you don’t incorporate, and your group’s actual

liability risks may be quite low. In short, not every

nonprofit has to incorporate to adequately protect its

members from liability.

Corporate protection from personal liability is not absolute. In some unusual circum- stances, individuals may be held personally liable

for corporate debts. Often called “piercing the

corporate veil,” this individual liability is usually

reserved for cases of extreme mismanagement

or self-dealing. In these situations, the corporate

structure may not shield an individual who commits

improper, unethical, or criminal activities. (Liability

is covered in greater detail in Chapter 7; you’ll find

information about the duties of nonprofit directors

in Chapter 4.)

So, how worried should you be about liability

issues? The answer will largely depend on what

your activities and potential risks will be, and

whether other sources of protection offer enough

of a shield to make incorporation unnecessary. (For

information on assessing risks and risk management

strategies, see Chapter 7.)

Incorporating won’t shield the nonprofit’s assets. Forming a corporation limits only personal liability—that is, the liability of those who

work for the nonprofit. If a successful lawsuit is filed

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 7

against a nonprofit corporation, the nonprofit’s staff

and volunteers may not have to pay a penny, but

the assets of the nonprofit itself can be wiped out.

Taking risk management seriously—by evaluating

your activities, making any necessary changes to

minimize risk, and purchasing needed insurance—

will help you keep your nonprofit out of financial

and legal trouble. (Risk management and insurance

are covered in more detail in Chapter 7.)

a. Assess Your Risks

Start your risk assessment by reviewing your

expected activities. If your group will regularly

engage in activities that involve physical or financial

risk (including any plans to solicit large amounts of

money), incorporating may be the wisest choice.

(Or consider changing your activities—see “Other

Risk Management Strategies,” below.) For example, a

bicycling team, a children’s gym, an environmental

organization that plans to clean up hazardous waste,

or an independent business alliance that holds large

conventions would be well advised to incorporate.

On the other hand, if you anticipate very little

risk, you may reasonably conclude that avoiding

personal liability doesn’t justify the time and

expense of incorporating. For example, a neighbor-

hood association, a slam poetry group, a gathering

of French-language enthusiasts, or a group that wants

to improve a rose garden at a local park might

not face much liability risk during their activities.

If there’s little or no risk of injury and everyone

reasonably agrees that a lawsuit would be extremely

unlikely, operating as an informal, unincorporated

group may be an entirely sensible path to take.

Lots of groups will fall somewhere in between,

with activities that could pose a small to moderate

amount of risk—say, a weekend soccer league or

a group that periodically holds food drives for the

homeless. Before jumping into incorporating, groups

like this should consider some other sources of

protection from liability exposure, discussed below.

Other Risk Management Strategies

As discussed in more detail in Chapter 7, there

are many different ways that groups of all types

and sizes can minimize their liability risks.

Be sure to consider these simple, effective

strategies:

• Adapt your activities. If your group identifies a specific activity that exposes

the group and its members to risk, con-

sider changing that activity or eliminat-

ing it altogether.

• Use signed waivers. When appropriate, get participants to sign waivers releasing

the group from liability.

• Find an umbrella group. If an umbrella group exists for your type of organization,

operating under it can help minimize

your liability exposure. For example,

sports teams typically play in leagues

or enter tournaments sponsored by

umbrella groups, which often allow and

may require every participant to sign up

for the group’s insurance plan.

Whatever your true risks are, make sure your volunteers, staff, board members, and others are comfortable with your organizational structure. If you find that potential directors, employees, or

volunteers are reluctant to work for the organization

without the protection of the corporate structure,

you’ve got a problem on your hands. If you feel their

worries are unwarranted—for example, every player

on your softball team is covered by comprehensive

insurance provided by the American Softball Asso-

ciation—you might try to address their concerns and

convince them they are not facing as much risk as

they think. On the other hand, their fears may be a

sign that it’s time to incorporate your nonprofit.

1/ 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

b. Insurance

For groups whose principal volunteers and staffers

face low (but not entirely negligible) liability risk,

basic liability insurance might offer adequate protec-

tion, making incorporating unnecessary. A simple,

reasonably priced policy can shield members or

workers of a group from a wide range of liability

risks, from typical trip-and-fall claims to cases of

mismanagement or fraud.

Take, for example, the food drive group men-

tioned earlier. If someone was injured by a falling

box of canned goods and sued the organization,

there’s a good chance that neither the organization

nor its individual members would be liable in the

first place. But even if a lawsuit was successful,

liability insurance coverage would probably pro-

tect individual group members from having to pay

medical bills or legal damages, even if the group

was not incorporated. As discussed in Chapter 7,

it’s a good idea for any group to consider at least

some basic insurance—but it’s especially smart for

those that don’t have the protection of the corporate

structure.

c. State Laws Protecting Members of Unincorporated Associations

Some states have enacted laws providing at least

some limited liability to people involved with

unincorporated groups. Depending on the state,

this protection may cover paid and/or volunteer

workers; other specifics also vary from state to state.

In addition, some states have adopted the Uniform

Unincorporated Nonprofit Association Act (UUNAA),

which, among other things, limits the liability of

members and functionaries of unincorporated

associations for personal injury (tort) and contract

lawsuits. (See “What’s in the Uniform Unincorpo-

rated Nonprofit Association Act?,” below, for more

information on the Act’s provisions and the states

that have adopted it.)

Other states have no laws at all regarding the

liability of those associated with unincorporated

groups. Even though you probably won’t be on the

losing end of a lawsuit, it’s nevertheless important to

recognize that these states offer no personal liability

protection to the people who work for unincorpo-

rated associations. (But the federal law does—see

Subsection d, below.)

d. The Federal Volunteer Protection Act

In addition to the variety of state laws that pro-

tect the people who work for nonprofits, federal

law provides some basic protections to volunteers

who work for nonprofit groups, whether or not

they incorporate. The Volunteer Protection Act

(VPA) of 1997 provides limited immunity to unpaid

volunteers—including directors, officers, and

trustees—for any injuries or damages they cause in

the course of their volunteer activities. (42 U.S.C.

§§ 14501 and following.) The group must either have

federal 501(c)(3) tax-exempt status or be operated

“for public benefit and operated primarily for chari-

table, civic, educational, religious, welfare, or health

purposes” to qualify for this protection. (42 U.S.C.

§ 14505(4).) The group does not have to be incorpo-

rated or possess any tax-exempt status to meet the

second definition.

Because the VPA is a federal law, it provides what

amounts to a mandatory minimum level of protection

for nonprofit volunteers in all 50 states. In states that

have no law governing volunteers’ liability, the VPA

will apply. In states that provide even more protec-

tion to volunteers, state law trumps the VPA. (For

more information on the VPA and liability issues in

general, see Chapter 7.)

The Volunteer Protection Act does not prevent lawsuits against nonprofit organi- zations. The VPA protects only the volunteers who work for a nonprofit, not the nonprofit group itself.

Similarly, the VPA does not prevent a nonprofit

from suing a volunteer for damages; it just shields

volunteers from lawsuits by third parties. But, as

mentioned earlier, nonprofits themselves usually

aren’t sued because they so often have minimal

assets. Much more often, it’s a volunteer with a

fat bank account who faces a lawsuit. This is the

situation that the VPA protects against.

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 9

What’s in the Uniform Unincorporated Nonprofit Association Act?

2. It provides limited liability for members and functionaries of the groups for per-

sonal injury (tort) and contract claims.

3. It gives groups the right to sue and be sued as associations.

4. It creates a procedure for disposing of the property of inactive associations.

5. It allows an agent of the association (such as the activities coordinator, the

president, or just a simple member) to be

designated for service of process—the

designated person then has the authority

to receive legal papers on the group’s

behalf.

The states that have adopted the UUNAA as

this book went to press include:

Alabama

Arkansas

Colorado

Delaware

District of Columbia

Hawaii

Idaho

Texas

West Virginia

Wisconsin, and

Wyoming

For more information on the UUNAA,

including the full text of the law and any recent

state adoptions, visit the National Conference

of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws on-

line at www.nccusl.org.

In 1992, the National Conference of Commis-

sioners on Uniform State Laws drafted the

Uniform Unincorporated Nonprofit Association

Act (UUNAA). The Act was an attempt to

encourage involvement in small community

groups and other organizations that aim to

benefit the public but don’t want to establish

a formal corporate structure. Recognizing that

unincorporated groups do much good for the

public but can be hampered by their vague legal

status, the Conference created the UUNAA as

a model law for states to adopt; so far, 11 have

done so.

Under the UUNAA, unincorporated non-

profits are given the legal status of a separate

entity for purposes of liability. This means that

people who work for an unincorporated non-

profit won’t be held liable for the actions of

the nonprofit or other people working for it

merely by virtue of their involvement with the

group. The UUNAA definition of unincorpo-

rated nonprofit associations is broad: “[Two] or

more members joined by mutual consent for a

common, nonprofit purpose.” Members may

be individuals, corporations, other associations,

or governmental agencies. Both volunteer and

paid workers are protected.

The UUNAA gives five benefits to unincorpo-

rated nonprofits:

1. It gives the associations the legal capacity to receive, hold, and transfer real and

personal property.

1/ 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Balancing Liability Considerations

Once you’ve assessed your risks and looked at

the various ways to protect your group and its

people from liability, you’ll be in a much better

position to decide whether incorporation makes

sense in your situation. Consider the following

example.

EXAMPLE: The New Mexico Cactus Lovers (NMCL) is a group of about 25 people

who get together every other month or

so to view and photograph various cactus

plants. They post the pictures and other

informative material at a small website.

Keeping the group organized and planning

its activities falls to a group of five people

who call themselves the steering commit-

tee. The folks on the steering committee

plan outings, notify members of the time

and place for each outing, and coordinate

getting the cactus photos and information

from members to post at the website,

among other basic tasks.

At the last outing, one member slipped

and fell into a prickly pear. She wasn’t hurt

too badly and has no intention of suing,

but it got NMCL’s steering committee

thinking about their liability risks. Even

though people could get hurt during their

outings, the steering committee concludes

that the chances of a successful lawsuit

against the group or its members are small.

Because all of the members are friends

and outings are not open to the public,

there’s a low likelihood of a member suing

in the first place. Still, a lawsuit is possible

and could be expensive to defend, even if it

was ultimately unsuccessful. The commit-

tee isn’t worried about the group’s assets,

which don’t typically exceed $1,000 at any

given time; what concerns them are the

assets of the group’s individual members.

They do a quick search of laws online

and learn that New Mexico has not adopt-

ed the Uniform Unincorporated Nonprofit

Association Act. However, they see that

New Mexico’s laws do provide some other

protections for unincorporated associations

and their members. They find New Mexico’s

Corporations statute, Unincorporated

Associations chapter, which states in

Section 53-10-6B: “Any money judgment

obtained against an unincorporated asso-

ciation shall bind only the joint or common

property of the association.” They plan to

ask a lawyer about this but surmise that it

means individual members can’t be held

personally liable for judgments against the

group.

Continuing their research, the steering

committee reads about and discusses

the Volunteer Protection Act. They note

that the VPA applies only to volunteers of

501(c)(3) tax-exempt nonprofits, or those

operated “for public benefit and operated

primarily for charitable, civic, educational,

religious, welfare, or health purposes.”

After some discussion, they agree that

they’ll want to keep the primary focus on

the Cactus Lovers’ educational website and

other informative activities (as opposed to

purely recreational purposes), so that their

group will be covered by the VPA.

After discussing their likely risks and the

existing sources of protection available to

NMCL and its members, the steering com-

mittee decides that the risks to the group’s

members are minimal, so incorporating

doesn’t appear to be essential at this point.

They plan to look into a general liability

insurance policy for the group to protect

against accidents that might happen during

their outings. They also agree to revisit the

issue if their group grows significantly or

starts to engage in new activities.

To see how taking on new activities will

affect your liability risks—and in turn the

need to incorporate—consider some different

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 1 1

2. Tax Exemptions

Generally speaking, there are two ways that a

nonprofit can enjoy exemptions from federal or

state taxes. As discussed in more depth in Section

C, below, a nonprofit that meets federal and state

requirements can:

• avoid paying federal and state taxes on

income, and

• for charitable nonprofits (those that qualify

under section 501(c)(3)), offer tax-deductibility

to donors for the value of their contributions.

These benefits can be quite valuable, but your

group doesn’t have to incorporate to get them. Your

group’s eligibility for any sort of tax exemption

will depend on your nonprofit’s activities—not on

whether or not it is incorporated.

If it meets all other requirements, an unincor-

porated association can obtain tax-exempt status

from the IRS (including exemption from taxes and

tax deductions for contributors), as long as the

group has a written organizational document, often

called articles of association. Many states allow

unincorporated groups to file articles of association

with a state office (usually the Secretary of State),

possibilities for the New Mexico Cactus Lovers.

The chart below shows how the group’s need to

incorporate might change as its activities grow.

Low Need to Incorporate Borderline Need to Incorporate High Need to Incorporate

NMCL’s loose group of cac-

tus enthusiasts visits public

lands to take photographs of

interesting cactus specimens,

which they post at a website.

Everyone who participates in

the park outings signs a liability

release form each year.

NMCL posts notices in local

calendars and other media

inviting the public to join in the

park outings. Participants must

make their own travel arrange-

ments and sign a waiver releas-

ing NMCL from liability.

Two to four trips are offered

each month to the public and

to NMCL’s 100 or so members.

NMCL offers transportation

to those who want it. Release

forms are required. Trips

venture into areas with hazards

such as steep rocks, rattle-

snakes, and extreme tempera-

tures.

These are just general guidelines, but they show

that increasing levels of risk will make incorpo-

ration look more and more attractive.

in much the same way as corporations file articles

of incorporation. (See Section B5, below, for more

information on articles of incorporation.)

Follow IRS rules when filing articles of incor- poration or association. If you plan to apply for tax-exempt status, your organizational document

must pass IRS muster. For corporations, the IRS says

that articles of incorporation must be date-stamped

by the state in order to be valid. For unincorporated

associations, the articles of association must be

signed by two or more people and must be dated.

Further, if you plan to apply for 501(c)(3) tax-exempt

status—as opposed to tax exemption under other

IRS provisions, such as 501(c)(4) or 501(c)(6)—your

organizational document must include specific

language regarding your tax-exempt purpose and a

limitation on political activities, among other things.

This applies to associations and corporations alike.

If you file your state organizational paperwork with-

out knowing exactly what will be required if you

decide to apply for tax-exempt status, you could

create a lot of unnecessary trouble for yourself

down the road.

1/ 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Even though you don’t have to incorporate in

order to pursue tax-exempt status, it can still be a

good idea. Adopting the formal corporate structure

will force you to be more organized and approach

important tasks—like defining your mission, clari-

fying roles within the organization, and managing

your finances—more seriously. These tasks are espe-

cially important for groups that plan to seek federal

tax-exempt status, because these groups will be

legally required to stay true to their mission, keep

good records, and carefully manage their finances.

In short, you will be in a stronger position to obtain

tax-exempt status if you incorporate your group,

because incorporation forces you to impose and

maintain a higher degree of organization.

On the flip side, remember that incorporation

alone doesn’t automatically make you eligible for

the tax-exempt status you want. Your ability to

obtain federal tax-exempt status will depend on

your nonprofit’s activities, which may or may not fall

within a specific tax-exempt category. For example,

a bridge-playing group probably wouldn’t be eligible

for 501(c)(3) status, which is generally reserved for

charitable nonprofits. (See Section C, below.) If the

bridge group incorporated to obtain 501(c)(3) status,

it would be out of luck (unless it overhauled its

activities substantially).

As for state income taxes, each state follows its

own rules as to granting exemptions to nonprofit

groups. State laws differ, so you should check

yours to see whether your unincorporated group

will be eligible for a state tax exemption. If not,

incorporating might be your best option. State rules

for income tax exemptions are covered in Section C,

below.

If you plan to incorporate, do it before apply- ing for federal tax-exempt status. You should apply for tax-exempt status only after you finalize

your business structure. If you decide to incorporate after obtaining tax-exempt status, the IRS will re- quire you to go through the tax-exempt application

process all over again. By incorporating, you will

have created a business entity separate from your

prior association—and that new entity will need its

own tax exemption.

3. Financial Accountability

While nothing prevents an unincorporated associa-

tion from having well-developed and well-organized

financial systems, sometimes the additional formality

of the corporate structure helps promote sound

financial management. Because a corporation is

legally required to fill certain board and officer

positions (and each position has important legal

duties), the people working for a nonprofit corpora-

tion often have a clearer sense of accountability and

how important it is to manage funds with care. In

an unincorporated group that doesn’t have these

built-in legal responsibilities, it’s not uncommon

for financial systems to be messy or nonexistent.

In short, if membership dues, fundraising events,

private contributions, or other sources bring in even

a few hundred dollars per year to the nonprofit,

your group might benefit from the greater financial

accountability that comes with incorporation.

Incorporating can also help you show outsiders

that your group is a serious endeavor—and that they

should support it financially. Potential contributors

often want to see financial systems and account-

ability in place before they commit any funds to a

group. In particular, foundations and other large

grant providers may not consider giving financial

support to unincorporated groups, precisely because

the formality of the corporate structure provides

additional assurance that the money will be man-

aged in a professional manner. So, when it comes to

attracting and securing contributions, incorporating

may be a practical necessity.

Do you really want to start a for-profit busi- ness? Even though you may feel certain that you want to pursue your goals with a nonprofit, be

open to the possibility that your ideas may be better

served by starting a for-profit business. You can be

as socially progressive with your business as you

and your partners want but will not be bound by the

special tax and other rules that govern nonprofits.

Many foundations give money only to non- profit corporations with 501(c)(3) status. If your potential funding sources don’t give money

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 1 3

to groups without 501(c)(3) status, you’ll obviously

want to obtain that exemption. Section C, below,

offers detailed information on what groups are

eligible for this type of tax-exempt status, as well

as other kinds of federal tax-exempt status. For

line-by-line instructions on filling out the 501(c)(3)

application, read Nolo’s How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation, by Anthony Mancuso. If you’re not eligible under 501(c)(3), you’ll find some alternatives

in Section C, below.

On the other hand, if your group collects a few

bucks from its members every other month to cover

photocopying expenses, or holds a yearly bake sale

to help cover the cost of a trip to the Grand Canyon,

incorporating may well be more costly and compli-

cated than it’s worth. Unless there are other reasons

to incorporate—liability issues, for example—it often

doesn’t make sense for small groups with minimal

funds to take on the formality and complexity of the

corporate structure.

Incorporating may enhance your group’s credibility. Many people are just more inclined to respect an organization that has gone to

the trouble to incorporate, whether or not it truly

deserves that respect. Of course, credibility and

reputation are important for any nonprofit, and

you’ll build them by running your organization well.

But if credibility is a particular concern for your

group, you might want to consider incorporating

sooner than later to establish your bona fides early

on.

4. Other Considerations

Besides the big issue of liability and consider-

ations related to taxes and financial management,

other factors may affect whether or not you should

incorporate. Here are a few to consider.

a. Likely Duration

Generally speaking, incorporating is more appro-

priate for groups that expect to have a lifespan

of at least a few years. If your group is short-term

in nature—for example, you banded together

to prevent a big box store from moving into the

neighborhood—it probably doesn’t make sense to

incorporate. If the issue will likely be resolved one

way or the other fairly quickly, precious time and

energy could be better spent on the campaign, not

on building and maintaining the corporation. But if

your group sticks together after the initial battle and

redefines its mission as creating and maintaining

appropriately sized neighborhood shopping areas, it

might be a good idea to form a corporation.

Look at your organization’s goals and evaluate

whether you will be able to meet them relatively

quickly, or whether they will require an ongoing,

long-term effort. Unless you expect to be pursuing

your mission for quite a while, incorporating may be

more trouble than it’s worth.

EXAMPLE: A group of neighbors frustrated with the litter at a neglected local park decides

to band together for a Clean Up Our Park

Weekend. They organize an event to clean up a

lake and a forested area in the park. They take

risk management seriously and plan to have

all participants sign a release from liability.

Beyond that, they don’t worry about forming

any organizational structure.

The weekend clean-up event is a huge

success, drawing dozens of participants from

the surrounding neighborhoods. The Clean

Up Our Park organizers decide that lots more

work could be done at the park if they held

similar events regularly throughout the year.

They develop new goals, including restoring

natural vegetation and aquatic life to the lake,

eliminating diseased trees, and improving park

trails. With their new mission, they realize that

they will need contributions and grants, as well

as cooperation from the city and the parks de-

partment. Because their planned activities will

keep them busy for at least the next two years,

they decide that a more formal organization is

in order. They make plans to form a nonprofit

corporation and seek tax-exempt status.

1/ 1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

b. Overlap With Similar Groups

Before starting your own nonprofit (whether incor-

porated or not), you should find out if any other

nonprofit in your area is working towards the same

goals. You should certainly figure this out before

you incorporate and establish your nonprofit more

permanently.

Politically speaking, it’s important not to in-

vade another nonprofit’s territory—at least without

communicating first and having good reason to go

ahead with your own nonprofit. You may well find

that the best way to pursue your goals is by joining

forces with the other nonprofit, rather than starting

your own and spending time and energy on the in-

corporation process and other legal and tax issues.

The other group may have already made valuable

progress in terms of raising money and awareness,

forging alliances, and so on.

Instead of incorporating your group, you might:

• study the list of nonprofits already active in

the same area and join their efforts as a volun-

teer, board member, or employee

• identify existing groups in your area that are

compatible with your ideas and meet with

them to explore creating a special project or

initiative, or

• explore the list of national organizations in

your area of interest and find out whether a

local chapter is needed in your geographic

area.

EXAMPLE: After the successful Clean Up Our Park Weekend, the organizers decide that lots

more work at the park could be done if they

organized similar events regularly throughout

the year. They discuss incorporating the group

in order to minimize ongoing liability risks and

to develop a strong organizational framework

to handle more money and activities.

One of the members suggests that they

first do some research to find out whether any

other local or regional groups are doing similar

work. Sure enough, a quick search of the Web

turns up Neighbors Helping Parks, a 501(c)(3)

nonprofit in their state that is dedicated to

mobilizing neighbors and local businesses

to help improve and maintain neglected city

parks. Neighbors Helping Parks is set up to

work with local groups just like the Clean Up

Our Park folks, and provides insurance, train-

ing, and other resources to the local groups.

Even better, Neighbors Helping Parks has a

simple application process local groups can

use to request and receive funds to use in their

efforts.

The Clean Up Our Park organizers agree

that it makes much more sense to work with

Neighbors Helping Parks rather than incorpo-

rate on their own and reinvent the wheel.

5. Incorporation Paperwork and Fees

To create a corporation—whether nonprofit or for-

profit—you must file formal paperwork with the

state and pay a filing fee. You will also need to un-

dertake some additional formalities, such as drafting

bylaws. And you’ll have to keep up with various cor-

porate requirements, including regularly convening

meetings of the board of directors, keeping minutes

of board meetings, filing annual reports, possibly

filing tax returns, and more. Although these tasks

aren’t overly burdensome, they do make incorporat-

ing your nonprofit more costly and time-consuming

than simply operating as an unincorporated group.

Get step-by-step instructions for creating your articles, drafting your bylaws, completing your federal 501(c)(3) application, and much more. This chapter provides only a brief overview of the

paperwork requirements associated with forming a

nonprofit corporation. For detailed instructions on

completing all of the necessary forms—and all of

the information you’ll need to make sure that your

paperwork complies with your state’s rules—see

How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation, by Anthony Mancuso (Nolo).

a. File Articles of Incorporation

Your corporation’s legal existence doesn’t begin

until your state’s corporate filing office (usually an

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 1 5

agency within the Secretary of State’s office) accepts

your articles of incorporation. The articles simply list

basic descriptive information about the corporation,

such as the corporation’s name and address, the

names of the initial directors, and the corporation’s

purpose. Most states provide downloadable, fill-in-

the-blanks articles forms, so you don’t have to draft

yours from scratch. To get information and a copy of

your state’s form, contact your state’s corporate filing

office or visit its website (you’ll find contact informa-

tion in Appendix B).

If you are planning to apply for federal 501(c)(3) tax-exempt status, your articles must include specific language that satisfies the IRS’s requirements. For example, you should specify a tax-exempt purpose that meets the IRS’s

criteria and state that your nonprofit’s assets will

be used for tax-exempt purposes upon dissolution.

For detailed information on these requirements and

sample language you can use in your articles, see

How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation, by Anthony Mancuso (Nolo).

State filing fees range from less than $50 to

several hundred dollars. While these fees are usually

not prohibitively expensive, attorneys’ fees may be if

you hire a lawyer for help. With hourly rates ranging

from $75 to $300 or more, a lawyer’s bill can easily

reach into the thousands of dollars. It’s not uncom-

mon for lawyers to offer a package of incorporation

services for a flat fee, ranging from $2,000 to $5,000

for a simple corporation.

b. Draft Corporate Bylaws

While the articles of incorporation legally “create”

your nonprofit corporation, its bylaws outline basic

rules for the corporation’s internal operations. By-

laws generally contain standard provisions that

set forth the rules for board meetings, elections,

compensation, nominating procedures, and officer

positions, among other things. Many states regulate

these issues, so you’ll want to make sure that your

bylaws reflect your state’s requirements.

You can either draft your own bylaws, using a

resource such as How to Form a Nonprofit Corpora-

tion, by Anthony Mancuso (Nolo), or hire a lawyer

to put them together for you.

C. Do You Want Tax-Exempt Status?

As you’re undoubtedly aware, many nonprofits

don’t have to pay taxes on much of their income. If

a nonprofit is eligible and has obtained the proper

tax-exempt status from the IRS and the state, income

derived from business activities that are related to

the nonprofit’s mission will not be taxable as income

to the group. In addition, if a charitable nonprofit

qualifies under section 501(c)(3) of the IRS code,

contributors to the group can claim a federal tax

deduction for the value of their donations.

For many organizations, obtaining tax-exempt

status is a top priority. It’s easy to understand why—

after all, who wouldn’t want to get out of paying

taxes? Well, slow down for just a second. There are

several reasons why it may not be worth your while

to apply for tax-exempt status:

• Unless your organization brings in taxable

income, obtaining a tax exemption won’t do

you much good. For example, if your animal

welfare group is supported solely by contribu-

tions and grants, then you don’t have income

tax issues to worry about, because contri-

butions and grants aren’t taxable. It doesn’t

make sense to jump through hoops to get tax-

exempt status if you won’t owe any taxes in

the first place.

• Some income-producing activities will be tax-

able even if you obtain tax-exempt status. If

you raise money through a business activity

that’s not related to your nonprofit mission,

you owe taxes on that income regardless of

your tax-exempt status. This is usually re-

ferred to as “unrelated business income tax,”

sometimes abbreviated as UBIT. So if your

only income comes from an unrelated business

activity, obtaining tax-exempt status won’t

save you a dime—you’ll still owe taxes on that

income. (See Chapter 6 for more on UBIT.)

• Your donors may not be looking for a tax

deduction. Although contributors often expect

to be able to deduct their donations, that

isn’t always the case. For example, a group

1/ 1 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

organized to restore a small local rose garden

might well conclude that potential contributors

won’t care whether their donations are tax

deductible or not, making 501(c)(3) status

unnecessary.

• Not every nonprofit is eligible for 501(c)(3)

status. Only nonprofits organized to conduct

certain activities qualify for 501(c)(3) treat-

ment. You may find that certain aspects of

your nonprofit must be changed in order to

qualify for 501(c)(3) status, or that you’re

simply not eligible at all.

There are many types of tax-exempt status. Many groups mistakenly think 501(c)(3) is the only type of tax-exempt status. 501(c)(3) status is

certainly the most coveted, because it gives the most

favorable tax treatment: It not only offers exemption

from income taxes but also allows donors to claim

their contributions as tax deductions. But there are

plenty of other types of federal tax-exempt status

that also offer exemption from income taxes. What

these other types don’t offer is a tax deduction for donors.

This section explains the various types of tax-

exempt status the IRS offers and how this status

can impact a nonprofit’s various tax obligations.

Understanding what taxes can or can’t be avoided

by obtaining tax-exempt status will help you figure

out which kind of exemption—if any—looks best

for you.

1. Tax-Exempt Status in General

If a nonprofit is “tax exempt,” that generally means

one or both of the following:

• Tax exemption for the nonprofit itself, so

that it does not have to pay taxes on income.

Broadly speaking, the main effect of federal

tax-exempt status is to relieve the nonprofit

of the obligation to pay federal income taxes

(and usually state taxes, and possibly other

taxes like sales or property tax). This rule

applies to all nonprofits that have obtained

any IRS tax-exempt status.

• Tax deductibility for donors, so that they

can deduct contributions they make to your

nonprofit. If a nonprofit has 501(c)(3) status,

contributors can claim a tax deduction for any

donations they make to the nonprofit. The

IRS will grant 501(c)(3) status only to organiza-

tions pursuing a short list of specific goals, as

discussed below.

As used in this book, the term “tax-exempt”

generally refers to the basic exemption from income

tax given to all tax-exempt nonprofits. To refer

specifically to the special exemption enjoyed by

501(c)(3) groups, this book uses terms like “tax

deductibility for contributors” or “501(c)(3) tax-

exempt status.”

This section takes a closer look at the first

definition: the general exemption from income

taxes that all tax-exempt nonprofits enjoy. Tax

deductibility for contributors is covered in Section

C2, below.

a. What Taxes Does Tax-Exempt Status Avoid?

Lots of folks have misguided notions about what it

means to be tax-exempt, largely because they don’t

have a clear understanding of what income is tax-

able for a nonprofit in the first place.

Broadly speaking, the IRS classifies a nonprofit’s

income as either contributions or gross receipts.

You generally won’t have to pay taxes on contribu-

tions, whether or not you have tax-exempt status.

Contributions include payments to the nonprofit

that were made with nothing expected in return,

such as donations from individuals, grants, or some

membership fees (though membership fees can get

sticky; see “Classifying Membership Fees,” below).

If your only source of income is contributions, then

getting tax-exempt status won’t make any differ-

ence to your tax bill—although it may make a huge

difference in your eligibility for certain grants.

Many funding sources will give money only to groups with 501(c)(3) status. If your poten- tial funders restrict their grants to 501(c)(3) groups,

obtaining this status may be a practical necessity.

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 1 7

It can be tough to figure out whether member-

ship fees should be categorized as contributions

or as gross receipts. Very generally speaking,

a membership fee will be considered a non-

taxable contribution if the basic purpose of

the fee is to provide general support for the

organization. This is true even if the nonprofit

does in fact provide services, admissions to

events, merchandise, or other things of value

to its members, as long as these things are just

incidental benefits. Remember, contributions

are not taxable, whether or not your group has

obtained tax-exempt status.

But if the nonprofit solicits membership

fees primarily as a way to sell admissions, mer-

chandise, services, or other things of value to

members of the general public who don’t have

any common interest other than wanting the

admissions, merchandise, or services, then the

IRS will consider the membership fees to be

gross receipts. This means that they are taxable

if you don’t have tax-exempt status. They may

well be taxable even if you do have tax-exempt

status, if the IRS deems the fees unrelated to

your nonprofit purposes.

The tax rules regarding membership fees

can get a lot more complicated than this. If, for

instance, a nonprofit offers a subscription to its

monthly newsletter to people who join and pay

a membership fee, it will need to grapple with

awfully nitpicky IRS rules about whether that

membership fee is a contribution (money given

without expectation of something in return), or

gross receipts (payment in exchange for some-

thing of value). For detailed information on how

membership fees should be classified, you may

want to consult a nonprofit-savvy accountant or

lawyer.

As you can see, the only type of taxation that

depends on your tax-exempt status is tax on

business income that’s substantially related to

your nonprofit purposes. Contributions and

grants are never taxable, and business income

that’s not substantially related to your nonprofit

purposes is always taxable, whether you have

tax-exempt status or not.

Classifying Membership Fees

Type of Income Without Tax-Exempt Status With Tax-Exempt Status

contributions (donations, grants, and so on.)

not taxable not taxable

income from a business activity substantially related to the nonprofit’s exempt purposes

taxable not taxable

income from a business activity not substantially related to exempt purposes

taxable taxable

1/ 1 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Gross receipts, on the other hand, may be tax-

able; these include payments made to the nonprofit

in exchange for something of value. Think of gross

receipts as income from business-type activities,

in which the payer expects something specific in

return for the payment: admission to an event,

merchandise, access to the nonprofit’s facilities, and

so on. If something is expected in return for the

payment, it will likely be classified as gross receipts.

If you don’t have tax-exempt status, then all gross

receipts are taxable. But with tax-exempt status, a

big chunk of gross receipts may be exempt from

taxation, depending on whether it was earned from:

• a business activity substantially related to the

nonprofit’s exempt purposes, or

• a business activity not substantially related to

exempt purposes.

With tax-exempt status, you will escape paying

taxes on income earned from the first category:

business activities that are substantially related to

your exempt purposes. For example, if your tax-

exempt nonprofit is devoted to educating the public

about how to use technology for social activism,

any money you charge for seminars and classes on

that subject will not be taxable, because the classes

are intrinsically tied to your nonprofit purpose.

But if your group also operates an Internet café as

a moneymaking enterprise, that activity probably

won’t be considered substantially related to your

exempt purposes, and you will owe taxes on that

income.

b. IRS Tax-Exempt Categories

The IRS offers tax-exempt status to a wide range

of organizations: charitable groups, civic leagues,

trade associations, social clubs, fraternal societ-

ies, title holding corporations, teachers’ retirement

fund associations, black lung benefit trusts, veterans

organizations, and cemetery companies, to name

just a few. Each tax exemption is authorized under a

particular section of the IRS code. Recreational and

social groups can obtain tax-exempt status under

section 501(c)(7); fraternal societies are eligible for

exemption under 501(c)(10); childcare organizations

are eligible under 501(k); and so on.

Each tax-exempt category has its own require-

ments and taxation rules. Broadly speaking, however,

the essential tax rule for all these categories is much

the same: Tax-exempt organizations do not have to

pay tax on income earned from activities substan-

tially related to their nonprofit purposes. In other

words, as long as a nonprofit has applied for and

been granted tax-exempt status, it can raise money,

tax-free, from its business activities, as long as the

activities are substantially related to the group’s

nonprofit purpose. (Certain categories—such as

501(c)(3) groups—have additional benefits as well.)

The following chart is from IRS Publication

557, Tax-Exempt Status for Your Organization. You can get a copy of the entire publication, as well

as other helpful information and publications, by

calling 800-TAX-FORM, visiting your local IRS office,

or going to the IRS website, at www.irs.gov.

2. 501(c)(3) Tax-Exempt Status

What sets 501(c)(3) status apart from the other types

is that it not only exempts an organization from

having to pay federal income taxes but also allows

donors to deduct contributions to the organization

on their personal tax returns. Clearly, being able to

offer your contributors a tax deduction for their gifts

can be a big help in attracting funds for your orga-

nization.

a. IRS Criteria

A group is eligible for tax-exempt status under

Section 501(c)(3) only if its primary activity is

pursuing one or more of the following purposes:

• charitable

• religious

• educational

• scientific

• literary

• testing for public safety

• fostering national or international amateur

sports competition, and

• prevention of cruelty to children or animals.

This fundamental requirement is known as the

“organizational test.” If your nonprofit’s primary

activities include any purposes that aren’t on this

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 1 9

Organization Reference Chart (excerpted from IRS Publication 557, Tax-Exempt Status for Your Organization)

1/ 2 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 2 1

list, then you will not meet the organizational test

and won’t be able to obtain 501(c)(3) status. Put

another way, if you pursue activities that are not on

the list, they cannot make up a substantial part of

your nonprofit’s work.

Your nonprofit may engage in more than one of

the exempt activities listed above—for instance, it

can pursue both charitable and educational activities.

But if your nonprofit pursues any nonexempt

purposes as a primary activity—social, recreational,

or business activities, for example—then it would

not be eligible for tax-exempt status, even if it also

pursues exempt purposes.

Perhaps you find yourself asking, “What if our

nonprofit only occasionally dabbles in social or

recreational activities? Does that mean we aren’t

eligible for 501(c)(3) status?” The good news is that

it’s okay for a nonprofit to engage in nonexempt

activities—as long as they are insubstantial. An

occasional social or recreational event is probably

fine, as long as your nonprofit’s primary activities

continue to be related to exempt purposes.

If you expect that nonexempt activities like social

and recreational events will be more than an insub-

stantial part of your nonprofit’s work, you should

consider pursuing a different type of tax-exempt

status. Alternatives include:

• A 501(c)(4) organization—civic leagues, social

welfare organizations, and local associations

of employees. These groups are allowed

to engage in more social and recreational

activities than 501(c)(3) groups but cannot

have social/recreational activities as their

primary purpose.

• A 501(c)(7) organization—social and fraternal

clubs. These groups may engage primarily in

social activities.

If you intend to apply for 501(c)(3) tax-exempt

status, you should take the time before you incor-

porate to find out whether your nonprofit will be

eligible. If it’s not eligible, you may decide not to

incorporate after all, or you might want to change

aspects of your organization to make it eligible. If it

is eligible, you’ll need to include specific language

in your articles of incorporation that states your

nonprofit purposes and limits them to allowable

501(c)(3) activities.

Applying for 501(c)(3) status. To seek 501(c)(3) status, you must file IRS Form 1023,

Application for Recognition of Exemption Under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. You can get a copy of this form, instructions for filling it

out, and helpful IRS publications (such as Publica-

tion 557, Tax-Exempt Status for Your Organization) by calling 800-TAX-FORM, visiting your local IRS

office, or going to the IRS website, at www.irs.gov.

Be forewarned, however, that the IRS estimates it

will take the average person more than four hours

to learn about the form—and another eight hours

to fill it in and return it to the IRS! For detailed, line-

by-line instructions that will make filing out a federal

501(c)(3) application much easier (and quicker), see

How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation, by Anthony Mancuso (Nolo). Mancuso’s book provides informa-

tion on state—as well as federal—tax exemptions.

b. Creating a Separate Fund

If your organization is not eligible for 501(c)(3)

status but is eligible under a different category, you

may still be able to set things up so that you can

offer tax deductions to contributors. Some nonprofits

set up a separate fund to receive money exclusively

for allowable 501(c)(3) purposes (religious, chari-

table, scientific, literary, or educational purposes;

fostering national or international amateur sports

competition; or the prevention of cruelty to children

or animals). If it’s done right, this fund can obtain

501(c)(3) status and all the benefits that flow from it.

Of course, the money in this separate fund must

actually be used only for those purposes—in other

words, you can’t set up a 501(c)(3) educational fund

and use that money for your backgammon club’s

operating expenses. But you could use that money

for an educational website on the history of back-

gammon or similar educational pursuits. Some non-

profits find that this is a good way to finance certain

activities that would be eligible for 501(c)(3) status,

even if the organization overall is not eligible.

Because setting up a separate fund requires

specialized knowledge of nonprofit tax laws and IRS

rules, you should consult an attorney if you’re con-

sidering this strategy.

1/ 2 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

3. Unrelated Business Income Tax

One type of income that’s always taxable—whether

your nonprofit has tax-exempt status or not—is

income from a regularly operated business activ-

ity that is not substantially related to your nonprofit

purposes. The shorthand for this is “unrelated

business income,” and it is subject to income tax

(unrelated business income tax, or UBIT) just as if

you were a for-profit business. For nonprofit cor-

porations, corporate tax rates will apply. For un-

incorporated associations, the way the group will

be taxed depends on the laws of your state. (The

discussion below assumes that your group is incor-

porated.)

If your gross receipts from an unrelated business

activity exceed $1,000, you’ll have to file IRS Form

990-T to report and pay tax on that income. If you

bring in less than $1,000, you don’t have to file the

form. (For more information on filing requirements,

see Chapter 11.)

If the business activity is not regular—say, an

occasional rummage sale or silent auction—then it is

not subject to UBIT. Other types of income that are

not taxable as unrelated business income include:

• volunteer operations—income from a business

activity in which substantially all the work is

performed without pay (such as a volunteer

bake sale)

• activities for the convenience of members—in-

come from a business activity that is primarily

for the convenience of its members, students,

patients, officers, or employees (such as a

school cafeteria), and

• sales of donated merchandise—income from

a business activity that consists of selling

merchandise that the organization received as

gifts or contributions (such as thrift shops).

Many other types of income are also exempted

from UBIT; these include dividends, interest,

royalties, certain rental income, certain income from

research activities, and gains or losses from the

disposition of property.

For more detailed information on the unrelated

business income tax rule, be sure to read IRS

Publication 598, Tax on Unrelated Business Income

of Exempt Organizations.

4. State and Other Tax Exemptions

Most states exempt a nonprofit from state income

taxes if it has obtained federal 501(c)(3) status.

In these states, the state exemption should apply

whether the group is incorporated or not, though it’s

wise to check with your state to be sure. Depending

on the state, the exemption may be automatic, or the

group may have to submit paperwork showing that

the federal exemption has been granted. Some states

exempt a nonprofit from state income taxes regard-

less of whether it has received 501(c)(3) federal tax-

exempt status. In other states, a nonprofit must go

through a separate process to determine whether it

will be exempt from state income taxes, even if it

has already obtained federal tax-exempt status.

Similarly, the rules vary as to whether a nonprofit

will be subject to other state or local taxes, such

as sales tax or property tax. Some states and local

governments may grant an automatic exemption

if you have obtained 501(c)(3) status; others may

require you to jump through some hoops.

Appendix B offers state-by-state contact informa-

tion for nonprofit corporation filing offices. Contact

your state’s office for information about exemptions

from state income tax for nonprofits. For other

types of taxes, such as state sales tax, contact your

state and local tax authorities (state contacts listed

in Appendixes D and E) to find out how they treat

nonprofits.

5. How Important Is Tax Exemption to Your Organization?

Now that you have some basic tax information,

give some thought to how important it really is

for your nonprofit to be tax-exempt or to offer tax

deductibility to donors. Ask yourself the following

two questions:

1. Will your organization bring in enough taxable income to make avoiding taxes a real concern? If your organization doesn’t bring in any income from

business activities, it won’t owe taxes in the first

place. And if the income is from a business activity

that’s not related to your nonprofit purposes, then

that income is taxable with or without tax-exempt

status. If, on the other hand, you have (or plan to

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 2 3

have) a business activity that’s related to your non-

profit purposes, tax-exempt status can save you real

money. In this case, obtaining some type of tax-

exempt status should be near the top of your “to do”

list.

2. Will you need 501(c)(3) status to be eligible for grants or to attract contributions? While some organizations depend on sizable contributions and

major grants, plenty of others do just fine with

individual contributions in the $10 to $50 range.

If eligibility for grants isn’t an issue, and if your

organization doesn’t plan to go after the big bucks,

you may find that your group does just fine raising

money from folks who don’t care about deducting

their small donation come tax time. But if your

organization’s activities depend on obtaining at least

some large contributions or grants from foundations

or other sources, having 501(c)(3) status is crucial.

People or organizations asked to provide $100 or

more will usually want to know (or will assume)

that their contributions will be tax-deductible. And

grant criteria often include having 501(c)(3) status.

Put bluntly, without 501(c)(3) status, your chances

of attracting large-scale financial support will be

significantly hampered.

EXAMPLE: The New Mexico Cactus Lovers (NMCL) has grown into a group with approxi-

mately 100 members. The group incorporated

last year in order to limit its liability and create

a more formal organization. It now has a board

of directors, plus three paid staffers who main-

tain the group’s website and organize and lead

hiking trips. It hasn’t yet obtained tax-exempt

status but is considering doing so.

When it was a young organization with 25

or so members, the only real money the group

handled was $20 contributions from each

member, which went towards the costs of its

website, gas money for hiking trips, and other

minor operating expenses. Its only income was

from nontaxable contributions (given by donors

who didn’t expect anything of value in return),

so there wasn’t any point in obtaining tax-

exempt status. Even when NMCL engaged in

unrelated business activities to earn money, the

activities weren’t regular enough to qualify the

proceeds as unrelated business income. If the

activities ever had become more regular, taxes

would have been due on that money anyway,

even if the group had tax-exempt status.

Now, however, the group earns money

from several sources, some of which are

currently taxable but would not be if NMCL

obtained tax-exempt status. Besides a $75

annual membership fee, NMCL charges fees

for its hiking day trips. The trips are held fairly

regularly, usually every other week. In addition,

the group operates a small store from its office

where it sells cactus plants to the public. It

also has self-published two books on desert

ecosystems, which bring in revenues of roughly

$4,000 annually.

Currently, all participants must provide

their own transportation to the hiking day trips,

but NMCL wants to raise money for a vehicle so

it can offer transportation to those who want it.

They also want to expand the website and add

more scientific articles about desert ecosystems.

They plan to apply for grants for these larger

funding needs.

At a recent board meeting, the directors

agree that it is time to seek tax-exempt status.

While their membership fees would probably

count as nontaxable contributions (because

they are used for general operating expenses),

the fees for the trips might very well qualify as

gross receipts from a business activity which

would be taxable without tax-exempt status.

Because the trips are substantially related to

NMCL’s mission of educating the public about

cactus plants and desert ecosystems, the

income they generate would be tax-exempt

if the group obtained tax-exempt status. In

addition, obtaining 501(c)(3) status will help

the group meet eligibility requirements for

grant money.

Using the above example, consider the increas-

ing need to obtain tax-exempt status as the NMCL

becomes involved in new activities and starts to

bring in income that would otherwise be taxable.

1/ 2 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Low need to obtain tax-exempt status

Borderline need to obtain tax-exempt status

High need to obtain tax-exempt status

The New Mexico Cactus Lovers

(NMCL) has about 20 members

who pitch in $25 a year for the

group’s website, gas and travel

expenses for hiking trips, and

T-shirts.

NMCL has about 50 members

who contribute $45 per year to

the group’s general fund. Those

who participate also pay $25 for

each trip, which are organized

every month or so. The group

also earns income from occa-

sional fundraising events such

as cactus sales, art auctions, and

concerts, some of which are

unrelated to NMCL’s mission.

NMCL wants to solicit grant

money to expand its website

and to offer educational hiking

trips to the public. The group

organizes hiking day trips every

other week and charges fees to

participants. NMCL also sells

cactus plants and publishes two

books on desert ecosystems

in New Mexico, which bring in

about $4,000 a year.

Need help preparing bylaws and articles? For step-by-step instructions on drafting

bylaws and articles, including detailed information

on membership provisions, see How to Form a Non- profit Corporation, by Anthony Mancuso (Nolo).

Often, a nonprofit with voting members will be

called a “membership” nonprofit, and a nonprofit

with no voting members is called a “nonmember-

ship” nonprofit (or sometimes a “directorship” non-

profit, reflecting the fact that only the directors have

the right to vote). However, this distinction can be

confusing, because most states allow nonprofits to

have nonvoting members. Instead of framing the

question as whether to adopt a membership or non-

membership structure, you may find it clearer to

consider whether you want your members to have

voting rights in nonprofit affairs.

1. Why You Probably Don’t Want Voting Members

If your members have voting rights, they can have

a major say in steering your nonprofit. If they don’t,

then only the board will have voting rights—and

the legal power to guide the nonprofit. In practice,

involving all members in corporate affairs is too

burdensome for many small nonprofits. To keep

D. Should You Have Voting Members?

If you incorporate your nonprofit, you’ll need to

decide another issue: whether to allow people to

join your nonprofit as members with voting rights in

nonprofit affairs. (This is sometimes referred to as

choosing a membership or nonmembership structure,

as described below.) Generally speaking, state laws

give legal voting rights to members of nonprofit

corporations, allowing members to participate along

with directors in corporate decision making. Among

other rights, voting members of a nonprofit corpo-

ration have legal rights to elect board members, to

approve or reject changes to the nonprofit’s articles

or bylaws, and to vote for a merger or dissolution of

the nonprofit.

Voting rights and other membership specifics

should be detailed in your nonprofit’s bylaws. If

your bylaws don’t address the issue (or you have no

bylaws at all), the laws of your state will apply as a

default. Some states ask you to specify a member-

ship or nonmembership structure in the standard

articles of incorporation. If your state’s standard

articles ask you to choose a membership structure,

make sure that your articles are consistent with your

bylaws, which will undoubtedly cover the issue at

more length.

NAMING AND STRUCTURING YOUR NONPROFIT 1/ 2 5

things simple and avoid the hassles involved in

allowing members to vote—convening and giving

notice of meetings, especially—most nonprofits

choose not to give members voting rights. Even

though these participants may not have the right

to vote, they can be treated much like voting

members—for example, they can receive benefits

like a newsletter or reduced admission to events.

If a nonprofit does not want voting members,

it can opt not to have members at all. Or, in most

states, it can set up a special class of members

with no voting rights. If the nonprofit doesn’t have

members or if no members are given voting rights,

only the board of directors has the power to vote.

However, bear in mind that state laws and pro-

cesses governing membership rights vary consider-

ably, so proceed with caution if you want to allow

people to become members but don’t want to give

them voting rights. Restricting voting rights from

some members doesn’t mean that those members

have no rights at all under your state’s laws. For

example, state laws typically establish rules for

expelling members, which will generally apply to

nonvoting members and voting members alike.

2. Practicalities of Having Voting Members

If you do choose to have legal, voting members,

you’ll need to be ready for the administrative

burdens of managing membership. These include

maintaining membership lists and processes for

joining the nonprofit, which may or may not involve

paying dues. Thankfully, most of these practical

details are up to the nonprofit and not set in law.

What are legally mandated, however, are the proce-

dures you’ll need to follow whenever a matter is up

for a vote. You’ll need to provide adequate notice

to all voting members before the vote is held and

follow careful rules of order during discussions and

the vote itself.

The board president is in charge of running meet-

ings, so he or she will need to have decent skills in

order to oversee well-organized meetings and votes

involving a general membership. (See Chapter 4 for

information on running meetings effectively and

using formal meeting procedures such as Robert’s

Rules of Order.)

The following checklist is included as a form

in Appendix F and, in digital version, on the

CD that accompanies this book.

1/ 2 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Checklist: Naming and Structuring Your Nonprofit

Do some research before choosing a name for your nonprofit. Be sure to choose a name that

does not infringe on anyone else’s trademark

rights. Also consider domain name availability

when picking your nonprofit name.

Don’t jump into incorporating—and assuming the responsibilities of nonprofit corporate

management—without considering whether

it’s really necessary to incorporate. Consider

whether incorporating will reduce your

liability risks, offer tax benefits, or help estab-

lish your nonprofit’s credibility or financial

accountability.

Understand the different types of federal tax exemptions available to nonprofits, and

decide whether tax-exempt status will be a

benefit to your nonprofit. If you plan to apply

for grants, find out whether 501(c)(3) status is

required for the grants you’ll seek.

If you decide that you will pursue tax-exempt status now or in the future, decide which type

of status you plan to seek, and make sure you

set your nonprofit up so it will be eligible for

that type of exemption.

Decide whether your nonprofit will have members with voting rights or whether you

want only directors to be able to vote in

corporate affairs.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 2

Developing Your Strategic Plan

A. Components of a Strategic Plan ............................................................................... 2/3

1. Keep It Simple ....................................................................................................... 2/3

2. Choose a Time Frame .......................................................................................... 2/4

B. Decide Who Will Participate .................................................................................... 2/4

C. Develop Your Mission Statement ............................................................................ 2/5

1. What Is a Mission? ................................................................................................ 2/5

2. A Clear Mission Is Critical .................................................................................. 2/5

3. Defining Your Mission ......................................................................................... 2/7

D. Outline Specific Goals, Objectives, and Activities ............................................. 2/10

E. Assess Your Resources ............................................................................................. 2/12

F. Identify Strategies ..................................................................................................... 2/13

G. Edit and Finalize Your Plan ...................................................................................... 2/14

2 / 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

O nce you and your cohorts have committed

to your idea for a nonprofit, it’s time to

sit down and create a strategic plan—the

working document that will chart your nonprofit’s

course through the coming years. A strategic plan

identifies your nonprofit’s goals for a certain time

period (generally one to five years, as described

below) and outlines how you will achieve them.

While your nonprofit will undoubtedly engage in

other planning for specific activities, think of the

strategic plan as the “master plan” for your organiza-

tion.

Translating your hopes and dreams into concrete

plans is an essential undertaking for lots of reasons.

First and foremost, making specific plans will help

you get beyond your idealistic visions to focus on

exactly what your group hopes to accomplish—and

what you can realistically expect to get done, based

on your available resources. Drafting a plan trans-

forms abstract ideas into specific “to do” items,

which is a critical step in setting your nonprofit’s

wheels into motion.

Your planning process may redefine your basic nonprofit idea. As your group works on its strategic plan, you may come up with some

new ideas or challenges you hadn’t yet considered.

For example, a group dedicated to preventing teen

pregnancy may decide to branch out into AIDS edu-

cation. Or, it may learn that a local church will loudly

boycott any organization that offers explicit sex

education for teens. While unexpected options or

obstacles can make your collective heads spin, don’t

panic. Opening your mind to broader opportunities

—even if you decide in the end not to embrace

them—is always a positive learning experience. And

if your planning process reveals such a substantial

flaw in your idea that you decide not to start the

nonprofit after all, your strategic planning has done

its job: helping you realistically assess whether—and

to what extent—you can achieve your goals.

Having a clear strategic plan in place will also

serve you well when you seek to raise money and/

or build community support. People may be mildly

interested in your mission and goals, but their main

question will always be, “What does your nonprofit

do?” If you can’t clearly describe your planned

activities—for example, teaching adult literacy class-

es, researching endangered fox habitat, or running

an after-school music program—it will be hard to

win the hearts and minds of potential supporters.

Strategic planning doesn’t mean coming up with

a 100-page manifesto exploring every aspect of your

nonprofit’s operations; you just need to nail down

some key basics about what your nonprofit actually

plans to do. The extent of the planning process

will vary from one nonprofit to the next. In a tiny

organization with a highly focused goal, members

may be able to hammer out a perfectly adequate

one- or two-page plan during a couple of hour-long

meetings. A bigger operation with a large budget

will likely need to devote a number of meetings to

the process and produce a more detailed plan.

This chapter will help groups of all sizes prepare

a solid and functional strategic plan that defines

your mission; outlines your goals, objectives, and

activities; assesses your resources; and identifies

strategies. Unless your fledgling nonprofit is starting

out with an enormous budget or plans high-profile

activities from the get-go, there’s no need for your

strategic planning process to be a complicated affair

involving outside consultants, board retreats, or

review protocols. The information in this chapter

will help you come up with a basic plan that will

work for your nonprofit, without spending all of

your time and energy on the planning process.

Strategic planning is an ongoing process. While strategic planning is a crucial start-up task, it’s also important for existing organizations

to revisit existing plans every year or so to make

any necessary amendments. As your organization

grows and brings in more money, people, and

other resources, your goals, budgets, and programs

may change—and the strategic planning process

will necessarily become more complex. The basic

approaches to, and elements of, strategic planning

that you’ll learn in this chapter will give you a solid

foundation for your future planning efforts.

DEVELOPING YOUR STRATEGIC PLAN 2 / 3

Starting a Nonprofit: Why Do Something Like That?

Randolph Belle is the Director of Information

at the East Bay Nonprofit Center in Oakland,

California. Over the past decade he has coun-

seled hundreds of nonprofits in all stages of

development, from initial planning to maturity

and expansion. He offers the following advice

for nonprofit start-ups working their way

through the idea stage:

“When people come to me with the pro-

nouncement, ‘I’d like to start a nonprofit,’ my

first question is ‘Why?’ Sometimes the response

is silence, which is not a good sign. For those

who dare answer, ‘Because I care deeply about

…’ whatever issue, I’m compelled to introduce

them to some harsh realities of the world of

nonprofits. The truth is, whether your nonprofit

will succeed and find support will depend not

so much on the fact that you care about your

mission, but on whether you’ve tackled the

fundamentals in developing your purpose,

planning your organization, and building your

community.

“In developing its purpose, a fledgling

nonprofit needs to craft a position of value,

understanding that any nonprofit does only

one of two things: increases human potential

or decreases human suffering. It’s important

to find the words that explain what it is that

you hope to change, not just what activities

you plan to do. Your goal is to create a solid,

unduplicated program, addressing a pressing

community need.”

A. Components of a Strategic Plan

Your start-up strategic plan should consist of four

sections, none longer than a few pages. It should

include:

• a mission statement

• an outline of goals, objectives, and activities

• an assessment of current resources, and

• a strategic analysis.

Planning your fundraising activities. All new nonprofits will need to take some time to

hammer out a plan for raising money. These details

will be covered not in your strategic plan but in a

separate fundraising plan, as described in Chapter 6.

1. Keep It Simple

You’ll want to keep your strategic plan short and

sweet—a big-picture overview of what your non-

profit will accomplish, not a detailed blueprint

showing how you will carry out each and every area

of operations. In other words, your strategic plan

should specifically outline what you’ll do, without

going into great detail about how you’ll do it. Leave

the specifics—such as how often you’ll hold board

meetings, how you’ll approach potential donors,

or how many staff members you plan to hire—for

another day. Including too many operational details

is sure to bog down the strategic planning process

and divert your attention away from the big picture,

which should be your focus now.

EXAMPLE: Robots Care is a nonprofit dedicated to helping disabled people live independently

with the help of robotic technology. The group

pursues two main activities: developing new

robotic technology to provide home care for

people with disabilities, and donating finished

robots to disabled people who meet certain

criteria (its “robot rescue” program).

The strategic plan of Robots Care includes

information about its two program areas: tech-

nology research and development, and the

robot rescue program. The plan includes details

such as the type of new technology that is the

focus of development efforts, what robotic

products it plans to develop each year, who

will qualify for a free robot, the group’s plan

for training its clients about using the robots,

and how it plans to publicize its programs

to reach potential donees. Other operational

details—such as where the group will purchase

equipment and supplies, who will work at the

laboratory, what questions will be included on

the application for a free robot, and how the

group will deal with donated robots that turn

2 / 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

out to be defective—are left out of the plan.

These details are addressed separately, as part

of developing the programs themselves.

2. Choose a Time Frame

While some established nonprofits plan five years

in advance, most nonprofits plan for one to three

years into the future. When creating a strategic plan

for the first time, choosing a period of one or two

years usually works well. Planning for more than

a year or two is often a waste of time, because

new nonprofits rarely find that their first years go

according to plan. Instead, plan for your first year

(or possibly two), and then compare your plan to

what actually happened as your first year winds

to a close. Once you hit years two and three, your

plans will likely become more realistic, and you

can consider extending your strategic plan for three

years or so into the future.

Randolph Belle—Director of Information, East Bay Nonprofit Center, Oakland, California

Write, write, and keep writing. A plan isn’t a

plan until it’s in writing. If it doesn’t pencil out

on paper, you probably have more work to do.

I’ve found that when you write, you come up with

answers to questions that haven’t been asked yet.

B. Decide Who Will Participate

Whether you’ve already incorporated and chosen

board members or you’re still just a loose group of

organizers, you’ll need to decide who will play a

part in the strategic planning process. If your group

consists of one committed, passionate person (you),

then now is the time to think about bringing in

other interested people.

For small nonprofits with up to six or seven orga-

nizers or board members, it usually makes sense for

everyone to participate. Once ten or more people

are involved, however, it can be quite unwieldy and

inefficient to include everyone. In this case, it’s often

more effective to assign parts of the planning pro-

cess to smaller committees that can more efficiently

tackle specific issues or tasks and then present their

results to the full group for comment and approval.

A new nonprofit’s first strategic planning efforts

might feel a bit awkward. The people involved

probably don’t have defined roles at this early stage.

The group may not have incorporated yet, or it

may have just the statutory minimum number of

board members, with plans to add more in the near

future. When a loose group of initial organizers

tackles the nonprofit’s first strategic plan, they may

not know who else will join the board once they

incorporate—or even whether they will serve on it

themselves.

Building your board is covered in Chapter 4. Chapter 4 explains how to recruit the

right people for your board and covers common

questions such as how large your board should be,

how often it should meet, and how to run effective

board meetings.

No matter where you are in your group’s develop-

ment, however, the initial planning process will be

valuable. If your group hasn’t yet incorporated or

chosen its full slate of formal board members, don’t

worry—just keep in mind that your strategic plan

will have to be acceptable to the board that is even-

tually selected. Because the folks who participate

in the strategic planning will likely end up on the

group’s board after it incorporates, this usually isn’t

a problem.

Besides organizers or board members, you may

also want to include others in your strategic plan-

ning efforts. Potential funders and other supporters

are particularly helpful strategic planning partici-

pants, at least in some limited way. Their input can

help your group fine-tune its activities and goals to

keep these supporters interested and willing to help.

Of course, you shouldn’t design your programs sole-

ly to please potential supporters, but keeping the

lines of communication open and developing good

relationships with your natural allies will make your

job easier once you begin fundraising and trying to

develop community support.

Similarly, if your group will depend on a specific

grant or other donation—for example, a local school

DEVELOPING YOUR STRATEGIC PLAN 2 / 5

has offered you free office space, or you plan to

launch your group with a donation promised by a

local bank—be sure to keep those key supporters

involved every step of the way. The more you will

rely on their support, the more you will need to

make sure that they approve of your plans.

If you’re one of the few new nonprofits that

have already hired an executive director at this

early stage, then be sure to include him or her in

your strategic planning process. Similarly, if you’ve

hired any professionals such as fundraisers or

management consultants, they should be included—

they can often contribute valuable information and

perspectives to your strategic plan. Some nonprofits

even hire experts specifically for the planning

process. For example, you can hire a strategic

planning consultant who is trained specifically to

help nonprofits work through the tasks involved

in creating a strategic plan. As mentioned earlier,

however, most start-up nonprofits won’t need, want,

or be able to afford to hire outside consultants.

At the end of the day, it’s the board of directors

(or the people in charge of an unincorporated group)

that will need to approve the strategic plan, no

matter who generates it—committees, consultants,

or anyone else. While it’s useful to include a diverse

range of voices in the process, you don’t want to in-

clude so many that the nonprofit’s essential direction

gets lost in a cacophony of different viewpoints and

ideas.

C. Develop Your Mission Statement

Every nonprofit needs a mission statement: a clear

description of the reason the nonprofit exists. Your

mission statement should be the first section of

your strategic plan and will set the stage for all that

follows. Because all nonprofits are mission-driven,

you must take care to define your mission clearly.

If the group is unclear about its mission, it can

easily drift off course. Straying from the mission is

an obvious problem for practical reasons, because

it can lead to wasted energy, inefficient use of time

and resources, and failure to reach your goals. It

can also result in losing your status as a nonprofit

corporation under state law or losing tax-exempt

status under federal and state law.

Some people who start nonprofits believe that

they already know exactly what needs to be done

and that it won’t take more than a few minutes to

come up with a mission statement. Think again—

drafting your mission statement deserves more care

and attention. While you shouldn’t agonize over

your statement, it’s important to put some careful

thought into articulating the mission that will guide

your organization for years to come.

1. What Is a Mission?

Essentially, your mission is your broad goal—your

reason for being. Why did you start your organization?

The short answer to this question will likely be a

good first stab at your mission statement.

Here are some clear, concise expressions of non-

profit missions:

• “To create a youth choir for the disabled

children of El Paso, Texas.”

• “To stop a Wal-Mart from moving into

Corrales.”

• “To provide veterinary services to the pets of

homeless people in Atlanta.”

• “To stop the filling of Johnson Bay and restore

its watershed to its natural condition.”

Your organization will also undoubtedly have

many tactical goals, such as organizing events, rais-

ing money, finding volunteers, and more. Although

these activities should all be designed to further

your mission, they aren’t part of your mission per se

and should not be included in your statement.

2. A Clear Mission Is Critical

While it may not be difficult to define many

aspects of your mission, it’s not a task that should

be approached lightly. Remember, all the activities

you’ll engage in for at least the next few years

should flow from your stated mission. Also, crucial

questions of scope and purpose that will almost

surely come up in the future will often be answered

by revisiting your mission statement.

This section takes a closer look at the benefits of

having a well-defined mission.

2 / 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

a. A Well-Defined Mission Focuses Your Organization

Taking care to define a clear mission statement will

ensure that all of the decision makers in your orga-

nization have a role in deciding exactly what your

mission should be. You may think your mission is

obvious. Once you try writing it out, however, you

will probably find that there are unresolved questions

or issues that have to be addressed. For example,

will your choir for disabled youth include children

who are physically disabled, developmentally dis-

abled, or both? If you’re fighting to keep Wal-Mart

out of your town, what about Home Depot or Ikea?

Will your organization to stop bay fill also conduct

educational programs about the many valuable

ecological attributes of wetlands?

EXAMPLE: A group comes together to form Youth Music, inspired by their desire to promote

music education in a specific school district.

What should Youth Music do if a group of

parents approaches them asking for help sup-

porting or implementing art programs? At least

some Youth Music board members may have

sympathy for these parents and may be tempt-

ed to assist their cause, especially because it’s

so similar to the group’s original purpose.

If the music organization hasn’t taken the

time to define its mission carefully, these board

members may find themselves in conflict with

other parents who believe that focusing solely

on music programs makes more sense. But if

Youth Music has clearly defined for itself the

mission of “promoting music education in the

Cibola County school district,” then it would be

easy for it to decide the issue—absent a formal

mission change, visual art education is beyond

the organization’s scope.

When in doubt, start with a narrow mission. Rather than bite off more than you can chew, start your nonprofit with a more tightly defined

mission. Later, when you have a few successes

under your belt, you can consider whether it makes

sense to broaden the mission.

Your mission statement doesn’t have to be written

in stone. It’s fairly common for an organization to

broaden or redefine its mission as circumstances

change. For example, if a group working to prevent

bay fill is offered a major grant to do community

education on the value of maintaining healthy wet-

lands, it might wisely decide to expand its mission

statement to include bay-related environmental

education. But even if particular circumstances

don’t cause you to change your mission statement,

it makes sense to formally revisit it every few years.

Situations change, organizations grow and evolve,

and you may find that your group has begun to take

on new challenges that call for a careful reexamina-

tion of its mission and goals.

Whether your mission evolves or stays the same,

it must be defined—and understood—by the people

involved in the organization. This will give you a

point of reference to use not only in planning your

activities, but also in resolving disagreements about

your group’s scope. Your mission statement is at the

heart of your enterprise, so any ambiguity or flaws

in it will almost certainly result in a less effective

organization.

b. A Well-Defined Mission Can Attract People and Resources

Besides helping to focus your organization internally,

a clear mission provides another crucial benefit: It

can attract people and resources to your cause. Your

mission statement can and should clearly commu-

nicate to outsiders what your nonprofit is all about.

The more compelling your mission statement, the

better you’ll be able to appeal to like-minded folks

and get them on board. This doesn’t mean you

should pander to potential funders or the public .

On the contrary, trying to create a trendy program is

almost sure to fail, as popular tastes change quickly.

But a clear, compelling mission statement plays the

important public relations role of explaining exactly

what your nonprofit does—which will help you

communicate your purpose and goals to those who

may wish to get involved in your work.

When you speak to people about the nonprofit—

whether they are potential funders, reporters,

government officials, or anyone else—you should

DEVELOPING YOUR STRATEGIC PLAN 2 / 7

be able to state your mission in just a few simple

sentences.

EXAMPLE: Wild Horizons is a nonprofit created to bring children from poor urban

neighborhoods in Wisconsin to national forests

and wilderness areas. In the very early days

of the nonprofit, before the board of directors

sat down to carefully define the group’s mis-

sion, they weren’t effectively communicating

the purpose of their nonprofit to others. Many

people mistakenly believed the main focus of

Wild Horizons was to teach the children out-

door survival skills, when in fact the goal was

simply to introduce kids from often troubled

urban neighborhoods to the great outdoors as a

healthy point of reference.

The volunteers that Wild Horizons tended to

attract were almost exclusively outdoor adven-

ture enthusiasts eager to teach the kids skills

like rock climbing, long-distance backpacking,

and river kayaking. But Wild Horizons also

wanted to attract social workers, outdoor

educators, and counselors who understood

the issues of at-risk youth—and these folks

were conspicuously absent. While camping

and backpacking trips were part of the plan,

the Wild Horizons directors really wanted the

group to focus on the special needs of at-risk

youth, not on the outdoor skills themselves.

They realized that they needed to do a bet-

ter job of communicating that their group had

a social work focus so that they’d attract the

people with the crucial youth-counseling skills

they lacked.

Once it realized the problem, the board

decided to draft a clear mission statement. They

prepared by surveying people in the field for

input on how Wild Horizons could best meet

the needs of the at-risk youth they wanted to

help. After receiving and considering that input,

they drafted the following mission statement:

“Wild Horizons is dedicated to introducing

children from low-income urban neighbor-

hoods in the state of Wisconsin to national

parks, forests, and wilderness areas. Our

primary goal is to address the issues of at-

risk youth through outdoor education and

wilderness experiences, led by experienced

counselors. Our activities will encourage per-

sonal growth and broaden the experiences of

Wisconsin’s at-risk urban children by providing

them the opportunity to spend time in beauti-

ful, natural, nonurban environments.”

c. A Well-Defined Mission Can Help You Get 501(c)(3) Status

When drafting your mission statement, remember

that your mission will be of crucial importance if

you decide to apply for 501(c)(3) or another type of

tax-exempt status. As discussed in Chapter 1, the IRS

has criteria for each type of tax-exempt status, and it

will look closely at your nonprofit’s mission to make

sure that you meet the requirements.

To obtain 501(c)(3) status, your nonprofit’s

mission must be charitable, religious, educational,

scientific, literary, testing for public safety, fostering

national or international amateur sports competition,

or prevention of cruelty to children or animals.

Other types of status have different criteria. If you

intend to apply for tax-exempt status, you should

make sure that your mission statement meets the

eligibility requirements of the type of status you

plan to obtain.

Need details on IRS criteria? For detailed information on the criteria for each type of

tax-exempt status, see IRS Publication 557, Tax- Exempt Status for Your Organization.

3. Defining Your Mission

How you come up with your mission statement

will depend on the circumstances of your organi-

zation. A group of concerned citizens whose goal

is to prevent a huge mega-store from moving into

their neighborhood will probably not have to spend

much time developing the finer points of their mis-

sion—which is fairly well defined from the start. By

contrast, a nonprofit group designed to educate the

public on the relationship between the mass media

2 / 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

and big business surely needs to define a tighter

focus. Its mission statement writing process will

be much more involved, and it may take weeks of

meetings, drafts, and revisions to arrive at a state-

ment that everyone can support.

Although there are no hard-and-fast rules for

writing mission statements, here are some tips that

will help make the process as effective and efficient

as possible.

a. Bring In Multiple Perspectives

Start the process by bringing in a diverse range

of voices. The more input you obtain from the

community you intend to serve, as well as from your

board, staff, and volunteers, the easier it will be to

create an organization that will enjoy a broad base

of support.

Depending on your organization’s location,

purpose, and scope, you might consult experts

in the field, representatives of potential funding

organizations, or members of the general public.

You could invite them to an informal meeting, talk

to them individually by phone, ask them to fill out a

survey, or use another method of gathering informa-

tion. Ask them what needs or concerns they have

regarding your general area of interest. Of course,

only your group’s decision makers will decide exactly

what the mission statement says in the end, but

you should make a real effort to obtain informed

input so that you don’t define your mission in a

vacuum—and, therefore, miss important opportuni-

ties to further your goals and better serve the issue

or community that your group hopes to address.

EXAMPLE: Before drafting their mission statement, the board members of Wild

Horizons created a brief survey that they

emailed to about 50 people selected from their

contact list. The survey recipients included

social workers who work with at-risk youth,

teachers and counselors from local schools,

nature guides from area parks and forests, and

outdoor education professionals. The survey

asked for input on what goals and activities

would best serve low-income urban kids and

what other related needs were not being met.

About half of the survey recipients filled

out and returned the survey, giving the Wild

Horizons’ board members valuable perspectives

and ideas. This input helped the board refine

the group’s mission and draft a statement that

reflected a balance between the group’s two

primary activities: outdoor activities and coun-

seling.

b. Allow Enough Time

Give yourselves enough time to consider various

options and perspectives, write an initial draft, allow

all key participants to review it, and incorporate any

necessary changes. As mentioned, some organizations

with a potentially broad mission or lots of people

to satisfy may need significant time and several re-

writes to arrive at a statement that really works. But

even if your organization is small and your goals

seem straightforward, be sure to set aside at least a

few days to come up with your final mission state-

ment.

c. Be Open to New Ideas

Everyone involved in defining the mission should

keep their minds open to new ideas, different

interpretations, and fresh perspectives. This is par-

ticularly true for the group’s founders. Sometimes

those who have invested the most time and energy

planning the organization have the hardest time

considering new or different possibilities. Some may

simply have tunnel vision; others may be blinded by

ego. But whatever the reason, if some participants

resist an open and creative writing process, the final

statement won’t be as thorough and as carefully

considered as it could be.

To head off any possible resistance at the pass,

urge everyone involved to agree at the outset that all

ideas will be encouraged and discussed. One way

to help set this tone is to set aside your first meeting

exclusively for brainstorming, with no hard-and-fast

decisions to be made until a later time. Asking one

person to lead the meeting and write down ideas on

a big board for the group to consider is a good way

to conduct a brainstorming session.

DEVELOPING YOUR STRATEGIC PLAN 2 / 9

Human Rights Campaign Our Mission Statement

As America’s largest gay and lesbian

organization, the Human Rights

Campaign provides a national voice on

gay and lesbian issues. The Human Rights

Campaign effectively lobbies Congress;

mobilizes grassroots action in diverse

communities; invests strategically to elect a

fair-minded Congress; and increases public

understanding through innovative education

and communication strategies.

HRC is a bipartisan organization that

works to advance equality based on sexual

orientation and gender expression and

identity, to ensure that gay, lesbian, bisexual

and transgender Americans can be open,

honest and safe at home, at work and in the

community.

Michael Reese Health Trust Mission

The Michael Reese Health Trust seeks to

improve the health of people in Chicago’s

metropolitan communities through effective

grantmaking in health care, health educa-

tion, and health research. The Trust will

focus a portion of its funding on Jewish

institutions and issues to fulfill the 110-year

legacy of Michael Reese Hospital, founded

and supported primarily by the Jewish

community. The Trust, in fulfilling its Jewish

responsibilities to participate in the arena of

general community needs and problem solv-

ing, will strive to serve the health care needs

of vulnerable and underserved Chicagoans

of all races and ethnic origins.

NativeWeb Mission Statement

NativeWeb is an international, nonprofit,

educational organization dedicated to using

telecommunications including computer

technology and the Internet to disseminate

information from and about indigenous

nations, peoples, and organizations around

the world; to foster communication between

native and non-native peoples; to conduct

research involving indigenous peoples’

usage of technology and the Internet; and to

provide resources, mentoring, and services

to facilitate indigenous peoples’ use of this

technology.

Progressive Technology Project Mission

The Progressive Technology Project (PTP)

seeks to raise the scope and scale of tech-

nology resources available to grassroots

community organizing groups working for

environmental, economic, and social justice.

PTP provides training, technical assistance

and grants to develop the capacity of grass-

roots organizing groups through the use of

information technology.

Sample Mission Statements

2 / 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Brainstorming helps generate good ideas— and eliminate bad ones. Turning the idea faucet on full strength at the beginning of any plan-

ning process is a great way to get good ideas to flow.

Just as important, it allows ideas that won’t work to

surface and be dismissed early in the process, so

your later meetings can be devoted exclusively to

refining your best proposals.

d. Write Only As Much As You Need

The best mission statements are short and state

the obvious. For example, the mission statement

of a medical clinic in a low-income area might be,

“To help the sick recover and to keep the healthy

well.” If the need that your nonprofit will serve will

be clear to funders, volunteers, and others—for

example, providing emergency health care for

homeless people—a sentence or two may be all

you need. If the purpose or role of your nonprofit

isn’t so readily apparent—for example, studying

migrating patterns of desert toads—you will

probably want to say more.

For example, you might want to explain how your

toad research nonprofit will attempt to fund studies

that will add to existing information about the toad’s

mating behavior, food sources, and natural enemies

so that a comprehensive habitat protection and

species restoration program can be designed. Your

mission statement’s length and detail will depend on

the circumstances of your nonprofit, but always try

to keep it as brief as possible, given the complexity

of your group’s purpose.

D. Outline Specific Goals, Objectives, and Activities

In addition to stating a well-defined mission, your

strategic plan should outline more specifically what

your nonprofit plans to do. In this section, you’ll

refine the broad, overarching goals contained in

your mission statement into more specific goals and

objectives, which should go a long way towards

defining your activities and program areas.

With only a broad, “big picture” mission statement

to guide you, your nonprofit wouldn’t have much of

a road map to follow and would almost surely get

sidetracked or lost on its way to accomplishing its

mission. Identifying more specific goals helps break

down your broad mission into individual elements,

which you can then pursue with even more specific

planning, as discussed below. For example, if your

broad mission is to create economic opportunities

for teenagers in a certain city or district, you might

have specific goals of publicizing job opportunities

for teens, mentoring teens in career development,

and nurturing teens’ leadership and entrepreneurial

skills.

Getting even more specific, you can identify

objectives, which are closely related and similar

to goals but more concrete and measurable. For

example, if the above nonprofit’s goal was to mentor

teens in career development, an objective might be

to implement a mentoring program in a certain city

or district, by a certain time. It’s often hard to judge

whether a nonprofit has successfully accomplished

a broad mission or even a narrow goal but much

easier to determine whether it has achieved a well-

defined, concrete objective.

Some nonprofits go a step further and outline

planned activities and programs separately from

objectives. This step may be unnecessary if you find

that your list of objectives offers a complete picture

of the activities you plan to undertake. If you decide

to list activities separately, they should flow fairly

naturally from your list of objectives.

Tailor your planning approach to best suit your needs and mindset. For example, some nonprofits use the goals, objectives, and

activities categories, while others use a different

breakdown—“strategic vision” or “program goals,”

for example. The purpose of this section is not to

force you into rigid planning categories, but to help

you understand how the planning process can break

down into useful components. If creating separate

subsections for goals, objectives, and activities

works for you, great. But if you prefer to merge

these categories or create your own divisions, that’s

fine, too.

DEVELOPING YOUR STRATEGIC PLAN 2 / 1 1

When describing objectives, activities, or program

areas, it can be tricky to figure out how much detail

to include. You want to be detailed enough to give

a full picture of the activity, but not so specific

that you get mired in logistical details. One good

approach is to describe the activity in your strategic

plan in as much depth as you would give to an

Mission Statement Goals Objectives/Activities/Programs

To create economic opportu-

nities for teenagers in Sparks,

Nevada.

To publicize job opportunities

for teens.

To mentor teens in career

development

To nurture select teens who

demonstrate leadership or

entrepreneurial skills.

Create and maintain an online jobs

database by July, 2006.

Establish a mentoring program with

local business owners and teens by

November, 2006.

Hold a Teen Leader weekend retreat

in July, 2007.

To provide veterinary care for

the pets of homeless people.

To provide annual, free

preventative vaccinations for

cats and dogs.

To offer free emergency

care for cats and dogs in life-

threatening situations.

To offer free spaying and

neutering for cats and dogs.

Hold quarterly vaccination clinics

beginning January 2006.

Finalize agreement with local

emergency veterinarian by January

2006.

Finalize agreement with local

veterinarian by January, 2006.

To help disabled people live

independently with the help

of robotic technology.

To research and develop new

robotic technologies to help

disabled people.

To provide free robots to low-

income disabled people.

Equip and open research and

development laboratory by August,

2006.

Launch the Robot Rescue program by

March, 2007.

interested outsider—for example, a prospective

funder or a newspaper reporter—but not as much

detail as you would provide to the staffers who will

be running the activities.

For examples of the distinctions between mission,

goals, and objectives (including activities and

programs), see the chart below.

2 / 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

EXAMPLE: Wild Horizons outlines its list of goals, objectives, and activities for the next

year, as follows:

Goals Objectives Activities

• Encourage personal growth

of at-risk youth in selected

cities and neighborhoods

in Wisconsin through

outdoor education and

wilderness experiences.

• Organize and lead

wilderness trips for at-risk

youth.

• Provide resources for at-

risk youth to encourage

them to enjoy wilderness

experiences on their own.

• A total of five day trips to Nicolet

National Forest, each trip taking

45 students from one of five target

schools.

• Two overnight camping trips to

Nicolet National Forest, each trip

taking a mix of 30 students from all

five target schools. Camping trips

will include canoeing or a similar

activity.

• Publish a two-page map and guide

to national parks and forests in

Wisconsin, tailored to at-risk youth.

• Fundraising dinner and silent

auction.

Strategic planning can be circular. Because so many aspects of a strategic plan are

interrelated, you may have to go back and make

changes to earlier sections as you go through the

process. For example, you may find it necessary to

slightly broaden your mission statement once you

start outlining planned activities and realize that

a key program doesn’t quite fit within your initial

statement. Similarly, you may find it awkward to

develop a list of goals or activities without first

assessing your resources or drafting a budget. In

my opinion, it makes sense to start by focusing on

what you reasonably hope to do—to let your dreams and aspirations motivate you and inspire you to be

resourceful, to do more with less. Although you

may need to scale back your list of plans after you

assess your limited resources (discussed in the next

section) or draft your budget (discussed in the next

chapter), at least you’ll have these plans simmering

on the back burner, ready to go when you have the

means to achieve them.

E. Assess Your Resources

Now it’s time to take a look at the resources your

nonprofit has at its disposal to help get its activities

rolling. If you’re like most nonprofits, you won’t

have lots of cash on hand to pay for all of the great

things in your plan. But a fact that many new

nonprofits overlook in their worry about funds is

that money is only one of many types of resources

that will be essential to your enterprise—and it may

not even be the most important one. For example,

even if your nonprofit lacks cold, hard cash, it may

possess other key assets, such as volunteers com-

mitted to the cause, people with expertise in a

given field, a network of community relationships, a

positive reputation, or access to influential people.

In this section of your strategic plan, you should

include an assessment of all of your resources,

including money, people, expertise, skills, and other

intangibles, that are currently available to your non-

profit. Your goal here isn’t to detail your fundraising

DEVELOPING YOUR STRATEGIC PLAN 2 / 1 3

plan—no matter how much it may be on your

mind—but simply to develop a realistic understand-

ing of the assets you have in hand. Because it forces

you to look honestly at the resources available to

implement your planned activities, assessing your

current resources might feel like taking a cold show-

er. But doing so is essential so that you can evaluate

your nonprofit’s current position and identify strate-

gies for pursuing your goals, which are covered in

the next section.

When assessing resources, lots of folks mistakenly

think only in terms of money. As is true in other

areas of life, money can be a great help in getting

things done, but it’s also true that other assets—such

as skills and experience—can translate into getting

your mission accomplished. A troop of energetic,

committed volunteers can be just as valuable—

sometimes even more so—than cash in the bank

or an expensive computer system. A famous board

member may not only add luster to your group but

also play a key role in attracting funds by hosting

fundraisers or making other appearances. In short,

don’t underestimate the value of your group’s less-

tangible assets.

Below is a list of things you’ll want to consider

when assessing your nonprofit’s resources. The list is

divided into “hard” assets like cash and equipment

and people assets. You’ll find categories that are

often used in common nonprofit activities, but you

may not need to use all of them—what you have

on hand will obviously depend on your specific

situation.

• Cash & equipment resources

• Cash

• Office space

• Computer equipment & printers

• Paper & printer ink

• Office supplies

• Desks, file cabinets, and other office furniture

• Vehicles, especially trucks

• Chairs and tables (for seminars & events)

• Public address equipment: microphone,

microphone stand, amplifier, and so on

• Photo and video equipment

• Presentation equipment: slide projector, over-

head projector, video projector, and so on

• People resources

• Interested volunteers

• Skills or expertise of key people

• Miscellaneous contacts: bankers, government

regulators, business people, and so on

• Access to private or institutional funding

sources

• Contacts in the media for publicity

• Celebrity or famous supporters

• Volunteers with technical skills: graphic

design, website building, computer networking

skills, and so on

• Political allies: city council members, the

mayor, state representatives, officials at

government agencies, and so on

• Service sponsors: printers, caterers, transport

services, and so on

• Board members who are famous, experts

in their fields, or highly visible or otherwise

enjoy a good reputation

Of course, the above list merely suggests possibil-

ities to point you in the right direction when making

your own lists. Just remember to think broadly—you

probably already possess several resources that you

had never considered as such.

Budgeting is covered in Chapter 3, and fund- raising in Chapter 6. The budgeting chapter explains how to estimate income and expenses

for your planned activities. When you do your first

budget, you’ll likely see that your available resources

won’t be adequate to accomplish your planned

activities as outlined in your strategic plan. This is

where fundraising comes in, which is covered in

detail in Chapter 6.

F. Identify Strategies

With goals, objectives, and activities identified and

your current resources assessed, you’re ready to

do some true strategic thinking. In the realm of

strategic planning, “strategies” are practical ideas

about how to make the best use of your resources to

achieve your goals.

A common approach to strategic thinking is

called a “SWOT” analysis—an acronym for strengths,

weaknesses, opportunities, and threats.

2 / 1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

• Strengths are positive assets within your

organization. Examples might include a highly

respected board member, a talented group of

volunteers, or ownership of valuable intellec-

tual property such as a book or software.

• Weaknesses are negative aspects within your

organization. Examples might include a short-

age of volunteers or outdated technology.

• Opportunities are positive elements outside

your organization. Examples might include a

high demand for your services or availability

of a grant in your topic area.

• Threats are negative elements outside your

organization. Examples might include a

competing nonprofit or the demise of a major

funder.

The key to doing a SWOT analysis is to identify

these elements accurately, and then think about

ways to maximize the positive and minimize

the negative elements. Brainstorm about ways to

use your strengths to take advantage of existing

opportunities and to overcome threats you’ve iden-

tified. Also focus on how you will minimize your

weaknesses to make your group less vulnerable to

threats. This process of assessment and analysis is

the essence of strategic thinking and will help you

chart a realistic course for success.

A SWOT analysis is sometimes called other

things, such as a “situational assessment” or an

“environmental analysis,” but they all use the same

basic approach.

EXAMPLE: In doing a SWOT analysis, Wild Horizons outlines the following strengths,

weaknesses, opportunities, and threats:

Strengths • Experienced board members and staff

• Unique program in the state

• Close ties with administrators at target

schools

Weaknesses • Lack of reputation or recognition by the

public or target community

• Lack of fundraising experience

• Lack of computer experience or database

skills

Opportunities • Openness by school districts to try

innovative programs to help at-risk youth

• Large number of granting institutions

with at-risk youth as a funding priority

• Increased awareness and media coverage

of outdoor education and its benefits

Threats • Risk of personal injury claims

• Competition with other groups for fund-

ing

• Resistance from parents and families

Looking over its list, the board members

identify various strategies to best take

advantage of their strengths and opportunities

and to minimize the weaknesses and threats

faced by Wild Horizons. For example, the

board plans to leverage its close ties with

school administrators to remedy its lack of

recognition in the community. Similarly, it will

take advantage of the large number of funding

institutions with a focus on the issues of at-risk

youth to minimize its weakness in fundraising

experience.

G. Edit and Finalize Your Plan

Once you’ve drafted your mission statement; out-

lined your goals, objectives, and activities; assessed

your resources; and identified strategies; you’ve

completed all the essential elements of your initial

strategic plan. All that’s left to do is to put it together

into a final document.

Let your plan sit for a day or two before beginning

a final review. Putting it down for a couple days will

allow the planners to clear their brains and look at

it with fresh perspectives. It’s a good idea at this

point to establish a firm deadline for incorporating

any final edits, to keep everyone in “wrap-up” mode

and prevent endless rounds of tinkering with the

work you’ve already done. Of course, if people feel

strongly that major changes should be made, sub-

stantial rewriting may be unavoidable. By the time

you’ve reached this point, however, all the planners

should be more or less on the same page.

DEVELOPING YOUR STRATEGIC PLAN 2 / 1 5

Get community input. It’s not a bad idea to have someone you trust from your commu-

nity look over a near-final draft of your plan and

make edits or suggestions. It’s all too common for

the people working most closely in the planning

process to develop mild cases tunnel vision and

group-think, which sometimes results in the group

overlooking issues, opportunities, or flaws in the

strategic plan. Having an outsider look it over helps

avoid this risk—and helps forge ties with the com-

munity as well.

Once your final edits have been incorporated,

you may be finished. Or, if you plan to submit the

strategic plan to potential funders, you may want

to spiff it up and package it into a professional

document. Desktop publishing software is so

reasonably priced and easy to use that you shouldn’t

have any trouble creating an attractive document,

perhaps with photos, illustrations, graphs, and the

like. (You’ll find more on producing professional

fundraising materials in Chapter 6.) Package

the information as necessary for your intended

purposes—an internal working document can

be much less formal than a package you send to

potential major donors.

Checklist: Developing Your Strategic Plan

Decide who will participate in the strategic planning process—typically the founders

of an unincorporated group or the board of

directors of an incorporated nonprofit. Con-

sider others who might have valuable input,

including community activists or professionals

in your field.

Draft a concise and compelling mission state- ment describing your nonprofit’s overarching

goals.

Outline your nonprofit’s specific goals, objectives, planned activities, and program

areas.

Assess your nonprofit’s current and potential resources—including both tangible items,

such as cash and computer equipment, and

intangibles, such as expertise and community

support.

Identify strategies and practical ideas for how your nonprofit will best use its resources to

achieve its goals. Use a “SWOT” analysis, in

which you evaluate your nonprofit’s strengths,

weaknesses, opportunities, and threats.

Have someone you trust from your community look over your plan and make edits or sugges-

tions.

Edit your plan and assemble its various sections into a final document.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 3

Developing Your Initial Budget

A. .Set Up Your Budget ................................................................................................... 3/3

1. Distinguishing Programs From Administration .............................................. 3/3

2. Restricted Versus Unrestricted Income ........................................................... 3/3

3. Program Versus Administrative Expenses ........................................................ 3/4

B. Estimate Income .......................................................................................................... 3/4

C. Estimate Expenses ....................................................................................................... 3/5

1. Regular Expenses .................................................................................................. 3/5

2. Capital Expenses ................................................................................................... 3/7

3. Start-Up Costs ....................................................................................................... 3/7

D. Assemble Your Budget ............................................................................................... 3/8

3/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

T he term “budget” strikes fear in the hearts of

many, evoking images of counting pennies,

tightening belts, and generating complicated

spreadsheets filled with endless columns of numbers.

But developing a budget doesn’t have to be scary—

and coming up with a reasonable estimate of your

expected expenses and anticipated funds will help

you start your nonprofit on stable financial ground.

Budgeting is the process of estimating how much

money you’ll need to pursue your goals and carry

out planned activities, and how much money you

expect to collect from fundraising, events, sales, and

so on. You’ll need to draft an initial budget early

in your start-up days to get a clear sense of what

specific activities will cost and to help you deter-

mine how much money you’ll need to keep your

group afloat.

At its most basic level, a budget is simply a list of:

• estimated income, including how much you

think you’ll reap in grants, contributions,

activity fees, sales, and so on, and

• estimated expenses, including what you

expect to spend on day-to-day expenses like

postage and office supplies; capital expenses

like computers and office furniture; and start-

up expenses.

Once you tally up your expected income and

expenses, you’ll be able to see whether your non-

profit will have enough money to cover all of your

future activities, or whether you’ll have to scale back

your plans and/or figure out a way to bring in more

money to make the numbers work.

It’s easiest to draft an initial budget after creating

your strategic plan. With a strategic plan in place

that outlines your activities in detail, making

estimates for components of those activities should

be pretty straightforward. If, like some nonprofits,

you are already engaged in activities and haven’t

yet created a strategic plan, you might want to

draft a budget right away, to keep you on track

financially until you do write a strategic plan. Once

your strategic plan is in place and your activities are

more carefully defined, you can amend your budget

accordingly.

You don’t need any special financial software to

draft a budget, although many accounting programs

offer budgeting features. If you plan to purchase

accounting software such as QuickBooks or MYOB

to manage your nonprofit’s finances down the road,

you might consider using it for your budgeting

process as well. Otherwise, you can draft a budget

using simple spreadsheet software such as Microsoft

Excel. All you need is the ability to create rows and

columns into which you can enter your figures.

This chapter explains how to draft a budget,

including the following components:

• estimated income, including both restricted

and unrestricted income (see Section A2,

below, for more on this distinction)

• estimated program and administrative

expenses, divided into categories that will

work for accounting and tax preparation

purposes

• estimated capital expenses, for long-term

assets like computers or vehicles, and

• estimated start-up costs.

For information on managing and tracking money once it comes into your nonprofit, see Chapter 11. That chapter discusses basic book- keeping and accounting principles, including how

to generate financial reports that will help you track

the financial health of your nonprofit.

Don’t put off preparing your first budget. Many fledgling nonprofits tend to procras- tinate when it comes to budgeting, often because

they are intimidated by the process or afraid of the

financial realities it will reveal. In fact, budgeting is

not difficult—it simply involves breaking down your

activities into individual components, then making

estimates of what each component will cost. Bud-

geting is an essential step in getting a handle on the

financial resources you’ll need to make your group

successful. Remember the saying, “Knowledge is

power.” Understanding exactly how the numbers

break down will allow you to make informed deci-

sions that will help you keep your core programs up

and running.

A blank budget is included. A blank budget is included as a form in Appendix F and, in

digital version, on the CD that accompanies this

book.

DEVELOPING YOUR INITIAL BUDGET 3/ 3

A. Set Up Your Budget

Your goals in budgeting are to ensure (1) that the

nonprofit is in the black overall, and (2) that each

individual program has adequate funding to keep

running. To achieve both goals in one budget, you

should set the budget up to track both overall funds

and funds for specific programs.

One good way to accomplish this is to create a

separate vertical column for each program, plus a

column that you call “Administration” to capture all

of the income and expenses that are not directly tied

to a specific program. Use the horizontal rows for

specific types of income and expenses, and enter the

amounts you expect to bring in or spend for each

program in that program’s column. At the bottom,

create a total row to record the overall expenses and

income for each program area. The sample budgets

throughout this chapter use this basic structure.

Before you can begin entering your figures,

however, you’ll need to know how to allocate your

income and expenses between programs and admin-

istration.

1. Distinguishing Programs From Administration

Your budget should tell you, at a glance, how much

of your income and expenses are attributable to each

of your programs—and how much is attributable to

general nonprofit administration. It’s important to

divide your budget this way for several reasons:

• You need to know what your individual pro-

grams will cost and how much of your overall

budget is dedicated to those programs. To

make informed decisions about funding, you

need to have a clear sense of how much each

of your activities and programs costs and how

much money it’s bringing in. Allocating your

income and expenses by program will let you

see how each program is doing financially—

and make any adjustments necessary to keep

important projects up and running.

• You won’t be able to make precise overall

estimates unless you look at each program and

activity separately. Instead of guessing how

many total dollars you expect to bring in and

spend, you should make separate estimates for

each of your planned program areas and for

general administration. Making separate esti-

mates will help you generate a more accurate

overall result.

• Many funders want to see a high proportion of

a nonprofit’s funds go towards programs—and

a low proportion towards administration.

Grant-giving organizations in particular want

to know that you will spend their money on

tangible good works, not on staples and rent.

Although this may seem a bit arbitrary (after

all, you can’t carry out your mission without

some basics like office supplies and a phone),

it is a fact of nonprofit life. You won’t know

how your funds and expenses divide between

programs and administration—and you won’t

be able to provide these funders with the

information they demand—unless you make

this distinction in your budget.

2. Restricted Versus Unrestricted Income

To decide whether income should be allocated to

programs or administration, you need to know

whether that income is restricted or unrestricted.

Restricted income is money that may be used only

for particular purposes specified by the donor.

For example, some funding groups and individual

donors make contributions on the condition that the

funds be used only for a specific program—this is

restricted income. If there are no conditions on how

you can use the funds, the money is unrestricted

and may be used for any legitimate expense of your

nonprofit.

Accounting rules for nonprofits require you to

track restricted income carefully, to make sure that

it was spent only on the project(s) specified by

the donor. Although this requirement applies only

to actual contributions (and not to the anticipated

contributions that you’ll be using to prepare your

budget), it’s still a good idea to note whether any

of your income is likely to be restricted. That way,

you’ll have a better sense of how much money will

be available to allocate as you wish—and how much

will have to remain attached to particular programs.

3/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

When you draft your budget, list any restricted

income you expect to receive in the column for the

program for which it was earmarked. You should

also mark these funds in some way—with an

asterisk, for example—to remind everyone that they

are restricted.

Donations from individual contributors are usually

unrestricted. Even if your nonprofit has one high-

profile flagship program, do not automatically

consider regular contributions attached to that

program for accounting purposes. However, if you

solicit contributions for a particular purpose (for

example, to aid the victims of a particular disaster),

the resulting donations should be considered

restricted income.

3. Program Versus Administrative Expenses

Your budget must also distinguish between program

expenses and administrative expenses. Administra-

tive expenses (roughly equivalent to “fixed costs” or

“overhead” in the for-profit world) are costs associ-

ated with keeping your nonprofit running, such as

office rent or telephone service. Administrative costs

exist independently of any activities or programs

your nonprofit conducts. Small nonprofits that begin

in a supporter’s living room and are headquartered

in another volunteer’s garage may have very few

administrative costs. On the other hand, if you plan

to rent office space, hire a part-time coordinator,

have a separate phone line, or operate a dedicated

vehicle for your nonprofit, you will have fixed costs

to consider.

Program costs (much like “variable costs” in

the for-profit realm) are associated with specific

program activities, such as the price of textbooks

purchased for your literacy program or salaries for

the nurses who staff your homeless health clinic.

Program Cost or Administrative Cost?

Dividing expenses between programs and

administration is often more of an art than a

science. Sometimes, you’ll just need to use

your best judgment to decide how to attribute

an expense. For example, office rent is usually

attributed to general nonprofit administration,

but you could also spread the expense of office

rent across a nonprofit’s program areas. You

could divide the cost of rent evenly among all

of your programs or allocate rent costs based

on the overall percentage of the nonprofit’s

resources devoted to each program.

As you make these distinctions, remember

that the way you divide your expenses may

have important consequences when your

nonprofit applies for grants or institutional

funding. Some funders will provide funds only

for program budgets, not administration (or,

less commonly, vice versa). Other funders may

limit the types of program expenses that they’ll

fund—they’ll only fund educational activities,

for example. And many grantors keep a careful

eye on your ratio of program to administrative

costs. Grantors may turn down your funding

requests if your budgets show that you are

spending too much money to keep your non-

profit afloat—and not enough on worthwhile

programs.

B. Estimate Income

To begin, you’ll have to budget expected income:

how much money you plan to bring in from various

sources. As discussed in more detail in Chapter 6,

nonprofits typically earn income from membership

fees, individual contributions, grants, and special

events. Create rows in your budget for each type of

income you expect.

Here’s a simple approach to follow:

• Start by attributing all expected unrestricted

income to nonprofit administration, not to any

specific program.

DEVELOPING YOUR INITIAL BUDGET 3/ 5

• Then attribute any anticipated restricted in-

come to the specific program or programs as

specified by the donor. Put an asterisk by any

restricted income so you can easily identify it.

To illustrate this process, let’s look at a nonprofit

dedicated to supporting AIDS patients. The chart

shown below shows a nonprofit with two program

areas: a meals-on-wheels program and an AIDS

education program. The nonprofit expects restricted

income for these programs, so it enters those amounts

in the appropriate program column and puts an

asterisk by the income as an additional reminder that

the income will be restricted. Otherwise, it enters all

expected income in the “Administration” column.

For simplicity’s sake, many nonprofits assume that

all projected income reflected in their initial budgets

will be unrestricted unless they have good reason

to believe otherwise. Once you’ve been in operation

for a while, you’ll be better able to estimate how

much restricted income you’ll receive—and to in-

clude that information in your budgets. But for your

initial budget, you can decide for yourselves whether

to make this distinction.

EXAMPLE: Wild Horizons’ list of its income estimates for its first year is shown below. It

does not expect any restricted income, so all

estimates are entered into the “Administration”

column.

C. Estimate Expenses

Once you’ve estimated your income, you’ll have to

figure out how much your nonprofit plans to spend.

You’ll need to divide these expenses into basic

categories: regular (day-to-day) expenses, capital

expenses, and start-up expenses. These divisions

will help you prepare your tax returns and balance

your books, as explained in Chapter 11. In addition,

you’ll need to allocate each of your expenses either

to an individual program or to administration.

1. Regular Expenses

A nonprofit’s regular or day-to-day expenses include

costs for anything that you will use in a year or less,

such as salaries, rent, utilities, postage, and office

Nonprofit for Aids Patients Estimated Income

Meals-on-Wheels Program AIDS Education Administration Total INCOME

Individual contributions $8,000 $8,000

Institutional donations * $5,000 *$5,000 3,000 13,000

Foundation grants * 2,000 3,000 5,000

Special event revenues 3,500 3,500

Total income $7,000 $5,000 $17,500 $29,500

* Restricted funds.

Wild Horizons’ Estimated Income

Day Trips (5) Overnight Trips (2)

Publishing (Map & Guide)

Administration (Unrestricted) Total

INCOME Individual contributions $2,000 $2,000

Community sponsorships 2,500 2,500

Grants/Institutional donors 5,000 5,000

Special events revenues 2,500 2,500

Total income $0 $0 $0 $12,000 $12,000

3/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

supplies. (In contrast, capital expenses like com-

puters last longer than a year; they are discussed

next.) Most nonprofits will spend a good part of the

budgeting process coming up with figures for these

regular expenditures.

List specific types of expenses in each row. To

make your budget as clear as possible, it’s a good

idea to organize your regular expenses into two

groups: one set of rows for program-related regular

costs, and another set of rows for regular costs spent

on administration (or fixed costs). In the program

costs group, create a row each for all the specific

things you’ll purchase for your programs. And in

the fixed costs group, create a row each for typical

fixed costs such as rent, salaries, office supplies, and

postage. Then enter your estimates for each type

of expense. Remember to enter the amounts in the

appropriate column; program costs go in a program

column, and fixed costs go in the “Administration”

column. It’s also a good idea to throw in a little

extra (10% or so) for administrative costs, to cover

miscellaneous expenses that you can’t predict.

EXAMPLE: A list of Wild Horizons’ estimated regular costs for its programs and administra-

tion is shown below

Your budget should track your strategic plan. The purpose of your budget is to cost out the specific programs you identified in your strategic

plan. If you haven’t already outlined your programs,

you should do so before starting the budgeting

process. See Chapter 2 for detailed information on

developing a strategic plan.

Wild Horizons’ Estimated Regular Costs

Day Trips (5)

Overnight Trips (2)

Publishing (Map & Guide)

Administration (Unrestricted) Total

REGULAR EXPENSES

Program costs

Food $1,125 $600 $1,725

Transportation—gas 250 100 350

Transportation—van rental 375 300 675

Insurance 125 150 275

Day use/campground fees 50 50 100

Equipment rental 0 200 200

Printing $500 500

Program Costs Subtotal $1,925 $1,400 $500 $0 $3,825

Fixed costs

Office rent $1,800 $1,800

Salaries 600 600

Utilities 600 600

Telephone service 600 600

Office supplies 600 600

Postage 300 300

Website hosting 120 120

Fundraising costs 600 600

Liability Insurance 1,200 1,200

Professional services (accountant, etc.) 600 600

Miscellaneous 600 600

Fixed Costs Subtotal $0 $0 $0 $7,620 $7,620

DEVELOPING YOUR INITIAL BUDGET 3/ 7

Keep fixed costs low. Like many small busi- nesses, too many nonprofits spend too much,

too soon. Rather than committing yourself to high

overhead, do everything you can to keep expenses

low, allowing increases only when your successful

fundraising justifies spending more. For example,

few nonprofits really need to rent office space in a

prominent building. Instead, operating from a low-

cost warehouse district, an older office building, or

even your garage may work just fine. Not only will

this help your bottom line, but it will also impress

funders, who like to see organizations operate

frugally and are more likely to give money to organi-

zations that stretch their dollars.

2. Capital Expenses

In financial terms, “capital assets” (sometimes

referred to simply as “assets”) are items that have

a useful life of more than one year. Common

examples include vehicles, computers, and furnish-

ings. The expenses associated with purchasing these

assets are called capital expenses and are subject

to different tax treatment than regular, day-to-day

expenses. Even if your nonprofit is tax-exempt, it

should conform to standard accounting rules and list

capital expenses separately.

Another reason to count capital expenses sepa-

rately is that they are typically large and often put

an otherwise balanced budget in the red. Including

these large, sporadic expenses in your fixed or pro-

gram costs might result in a somewhat misleading

picture of your regular costs in those categories. List-

ing capital expenses separately helps clearly identify

these large expenses and facilitates the process of

planning fundraising efforts. For more details on the

treatment of capital expenses, see Chapter 11.

EXAMPLE: A list of Wild Horizons’ estimates for capital expenses is shown below.

3. Start-Up Costs

Start-up costs include expenses for things you’ll

need to buy in order to get your nonprofit up and

running. Estimating them is simple: Just list them

and add them up. Include items like incorporation

fees, application fees for federal tax-exempt status,

initial office supplies, and anything else you’ll have

to pay for before your group can open its doors for

business.

Capital expenses may look like start-up costs. When doing your initial budgeting, you may find yourself wondering whether the computer or

furniture you need for your nonprofit’s launch really

belongs in the capital expense or the start-up cost

category. According to rules known as “generally

accepted accounting principles” (or GAAP), any

expenses for assets should be allocated to the

capital expenses category, even if they’re neces-

sary to start your nonprofit. (GAAP rules are further

discussed in Chapter 11.)

EXAMPLE: Wild Horizons makes a list of the start-up expenses they expect to pay before

they begin their first major fundraising drive.

The list is shown below.

Wild Horizons’ Estimates for Capital Expenses

Day Trips (5)

Overnight Trips (2)

Publishing (Map & Guide)

Administration (Unrestricted) Total

CAPITAL EXPENSES Camping equipment $750 $750

Computer equipment $500 500

Telephone/fax equipment 250 250

Office furniture 150 150

Capital Expense Subtotal $1,925 $1,400 $500 $0 $3,825

3/ 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

D. Assemble Your Budget

Once you’ve estimated all of your income and costs,

your final task is to compile them into one master

budget. This budget will allow you to see whether

your nonprofit will be able to carry out all the

programs and activities you want to tackle. If your

budget shows that your expenses will exceed your

income, you’ll need either to scale back your plans

or to figure out how you’ll make up the shortfall.

If you decide you must make cuts, do so only

after giving careful thought to your priorities and

what you can reasonably put on the back burner.

For example, if you really need a part-time paid

staffer to coordinate volunteers but have no crucial

need for an office, it might make sense for everyone

to keep working from their homes (or set up shop

in someone’s garage) and cut your budget for office

space, freeing up some money to pay for the staffer.

In other words, think before you cut.

EXAMPLE: Wild Horizons puts together all their various estimates into an initial budget, as

shown on the next page.

Reviewing its initial budget, the board of

directors immediately sees that it faces a short-

fall of $1,755. While this is certainly a concern,

the board is relieved to see that the difference

is not so huge as to require radical cutbacks in

its planned activities. The board plans to re-

view its program and administrative budgets to

see where expenses can be cut back or covered

by noncash donations. For example, it hopes to

cut the cost of purchasing food for the trips by

finding food sponsors willing to donate food.

Wild Horizons’ List of Start-Up Expenses

Day Trips (5)

Overnight Trips (2)

Publishing (Map & Guide)

Administration (Unrestricted) Total

Start-up Costs Printing—brochures, etc. $300 $300

Website creation 250 250

Telephone set-up 75 75

State fees (incorporation, etc.) 35 35

Start-Up Costs Subtotal $0 $0 $0 $660 $660

If necessary, it will find ways to raise more

funds—however, the board starts by trying to

cut expenses, because it doesn’t want to raise

its income estimates without some solid basis

for expecting additional funds.

Be realistic when comparing resources to planned activities. If your estimated income won’t support your planned activities, don’t ignore

the problem. If you proceed without sufficient

resources, you run the risk that your nonprofit won’t

be able to follow through with its announced plans.

As you can imagine, this could very well result in a

loss of credibility and respect in the community—

and doom your nonprofit’s future. It’s much better

to scale back your activities and build a strong

reputation for success than to overextend your-

selves and fail.

Raising the additional money or other resources

you need to accomplish your plans is another

option. Of course, you’ll need to be realistic when

considering whether you can acquire more money

or resources. Rather than simply upping the income

estimates listed in your plan to match your needs,

raise your estimates only if you have some realistic

basis for doing so. And remember that bringing in

more resources often comes at a cost. For example,

if you decide to add an extra fundraiser to your

plans to bring in an extra $5,000, be sure you’ll

have enough resources to pull off that event. Even

if the venue, food, and drinks for the fundraiser are

donated, you shouldn’t overlook the commitment of

time that events always require.

DEVELOPING YOUR INITIAL BUDGET 3/ 9

Wild Horizons Initial Budget Day Trips

(5) Overnight Trips (2)

Publishing (Map & Guide)

Administration (Unrestricted) Total

INCOME Individual contributions $2,000 $2,000 Community sponsorships 2,500 2,500 Grants/Institutional donors 5,000 5,000 Special events revenues 2,500 2,500

TOTAL INCOME $0 $0 $0 $12,000 $12,000

REGULAR EXPENSES Program costs Food $1,125 $600 $1,725 Transportation—gas 250 100 350 Transportation—van rental 375 300 675 Insurance 125 150 275 Day use/campground fees 50 50 100 Equipment rental 0 200 200 Printing $500 500

Program Costs Subtotal $1,925 $1,400 $500 $0 $3,825

FIXED COSTS Office rent $1,800 $1,800 Salaries 600 600 Utilities 600 600 Telephone service 600 600 Office supplies 600 600 Postage 300 300 Website hosting 120 120 Fundraising costs 600 600 Liability Insurance 1,200 1,200 Professional services (accountant, etc.) 600 600 Miscellaneous 600 600

Fixed Costs Subtotal $0 $0 $0 $7,620 $7,620

CAPITAL EXPENSES Camping equipment $750 $750 Computer equipment $500 500 Telephone/fax equipment 250 250 Office furniture 150 150

Capital Expenses Subtotal $750 $0 $900 $1,650

START-UP COSTS Printing—brochures, etc. $300 $300 Website creation 250 250 Telephone set-up 75 75 State fees (incorporation, etc.) 35 35

Start-up Costs Subtotal $0 $0 $0 $660 $660

TOTAL EXPENSES $1,925 $2,150 $500 $9,180 $13,755

NET ANNUAL REVENUES ($1,755)

3/ 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Adjusting Program Budgets

Separating your program expenses from admin-

istrative expenses allows you to see whether

individual programs have enough funds to

survive and, if not, to make adjustments. Consider

the following example of a nonprofit to support

AIDS patients.

Meals-on-Wheels Program

AIDS Education Program Administration Total

INCOME

Individual contributions $8,000 $8,000

Institutional donations $5,000* $5,000* 3,000 13,000

Foundation grants 2,000* 3,000 5,000

Special event revenues 3,500 3,500

TOTAL INCOME $7,000 $5,000 $17,500 $29,500

REGULAR EXPENSES

Program costs

Food 3,000 3,000

Gas 1,000 1,000

Insurance 1,000 1,000

Fixed costs

Office rent 4,000 4,000

Office supplies 2,000 2,000

Postage 750 750

Printing 500 2,000 500 3,000

Salaries 2,000 2,300 1,750 6,050

Telephone service 2,000 2,000

Website hosting 1,500 1,500

CAPITAL EXPENSES

Computer equipment 750 750

Telephone/fax equipment 250 250

START-UP COSTS

Website creation/setup 1,000 1,500 2,500

Total Expenses $7,500 $6,300 $14,000 $27,800

NET REVENUES ($500) ($1,300) $3,500 $1,700

As you can see, the budget shows an overall

surplus of $1,700, but the program budgets are

short of funds. The good news is that there’s

enough unrestricted income in the administration

category to allocate to the programs to make up

the deficits. By reallocating $500 to the Meals-

on-Wheels program and $1,300 to the AIDS

Education program, those programs will break

even—and there will still be a $1,700 surplus,

allocated to the Administration category.

DEVELOPING YOUR INITIAL BUDGET 3/ 1 1

Stretch your existing resources. Instead of forging ahead and hoping you’ll be able to

raise the funds and corral the resources you’re lack-

ing, a less risky way to proceed is to figure out how

to stretch the resources you already have. In other

words, focus on making your existing resources go

farther rather than on expanding those resources.

The following checklist is included as a form

in Appendix F and, in digital version, on the

CD that accompanies this book.

Checklist: Developing Your Initial Budget

Tackle your initial budget early in the life of your nonprofit—ideally, right after you finish

your strategic plan.

Set up your budget to list expenses for indi- vidual programs and expenses for ongoing

administration in separate columns.

If you expect some income to be restricted to certain programs, track it in your budget.

Otherwise, put all income in your administra-

tion column.

List your estimated expenses in three cat- egories: (1) day-to-day expenses, (2) capital

expenses, and (3) start-up expenses.

If you need to buy assets to get your nonprofit started, such as a computer or office furniture,

list them as capital expenses, not as start-up

expenses.

If your budget shows that you’ll be short on funds, focus on stretching existing resources

rather than increasing estimates of income.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 4

Your Board of Directors

A. What Makes a Good Board ....................................................................................... 4/3

1. Passion and Commitment .................................................................................. 4/3

2. Willingness to Help Raise Money ..................................................................... 4/5

3. Connection to Many Communities .................................................................. 4/5

4. Diverse Viewpoints .............................................................................................. 4/6

B. The Board’s Duties and Tasks ................................................................................... 4/6

1. Board Members’ Legal Duties ............................................................................ 4/6

2. Board Roles Versus Staff Roles ........................................................................... 4/7

3. Typical Board Activities ........................................................................................ 4/8

4. Board Meetings ..................................................................................................... 4/8

5. Board Officers ....................................................................................................... 4/8

C. Board Policies and Procedures ................................................................................. 4/9

1. Number of Directors ............................................................................................ 4/9

2. Terms and Term Limits ....................................................................................... 4/10

3. Board Member Responsibilities ...................................................................... 4/11

4. Performance Practices and Removal Policies ................................................ 4/11

5. Creating a Board Guidebook ........................................................................... 4/12

D. Recruiting Board Members ..................................................................................... 4/13

1. Evaluate Your Needs .......................................................................................... 4/13

2. Make Sure Recruiters Understand Board Members’ Responsibilities ..... 4/14

3. Educate Prospects and Incoming Board Members ...................................... 4/14

4. Elect Officers ....................................................................................................... 4/16

4/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

E. Holding Effective Board Meetings ......................................................................... 4/16

1. Meet Regularly .................................................................................................... 4/16

2. Invite Staff and Outsiders When Appropriate .............................................. 4/16

3. Give Notice of Meetings ................................................................................... 4/17

4. Draft a Solid Agenda .......................................................................................... 4/17

5. Start on Time ....................................................................................................... 4/19

6. Understand Decision-Making Methods ........................................................ 4/19

7. Deal With Problem Board Members .............................................................. 4/19

F. The Role of Committees ......................................................................................... 4/20

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 3

O ne of the fundamental tasks facing the

founders of any nonprofit is choosing a

board of directors to oversee the organiza-

tion. The board plays an essential legal and practical

role in any nonprofit, even if others (such as an

executive director, paid staff, and/or volunteers)

handle the organization’s everyday affairs.

Nonprofits receive favorable tax treatment and

other benefits precisely because they are created to

serve the public interest. And, as you’ll remember,

the nonprofit’s board must shoulder the legal duty to

keep the organization true to its public service mis-

sion, so that it continues to deserve its tax-favored

status. (This “public trust” role explains why non-

profit directors are sometimes called trustees.)

The board’s role of setting policies and maintain-

ing the nonprofit’s overall direction serves more

than just a legal function. By defining the mission

of the nonprofit, establishing priorities, crafting

strategies, and ensuring that plans and programs are

implemented, a good board serves an immensely

practical role as well. Without a committed board

to tackle these tasks, a nonprofit can all too quickly

run adrift, without clear goals or any specific plans

to achieve them. True, an executive director can

and should provide day-to-day management and

decision-making skills, but the board has the legal

duty and authority to set policy.

Another area in which board members are typi-

cally involved is fundraising efforts. You should be

able to count on your board members to spread the

word about your good work, use their connections

to gain access to potential donors, actively partici-

pate in fundraising campaigns, and—when financial-

ly feasible—make their own donations. As discussed

later in this chapter, there are many ways that board

members can participate in fundraising. Whether a

board member is more comfortable planning behind

the scenes or asking for money directly, there should

be a way for the whole board to get involved.

Nonprofit board members often go beyond the

traditional directorial tasks of setting policy and

defining a nonprofit’s goals. Especially in small

all-volunteer nonprofits (and even in those with a

small paid staff), board members often roll up their

sleeves and do much of the nonprofit’s actual work,

be it feeding the hungry, helping the unemployed,

or cleaning the forests. In other words, it’s not un-

common for board members to go beyond nonprofit

planning and steering and get involved in the actual

execution of the nonprofit’s objectives.

Think of your board as the heart of your non-

profit. At the legal level, your organization can’t live

without one, and, practically, your group’s mission,

key strategies, and policies all flow from the board’s

decisions and leadership. This chapter will help you

select and manage a board that will steer your non-

profit in the right direction. It covers:

• qualities to look for in your board members

(Section A)

• the board’s legal duties and activities (Section

B)

• how to create policies and develop procedures

for your board (Section C)

• how to recruit board members (Section D)

• how to hold effective board meetings (Section

E), and

• the role of board committees (Section F).

A. What Makes a Good Board

Most great boards share some common traits and

qualities that enable them to lead their groups

creatively and effectively. The members of an ideal

board of directors:

• share a passion for and commitment to the

nonprofit’s mission

• are willing to roll up their sleeves when

necessary to help with the practical work of

the nonprofit

• have strong ties to their communities

• are diverse—in age, gender, race, religion,

occupation, skills, and background, and

• are willing to support efforts to raise money.

The sections that follow look at these various

qualities in a bit more detail.

1. Passion and Commitment

The very best prospects for your nonprofit’s board

will be people who share a passion for, and com-

mitment to, the nonprofit’s mission. No matter what

name recognition or professional credentials particu-

lar people may have to offer, they will not be assets

4/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

to your nonprofit’s board unless they care enough

about what you do to involve themselves actively in

helping you pursue your goals. If yours is a small

nonprofit that doesn’t have the resources to hire staff

or pay for outside services, it’s even more important

that board members be committed to the cause and

willing to contribute their time to get nonprofit tasks

done.

Unfortunately, the best prospects in terms of

professional achievement and influence in the

community are often the very people who have the

least amount of time to help. Finding people who

are both professionally accomplished and willing to

pull an oar isn’t easy. Here are some brief tips on the

types of people who might make good recruits. (For

strategies that will help you attract and approach

people to serve on your board, see Section D,

below.)

• Recently retired people. People who have recently retired often have fresh skills, good

contacts, and time. And, just as important,

they are often looking for ways to stay active

in the world beyond playing golf or mah jong.

• Businesspeople in related fields. For instance, if your nonprofit aims to feed the homeless,

you should consider not just community

leaders and social activists, but also restaurant

and grocery store owners. Similarly, a group

wanting to provide sports opportunities for

the disabled might contact owners of local

sports equipment stores or architects who

design recreational facilities for the physically

impaired.

• Local media people. Reporters, editors, and others from local media—newspapers, televi-

sion and radio stations, and others—are good

candidates because they’re typically both

well informed and well connected. Reporters

often cover certain beats that may make them

particularly well suited for your board—for

example, a local reporter who covers energy

markets might be a good addition to your

energy conservation nonprofit. (However,

keep in mind that in some cases the opposite

might be true—reporters might not want to

put their journalistic objectivity in question by

becoming involved in issues they routinely

cover, particularly in controversial fields.)

• Professors, scholars, and researchers. Anyone who studies issues in your nonprofit’s subject

area is a natural candidate for your board.

For a nonprofit dedicated to promoting urban

green space, for example, an urban planning

professor (or landscape architecture professor,

among others) would be a natural. College

professors also tend to have flexible schedules,

so they may be more likely to have time to

serve.

• New moms or dads. Working professionals who take a year or more off to raise a young

child may be looking for ways to stay involved

in the world. Sometimes, serving on a board

for a cause they care about is an ideal way to

stay active.

On the flip side, here’s a short list of tactics to

avoid when recruiting members to your board:

• Don’t appease busy prospects by downplay- ing a board member’s duties. It’s easy to see how this can come back to haunt you. Make

it clear up front that an active, engaged board

is vital to your organization and that board

members will be expected to participate.

• Don’t approach your “dream” prospects until your nonprofit is up and running. The folks you’d most like to have on board probably

won’t be swimming in extra time. Rather than

inviting the busiest prospects right away, focus

instead on building a small board of committed,

lower-profile members and achieving a success

or two to make you more attractive to other

potential board members. Once you move

a few hills with your initial board, it will be

easier to line up the types of heavier hitters

who can help you move mountains.

• Don’t invite a high-profile board member solely based on his or her name. All board members must have a sincere commitment to

your mission and be willing to actively partici-

pate in running the nonprofit. If a high-profile

board member doesn’t share that commitment

or willingness to work, you can count on

resentment and bitterness from the rest of your

board.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 5

2. Willingness to Help Raise Money

The most successful nonprofits have boards that are

willing and able to help with fundraising efforts. Of

course, most board members are likely to be driven

by an interest in the nonprofit’s main cause—not

by an interest in raising money. But no matter what

your nonprofit’s core mission and priorities are, it

will have to generate some income in order to sur-

vive. As the leaders of the nonprofit, board members

are in a particularly strong position to promote it to

potential funders. It’s important to find people who

understand the importance of their fundraising role

and are willing to lend a hand.

There are lots of different ways for board mem-

bers to be involved in fundraising. Board members

who aren’t comfortable directly soliciting funds

can be involved in organizing events or developing

membership drives. Other board members might be

natural networkers or salespeople who would excel

at contacting potential donors and actively soliciting

contributions. And all board members should expect

to help generate ideas for raising money, identify

good donor prospects, and otherwise develop fund-

raising strategies.

In addition to helping raise funds from others,

board members should also be willing to support

your nonprofit financially. Some board members

might not be able to contribute more than $50 per

year; others might comfortably give $5,000. More

important than how much money board members

give is their willingness to demonstrate some level

of financial commitment to the organization. Out-

side funding sources will want to see this level of

faith and commitment from the board; its absence

will be taken as a sign that all is not well within the

organization. In addition, contributions from board

members are often a godsend in a nonprofit’s early

start-up days, when you will need cash up front for

incorporation fees, a phone line, or other expenses

before your fundraising machine is up and running.

Some nonprofits require board members to

donate a certain amount each year; others suggest a

contribution amount and leave it up to the individual

members to decide how much to give. Your

nonprofit will have to decide for itself what, if any,

contribution requirements you’ll impose on board

members. Keep in mind that there may be excellent

potential board members who don’t have a lot of

cash but more than make up for it with valuable

skills or connections in the community.

Don’t require contributions that your pro- spective board members can’t afford. Don’t make the mistake of overlooking or alienating

potential board members with more to offer in

expertise and connections than in cold, hard cash.

While some nonprofits require board members to

contribute financially, such a requirement might be

a turn-off to those with limited funds. Remember

that access to influential people, management

expertise, and cachet in your field or community

may be even more crucial than money in your early

start-up days—and will certainly lead to a broad

base of financial contributors down the road.

In short, a committed board member with a fat

Rolodex can be at least as valuable to your fledgling

nonprofit as one with a fat wallet.

No matter how your nonprofit chooses to handle

this issue, you must let prospective board members

know what, if any, financial commitment will be

expected of them before they agree to serve on the

board. (Section C, below, discusses how to define

and communicate board members’ responsibilities.)

For more information on fundraising, see

Chapter 6.

3. Connection to Many Communities

Many nonprofits are started by groups of people

who think a lot alike—they might even look a lot

alike in terms of skin color, age, class, or gender.

This isn’t a problem in itself; it’s often just the natu-

ral way that people come together to promote an

issue they care about. But when you choose your

board, you should consider who isn’t at the table

and whose voices aren’t included in your start-up

group. There may be people of other races, ages, or

communities who care deeply about your issue and

whose perspectives could greatly strengthen your

board—and, by extension, your organization.

4/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Going out of your way to build diversity in your

board is not just an exercise in political correctness.

Rather, by incorporating a range of viewpoints on

your board, your group will be more likely to truly

serve the public interest—not just a small slice of it.

The goal is not simply to have a diverse board, but

to translate the perspectives of your diverse board

into a nonprofit that offers services broadly.

In addition, having a diverse board will help you

forge ties to a wider range of the community and

broaden your base of support. When you build your

board inclusively, you increase the board’s natural

networking power.

EXAMPLE: Inga and Steven are the initial incorporators of Peace Through Understanding,

a nonprofit dedicated to promoting peace by

educating the American public about other

cultures worldwide. In putting together a list

of prospective board members, they have

included religious leaders from local churches,

synagogues, mosques, and other places of

worship. Also on their list are university pro-

fessors who teach about international issues

and activists from several local antiwar groups.

But then, thinking more broadly, Inga suggests

some activists from the sizable gay and lesbian

community in the area, who have been in the

forefront in the fight against hate crimes.

Besides diversity, it’s important that the people

you choose have strong ties to the communities

you’re trying to reach. Remember, it’s not enough to

have a diverse board—you ultimately want to reach

diverse communities through that board. To achieve

this, you should choose people who are connected

to—and influential in—their communities. Examples

include prominent businesspeople and others who

are successful in their fields, community activists,

politicians, religious leaders, and noted academics.

4. Diverse Viewpoints

In addition to having board members who are

connected to diverse communities, you want at least

some board members who represent different points

of view. While you obviously don’t want a board

member who is hostile to your overall mission, it

can be extremely advantageous to include people

who have independent or unusual perspectives.

For instance, a nonprofit dedicated to improving

opportunities for minorities in newspaper journalism

should try to include representatives from differ-

ent aspects of the newspaper industry on its board.

A diverse board would include not just newspaper

editors and reporters, but also photographers, copy

editors, circulation managers, and publishers, all of

whom will typically have different perspectives and

concerns than editors and reporters. Again, your

ultimate goal is always to serve the public, which is

usually best achieved with an open-minded board

that engages in healthy debate.

B. The Board’s Duties and Tasks

Clearly, the nonprofit’s board plays an important

legal, leadership, fundraising, and ideological role.

But how, exactly, does a board translate these broad

responsibilities into everyday actions and decisions?

How should a board function, day to day and

meeting to meeting? And what legal duties must

board members observe as they handle the non-

profit’s business? This section answers these impor-

tant questions by explaining the legal duties—and

practical tasks—board members must take on.

1. Board Members’ Legal Duties

New or prospective board members often are

concerned about what the law requires of them in

their board roles. Here’s the deal: Under state laws,

members of the board of directors have two main

duties to a nonprofit corporation: the duty of care

and the duty of loyalty.

Board members won’t be personally liable for mistakes. Don’t let directors lose sleep worrying about violating these duties and being

sued personally. As discussed in more detail in

Chapter 7, directors are rarely held personally liable

for errors committed in steering the nonprofit,

unless the acts (or failures to act) were fraudulent

or extremely careless. In addition, most states have

laws protecting directors from personal liability,

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 7

and a federal law protects volunteers as well. (See

Chapter 7 for more on liability issues.)

a. Duty of Care

The duty of care requires board members to act

with reasonable care in making decisions and taking

actions on the nonprofit’s behalf. Board members

can go a long way towards fulfilling this duty simply

by being informed. Board members should always

look into any relevant and important information

that’s available before making a decision or taking

action. Before voting to approve a new program

area, for example, board members should have a

clear understanding of important issues like what

the program will cost, whether there is money in

the budget to pay for it, and whether it involves any

activity that might expose the nonprofit to risk.

A common (if slightly legalistic) definition of

“reasonable care” is the level of care that an ordinarily

prudent person in the same circumstances would

reasonably believe is appropriate. A more basic

formulation is that directors will satisfy the duty of

care if they act rationally and in good faith.

b. Duty of Loyalty

The duty of loyalty—sometimes called a “fiduciary

duty”—requires board members to always put the

interests of the nonprofit ahead of their personal

interests. This duty is often expressed in other ways,

too: as a rule against self-dealing or against conflicts

of interest. With some subtle differences (explained

below), all of these rules require much the same

thing: Board members must always make decisions

that are in the best interests of the nonprofit.

Examples of self-dealing might include a

director voting for the nonprofit to rent an office

in a building that the director owns or to make a

purchase from a company owned by the director. In

both cases, the director stands to realize a personal

financial gain from the nonprofit transaction. A

conflict of interest might exist if a director sits on

the boards of two nonprofits that pursue the same

funding sources. Even though the director does

not stand to personally gain, the dual directorships

raise a potential violation of the director’s duty of

loyalty to each group. In cases such as these, state

laws generally require that the director disclose

all the relevant facts about the potential conflict

(including any personal interest the director has in

a transaction) and that only noninterested directors

participate in the vote. If these two requirements

are met, then the conflict will have been avoided (in

legalese, the conflict will have been “discharged”).

2. Board Roles Versus Staff Roles

Generally speaking, the board is not in charge of

the day-to-day affairs of the nonprofit. Taking care

of the many details involved in running the organi-

zation is the responsibility of the nonprofit’s staff,

including the executive director, paid workers, and

volunteers.

Of course, many nonprofits—especially new and

small ones—are run almost entirely by the board

and other volunteers. Plenty of micro-nonprofits

operate this way, which can make the distinction

between the board role and the staff role quite con-

fusing. The key is that the same person may some-

times play a board member’s role, and sometimes

an activist or volunteer staff role. Board members

should be clear on this: Although they may take

care of all the nonprofit’s day-to-day details, they are

not doing so in their capacity as board members.

For example, if a board member dons galoshes

to help with a Clean Up the Wetlands day, helps

stuff envelopes, picks up chairs for an event, or

teaches a seminar, the member is wearing a “staff

hat”—not a “board hat.” When a board member is

discussing whether certain programs fit into the

nonprofit’s overall mission, on the other hand, that

member is wearing a “board hat.” Keeping this

distinction in mind will help you understand the

board/staff relationship and the breakdown of roles

that is so important to a nonprofit’s effective func-

tioning. Clearly recognizing these different roles is

especially essential when a nonprofit has paid staff,

so that board members refrain from interfering in

day-to-day staff duties. Nothing irritates competent

nonprofit staffers more than having board members

meddle where they’re not wanted (or needed).

4/ 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

3. Typical Board Activities

The types of activities that nonprofit boards typically

handle tend to break down into the following

categories:

• defining the organization’s mission and

ensuring that the nonprofit stays on course

• outlining the nonprofit’s main programs

designed to accomplish its mission, usually on

an annual basis

• establishing and managing financial systems

by developing budgets, monitoring finances,

and implementing accounting controls

• leading and helping with fundraising efforts

• dealing with internal board management, such

as electing officers and finding new board

members to replace outgoing ones

• establishing and overseeing committees to

handle special issues, such as membership,

special events, or fundraising

• hiring and managing an executive director (if

the nonprofit plans to have one), and

• helping promote the nonprofit and its

activities to the public.

Keep in mind that the tasks and scope of work

outlined above will change somewhat as the non-

profit grows and hires paid staff. Generally, the

more paid staff you have, the less board members

will be involved in day-to-day tasks.

Nonprofit boards typically create committees to

focus on specific areas or complicated issues. Once

the committee makes progress, these issues are

brought back to the board as a whole for approval

or other guidance. Sometimes a subgroup of the

board sits as an “executive committee,” which can

convene and act with the full authority of the board.

As with other types of committees, an executive

committee can be particularly useful when a non-

profit has a large board, making it logistically diffi-

cult to meet often. But executive committees should

be used judiciously, not as a regular substitute for

full board involvement. Committees are discussed

below in Section F.

4. Board Meetings

The main way the board functions is by meeting to

discuss issues and make decisions about how to get

things done. These decisions are passed on to the

nonprofit’s staff (if there is one). Boards generally

have regular meetings—monthly, bimonthly, or

quarterly—and call special meetings if issues arise

that need immediate attention.

Keeping board meetings efficient and focused is

an important issue for all nonprofits (and just about

every other type of business, for that matter). This

means that the board should develop a clear sense

of priorities, including what to cover at meetings and

what to leave for others to handle. While the board

has a legal duty to set policy and keep the nonprofit

on course, there’s little legal guidance about what

specific matters the board must address. As a practi-

cal matter, board meetings should not get mired in

the minutiae of nonprofit operations. (As discussed

in Section F, below, specific tasks are often managed

by committees, which often include nonboard

members, leaving the board to focus on higher-level

steering issues.)

Save valuable meeting time for important issues. Although day-to-day details may ultimately end up on board members’ plates, they

shouldn’t become a main topic at your board meet-

ings. If a board member will be in charge of buying

office supplies or designing letterhead, that doesn’t

make discussions of the pros and cons of various

types of paperclips or letterhead font sizes appro-

priate subjects for lengthy board discussion.

5. Board Officers

The people who head boards of directors are

referred to in the law as officers—typically

president, vice president, secretary, and treasurer.

Having leaders in place obviously helps the

board function more effectively by designating

responsibilities to specific people, which helps

ensure that things actually get done. In practice,

board officers often also serve as a principal point

of contact between the board and staff. For example,

in organizations with paid staff, the president

usually works closely with the executive director

and other key workers to make sure staff and board

are on the same page.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 9

While board officers legally lead or govern the

board, which in turn governs the nonprofit, board

officers themselves do not run the nonprofit as a

whole. This is a subtle but crucial distinction. The

officers are in charge of keeping the board function-

ing smoothly so that it can consider issues and make

decisions, which are then passed to the staff to

execute. The executive director, who is hired by the

board, is in charge of running the nonprofit, which

typically includes hiring and firing other staff.

Officer duties are spelled out in the nonprofit’s

bylaws and generally are pretty similar from one

nonprofit to the next. Typical officer positions and

duties are:

• President. The president’s main duty is to preside over meetings, including drafting the

agenda beforehand. The president is usually

also in charge of appointing committees and

generally making sure that board projects

are proceeding as planned. Many nonprofits

also require the president to compose an

annual report to be presented at the nonprofit’s

yearly meeting, although the executive director

often handles this task in larger organizations.

In smaller nonprofits that rely entirely or

primarily on volunteers, the president usually

has the authority to sign contracts and checks

(a responsibility often shared with the

treasurer).

• Vice President. Of all the officer positions, the vice president generally has the fewest

specific formal responsibilities. By custom, the

vice president is expected to help the president

with various tasks, fill in for the president as

necessary, and generally put a shoulder to

the wheel when important work needs to be

done. Legally, if the president needs to vacate

office, the vice president assumes that role

until the next officer elections.

• Secretary. A nonprofit’s secretary keeps min- utes of board meetings and manages the

nonprofit’s records, such as articles of incor-

poration, bylaws, and other official documents

(these tasks may be delegated to staff in larger

groups). Under the terms of the nonprofit’s

bylaws, the secretary usually has the legal

duty to give notice of meetings and file any

state-required paperwork.

• Treasurer. The treasurer is generally responsi- ble for keeping track of the nonprofit’s funds,

including maintaining the books, handling

bank transactions, and preparing any financial

reports that may be necessary. The treasurer

often shares check-signing authority with the

president. In larger groups, the treasurer’s

duties may be delegated. (Bear in mind that

failing to pay required payroll and other taxes

may subject the treasurer to personal liability

—see Chapter 7 on liability issues for your

nonprofit and its board, staff, and volunteers.)

C. Board Policies and Procedures

Nonprofits have wide legal latitude to decide for

themselves how big their boards will be, how long

board members’ terms will last, and how often the

board will meet. Obviously, you should nail these

details down before recruiting people to serve.

Some of these issues should be addressed in your

bylaws, others in separate policies, and some in

both. This section explains what specifics you’ll

need to define and where they should be set forth.

1. Number of Directors

There’s no simple formula for calculating how many

members should be on a nonprofit’s board. Some

groups function well with as few as five members;

others with as many as 25. Generally, you need

enough members to ensure the nonprofit’s mission

is carried out, but not so many that members feel

superfluous. But in figuring out how to apply this

rule, all sorts of factors come into play. For example,

a nonprofit that has a small budget or operates in a

limited geographical area shouldn’t necessarily have

a small board. In fact, the opposite is often true—a

small nonprofit that can’t afford paid staff may have

to rely on committed board volunteers to carry out

its basic programs. There may also be political rea-

sons to have a slightly larger board. For example, if

your nonprofit is established to build a hiking and

biking trail that will run through a dozen communi-

ties in two counties, you might want your board to

4/ 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

be large enough to accommodate a representative

from most of the affected neighborhoods.

Once the organization grows and brings in more

money, you may be able to bring in paid staff to

take over many of these duties, which will reduce

the need for board members to volunteer their

time and allow the board to function well with

fewer members. Of course, the more programs and

services a nonprofit offers, the more policy making,

budgeting, fundraising, staffing, and other issue-

wrangling the board will have to tackle.

In deciding how large your board should be, keep

in mind that most state laws establish a minimum

number of board members, usually one or three.

And, in practice, you should have an odd number of

members to avoid tie votes. It’s also best to establish

a size range rather than a firm number of members,

as directors tend to come and go. If you’re committed

to having five, nine, or 17 members, for instance, it

can seem like a never-ending task to keep the board

at full strength. A range of five to nine members

seems to work well for many smaller nonprofits;

slightly larger ones might use a range of nine to 15;

if you have a good reason for a bigger board, you

could adopt a range of 17 to 25.

State laws generally require you to list the num-

ber of directors in both the articles of incorporation

and the bylaws.

For detailed information on drafting articles

of incorporation and bylaws, be sure to

read Anthony Mancuso’s How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation (Nolo.)

2. Terms and Term Limits

Every board should adopt a set term for board

membership—two or three years is a common term

length—and should consider a limit on the number

of consecutive terms a member can serve. Putting a

time limit on board terms has several benefits. First,

it helps members focus on the need to get things

done in a certain time frame. Second, it creates an

incentive for the members to do their jobs conscien-

tiously, knowing that they’ll have to face an election

or appointment process to stay on the board once

their term is up. Third, it gives busy board members

who might otherwise be reluctant to serve—or

possibly be tempted to resign early—a clear under-

standing of the length of their commitment. Finally,

it offers a clean path to remove troublesome board

members eventually, without the unpleasantness

of purging them from office in the middle of their

term. Although midterm removal might still be

necessary in extreme circumstances, most board

member problems aren’t quite that severe. When a

board member is ineffective, inert, absent, or just

garden-variety difficult, it’s often easiest to simply

wait out his or her term and let the elections take

care of the problem.

You may also want to limit how many consecutive

terms board members can serve. Term limits

ensure that a board will periodically have new

members and fresh energy. They also allow you to

gently remove long-time members who have lost

effectiveness because of declining interest, health

problems, or other personal issues. But term limits

are a double-edged sword. Limiting consecutive

terms means that even your best board members

will have to step down at some point, which can

seriously impact the momentum of the board’s work.

If you do impose term limits and lose a valuable

board member, you can try to keep that person

involved by appointing him or her to one or more

committees that don’t require board membership.

And, like most nonprofits that impose consecutive

term limits, you can allow the member to run again

after having been off the board for at least one year.

But if you don’t want your most valuable board

members to be forced off the board by term limits,

then simply don’t use them. After all, in our busy

world, the real problem is finding and keeping good

board members, not getting rid of them.

Any term limits you adopt should be spelled out

in your bylaws. You may also want to summarize

this information and include it in your board guide-

book, described in Section C5, below.

Create staggered board terms. It’s a good idea to stagger your board terms so that

everyone’s term doesn’t expire at the same time.

This will help you ensure board member continuity

—and avoid having to round up an entire slate of

new members when elections roll around. To create

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 1 1

staggered terms, simply establish different term

lengths for your initial board. For example, for a

five-person board, you could appoint three mem-

bers for two-year terms, and two members for one-

year terms. All subsequent elections would be for

terms of two years, and every year some (but not all)

of your board’s seats would be up for election.

3. Board Member Responsibilities

Just as employers often use job descriptions to out-

line exactly what will be expected of an employee,

nonprofits should take care to define the tasks

and responsibilities of their board members. The

previous section outlined the general types of

activities that are common to most boards, including

defining policy, creating financial systems, and

managing the executive director or other staff.

But these broad responsibilities should be broken

down into more specific tasks that board members

will be expected to tackle. Outlining these tasks as

specifically as possible creates accountability and

lets everyone know what is expected of them—

thereby improving the chances that the board’s work

will actually get done.

It’s a good idea to put these job descriptions

into a written document and include them in a

board guidebook, discussed in Section C5, below.

4. Performance Practices and Removal Policies

Virtually every nonprofit has to deal with problem

board members from time to time, such as members

who regularly miss meetings or who simply aren’t

contributing sufficient time, energy, or, in some

cases, money to the organization. Having perfor-

mance expectations and removal policies in place

before these potential problems arise makes it a

whole lot easier to solve them.

Failing to attend meetings is one of the most

common problems that arise with board members;

thankfully, it’s also an easy one to measure and cor-

rect. All nonprofits should have a policy stating that

attendance at board meetings is mandatory (absent

a compelling reason to be absent). Some may decide

to implement tougher standards—for example, that

two unexcused absences per year constitutes resig-

nation from the board.

Other board-related performance issues are more

subjective and, therefore, trickier to measure and

enforce. For instance, what (if anything) should

you do about a board member who shows up at

every meeting but rarely participates in discussions

or other activities? The best answer is probably

nothing, beyond thinking about ways to help the

person become more engaged. If those efforts go

nowhere, the member should not be appointed or

recommended for election to another term.

Fortunately, in addition to formal policies and

penalties, there are informal ways to keep your

board members in line and, hopefully, steer way-

ward members back on track. Some ideas include:

• In a meeting agenda, include a discussion of

how everyone can be more effective. This is

a good way to focus on performance without

singling anyone out. It’s not a bad idea to do

this regularly—say, once a year.

• Organize a board retreat day. It can be hard

to get busy people together for a day or

weekend. But because events like this help

build morale, fight burnout, and reenergize

members, it’s worth the time and effort every

year or two.

• Ask experienced board members to mentor

new ones. When new members join the

board, assign an experienced and willing

board member to work with each one for a

couple months. Encourage the new member

to actively use the mentor as a resource. This

works well as a preemptive practice to help

avoid problems in the first place.

Performance and review policies are generally not

included in a nonprofit’s bylaws, which shouldn’t

contain such detailed, practical information. The

process for removing a director, on the other hand,

should be covered in your bylaws, to help avoid

further conflict and confusion during what is sure

to be a difficult time. The main issues you’ll need to

address are what type of vote will be required—for

instance, a majority, two-thirds, or unanimous vote

of other board members—and whether directors can

be removed without cause.

4/ 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Each state has legal rules for removing a non-

profit board member from office. Some states give

the nonprofit complete discretion to determine the

procedure for removing a director; others set certain

standards—for example, some states do not allow

nonprofits to remove a member without cause. Be

sure that the policy you adopt for removing board

members meets any requirements imposed by your

state. Laws governing nonprofits (including rules

for removing board members) are generally found

in the corporations code of your state’s statutes.

(Chapter 12 offers a brief overview of how to do

legal research online.)

For more information about legal research

both online and off, a thorough reference is

Nolo’s Legal Research: How to Find & Understand the Law, by Stephen R. Elias and Susan Levinkind. For specific citations to nonprofit codes in each

state, see How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation, by Anthony Mancuso (Nolo).

In addition, you may want to summarize the

review and removal policy in a board guidebook

(see below).

5. Creating a Board Guidebook

It’s a great idea for every nonprofit to have a guide-

book that contains important reference information

for board members. A nonprofit board guidebook

might include:

• a legal basics section, including the articles of

incorporation and bylaws of the nonprofit

• a board affairs section, with concise informa-

tion about board member duties, review and

removal policies, and other rules for board

members

• a directory section, listing the names and

contact information of board members, staff,

and volunteers

• a committees section, with descriptions and

membership rosters of committees

• a programs section, with detailed information

about current programs (plus the current

strategic plan, if you have one), and

• a background section, providing basic

information about the organization’s mission

and history.

Besides giving you an opportunity to present

information in a more user-friendly way, a board

guidebook also allows you to cover information in

more detail than you would want to include in your

articles or bylaws.

Deciding Where to Record Your Rules

It can be tough to figure out whether certain

rules, policies, or other information should

be included in a board member’s guidebook

or in your nonprofit’s official bylaws. One

way to handle this question is to include your

bylaws in the handbook. But because even

conscientious people don’t always read the

often stilted language of legal documents, it

makes sense to repeat important information

and rules in plain English. For example, rules

regarding term limits definitely belong in

the bylaws, because they’re essential to the

nonprofit’s legal operation. But they should

also be included in the “Board Affairs” section

of your board guidebook; that section’s

purpose is to inform directors about key issues,

including election rules.

As a general rule, you should put detailed

housekeeping-type information in a board

handbook, not your bylaws. There’s a practical

reason for this—any changes you want to make

to your bylaws must be done by formal board

vote at a meeting for which proper notice is

given and a quorum achieved. By contrast,

rules that aren’t included in the bylaws can

be adopted and changed much less formally.

Information about the length or locations of

meetings, committee lists, job descriptions,

or personnel policies are best kept out of the

bylaws. The time and expense of amending by-

laws isn’t prohibitive, but there’s no reason to

make extra work for your board.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 1 3

D. Recruiting Board Members

You will probably have to appoint your nonprofit’s

very first board members as part of the process of

incorporating in your state. Nonprofit corporations

(and for-profit ones, too) are created at the state

level, most commonly by filing papers known as

articles of incorporation with the secretary of state’s

office. Those articles generally ask for the names of

the nonprofit’s initial board of directors. If your state

requires a minimum number of directors (many do

and three is a common minimum), you’ll need to

name at least that many in your articles. (For in-

depth information about drafting and filing articles

and bylaws, consult Anthony Mancuso’s How to

Form a Nonprofit Corporation, published by Nolo.)

In practice, fledgling nonprofits often consist

of a few people who have come together over a

particular cause or issue. Once the group is ready to

incorporate, part or all of this core group may opt

to be named in the articles of incorporation as the

initial board. Often, the group will dispense with

formalities such as nominating candidates or voting;

those willing to volunteer for a board position are

appointed to serve. Sometimes, only some of the

core group will choose to be on the board. This

might be the case if the core group is large, or if the

group simply (and sensibly) wants to think carefully

about the board’s composition and size once they’re

up and running.

In established nonprofits, appointing board mem-

bers is generally a more formal process. Often, a

nominating committee of existing board members

evaluates the current board situation and its needs,

gathers names of prospective new members, and

recommends candidates to the full board, which

then votes on whether to elect the new member(s).

(In nonprofits that give members the legal right to

elect directors, the members vote, rather than the

board. See Chapter 1, Section D, for more on this

issue.)

While the board-building process you use will

depend on your nonprofit’s situation, all nonprofits

need to know how to recruit excellent board

members. If your nonprofit is young and has just

one or a small number of committed people, you

obviously aren’t in a position to use a nomination

committee or a highly structured process to

recruit new members to your board. However, you

shouldn’t let this prevent you from taking a careful

and methodical approach to the board-building

process—your efforts will pay off in the long run.

Whether new board members are chosen by a

formal five-person nominating committee or by two

newbie incorporators meeting at a coffee shop, the

following guidelines will help you focus on your

ultimate goal: building an effective board.

1. Evaluate Your Needs

The board’s function is to serve the nonprofit, not

the other way around. That’s why it doesn’t make

sense to recruit a slew of interesting, inspiring,

or well-connected people to your board unless

your nonprofit needs what they have to offer. For

instance, if you already have one or two board

members with good accounting skills, it probably

doesn’t make sense to appoint another board

member with similar talents, even if you know

an excellent candidate who would agree to serve.

Better to inventory the other expertise you’ll need,

such as media relations or fundraising experience,

and look for board members who can help with

these needs.

Besides seeking board members with specific

skills, it’s also important to find members who

are well known, respected, or influential in your

core communities. Having successful activists,

professionals, or other reputable people on your

board will lend credibility to your group—which is

particularly essential in your early days, before your

group has made a name for itself. If you can re-

cruit influential people who also have helpful skills,

you’ve hit the jackpot.

With this advice in mind, start your board-

building not with a list of prospects, but with an

evaluation of your current situation and needs.

Focus on any skills or strengths that prospective or

current board members lack. Once you’ve outlined

the missing pieces that would be valuable to your

group, then you can focus on generating a list of

prospects that would fill those gaps.

4/ 1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Useful Skills for Board Members

While the specific skills your board will need

depend on your nonprofit’s purpose, there are

some skills that are valuable to just about every

nonprofit. These include:

• Fundraising and grant writing. No surprise here; people who know how to

raise money are major assets for non-

profits.

• Accounting and bookkeeping. You’ll want to look for a few board members

who have some financial expertise; if a

board member has experience manag-

ing nonprofit finances, so much the

better.

• Employee and volunteer management. Keeping a staff motivated and efficient

doesn’t happen by itself—skilled

managers are key.

• Public speaking. Having an effective speaker on your board will open up

opportunities to promote your group

and its work.

• Media relations. A board member who knows how to get coverage in news-

papers, radio, television, and other

media will help enormously in building

recognition and credibility for your

group.

• Graphic design and production. Putting together media kits, brochures, and

other materials will help your nonprofit

get the word out about its work.

2. Make Sure Recruiters Understand Board Members’ Responsibilities

Everyone involved in the recruitment process must

understand exactly what board members will be

expected to do. For example, is a board member

expected to attend a half-dozen meetings a year to

help with policy and fundraising, or do you want

worker bees who will take on much of the day-to-

day work of your organization? It’s important to nail

down these expectations early in the process, before

any board prospects are considered. It goes with-

out saying that if the recruiters don’t have a clear

understanding of what new members will actually

be doing on the board, they won’t be in a good

position to choose people with the right skills and

experience. Not only is this likely to waste time, but

it also risks signing up people who can’t meet your

real expectations.

As described in Section B, above, most nonprofit

boards have fairly similar realms of responsibility,

including defining policy, managing finances, and

working with an executive director. While these

categories are common, each nonprofit will also

have its own unique list of board responsibilities.

Make sure that everyone on your recruiting team

knows—and can communicate—what you expect

from your board members.

Don’t alienate your prospects. Before a recruiter approaches a prospective board

member, make sure that your current board or core

group approves of the choice. Even if you’re only

planning a preliminary discussion, it’s much better

to wait and make sure that everyone agrees on the

prospect than to jump right in and extend offers you

might later have to rescind.

3. Educate Prospects and Incoming Board Members

Once someone has expressed a willingness to

consider joining the board, the recruiter(s) should

make sure the prospect knows everything he or

she needs to know to make an informed decision.

This includes not only basic information about the

nonprofit and its activities, but also what will be

expected of board members. For example, if you

expect each board member to make a significant

financial contribution, it’s best to make this clear up

front. Otherwise, board members might quit in a

huff when they learn how much you expect them to

fork over.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 1 5

Create a Board Candidate FAQ

One way to tell prospective board members what

you expect is to create a “board candidate FAQ”

that communicates all of the important facts in a

simple, one-page, question-and-answer format.

Here is an example of the types of questions

that might be included in an FAQ for prospective

board members for a homeless assistance non-

profit.

What is Welcome Home? Welcome Home is a 501(c)(3) nonprofit dedicated

to serving the needs of the homeless in the

greater Oakland area. We offer meals and shelter

to those in need and educate the public on the

social issues related to homelessness.

As a board member of Welcome Home, what will I be responsible for? As a member of the Welcome Home board of

directors, you will help define policy and guide

the nonprofit so that it stays true to its mission

and achieves its goals effectively. You will be

expected to attend and participate in monthly

board meetings. You may have additional

responsibilities if you join committees or

become active in certain areas.

It is expected, though not required, that you

will occasionally participate in events as a vol-

unteer. In addition, it is expected, though not

required, that you will contribute financially to

the nonprofit in an amount that is comfortable

for you.

How long will I serve on the board? Board members serve a two-year term.

As a board member of Welcome Home, are there any legal issues I need to worry about? Under state law, board members are expected

to use reasonable care when making decisions

or taking actions (called a “duty of care”). In

addition, state law establishes a duty of loyalty on

board members, which means that you must al-

ways act in the best interests of Welcome Home.

In general, board members are not personally

liable for their work on the board. You won’t face

personal liability unless you act fraudulently or

with gross negligence.

You should give incoming board members copies

of your articles of incorporation and bylaws, as well

as any other materials you have developed to guide

the board. (See Section C, above.) You may also

want to assign an experienced board member to

mentor the new member.

In addition, new board members should go

through some sort of orientation process that pro-

vides information about the organization’s policies

and procedures. The length, complexity, and format

of the orientation will vary from one nonprofit to

the next, depending on the organization’s size,

activities, history, and other factors. A simple orien-

tation—say, an hour or so of presentations by the

nonprofit’s founders, current board members (if you

have them), president, executive director, committee

chairs, or some combination of these folks—will

work fine for most new nonprofits. If your non-

profit is larger and more complex, you may want

to divide your orientation sessions into a series of

presentations, perhaps over a couple days.

Common topics to cover in an orientation include:

• the nonprofit’s mission and goals

• the organization’s history

• financial assessment and overview

• current and planned programs

• responsibilities of board members

• responsibilities of the executive director and

staff, and

• committee assignments.

Besides offering an orientation program, you

might also want to hold some type of informal get-

4/ 1 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

together, to allow new board members to get to

know each other in a more relaxed social environ-

ment. For example, the entire board could go out

for lunch as a group, attend an event related to the

nonprofit’s mission, or have a potluck at a board

member’s home.

4. Elect Officers

When you establish your initial board, you’ll need

to elect officers. Most nonprofits choose a president,

vice president, secretary, and treasurer (as described

in Section B5, above). Officers are chosen and voted

in by board members. Often, this is the first item of

business at the first board meeting, with the founder

temporarily taking the lead and asking for nomina-

tions for president. Once elected, the new president

takes over the rest of the meeting and asks for

nominations for the other officer positions, which

are then voted on in turn.

Particularly in new nonprofits, the officer “election”

process may be less formal. For example, someone

may suggest that the nonprofit founder should serve

as president, and a quick show of hands confirms

the decision. In some cases, there may not be any-

one who is eager to serve as president, and some-

one will have to be drafted by the rest of the board.

Elections may be a more competitive affair,

with two or more board members fighting for the

presidency. This isn’t common with new nonprofits.

If it does occur, however, it’s important to conduct

a fair election process. After board members are

nominated, you should conduct a vote with written

ballots and have several board members count the

votes.

E. Holding Effective Board Meetings

Meetings that are unproductive, disorganized, bor-

ing, contentious, or poorly attended will seriously

undermine the effectiveness of your board—and,

by extension, the nonprofit as a whole. Despite this

obvious fact, thousands of truly awful board meet-

ings are held every day, leaving tens of thousands

of board members shifting in their seats and wonder-

ing, “How did I get stuck with this job?” There’s no

better way to drain the energy from a nonprofit than

to let this go on. While it may not be possible to

make your board meetings as entertaining as a good

Broadway show, you certainly can maximize their

effectiveness by following some simple rules.

1. Meet Regularly

Adopting a regular meeting schedule is a good

way to build momentum for the board’s activities.

If meetings are held at random or infrequently, it

will be hard for members to stay focused on what’s

going on and push business forward. Depending

on your agenda, it’s often best to meet monthly, or

at least quarterly. If issues come up between board

meetings that require immediate attention, you

can call a “special” meeting, which simply means a

meeting in addition to the board’s regular meeting

schedule. (Procedures for special meetings should

be included in your bylaws.)

Keep meetings short. Your board will need to decide for itself how often and how long

to meet, in order to maximize the board’s efficiency

and productivity. Very generally speaking, meetings

of about two hours are optimum; no meeting should

last longer than three hours. As long as agendas are

planned carefully and time limits are set in advance

for each item, the president should be able to keep

the meeting on schedule.

2. Invite Staff and Outsiders When Appropriate

It’s perfectly appropriate, and often a good idea, to

invite people other than board members to attend

meetings. If, for example, you plan to evaluate the

progress of a certain program, then you may want to

invite the staffer who runs that program to speak at

your board meeting. Similarly, it often makes sense

to invite the executive director, who is usually in-

volved in many aspects of the nonprofit’s operations.

Some nonprofits invite the executive director as a

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 1 7

matter of course, whether or not a specific agenda

item requires his or her input.

You should also feel free to invite guests from

outside the organization to attend board meet-

ings from time to time. This is a great way to forge

connections to your community and bring new

perspectives to the board. For example, your non-

profit dedicated to keeping an urban river clean

could invite a prominent local architect who is in-

volved in eco-friendly loft developments along the

river. Opening your board meetings to guests in

this way lets the board and your guests learn about

each other, stay on top of developments in areas of

mutual interest, and figure out how to support each

other’s work.

3. Give Notice of Meetings

If you want members (or others) to attend board

meetings, you’ll have to tell them when and where

the meetings will be held. For regular meetings,

it’s best to do this well in advance—for example,

you might want to set all the meeting dates for the

following year at the annual meeting. For special

meetings (those that are held in between regular

meetings), most nonprofit bylaws require seven or

10 days’ notice (although this can be shortened or

waived altogether if all board members consent).

The secretary is usually responsible for giving

notice of meetings, although the vice president or

a designated staff member sometimes takes on the

job. Phone calls are the most common way to give

notice of special or changed meetings, but many

organizations use email. Although a voice message

doesn’t meet the written notice requirements set out

in many nonprofit bylaws, it should work out fine as

long as no one objects. But when a special meeting

is called to discuss and vote on a contentious issue,

you’ll want to closely follow the rules set out in your

bylaws.

In today’s busy world, even if your board meet-

ing has been set well in advance, it’s a good idea to

make a follow-up call or send a reminder email a

week or a few days before the meeting. You should

also send board members a copy of your agenda

(discussed next), if possible.

Give board members the previous minutes a week before the meeting. Because most meetings begin by approving the minutes of the

previous meeting, giving board members a chance

to review the minutes in advance is a good way to

save time at the meeting. Providing the previous

minutes ahead of time also reminds board members

of any tasks they promised to do before the next

meeting. Assuming the minutes have a section out-

lining action items (they should), this reminder will

give board members a chance to take care of any-

thing they may have forgotten about.

4. Draft a Solid Agenda

If there’s one key to a successful board meeting, it’s

the meeting agenda. Typically, the president drafts

the agenda (and makes sure members stick to it

during the meeting). A meeting agenda outlines the

topics to be covered at the meeting and sets time

limits for the discussion of each. Without an agenda,

it’s all too easy for a meeting to devolve into unpro-

ductive chit-chat—or to be commandeered by one

person who’s eager to take advantage of a captive

audience.

When drafting a meeting agenda, it may be a

good idea to ask other board members if they have

any items they’d like to add. If your board is email-

friendly, you can do this via email a week before the

meeting. Another approach is to ask for additional

agenda items at the beginning of the meeting, but

this can backfire. If too many people want to add

agenda items, or if the suggested items are just ill

considered, it can be awkward to nix them in front

of the assembled board. A better approach is to

make clear that items must be added in advance

absent some urgent reason to consider an issue right

away.

4/ 1 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Rules of Order for Meetings

The first time you participate in a board meet-

ing with rules of order, you might feel a little

awkward, perhaps even silly. But as arcane

as they may seem, rules of order (sometimes

called “parliamentary procedures”) serve an

important purpose: They provide procedures

for raising issues to be discussed and making

decisions about them. Rules cover how to

make motions, second motions, refer motions

to committee, call for votes, and so on.

While there are a few different systems out

there, the Cadillac version is Robert’s Rules

of Order. Believe it or not, these rules—for

“smooth, orderly and fairly conducted meet-

ings”—were first written in the late 1800s by

General Henry M. Robert and continue to be

used today by boards of all types, for-profit

and nonprofit alike. With sections like “Sec-

ondary Motions as an Underlying Concept,”

“Conditions That May Impede Renewal at a

Later Session,” and “Taking Up Business Out

of Its Proper Order,” it’s clear that General

Roberts had more than a passing interest in all

things orderly.

While rules of order can be fairly technical,

the good news is that most nonprofits don’t

follow them to the letter. Board members

should at least be familiar with the rules so that

they understand what is going on at any given

point in a board’s proceedings. A quick search

of Amazon will yield several titles besides

the official Robert’s Rules; some are “plain-

English” versions that may offer a livelier read.

Most agendas include some or all of these items:

• Welcome and introductions. The president calls the meeting to order and introduces any

guests. If you will allow any last-minute ad-

ditions to the agenda, now is the time to ask

whether anyone has agenda items to add. If

they do, set a time limit for each item, with

any further discussion postponed to a subse-

quent meeting. The opening of the meeting is

also a good time to remind everyone that the

president will enforce the time limits.

• Guest speakers. If any guests will make pre- sentations, it’s a good idea—though certainly

not a hard-and-fast rule—to schedule them

near the beginning of the meeting, as a cour-

tesy to the speaker.

• Approval of previous meeting minutes. Members typically vote to formally approve

the minutes from the previous meeting, which

then become part of the corporate records. If

any board member has corrections or additions

to the minutes, they’ll be added before

approval. The secretary should distribute the

minutes a week or so before the meeting, so

members have time to review them and note

any changes.

Limit corrections to the minutes. Most board members never read the minutes of previous

meetings. But a few do so obsessively and insist on

raising a laundry list of inconsequential suggestions

that waste everyone else’s time. If this becomes a

recurring problem, the president could announce

that the minutes should be corrected only if they

contain obvious errors or omissions. To take this a

step further, the president could explain this rule

to the offending member one on one, emphasizing

that meeting time is valuable and that corrections

should therefore be limited to truly important

issues.

• Committee reports. If your board has active committees that have met since the last board

meeting, each committee will typically sum-

marize any progress made on their projects.

(If routine, these reports are often best sub-

mitted in a short written memo.) If any com-

mittee is involved in a major or controversial

project, you may want to schedule a special

slot for that report. Otherwise, reports should

be quick and efficient summaries of commit-

tee work. If these reports threaten to take up

too much time, schedule them towards the

end of the meeting, when people want to

leave and are likely to be less chatty.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 1 9

• Budget/finance committee report. You may want to address this item separately because

budget and money issues are so important for

many nonprofits. Depending on your board’s

size and committee structure, you may want

to have a detailed discussion of finances with

the whole board, or a budget/finance com-

mittee may present a report to the group. You

don’t have to schedule this separately from the

other committees, but it is an option.

• New business. The president introduces any new business and gives the floor to whoever

will speak in detail about it. Once new busi-

ness items are discussed, a specific person or

committee is often put in charge of following up

and reporting on progress at the next meeting.

• Review new action items. It’s good practice to do a quick recap of action items that board

or key staff have committed to during the

course of the meeting. Board members should

recount which (if any) tasks they’ve agreed

to do, such as phone calls to make, letters to

write, and so on. The secretary should outline

these commitments in the minutes, preferably

in a separate section called “Action Items.”

• Adjourn meeting. If you haven’t already scheduled all of your meetings for the year,

you should set the time and place for the next

meeting before calling the meeting to a close.

5. Start on Time

All board members should understand that meetings

will start on time, every time. Waiting for latecomers

only reinforces their behavior and wastes the time

of those who arrive on schedule. If certain board

members habitually show up after the meeting has

begun, the president may want to privately but

explicitly ask them to be more punctual.

6. Understand Decision-Making Methods

The most common way that boards make decisions

is by taking a vote. Most nonprofits use majority rule

for most matters, although some require a two-thirds

majority or even a higher plurality for certain unusu-

al issues, such as amending the articles or removing

a board member. Your voting rules should be in-

cluded in your bylaws. (Anthony Mancuso’s How to

Form a Nonprofit Corporation (Nolo) offers in-depth

information about voting, quorums, and other rules

that you should spell out in the bylaws.)

Because close, contentious votes often produce

lingering resentment, it can be a mistake for the

president and other leaders to allow a vote on

an important item if there is strong disagreement

among board members, or between board mem-

bers and senior staff. When this is the case, other

decision-making methods can often help break the

impasse. Techniques that are often used to avoid a

divisive vote include:

• Refer an issue to a committee. This way, the committee can grapple with the vexing

issues and look for ways to find compromise.

The committee can then present the issue at

the next board meeting, perhaps with a new

recommendation.

• Schedule a discussion and straw vote. A straw vote is a nonbinding vote, taken to

gauge the support on both sides of an issue.

When debating controversial issues, the presi-

dent may call a straw vote just so everyone

can see who is on each side. Knowing where

things stand can help leaders steer the dis-

cussion towards compromise and resolution

before a final vote is taken.

• Build consensus. Sometimes, it’s best for a board to discuss an issue until consensus is

reached. Purely applied, this model requires

everyone to be in agreement for a decision to

be made. Making decisions by consensus can

be quite time-consuming; it’s often wise to

follow this approach only when the issue real-

ly is divisive, and you need the entire board’s

support for the resolution.

7. Deal With Problem Board Members

Troublesome people come in all shapes and sizes,

and some of them may, despite your best efforts,

find their way on to your board. Common types

of problem board members include those who are

argumentative, bullying, rude, or just prone to talk-

ing too much. Sometimes a board member who

has worked collegially and productively in the past

4/ 2 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

suddenly encounters a personal problem (such as

a crumbling marriage or substance abuse) that im-

pairs his or her ability to contribute to the board’s

activities.

Whatever the underlying reason, it’s important

not to ignore a problem board member. Difficult as

it may be (and it usually is), you must confront the

issue quickly in order to save the rest of the board

from foundering. Again, there’s no one-size-fits-all

solution. Gentle coaxing might work best for some,

while a “candor without guilt” type of confrontation

may be the only way to get through to others.

Depending on how serious the problem is—and,

sometimes, on how important the individual is to

the organization—the president should try to fig-

ure out what approach seems most likely to resolve

the situation. If diplomatic suggestions or stronger

admonishments don’t work, the person should be

dropped from the board as soon as possible. If the

next election is too far away, and the board member

is seriously impeding the nonprofit’s work, removal

may be in order. (See Section C4, above, on board

member removal procedures.)

F. The Role of Committees

Especially for larger boards, an effective way to

break down the board’s governance duties is to

subdivide board members into committees. Some

may be permanent (sometimes called “standing”)

committees to handle ongoing issues such as

finance, program development, membership, or

the like. Other issues that come up can be handled

by creating a special (sometimes called “ad hoc”)

committee. Don’t worry about what they’re called;

just keep in mind that nonprofits typically use both

kinds of committees to handle regular needs and

new issues as they arise.

Committees help maximize the board’s productiv-

ity in several ways:

• They make it easier for boards to handle complex issues. The smaller committee can research and break down complex issues and

present its findings to the board, which can

then move forward to making decisions.

• They match board members with particular expertise to appropriate areas. Forming a

committee is a great way to assign specific

responsibilities to the people best able to

handle them.

• They can engage with an issue more deeply and consistently than the board as a whole could. The finance committee, for instance, can and should maintain thorough and ongo-

ing management of the nonprofit’s finances

between meetings, so that the whole board

can deal with this key concern (based on the

reports of the finance committee) at board

meetings.

• They help divide the board’s workload. Having separate committees is a simple way

to distribute responsibility for the many tasks

boards typically need to tackle.

• They can attract and involve newcomers. In some nonprofits, specialized committees often

include people who aren’t on the board of

directors. For example, a nonprofit that pro-

motes physical fitness for diabetic children

might have a doctor on one of its program

committees to help design fitness activities.

That doctor might be happy to be involved in

this way but not interested in taking on the

additional responsibilities and time commit-

ments required to serve on the board.

• They serve as a training ground for new board officers. Chairing or just being involved in a committee is a good way for inexperienced

board members to increase their involvement,

develop confidence, and learn leadership

skills. These people often move on to board

leadership or officer roles.

Don’t set up unnecessary committees. Before you establish a committee, ask what

the committee will do that the board can’t do just as

well. If you have a good answer, set up a committee

and get the ball rolling. If not, don’t bother setting

up a committee that will have to meet and generate

projects simply to justify its existence.

The following checklist is included as a form

in Appendix F and, in digital version, on the

CD that accompanies this book.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS 4/ 2 1

Checklist: Your Board of Directors

Aim to build a board of directors made up of individuals who are committed to your

mission and connected to a wide range of

communities.

Understand the legal duties of care and loyalty that board members owe to the nonprofit.

If board members will also help with the day- to-day tasks of the nonprofit, as either paid

staff or unpaid volunteers, make sure every-

one understands the distinction between

their “board” roles and their “staff/volunteer”

roles.

Define board specifics in your bylaws, includ- ing the number of board members you will

have, any term lengths and/or term limits

applicable, and the responsibilities of the

board members and officers.

Establish performance expectations and removal policies for board members. In-

clude these in a board guidebook. Deal with

problem board members when necessary.

Educate board prospects and incoming board members about board responsibilities as well

as your organization’s mission and activities.

Hold regular, efficient, focused board meet- ings. Draft solid meeting agendas and stick to

them. Give advance notice of meetings, and

start meetings on time.

Create board committees to focus on specific tasks and activities when necessary. These

committees may contain both board members

and other, nonboard, members who are part

of your nonprofit (for example, staff or volun-

teers).

A. Developing a Management Strategy ....................................................................... 5/2

1. The More Activities, the More Staff and Structure You Need ..................... 5/3

2. Provide Clear Direction ....................................................................................... 5/5

3. Issues With Founders .......................................................................................... 5/5

B. Hiring an Executive Director .................................................................................... 5/7

1. Are You Ready for an Executive Director? ....................................................... 5/7

2. The Executive Director’s Role ............................................................................. 5/8

3. Hiring Criteria ...................................................................................................... 5/8

4. Developing a Review Procedure ....................................................................... 5/9

C. Hiring and Managing Staff and Volunteers ......................................................... 5/10

1. Determine What Tasks Need to Be Done ...................................................... 5/10

2. Create Positions and Job Descriptions ........................................................... 5/10

3. Develop Staff Hierarchies ................................................................................. 5/13

4. Create Review Procedures ................................................................................ 5/13

5. Create a Staff/Volunteer Handbook ................................................................ 5/13

6. Orient New Workers .......................................................................................... 5/14

D. Employees and Independent Contractors ........................................................... 5/14

1. Laws and Taxes ................................................................................................... 5/14

2. IRS Criteria ........................................................................................................... 5/15

E. Required Paperwork, Filings, and Taxes ............................................................... 5/17

1. Rules for Employers .......................................................................................... 5/17

2. Rules When Hiring ICs ...................................................................................... 5/18

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 5

Your Workforce: Staff and Volunteers

5/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

T his chapter will help you understand how to

hire and manage your nonprofit’s workers,

including paid staff and volunteers. As dis-

cussed in Chapter 4, the board of directors has the

legal and institutional responsibility to implement

the nonprofit’s policies and make sure that it is

working towards its mission. However, the board

should not be responsible for the day-to-day opera-

tions of the organization—those duties should fall to

the nonprofit’s staff and volunteers.

In nonprofits with a paid staff, the bridge between

the board and the staff/volunteers is traditionally the

executive director, a senior-level staff member who

is hired by the board to oversee the staff’s work. In

small, all-volunteer nonprofits, the board president

often plays this role. The executive director (or who-

ever is filling that role) is responsible for evaluating

the nonprofit’s needs; creating a management struc-

ture; and recruiting and managing staff, volunteers,

and contractors—all with an eye to efficiently car-

rying out the mission and policies set by the board.

The executive director sits at the top of the manage-

ment hierarchy, with authority over all managers and

staff, whether paid or volunteer.

In real life, however, many nonprofits operate

with far less formality. Lots of small nonprofits

have no staff other than the board members, who

don “staff” hats and take care of the nonprofit’s

day-to-day affairs themselves. Even if there are a

few volunteers or part-time staffers, many young

nonprofits don’t bother with the position of executive

director or a rigid management hierarchy. Typically,

an executive director position is created when

the paid staff grows to about three to five people,

necessitating the imposition of at least some degree

of managerial structure.

This chapter explains how to hire and manage

the people who work for your nonprofit, whether

you’re a small, grassroots collective or a larger, staff-

run operation. Here, you’ll find information on:

• developing a management strategy (Section A)

• hiring an executive director (Section B)

• hiring and managing staff and volunteers

(Section C)

• deciding whether to hire employees or

independent contractors (Section D), and

• complying with paperwork and tax require-

ments for employers (Section E).

A. Developing a Management Strategy

“Management” is a fairly vague word, and one that

is used to describe a vast array of decisions and

actions. When I use the term “management” in this

book, I’m referring to the practice of assessing,

organizing, and leveraging your nonprofit’s avail-

able resources in the most efficient and useful way

to reach your goals. It follows that a good manager

is one who gets the most out of staff, money, and

other assets—without overtaxing the nonprofit’s

resources or stretching them too thin.

The key to coming up with a good management

plan is to use an approach that will work for your

situation right now, not where you hope to be some

time in the future. Perhaps you dream of someday

having a well-funded nonprofit with 150 employees.

It’s fine to think big, but you should start by manag-

ing your existing staff well. If you currently rely on

a handful of dedicated volunteers and one half-time

employee, you won’t need the formal hierarchy

of departments and lines of authority that a larger

group might require. Your tiny nonprofit can prob-

ably operate just fine if one or two board members

are responsible for giving day-to-day direction to

the volunteers and paid assistant—and the rest of

the board stays out of the way. Of course, if your

organization already has several paid workers and a

large cadre of volunteers, you’ll need a more formal

management structure right from the start.

This section explains some issues to consider

when deciding what type of management strategy

will work best for your nonprofit.

Randolph Belle—Director of Information, East Bay Nonprofit Center, Oakland, California

I like to impress the value of team building. If you

get one person on your team you can get ten. Ten

carefully selected people can accomplish a great

deal in the way of the diverse, specialized skills

critical to running a nonprofit. I also suggest col-

laboration for brand-new groups. If incorporation

isn’t a “must,” working with or under the umbrel-

la of another established nonprofit will allow you

to test the waters without the full burden of run-

ning your own incorporated organization.

YOUR WORKFORCE: STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS 5/ 3

1. The More Activities, the More Staff and Structure You Need

The main difference between managing a large op-

eration and managing a small one is in the level of

formal structure imposed on staff and volunteers.

The more activities a nonprofit undertakes, the more

staff (both paid and volunteer) it will need and the

more structure will be necessary to keep the staff

working efficiently. In other words, the type and

number of programs and services you plan to pro-

vide will largely determine how much staff you’ll

need, which in turn will suggest an appropriate

management structure and strategy.

For example, if your nonprofit’s main activity

consists of running one prestigious conference each

year on landscaping and water conservation, your

staff needs would be far smaller than a group that

runs a walk-in health clinic for homeless people.

Providing health care on a daily basis would surely

require full-time staff (say, ten or more volunteers

and paid workers), which would also necessitate a

fairly formal management structure, with clear lines

of reporting and responsibility. The water conserva-

tion group, on the other hand, might require only a

part-time office helper and a few volunteers (except

during conference week) and, therefore, might not

need much of a management hierarchy.

As Chapter 2 explains, outlining programs and

services is part of drafting your nonprofit’s strategic

plan. If you’ve already tackled the strategic planning

process, you should have a pretty good idea of how

extensive your year’s activities will be—and how

many people it will take to get them done. (Hiring

paid staff and volunteers is covered in more detail in

Section C, below.)

Main Street Reborn: A Small Nonprofit Run by Its Board

Main Street Reborn is a (fictional) nonprofit dedi- cated to preserving historical main street districts in Florida’s small towns. Main Street Reborn was founded by two people, Melissa and Vincent, who were concerned about decaying town centers throughout Florida. Melissa and Vincent soon found three other interested people— Spencer, Jill, and Damon—and incorporated as a nonprofit, with all five sitting on the initial board.

After a couple of strategic planning meetings, the board decided to pursue the following activi- ties: 1) compiling historical information about chosen main street districts; 2) educating the public through published materials and media relations efforts; and 3) helping building owners get their properties listed on the state historical property registry and research available rehabili- tation grants.

The board discussed how to structure things in order to accomplish their list of tasks. They de- cided that the board could handle their activities for the time being, making paid staff unnecessary. Each board member took on certain tasks: Jill was in charge of doing historical research; Vincent created brochures and fact sheets based on the research; Melissa wrote press releases and

letters to the editor to get media exposure; Spencer and Damon focused on the state his- torical property registration process and grant research. They each expected to contribute approximately ten hours of work per month.

Because each board member would essen- tially be self-managing, the group decided to have monthly meetings to report on their prog- ress and revisit their priorities and goals. They also decided to look for a part-time volunteer with an interest in historical preservation to help with administrative tasks. They agreed that if the workload exceeded their expectations, they’d either curtail some activities or look into raising enough money to hire a part-time staff person.

After a year of operations, the workload more or less matched the expectations of all the board members. Except for a few times when Spencer and Damon had more than one historical property registration application to work on at the same time, none of the tasks were too burdensome for the board members to handle. The board decided to look for an additional volunteer or two to help with the historical property registration applica- tions but to keep its overall minimal management structure for the next year.

5/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Domestic Comfort Foundation: A Medium-to-Large Nonprofit Run by an Executive Director

Domestic Comfort Foundation is a (fictional)

nonprofit dedicated to providing financial

support to families of military personnel away

on active duty. The nonprofit started as a group

of military families who met on an informal basis

for a couple years, then decided to organize a

nonprofit foundation to raise money for military

families in need. When the group incorporated,

seven people sat on Domestic Comfort’s first

board, and it fell to them to figure out how to

manage the nonprofit’s work.

The initial board saw that their Aid to Families

program would involve several components:

developing program criteria and procedures,

publicizing the program, soliciting applications,

reviewing applications, accepting or rejecting the

applications, and fulfillment (generating checks

and sending them to the families). The board

also decided that the program should include

sending care packages to the military personnel

of families whose applications are accepted. This

would involve purchasing and packaging the

items for the care packages and shipping them.

Finally, they knew that fundraising would be a

major ongoing activity.

The initial board decided that board members

should focus primarily on fundraising efforts,

while a few volunteers and paid staffers handled

the tasks involved in the Aid to Families program.

The board figured that three paid, part-time staff

and five regular volunteers would be sufficient.

Because board members would be engaged in

fundraising efforts, they decided to hire an exec-

utive director to manage the staff and volunteers.

After a few months of fundraising, Domestic

Comfort had enough funds to hire staff. The

group started by hiring an executive director,

Sara, who in turn hired three part-time paid

employees and recruited five volunteers.

In Domestic Comfort’s first year of operation,

Sara directly managed all of the staff and volun-

teers in running the Aid to Families program. At

board meetings, Sara reported to the board on

every aspect of the program’s operation.

In its second year, Domestic Comfort was

deluged with applications to the Aid to Families

program. The board decided that it was time for

the nonprofit to grow, hire more staff, and raise

more money in order to meet the needs of the

community it wanted to serve. They approved

a new budget and charged Sara with recruiting

enough staff to increase the number of accepted

applications by 30%. Sara promoted the three

current part-time employees to full-time staffers,

hired five additional part-time paid staff, and

recruited eight more volunteers.

To handle this many staff and volunteers,

Sara created a more complex management

structure: She divided the workers into a market-

ing division, an application processing division,

a fulfillment division, a care packages division,

and a fundraising division, each with one per-

son in charge. With this new structure in place,

Sara interacted with the division heads instead

of managing all workers directly. Division heads

were sometimes invited to board meetings to

report more detailed information than Sara could

readily provide. Creating an additional manage-

ment layer added a bit more complexity, but it

also allowed the nonprofit to run much more

efficiently.

YOUR WORKFORCE: STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS 5/ 5

2. Provide Clear Direction

Nonprofits typically owe their existence to the

passion and commitment of a small number of

people. Sometimes—especially when the people

running the nonprofit don’t have much experience

in managing others—the founders fail to appreciate

that the volunteers and paid staff they bring on

board may not share the founders’ sense of mission.

Although your nonprofit will tend to attract staff

and volunteers who are genuinely interested in

your goals, this does not necessarily mean that they

will be as self-motivated (or, in some instances, as

maniacally committed) as the people who got the

nonprofit started.

What this means, practically speaking, is that you

may have to find two (or three) volunteer staffers to

do the same work that one super-committed, mis-

sion-consumed founder might accomplish. Because

newcomers probably won’t be as far along on the

learning curve, you also will need to provide appro-

priate training and guidance to staff and volunteers

alike. In other words, directors will have to actually

direct. As enthusiastic and energetic as new staff or

volunteers may be, they shouldn’t have to figure out

what their jobs are or what you expect them to do.

On the flip side, don’t create an environment

where you don’t make good use of the inspiration

and initiative of those who do want to get more

involved. If you sense that someone wants an active

role in the organization, be open to it. Make sure

everyone knows that ideas, insights, and sugges-

tions about the way things are or should work are

welcome. The last thing you want to do is shut out

those who can be the most valuable to your orga-

nization: motivated, creative people who want to

take an active role in building your organization and

working towards its mission.

3. Issues With Founders

A big issue that commonly plagues newer nonprofits

is the close relationship between the nonprofit

and its founders. In an extreme case, a nonprofit

becomes so closely identified with its founders

that it might not be able to exist without them. In

a nonprofit’s earliest start-up days, this may be un-

avoidable and shouldn’t cause too much concern.

But before long, the nonprofit must begin to develop

an independent identity. Certainly this separation

process must begin before the nonprofit loses key

founders and risks a loss of momentum—or outright

failure.

One practical way to cope with over-reliance on

a founder is to distribute management duties so that

others are clearly responsible for important opera-

tions. Founders tend to be on the nonprofit’s board,

so part of the solution is to make sure that the board

is diverse, balanced, and regularly infused with new

blood. (Building your board is covered in Chapter

4.) Especially if the nonprofit relies primarily on its

board members to manage the group, make sure

that the founders don’t monopolize too many key

responsibilities. If the nonprofit has an executive

director or other nonboard managers, don’t require

them to report exclusively to nonprofit founders. Do

your best to evenly disperse management power

across the board and make sure everyone—including

the founders—honors this division of power.

Erika Harding—Core Group member, erda Gardens and Learning Center, Inc., in Albuquerque, New Mexico

Marie Nord founded erda Gardens as a commu-

nity organization and a functioning farm. While

a small group of people were involved with the

farm along with Marie, it was pretty much a one-

woman show—Marie was not only the founder

but also the farmer. After her sudden death we

were left without any structure, any man- or

woman-power, and without much hope. We held

a half-memorial, half-business meeting and a

“core group” of volunteers emerged. This group

was made up of people who had been with the

farm for years but who played only minor roles or

no role at all while Marie was alive.

The group has evolved, and we have all

shouldered tremendous responsibilities. Now we

remain an all-volunteer organization, with the

exception of our farmer and a few apprentices.

We have created a much stronger structure and

5/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

identity as an organization and have developed

ties with many members of the community. People

used to know Marie, now they know the farm. We

document everything, and we are slowly building

an organization in which none of us is essential.

I think Marie would be very proud.

Another potential problem arises when a founder

insists on trying to control everything, even when

the nonprofit has adequate staff or volunteers. Some-

times dubbed “founderitis,” this condition can be

difficult to treat, because staff and even other board

members tend to feel deferential to the founder and

are reluctant to criticize a founder’s management

style. But it’s important for a nonprofit’s staff—

particularly if an executive director is on board—to

be able to do their jobs without the founder’s

constant meddling.

Painful as it may be, a founderitis problem must

be confronted, usually by other board members.

The best way to address a problem founder will

depend on the founder’s personality—some might

need gentle handling while others will need a kick

in the pants. In most cases, you’ll want to start by

having a rational conversation with the founder,

pointing out the problem behavior and explaining

the importance of distributing power and responsi-

bilities throughout the organization. It always helps

to recognize the founder’s good intentions and to

avoid an accusatory tone.

Tips for Founders: Diagnosing and Curing Your Founderitis

All you founders out there, listen up. Take a good

look at the way you interact with your nonprofit,

including the other board members and any

staff and volunteers. Do you have a clear sense

of where your job ends and another position

begins? Do you feel that the nonprofit could run

okay without you for a month or two? Do you

give staff or volunteers space to do their jobs

without interference? If you answer “no” to any

of the above questions, you may have a touch (or

maybe even a raging case) of founderitis.

If you find yourself afflicted, here are some

tips for clearing it up:

• Educate yourself on your proper role. Reading books like this one is a good way

to learn the distinctions between different

roles at a nonprofit. Knowing the bound-

aries between roles is a first step toward

observing them.

• Let others do their jobs without inter- ference. While you undoubtedly have a wealth of good ideas, don’t drown the

staff and volunteers in your brainstorms

instead of letting them work independently.

If you have a management position over

certain workers, constantly peppering

them with your ideas about how they

could do their jobs better is sure to be

an annoyance. Unless an issue is truly

pressing or glaring, save your critiques

for official performance reviews. If you

don’t have a management role, then keep

your ideas to yourself or pass them to

the person who does have management

authority—and let that manager decide

what to do with your suggestion. • Embrace situations in which you aren’t

the boss. For example, if you’re helping as a volunteer during an event—say, a Clean

Up the Beach Day—be sure to let the

person who’s running the event actually

be in charge. By making it clear to the

event coordinator that you’re willing and

eager to take direction, you’ll help build

trust and respect between you and staff,

and in turn help nurture a healthy and

efficient staff hierarchy.

YOUR WORKFORCE: STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS 5/ 7

Seek Sustainability

Mona Lisa Wallace, Esq. is a California attorney who has played a key role in several success- ful nonprofit and socially responsible startups. She is the executive director of the East Bay Nonprofit Center, providing management support for Bay Area nonprofits. She offers the following advice on how to maintain balance during your start-up days.

Nonprofit leaders are driven by a focus on their mission. Often profoundly more person- ally committed than for-profit entrepreneurs, many nonprofit founders make exceptional sacrifices financially, temporally, and spiritually. Of course, saving the planet, sheltering the needy, and empowering the disenfranchised are noble justifications for working long hours, skipping workouts, and missing meals. But burnout, family conflict, substance abuse, and social isolation are real risks that can creep up unnoticed during periods of intense work. It’s essential to protect your nonprofit’s sustain- ability by protecting its key resource: you.

Learning to prioritize and compartmentalize can help you retain balance in your work and personal life. I suggest starting by making four lists:

1. Important now: For example, finish pro- posal by tomorrow’s deadline.

2. Important later: For example, relocate to a larger office.

3. Less important now: For example, repair the copier.

4. Less important later: For example, pay parking tickets (just kidding).

Also, practice putting your work away peri- odically. One helpful visualization is to picture empty cubbyholes where you can stash the incomplete brochure, the proposal deadline, or whatever else is foremost on your four lists. With your tasks cleared off your mental plate, you can take off your manager hat and just be yourself for a while. Take mental and physical time for yourself, your family, and loved ones so you can continue your good work long into the future.

B. Hiring an Executive Director

One of the board’s primary tasks is to hire and

manage the organization’s chief executive, common-

ly called the executive director. While the board’s

role is to establish and guide the organization’s over-

all direction, the executive director is in charge of

carrying out the programs and other plans outlined

by the board.

1. Are You Ready for an Executive Director?

In a nonprofit’s early days, the president or another

board member often fills the role of an executive

director. Many new nonprofits don’t have the cash

to pay an executive director’s salary; others simply

aren’t ready for the responsibility of hiring and man-

aging an executive director. And many fear—often

justifiably—that hiring senior staff may disempower

the president or other volunteer leaders. Even when

nonprofits can afford paid staff, they may be better

served by hiring an office manager rather than an

executive director.

David Kaseman—Cofounder, Santa Fe Alliance, a New Mexico 501(c)(3) nonprofit dedicated to promoting independent business and community

The Santa Fe Alliance has grown dramatically in

the first 18 months of its existence, due primarily

to dedicated volunteers and a very clear mission/

vision statement. It is our belief that as soon

as you hire an executive director, you take the

chance of losing some—or maybe even a lot—of

your momentum. In most nonprofits I have been

associated with, everyone looks to the executive

director for everything. Unless you have a very

experienced person in this role who can keep vol-

unteer momentum going, your nonprofit becomes

very vulnerable. You take the chance of losing

the efforts of many dedicated volunteers working

feverishly towards your vision, for the efforts of

one.

So take your time developing your core group

of volunteers to make sure they’ll stay involved

when you do add an executive director. Also,

make sure the new executive director has strong

5/ 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

abilities and experience in the areas of leader-

ship. Do not expect a miracle from any executive

director. Any executive director is just one person

with the ability to do only a certain amount of

work. Your executive director should focus on

being a leader and stay out of the trenches.

Good luck, now go change the world!

A good rule of thumb is that if you have no paid

staff, you don’t need an executive director. Even if

you have one or two office workers or volunteers,

bringing in an executive director to manage them

may be excessive; a board member may be able to

do the job just fine. But as the number of paid staff-

ers increases—say, to three or more—it is probably

time to consider hiring an executive director. This

is especially true if the staffers are involved in tasks

beyond office management, such as executing the

nonprofit’s programs and services.

Hiring an executive director can be traumatic. When an executive director is hired, the president and any other board members who had

been managing staff and calling the shots day to

day will have to pull back from daily management

and restrict themselves to their board roles. This

can sometimes be a touchy and territorial issue, but

it’s important to resolve it right away. Having the

president or other board members stepping on the

executive director’s toes is a very common source of

friction and conflict. Savvy nonprofiteurs will take

steps, in advance, to avoid it.

2. The Executive Director’s Role

Before hiring an executive director, you need to

understand what this position is all about. Chapter

4 discusses the role of the board—specifically, that

once senior staff is on board, it’s not the board’s job

to oversee the day-to-day affairs of the nonprofit.

Instead, this is the domain of the executive director.

Once the board has established plans and policies

for the nonprofit, it’s the executive director’s job to

implement them—to put the “execute” in “executive

director.”

The specifics of an executive director’s job will

vary quite a bit from one nonprofit to the next. In

a large, complex nonprofit, the executive director

may manage several departments with dozens of

people on staff; in a fledgling nonprofit, the director

might be in charge of overseeing a simple program

or two without any permanent employees. And in

a nonprofit’s early days, it might not even have an

executive director at all.

While there’s enormous diversity in what non-

profit executive directors do, their work generally

falls into the following categories:

• implementing the board’s plans and policies

• managing programs, activities, and general

operations

• hiring and supervising staff

• monitoring and managing finances and ac-

counting

• reporting information about the organization’s

activities to the board

• advising the board on policy and program

issues

• assisting committees with program and fiscal

policy development

• serving as a liaison between staff and the

board, and

• communicating with the nonprofit’s constitu-

ency.

3. Hiring Criteria

Whether your nonprofit is large or small, the execu-

tive director’s job is extremely important. This person

generally plays a high-profile role in the inner

workings of your organization and often becomes

its public face as well. And, because the executive

director is in charge of hiring staff, he or she will

have an enormous impact on the overall character

and quality of the organization. With this in mind,

the board should be careful to choose an executive

director who not only is qualified for the job, but

also reflects its shared values and goals. Because

most young nonprofits can’t offer a salary that’s

anywhere near what a similar job in a for-profit

organization would command, finding a skilled and

dedicated executive director can be a real challenge.

Board members (often, a hiring committee)

should begin the process of looking for an executive

director by drafting a job description that outlines

YOUR WORKFORCE: STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS 5/ 9

what they expect from their chief executive. While

some of the director’s responsibilities will likely be

broad, the job description shouldn’t speak entirely

in generalities. Important tasks should be defined

in detail, so applicants will know exactly what the

job requires. For instance, if the board expects the

executive director to attend all public hearings held

by a city planning agency and issue press releases

on the agency’s decisions, say so in the job descrip-

tion—don’t just list “public relations activities.”

Besides outlining basic job responsibilities, the

board should also make a list of any specific skills,

experience, or qualifications they want to see in

an executive director. For instance, an educational

nonprofit might want its executive director to have

teaching experience. A nonprofit dedicated to pro-

moting green space in urban centers might want

someone who has a degree in urban planning and

at least three years’ experience in the field.

The board should also at least discuss the more

subjective traits that they desire in their executive

director. Do you want an out-front cheerleader or

a more thoughtful, policy type? Although these

“softer” qualifications may be harder to define or

to agree upon, it’s a good idea to get them on the

table for discussion before interviewing candidates.

The more groundwork the board lays before seeking

prospects, the easier the evaluation process will be.

4. Developing a Review Procedure

Every nonprofit should have some type of process

in place to review the performance of the executive

director, generally on an annual basis. The incom-

ing executive director should be informed about

the evaluation process upon taking office—what it

involves, when it will occur, and who will do it—

which means that the board should come up with a

process ahead of time.

Because the executive director reports to the

board as a whole, all members of the board are

typically involved in the process of evaluation.

Often, a personnel committee will spearhead

the process. A common system is for each board

member to fill out a survey evaluating the executive

director’s performance. An evaluation committee or

one board member then compiles the surveys and

goes over the results in a review meeting with the

executive director. The outcome of the review will

typically depend on the substance of the evaluation.

For example, a salary raise might be in order if you

can afford it and the executive director is going

well beyond the call of duty. On the other hand, an

executive director who is having trouble with his or

her job might benefit from a list of areas that need

improvement and a detailed discussion of what it

will take to get back on track.

Should the Executive Director Sit on the Board?

It is generally not considered a good idea for an

executive director to be a voting member of the

board of directors. Perhaps the primary reason for

this is that the board is responsible for managing

and evaluating the executive director, so having

the executive director on the board creates a

conflict of interest. In addition, you risk serious

tension if the executive director votes against

other board members. Particularly if the board

votes on a tightly divided, contentious issue, an

executive director with board voting power faces

a lose-lose situation no matter how he or she

votes and is likely to strain relations with the other

board members who voted differently.

In addition, some state laws limit how

many staffers may sit on a nonprofit board.

In California, for example, at least half of a

nonprofit’s board must be made up of people

who are neither paid staff (including the

executive director, which is a staff position)

nor family members of paid staff. (California

Corporations Code § 5227.)

Some nonprofits allow the executive director

to attend all board meetings as if he or she were

a board member but do not give the executive

director voting rights. This is sometimes called

serving on the board ex officio—legal speak for

“nonvoting.”

5/ 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Don’t make promises you’re not prepared to keep. When you develop your review process, try to leave your options open. Don’t guarantee

that a good review will lead to a raise or promotion,

unless you are ready, willing, and able to follow

through. If your director gets a great performance

evaluation and asks for that promised raise, you’ll

have to give it—even if your nonprofit is struggling

financially—or risk a lawsuit for breach of contract.

The better course of action is to simply state that

you will review the director’s performance annually,

without going into detail about what rewards might

follow.

C. Hiring and Managing Staff and Volunteers

Whether the people who work for your non-

profit are paid staffers or volunteers, the executive

director (or whoever else fills this supervisory role)

must hire and manage them with care. Obviously,

it’s important to hire only those people who can

achieve the goals set for them. (Again, this pre-

sumes that goals have been set for workers before

you start the hiring process—as discussed in more

detail below.) These workers will also need ongoing

management to make sure they’re doing a good job

and dealing with any obstacles along the way.

Many nonprofits start off with all-volunteer help,

including board members. Dedicated volunteers

who are willing to carry out tedious but essential

tasks are often critical to a nonprofit’s survival in its

early days, when budgets don’t allow for paid staff.

When a young nonprofit is able to afford paid staff,

it’s undoubtedly an exciting day—even if just a few

part-timers are brought on board to stuff envelopes

or help with office work.

This section outlines a simple, systematic approach

to recruiting people to work for your nonprofit. The

focus of this approach is on creating clearly defined

positions and organizing them into an efficient struc-

ture. Remember, once pay comes into the picture,

the board usually hires an executive director or top

manager, who in turn hires staff, sometimes with the

advice and consent of a few key board members.

1. Determine What Tasks Need to Be Done

The first step in recruiting volunteers or hiring staff

is to clearly define what needs to be done. Do you

need help answering phones? Keeping databases

current? Organizing events? Planning the year’s work

schedule? Raising funds? The clearer the executive

director or other manager is about what needs to be

done, the easier it will be for workers to meet these

expectations.

When outlining tasks, focus on those that really

help accomplish the goals and objectives outlined

by the board. The task list should be realistic and

achievable based on the resources available, not

a massive laundry list that includes every activity

ever contemplated by the nonprofit. If the executive

director feels that the board is asking for too much,

too soon, or for some other reason finds the list get-

ting out of control, he or she may need to consult

the board and explain that its plans are unrealistic

based on the resources at hand.

2. Create Positions and Job Descriptions

With a solid and realistic task list in hand, the

next step is to group tasks together for each staff

or volunteer position. Certain activities will fall to-

gether naturally. For instance, the tasks of answering

phones, updating membership databases, managing

office supplies, and doing very basic bookkeep-

ing might combine well into one position. Hiring

and managing volunteers might similarly fall into

a distinct task set. Handling event details—such

as setting up and breaking down events and sign-

ing in event participants—is another set of tasks

commonly handled by the same person or people.

Once tasks are grouped together, you can create

job positions to handle those areas. The office tasks

mentioned above, for instance, could go to an office

manager. Tasks such as hiring and managing volun-

teers might well be headed by a volunteer coordina-

tor. Event assistance (set-up, break-down, participant

sign-in, and so on) might not warrant a permanent,

specific position, but could be handled by one or

more “event specialist” volunteers. Obviously, how

you define specific positions for your group will

YOUR WORKFORCE: STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS 5/ 1 1

depend on many different factors, including budget-

ing considerations.

It’s also a great idea to write out a formal job

description for each permanent position. Creating a

job description for each position not only will help

in the hiring process but will also be valuable when

it’s time to review the worker’s performance. Fortu-

nately, writing job descriptions should be easy if you

have created the position from a task-based to-do

list; the job description can simply restate the list in

slightly more polished form.

Another good reason to have formal, written

job descriptions relates to liability issues. If a staff

member or volunteer accidentally injures someone

or otherwise causes damage, it can sometimes be

unclear whether the accident happened while the

worker was doing nonprofit business. A formal job

description will indicate which activities are, in fact,

part of the worker’s duties. If the accident occurred

outside the scope of the worker’s job, then the

nonprofit generally won’t be liable for the accident.

(Chapter 7 covers liability issues in detail.)

Hire and Manage Your Volunteers Carefully

For many nonprofits, building a staff starts with recruiting volunteers. Thankfully for organi- zations all over the country, Americans are a charitable bunch. According to a U.S. Depart- ment of Labor survey, 63.8 million people—or 28.8 percent of the population—spent a median of 52 hours doing volunteer work between September 2002 and September 2003. (“Volun- teering in the United States, 2003,” U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, December 2003.)

Don’t make the mistake of thinking that you can be cavalier about recruiting and managing volunteers just because you’re not paying them any wages. All staff—paid or not—have the potential to expose the nonprofit to liability, so it’s essential that you hire only competent, responsible people. Liability issues aside, some volunteers may represent your organization to the public, putting your nonprofit’s reputation at stake. You’ll certainly want to recruit only those volunteers who demonstrate good judgment and people skills to be your public face.

For your day-to-day success, you’ll want to recruit capable, hardworking volunteers to get

the work done. Although it’s not realistic to

demand as much time or expertise from an un-

paid volunteer as you would from a paid staffer,

they certainly must be competent to do the

work. It may be difficult to turn away eager but

inappropriate volunteers, but you should just

say no if they don’t offer the skills or experience

you need. Remember, volunteers never really

come free; the costs of managing them—and

fixing their mistakes, if necessary—can really add

up. Getting rid of a troublesome volunteer will

almost surely take more time and cause more

headaches than never hiring him or her in the

first place. The good news is that developing even a small

volunteer workforce offers nonprofits a great opportunity to develop effective management habits. Especially if the board members of a new nonprofit have little or no management experi- ence, this is a good way to learn basic skills such as creating clear job descriptions, interviewing prospects, and monitoring performance. When it’s time to hire paid staffers, this experience will be invaluable.

5/ 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Personal Issues ... er, I Mean Personnel Issues in a Small Nonprofit

Giovanna Rossi is the Executive Director of

NARAL Pro-Choice New Mexico (www.pro-

choicenewmexico.org) and knows first-hand the

challenges of hiring staffers for a small nonprofit.

She offers the following perspective and advice

on how to rise to the challenge.

If you’ve mastered the art of dating, you’re

well on your way to understanding the personnel

puzzle. Finding and hiring qualified staffers that

fit well with your organization is surprisingly

similar to the dating game: You identify your needs

and then attempt to find someone qualified and

able to meet them. Of course, neither hiring staff

nor dating is easy. Here are my answers for the

questions that will likely haunt you at night as

you tackle the staffing game.

When is it right for me to enter into a relation- ship with someone?

You’ll know you’re ready when you can’t

imagine spending another 14 hours alone in

that office. However, you should never rush

into something just because you’re desperate

(that’s so unattractive). A good interview process

should include a minimum of two meetings and

a written exercise—not just a writing sample, but

an exercise directly related to the position you’re

filling and your organization’s work.

Why is it so difficult to find someone who fits what I’m looking for?

By the very nature of being a small organization,

staff must be multitalented (able to write a

research report and set up their own email

account), flexible (as in, “Yes, I know we said

we’d do that today, but one of our big donors just

called and wants to have lunch”), and have

compatible personalities (you don’t want five

introverts in the same office together).

Now that the timing is right, how do I know if he/she is “the one”?

Trial and error is the best policy; put her/him

on a three-month probation period, with clear

measurable goals and a weekly reporting system

so you can evaluate as you go.

What if it doesn’t work out? While it’s disappointing and can throw you

off track for a little while, don’t be too rattled.

Minimize the negative impact and get right back

into the game by hiring a temp or going through

the file of resumes that made it to the second

interview but did not get picked the first time.

When it’s a good fit, how do we develop a last- ing relationship?

If you demonstrate your willingness to

commit by offering positive feedback, more

responsibility, and leadership opportunities, you

will find she/he will rise to the challenge. And

be sure to complete the six-month and one-year

evaluations on time—do not put this off.

Why not avoid the pain and go it alone? Well, that would just be plain stupid.

Carefully selecting a staff person, and cultivating

and managing that relationship so that it’s mutu-

ally beneficial, is perhaps the most challenging

part of running a small nonprofit organization.

But the payoff is huge: Having quality staffers is

a major asset to your organization. Remember,

love at first sight is very rare; it can take several

attempts to find what you’re looking for.

YOUR WORKFORCE: STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS 5/ 1 3

3. Develop Staff Hierarchies

Progressive-minded folks sometimes look at staff

hierarchies as undemocratic or somehow oppressive.

Without getting into a treatise on the virtues or evils

of various types of power structures, suffice it to

say that a little structure goes a long way towards

ensuring the efficient operation of any organization.

That’s not to say that it’s necessary to create a multi-

layered, command-and-control reporting system. If

your nonprofit will have five or more regular staffers

(either paid or volunteer), however, it’s important

to take the time to designate clear lines of authority

and accountability. In small groups, this often means

that everyone reports to the executive director (or

the board president, in all-volunteer groups). As

the organization grows, you’ll probably want to add

a second layer of managerial accountability—for

example, to require the volunteers who run your

Canoes in the Creek program to report to the pro-

gram director, not directly to the executive director.

4. Create Review Procedures

As discussed in Section B, above, your nonprofit

should have an evaluation procedure in place before

hiring anyone. That way, new employees and key

volunteers know what to expect from the very first

day. The review procedure needn’t be complex; it

might simply identify who will participate in re-

views, when they will occur, and the criteria by

which staff and volunteers will be measured.

5. Create a Staff/Volunteer Handbook

Like the board guidebook discussed in Chapter 4,

a handbook for staff and volunteers serves a vital

role. A handbook gives everyone ready access to

important information about their jobs. Even more

important, creating a staff and volunteer handbook

is a powerful way to minimize the risks posed by

any paid or volunteer staffer that works for your

nonprofit. As discussed in more detail in Chapter 7,

a nonprofit’s potential risk of a liability or contract

lawsuit go way up as soon as you hire even one

employee or volunteer. Not only can that worker

potentially harm someone and expose the nonprofit

to a lawsuit, but he or she also could sue the non-

profit for a host of discrimination, wrongful termina-

tion, or other claims.

Creating a guidebook that outlines clear policies

for employees and volunteers will go a long way

towards minimizing these risks. To create a hand-

book, the executive director or top manager will

have to spend some time coming up with a set of

rules for workers to follow and procedures the non-

profit will use in dealing with workers. Facing and

answering these questions will help ensure that your

employment practices are sound. And compiling

these policies in a guidebook promotes positive staff

relations by demonstrating your nonprofit’s com-

mitment to fair treatment for all workers, according

to the same set of rules. By offering clearly stated

expectations and procedures for treating workers

consistently, a handbook provides a powerful deter-

rent to future workplace trouble.

A staff/volunteer handbook might start with the

nonprofit’s mission and history, then outline the

policies and procedures that apply to the staff and

volunteers. Your handbook can be much like the

ones typically used in for-profit companies, except

that yours will also specifically address volunteers.

Employee handbooks typically include information

on:

• hiring

• hours and flex time

• sick and vacation leave

• parental leave

• employee benefits

• performance review procedures

• workplace behavior

• health and safety

• employee privacy

• conflicts of interest

• discrimination and harassment

• grievance procedures, and

• termination.

Resources for creating your staff/volunteer handbook. While the details of creating a staff/volunteer handbook are beyond the scope of

this book, all nonprofits with any paid or volunteer

workers would be wise to take this task seriously. An

5/ 1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

excellent guide is Nolo’s Create Your Own Employee Handbook, by Lisa Guerin and Amy DelPo. This book walks you step by step through creating an

employee handbook, explaining the issues and

offering sample language you can modify to fit your

workplace. Creating Your Employee Handbook, by Leyna Bernstein (Jossey-Bass), is a do-it-yourself

guide designed especially for nonprofits.

Lots of new nonprofits find the prospect of creat-

ing a staff/volunteer handbook too overwhelming

in their harried early days. While this is under-

standable, it’s a good idea to tackle the task earlier

than later. Of course, it will be easier to create a

handbook before the staff grows large and complex.

Also, remember that while the articles of incorpo-

ration and bylaws cover basic personnel issues for

the board of directors, they typically don’t address

detailed staff management issues. It’s simply unwise

to have more than a few workers without a written

policy manual.

6. Orient New Workers

When staffers or volunteers come on board, it’s

important to take some time to introduce them to

your world. For efficiency’s sake, it’s a great idea

to create a standard orientation process—it could

be a video shown in a conference room, a short

meeting at a local café, a walk-through of the non-

profit’s office, or a get-together at a board member’s

house—to explain the ins and outs of working for

the nonprofit. If and when you have several workers

coming on board at once, you can save time by

orienting them as a group.

While all new workers should receive basic infor-

mation about the nonprofit’s mission and activities,

you’ll want to provide a more extensive orientation

for higher-level positions. For example, the board

may want to spend a significant amount of time with

the executive director—say, a series of meetings

over a few days—to make sure he or she really

understands what the nonprofit is about and how

the board wants it to be run. This might include

discussing the nonprofit’s history and any past prob-

lems that the board does not want to see repeated.

For regular staffers or volunteers, on the other hand,

this much information would be overkill. The point

here is to keep those whom you are orienting in

mind when deciding what information to include in

your orientation sessions.

A good starting point is to provide each new

worker with a copy of your staff/volunteer hand-

book. Beyond that, the type of orientation may well

depend on how many staffers or volunteers are

involved. If you’re starting out with just a handful

of staff or volunteers, perhaps a couple hours of

orientation followed by lunch might work. (Keep in

mind that it generally makes sense to have separate

orientation sessions for paid staff and volunteers.)

As your staff grows, you may want to have new

workers attend presentations by the executive direc-

tor and possibly others. Pairing new staffers with

experienced ones for a mentorship period is also a

good way to bring newcomers into the group.

D. Employees and Independent Contractors

There are two different types of paid workers: em-

ployees and independent contractors (ICs). Different

legal and tax rules apply to each, so it’s essential

that you understand the difference between the two.

If your workers fit the description of employees,

you’ll be subject to a number of state and federal

laws that must be strictly observed and taxes that

must be paid. If, on the other hand, your workers

can be characterized as ICs, you’ll be spared

many—but not all—of these requirements.

1. Laws and Taxes

The law puts all paid workers, whether at for-profit

or nonprofit firms, into one of two categories:

employees or independent contractors. (Unpaid

workers fall into another category, “volunteers,”

whose status is less firmly established in law. See

“Rules for Volunteers,” below, for an overview.) In

some situations, you may have some flexibility to

place paid workers in one category or the other. For

the most part, however, the law decides for you.

YOUR WORKFORCE: STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS 5/ 1 5

Rules for Volunteers

In the eyes of the law, volunteers are neither

fish nor fowl—they’re not employees or inde-

pendent contractors. This murky legal status

can be treacherous—if a worker is determined

to be an employee and not actually a volunteer,

a whole host of workplace laws (minimum

wage laws, overtime laws, and workers’ com-

pensation coverage, for example) and various

taxes may apply to that worker.

Courts that have considered whether a worker

is truly a volunteer have used an “economic

reality” test. This test considers factors such

as to what degree the worker is dependent on

the employer, and whether the worker had any

reasonable expectation of being compensated

for their work, either at the time they began

working or in the future.

While volunteers can be reimbursed for

out-of-pocket expenses and can even receive

“nominal” benefits, they cannot retain their

status as volunteers if they depend on this

compensation as a basic necessity. If a court

finds that a worker is dependent on food,

lodging, reimbursements for miscellaneous

expenses, or other compensation, a court may

determine that the worker is not truly a volun-

teer but rather an employee. This is definitely

a situation you want to avoid, at the risk of

having to pay back wages, taxes, and penalties.

Workers that qualify as true volunteers will

not be subject to many laws and taxes that

apply to employees. However, volunteers may

be protected by some laws, such as federal

or state workplace safety regulations. Some

states extend federal Occupational Safety and

Health Administration (OSHA) regulations to

volunteers, and others protect volunteers with

their own safety laws. In addition, some states

protect volunteers from workplace discrimi-

nation and/or impose other requirements on

those who employ volunteers. To find out your

state’s requirements, contact your state labor

department.

In a nutshell, an employee is someone who works

for you, on your site, with your tools and equipment,

and according to your rules and procedures. ICs,

on the other hand, are in business for themselves;

they work on their own time with their own tools

and often perform services for a number of different

clients.

This distinction is very important because anyone

who hires an employee (again, whether you’re a

nonprofit or for-profit company) is subject to a num-

ber of taxes, such as payroll tax and unemployment

tax, plus many state and federal legal requirements

governing pay, hours worked, time off, and so on.

By contrast, when you hire an IC, you have fewer

rules to follow and taxes to pay. If you treat a work-

er that the law clearly regards as an employee as an

independent contractor, you risk subjecting yourself

to a huge back-tax bill, plus interest and other state

and federal penalties.

2. IRS Criteria

To stay out of trouble with the IRS, you should

understand how it decides whether a worker is an

employee or an IC. Keep in mind, however, that

your state may have its own rules about classifying

workers, which might be stricter than or otherwise

different from the IRS rules. Because state penalties

can be at least as harsh as those imposed by the

IRS, make sure you also understand the rules in

your state. An experienced accountant should be

able to help you with this. Or contact your state’s

agency in charge of worker status rules—generally

your state’s labor (or unemployment) agency or tax

department.

The IRS has some guidelines it uses to decide

whether a particular worker should be treated as an

employee or an IC. As a general rule, the IRS says

a worker is an employee if you have the right to

control how the work gets done. The IRS considers

a worker to be an employee when he or she:

• works only for you and not for any other non-

profit or business

• works on your premises

• uses your tools and equipment

• follows work hours set by you

5/ 1 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

• follows your instructions on how to complete

a job

• receives reimbursement for expenses incurred

in doing a job

• can be fired at any time, with or without good

cause

• supervises any of your other workers, or

• receives any employee benefits, such as holi-

day pay, vacation time, or health insurance.

On the flip side, the IRS says your worker should

probably be considered an independent contractor

if you “have the right to control or direct only the

result of the work done … and not the means and

methods of accomplishing the result.” (IRS Publica-

tion 15-A, Employer’s Supplemental Tax Guide.) The

IRS considers workers to be independent contractors

when they:

• work for a number of different nonprofits,

businesses, or clients

• are incorporated as an independent business

• have their own office, studio, garage, or other

permanent place to work

• use their own equipment and tools

• set their own hours

• use their own judgment as to how best to

complete a job

• don’t get reimbursed for expenses incurred in

doing a job, and

• advertise their services to the public.

If a worker you hire displays some characteristics

of both categories, it can hard to figure out how that

worker should be classified. Ultimately, you’ll need

to consider the factors outlined above, weigh them

against each other, and possibly get expert advice to

decide whether a worker should be classified as an

employee or as an independent contractor.

EXAMPLE: Debbie does a lot of freelance writing and editing for a nonprofit health care

foundation, The Health Trust. She works quite

a bit for The Health Trust, editing about six

big projects per year, but also does four or five

jobs per year for other nonprofits and for-profit

businesses. Debbie always works at home,

receives minimal instructions as to how to do

her work, and does her writing and editing

according to her own schedule. Debbie can

probably be categorized as an independent

contractor.

Another worker, Sascha, holds the title of

Editorial Writer at The Health Trust. He works

pretty much exclusively for the nonprofit,

though occasionally he takes on an outside

project, such as writing an article for a health

care magazine. Sascha works from home a

couple of days per week but has a desk and

computer at The Health Trust’s office. He works

closely with the editorial staff at The Health

Trust and has some management responsibility

over a couple of editorial assistants. The gov-

ernment is likely to see Sascha as an employee.

It would be risky to try to treat him as an inde-

pendent contractor.

In borderline situations, it’s safer to treat a worker

as an employee than to risk the penalties that may

result if the IRS or your state decides you’ve misclas-

sified an employee as an IC. The IRS and most states

tend to disfavor independent contractor status—

they’d much rather see borderline workers treated as

employees, so that the employer can withhold taxes

from their paychecks, than as ICs who are respon-

sible for reporting and paying their own taxes.

The IRS offers more information online and in

printed guides about how to distinguish employees

from independent contractors. Publication 15-A,

Employer’s Supplemental Tax Guide, offers more

specific information on classifying workers as

employees or ICs. IRS Publication 1779, Independent

Contractor or Employee, is a short fact sheet with

useful tips. Another source of information is the IRS

internal training manual, “Independent Contractor or

Employee?” While this guide is not legally binding,

it’s a useful window into how auditors determine

worker status. All these guides can be downloaded

from the IRS website at www.irs.gov (look in the

Small Business/Self-Employed section).

If you still can’t decide how one of your workers

should be classified, there are a few ways you can pro-

ceed. One is to consult a lawyer or an accountant

who understands business tax laws. Another option

is to go straight to the horse’s mouth and ask the

IRS or your state agency to tell you how it would

classify a certain worker. The IRS will classify your

YOUR WORKFORCE: STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS 5/ 1 7

worker for you if you file Form SS-8, “Determination

of Employee Work Status,” to request a formal ruling

on a worker’s status. You can get this form from

an IRS office or from its website, at www.irs.gov.

(Don’t be surprised if the IRS says your worker is an

employee!)

For a state determination, contact your state

employment or other agency that governs worker

classification and find out what procedure it uses.

Like the IRS, it’s common for state agencies to classify

workers as employees rather than independent con-

tractors. You’ll have to decide for yourself whether

to leave the determination up to these agencies or

decide how to classify your workers on your own.

E. Required Paperwork, Filings, and Taxes

When hiring any workers—employees or independent

contractors—you’ll need to deal with some bureau-

cratic tasks. As described below, you’ll have more

work to do when hiring employees than ICs, but

hiring independent contractors does trigger a require-

ment or two as well. This section outlines some tasks

to anticipate when hiring either type of worker.

1. Rules for Employers

A raft of legal and tax requirements kick in when

you hire your first employee. Most of these apply to

all employers, whether nonprofit or for-profit. Not

only will you have to pay a number of employment

taxes, but you’ll also need to register with several

government agencies, buy certain types of required

insurance, and comply with various federal and state

laws, such as those requiring you to keep a smoke-

free workplace and to post certain notices at your

nonprofit’s premises.

While the details of the many laws that apply to

employers are beyond the scope of this book, the

major requirements are listed below. If your needs

can’t be met by hiring an independent contractor

and you must hire an employee, you’ll need to

consult additional resources to make sure you com-

ply with the many state and federal laws governing

employers. (Some excellent sources of information

are listed below.)

In general, nonprofits with one or more employ-

ees are required to do the following:

• Comply with state and federal wage and hours

laws. The federal Fair Labor Standards Act

establishes a federal minimum wage (currently

$5.15 per hour) and rules for paying over-

time. Many states also have their own wage

and hour laws, and some impose a higher

minimum wage (or more generous overtime

rules) than the federal government.

• Obtain workers’ compensation insurance and

follow rules on notifying employees of their

right to workers’ compensation benefits. You

may typically purchase this insurance from a

state fund or from a private workers’ compen-

sation insurance company.

• Comply with state and federal job safety laws,

administered by the federal Occupational

Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) and

the agency in your state that governs work-

place safety. Among other things, these laws

require you to file an illness and injury pre-

vention plan, report work-related injuries and

illnesses that result in lost work time, and

keep a log of all work-related injuries and ill-

nesses. For more information about OSHA

regulations, visit the OSHA website at www.

osha.gov, or contact OSHA at U.S. Depart-

ment of Labor, Occupational Safety & Health

Administration, Office of Public Affairs, Room

N3647, 200 Constitution Avenue, Washington,

DC 20210, 202-693-1999.

• Withhold federal income taxes and FICA taxes

(Social Security and Medicare taxes) from

employees’ paychecks and periodically report

and send these withheld taxes to the IRS.

• Report wages and withholding to each

employee and to the IRS with Form W-2.

• Pay the employer’s portion of Social Security

and Medicare tax for each employee, based

on the employee’s wages.

• Withhold state income taxes from employees’

paychecks and periodically deposit them with

your state income tax agency.

• Pay federal unemployment taxes. It’s the

sole responsibility of the employer to pay

the Federal Unemployment Tax (FUTA)

5/ 1 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

directly to the IRS; you may not deduct it

from employees’ paychecks. You must report

FUTA taxes paid annually on IRS Form 940,

Employer’s Annual Federal Unemployment

Tax Return.

• Pay state unemployment taxes (not in all

states). Most states require employers to pay

unemployment taxes, which go into a state

unemployment insurance fund. Generally,

you can take a credit against your FUTA tax

for amounts you paid into state unemploy-

ment funds. A list of state unemployment tax

agencies is available in IRS Publication 926,

Household Employer’s Tax Guide, available

from the IRS’s website at www.irs.gov.

If you’re overwhelmed by this list, you may want

to consider whether you can meet your needs with

a combination of paid independent contractors and

volunteers. At the very least, you shouldn’t jump into

hiring employees without having a very good reason

to do so.

Additional resources on hiring employees. Nolo publishes several books and other re-

sources on hiring employees. Everyday Employment Law, by Lisa Guerin and Amy DelPo, is an excellent introduction to the rules employers need to know,

including rules on overtime, workplace policies, and

antidiscrimination laws. For in-depth information

on laws affecting employers, see The Employer’s Legal Handbook, by Fred Steingold. For a guide to steering clear of legal problems with your employees,

check out Dealing With Problem Employees, by Amy DelPo and Lisa Guerin.

2. Rules When Hiring ICs

While hiring independent contractors is generally

much simpler than hiring employees (and avoids

several taxes), it does trigger some legal require-

ments. One of the main rules is that if you pay any

independent contractor more than $600 in a year,

you need to report those payments on Form 1099,

which you must send to the worker and the IRS.

If the IC is doing business as a corporation, you

don’t have to file a 1099 (unless the IC has formed a

medical corporation).

When hiring an IC, be sure to get basic informa-

tion for your records, both for reporting purposes

and to have as documentation in case of an audit.

At a minimum, make sure you get the IC’s business

name, address, and federal taxpayer ID number.

The easiest way to obtain this is to have the IC fill

out and sign IRS form W-9, Request for Taxpayer

Identification Number. You’ll keep this form in

your files; you don’t have to submit it to the IRS.

ICs that operate as sole proprietorships without any

employees may simply use their Social Security

number as their taxpayer ID. Other ICs will have

obtained an employer identification number (EIN)

from the IRS for their business. Either one is fine.

If you can’t or don’t obtain the IC’s taxpayer ID

number, you may need to withhold payments from

the IC and deposit them to the IRS. Called “backup

withholding,” this is required if you do not have

the IC’s taxpayer ID number and you pay the IC

$600 or more during the year. For more information

on backup withholding, see the instructions for

IRS Form 945, Annual Return of Withheld Federal

Income Tax.

Put your IC agreements in writing. While it may not be legally required, it’s always a

good idea to use a written contract when you hire

an IC. Besides helping to avert garden-variety con-

flicts over the terms of the job, having a contract

in place will also help you prove that the worker is

an independent contractor, not an employee. By

stating in your agreement that the worker is an inde-

pendent contractor, you are establishing an intent

to create an independent contractor relationship.

This may turn out to be helpful evidence in the case

of an audit. If all other evidence demonstrates that

the worker is an employee, however, that’s how

the IRS and your state will probably classify him

or her. Remember, the only true test of a worker’s

status is how the worker is actually treated. If you

treat workers as employees—require them to work

on site, define their hours, closely supervise their

work, and so on—merely calling them independent

contractors in your contracts won’t magically change

their status.

YOUR WORKFORCE: STAFF AND VOLUNTEERS 5/ 1 9

More resources on independent contractors. For detailed information about hiring inde-

pendent contractors and sample IC contracts, see

Working With Independent Contractors, by Stephen

Checklist: Your Workforce: Staff and Volunteers

Decide what type of management strategy will work best for your nonprofit. In general,

the more activities and workers you have, the

more structure you’ll need to manage them.

Outline the tasks that need to be done, group them into logical sets, and create staff posi-

tions.

Write out a job description for each position.

Outline a hierarchy of positions within the organization, indicating who reports to

whom.

Create policies for performance reviews.

Create a user-friendly handbook for your staff and volunteers containing information about

the nonprofit and all important workplace

policies.

Orient new workers soon after hiring them.

Familiarize yourself with the legal differences between employees and independent con-

tractors. Don’t avoid the obligations of having

employees by misclassifying your workers as

independent contractors.

Make sure you’re ready to take care of all the legal, bureaucratic, and tax requirements that

apply to employers before you hire your first employee.

Fishman (Nolo). Also check out Nolo’s website

at www.nolo.com for free information and other

resources on hiring independent contractors.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 6

Fundraising

A. The Golden Rules of Successful Fundraising ....................................................... 6/3

1. Relationships Are Everything ............................................................................ 6/3

2. Target the Best Potential Donors ....................................................................... 6/3

3. Build a Compelling and Detailed Case ............................................................ 6/4

4. Put Your Board of Directors to Work ................................................................ 6/4

5. Focus on the Big Picture ...................................................................................... 6/5

B. Your Fundraising Plan ................................................................................................ 6/5

C. Define Your Fundraising Targets and Budget ........................................................ 6/6

1. Fundraising Targets .............................................................................................. 6/6

2. Fundraising Budget .............................................................................................. 6/7

D. Find Prospective Donors ........................................................................................... 6/8

1. Start With Your Closest Contacts ...................................................................... 6/8

2. Use Networking Techniques .............................................................................. 6/9

3. Keep Your Lists Organized and Updated ....................................................... 6/10

E. Define Your Fundraising Campaign ...................................................................... 6/11

1. Membership Drives ............................................................................................ 6/12

2. Fund Drives .......................................................................................................... 6/13

3. Capital Campaigns ............................................................................................. 6/14

4. Planned Giving .................................................................................................... 6/14

F. Fundraising Tools ...................................................................................................... 6/14

1. Asking for a Gift by Phone, by Email, or in Person ....................................... 6/15

2. Direct Mail ........................................................................................................... 6/19

3. Special Events ...................................................................................................... 6/22

4. Sell Products or Services ................................................................................... 6/22

6/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

G. Funding From Grants ................................................................................................ 6/25

1. Researching Available Grants ........................................................................... 6/25

2. Writing Grant Proposals .................................................................................... 6/26

3. Corporate Sponsorships ................................................................................... 6/27

H. The Law of Fundraising ............................................................................................ 6/28

1. Disclosures to Donors ....................................................................................... 6/28

2. Charitable Solicitation Registration and Reporting ..................................... 6/29

I. Working With Professional Fundraisers ............................................................... 6/30

FUNDRAISING 6/ 3

O nce you’ve developed your strategic plan

and initial budget, and brought in some

people to get your organization up and

running (with the help of the previous chapters),

it’s time to figure out how to raise the funds you

will need to reach your goals. This chapter will help

even the least-experienced fundraiser understand

how to approach the fundraising process, from

overall strategies to specific methods for bringing in

money. Even if you’ve already thought about how

and where your organization will get funding—or,

better yet, you’ve already lined up donors who are

willing to provide the necessary start-up money—

this chapter will help you turn your preliminary

ideas into a solid fundraising plan for your organiza-

tion.

Want detailed information on fundraising strategies? This chapter provides the basic information you’ll need to know about fundraising

as you get your nonprofit off the ground. Once

you’re ready to kick your fundraising machine into

gear, however, you will want more detailed informa-

tion on fundraising strategies, methods, budgeting,

planning, and more. You’ll find everything you need

in Effective Fundraising for Nonprofits: Real-World Strategies That Work, by Ilona Bray (Nolo).

A. The Golden Rules of Successful Fundraising

Before you can begin drafting a fundraising plan,

you’ll need to know some fundamental fundraising

rules. Whether you’re trying to raise a few hundred

dollars or a few hundred thousand, following these

five tried-and-true strategies will help you stay

focused on your best prospects and improve your

chances of success.

1. Relationships Are Everything

Any professional fundraiser will tell you that the

most successful fundraising efforts are built upon

ongoing relationships with donors. Just as repeat

customers are crucial to the success of most small

businesses, committed supporters are essential to a

nonprofit’s success. The average American is asked

for money dozens, if not hundreds, of times per

year, to which he or she will almost always respond

“No.” As you well know, converting this “No” to a

“Yes” is not an easy task; even the most persuasive

canvasser or telemarketer probably won’t be able to

change your mind if you’re just not willing or ready

to donate. But once you donate to an organization

for the first time, your mindset has changed. All of

us are much more inclined to support an organiza-

tion we have come to know and trust.

Because these ongoing relationships are so impor-

tant, you should make every effort to build strong

connections with your first-time donors so they con-

tinue to support your organization in the future. A

prompt thank-you note is an obvious starting point

for building this relationship; other methods of rec-

ognizing and encouraging supporters will vary from

one organization to the next. But your fundamental

goal is always the same: to nurture a strong, posi-

tive relationship with your supporters, so they find

it a pleasure to support your group. If your support-

ers feel appreciated and believe the organization is

doing good work, they gain something, too—pride

and goodwill from contributing to your nonprofit’s

efforts (and perhaps a tax write-off as well).

Contributors can provide more than just money. Besides the valuable funding they provide, long-term contributors may offer many

other means of support for your organization,

including positive word of mouth, willingness to

volunteer, and networking opportunities with their

own contacts.

2. Target the Best Potential Donors

It’s important to focus your fundraising efforts on

your most likely supporters, not on the whole wide

world of people and groups who might possibly

contribute to your organization. Few nonprofits

have the resources to send out hundreds of direct

mail appeals or blanket the television or radio air-

waves with requests for support. Asking the right

people—and using the right appeal for the people

you approach—is key to cost-effective fundraising.

The best fundraising uses an “inside out” approach,

focusing on those closest to the organization first

6/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

and then widening the scope to target additional

prospects. The board of directors and their close

contacts, for example, should be the first people you

solicit for funds, not the last. There may be great

prospects “out there,” some of whom might turn out

to be deeply committed and generous supporters,

but it makes more sense to begin spending your

limited fundraising resources on the contacts closest

to home.

Once you identify your targets, it’s also important

to spend some time figuring out what type of appeal

is most likely to resonate with them before you ask

them to donate. The better you understand the inter-

ests and motivations of your prospective donors—in-

dividuals, corporations, and foundations alike—the

better you’ll be able to tailor your fundraising ap-

peals to reach your target audience. (Finding pros-

pects is discussed in greater detail in Section D,

below.)

3. Build a Compelling and Detailed Case

When you ask potential donors for money, you

must have an absolutely compelling reason for why

they should support your organization. Why should

donors reach into their pockets and give your group

money they could spend on themselves or give to

thousands of other good causes? As countless failing

nonprofits have learned, just stating that your orga-

nization works for a worthwhile cause is unlikely

to result in a pledge of support. To get people to

donate now, it’s best to convey a pressing need, a

sense of urgency, and a specific program or project

for which their donations are needed.

EXAMPLE: FoodAid, a nonprofit dedicated to sending food to drought-stricken developing

countries, is creating a fundraising brochure.

The office manager drafts the following text:

“FoodAid’s mission is to provide food to

starving people in underdeveloped areas

stricken by drought. To carry out its mission,

FoodAid needs your support. Please consider a

tax-deductible donation of $50 to help us feed

the hungry.”

One board member (who happens to be

a marketing copywriter) suggests that the

brochure would be much more powerful if it

conveyed a sense of urgency and provided spe-

cifics. He rewrites the draft to read as follows:

“FoodAid is committed to providing food

shipments to starving people in underdeveloped

areas stricken by drought. Without our food

shipments, hundreds of children and adults will

starve to death each year. We are currently in

need of funds for a Spring 2005 food shipment

to Brazil’s drought-plagued Nordeste region,

which is home to one-third of Brazil’s popula-

tion. Your tax-deductible donation of $50 will

help us get the next shipment of food to those

who desperately need it.”

Many nonprofits have a variety of fundraising

drives in any given year, some tailored to meet

specific needs and some more general in nature.

No matter what type of campaign you’re planning,

it’s important to convey more than just your overall

mission to potential donors—they want to know

why you need money. By conveying a sense of

urgency in your appeal, you are more likely to

engage potential supporters and convince them to

help.

Randolph Belle—Director of Information, East Bay Nonprofit Center, Oakland, California

Fledgling nonprofits should test the merits and

effectiveness of their program early on—aim to

create a success story. It’s much easier to raise

money when you can point to specific things that

you’ve done and successes you’ve achieved, rather

than merely talking about what you have a mind

to do.

4. Put Your Board of Directors to Work

A nonprofit’s directors should be crucial players

in the fundraising process. By agreeing to join the

board, each member has made a commitment to

keep the organization on track, which includes

maintaining sound finances. At a minimum, board

members should help locate and contact prospective

donors in your community. This is especially

important for fledgling nonprofits that haven’t had

FUNDRAISING 6/ 5

the chance to develop relationships through their

accomplishments. When a nonprofit has a short

or nonexistent track record, its fundraising efforts

depend largely on its board members’ relationships

in the community. All board members must under-

stand this important role before they join the board

so they will be active in forging relationships with

key fundraising targets.

Board members can take different fundraising roles. While some board members will be better rainmakers than others, all should be

involved in some aspect of the fundraising process.

If a board member is very uncomfortable asking

people for money, he or she could focus on creating

fundraising materials or planning an event. No

matter how they choose to participate, all board

members should play a part in fundraising, whether

behind the scenes or leading the charge.

Board members also typically help with fund-

raising by donating their own money to the organi-

zation. While you never want to exclude talented

people from your board simply because they can’t

donate at a high level, board members should be

among the first to contribute their own money to

the nonprofit, in an amount they can afford. This

not only provides crucial start-up money in a non-

profit’s early days, but it also demonstrates to other

potential donors that the board members are strong-

ly committed to the organization.

In fact, foundations, government agencies, and

other institutional donors commonly ask how much

money the board contributes to the organization.

Ideally, all members of the board should contribute

at a level higher than your standard suggested con-

tribution. Of course, this may not always be possible,

but the closer you can get to this ideal, the better.

5. Focus on the Big Picture

Always develop your fundraising goals with the big

picture in mind, not just to meet your group’s imme-

diate needs. Fundraising is an ongoing process, not

a one-time event. The most effective fundraising plan

will consider factors beyond immediate expenses; it

will anticipate upcoming events or expected accom-

plishments and plan appropriate fundraising activities

to support and capitalize on those events. Your

fundraising efforts and your strategic plan should

dovetail neatly so that you raise enough donations

to fund your activities, and your activities, in turn,

create opportunities for future fundraising.

Also keep in mind that it’s easier to raise money

with an impressive success story under your belt.

For example, a fledgling nonprofit with minimal

funds might plan to accomplish some meaningful

(yet inexpensive) tasks early on so that it can point

to those accomplishments when embarking on its

first large-scale fundraising activity.

B. Your Fundraising Plan

Because successful fundraising involves a swarm

of large and small details (from deciding on

fundraising tools to determining who will design the

brochure and update the mailing list), it’s crucial to

establish a solid and clear fundraising plan: a priori-

tized list of tasks you’ll need to accomplish to fund

your activities successfully. The list below outlines

some basic steps you’ll have to take to develop a

fundraising plan. Of course, each organization is

different and your approach may differ somewhat,

but most nonprofits will need to tackle the following

tasks in one way or another:

1. Determine your needs and your fundraising budget. Before you can decide how to raise funds, you’ll need to decide how much you

must raise and how much you are willing and

able to spend to execute your fundraising

efforts.

2. Compile a detailed list of prospects. You’ll need to identify who should be at the center

of your fundraising efforts and who should

be lower-priority targets. Most nonprofits seek

funds from individuals, businesses (big and

small), foundations, government agencies

(local, state, and federal), and any other entities

that may be interested in funding their efforts.

3. Define your overall campaign. Decide how many and what type of fundraising “pushes”

you’ll hold each year. For instance, a nonprofit

may develop a plan to hold one membership

6/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

drive, apply for three grants, and hold one

fundraising event, supplemented by two issue-

oriented special appeals each year.

4. Choose your fundraising tactics. Decide how you’ll reach your potential contributors—for

example, through direct mail, email, street

fairs, or door-to-door canvassing.

5. Research corporate and government funders and learn their applications processes. If you plan to apply for grants, you’ll need to learn

about the funding priorities of the grant-givers

and their rules and deadlines for applying for

funds.

6. Assign duties. Once your plan is well defined, you’ll need to delegate the various tasks to

your staff and volunteers.

7. Raise those funds! Planning only takes you so far—at some point, it’s time to roll up your

sleeves and get to work.

The rest of this chapter looks at each of these

tasks in greater detail.

Michael D. Hohner—Fundraising consultant and President of Hohner & Company, LLC in Oak Creek, Wisconsin

I have worked in the nonprofit field for more

than 30 years—the last ten as a fundraising

consultant—so I have worked with dozens and

dozens of nonprofits in education, health care,

social services, and the arts. To be successful in

fundraising, it’s important to start with a good

plan and to involve talented and connected

people in executing it.

Fundraising works best when it is mission-

driven. Make certain your staff, volunteers, and

donors all know and believe in your organiza-

tion’s mission. Then, you can’t fail.

C. Define Your Fundraising Targets and Budget

Start your fundraising plan by figuring out how

much money you need to raise and how much you

can spend on your fundraising efforts. The amount

of money you need will greatly influence the

strategies you use to raise it. Raising $5,000 to feed

the pets of homeless people will require a vastly

different approach from raising $5 million to build a

center to care for homeless people themselves.

Remember that you won’t pocket every penny

you raise—you’ll need a reasonable budget to carry

out your fundraising campaign. Printing costs, post-

age for mailings, and rental fees for special events

are a few typical fundraising costs you may face.

Unfortunately, you will probably have to pay at

least a portion of these costs up front, before you’ve

brought in your first dime of donations.

Randolph Belle—Director of Information, East Bay Nonprofit Center, Oakland, California

Remember to create a sound model for success.

Don’t base your initial budgeting and planning

on giving everything away for free. Draft a

budget by accounting for all anticipated expenses

and possible revenue; the difference is your

fundraising goal.

1. Fundraising Targets

Start your planning with the most basic question:

How much money are you trying to raise? Chapter 3

explained how to draft an initial budget, which should

give you a pretty good idea of how much money

you need to raise. If your budget includes an expect-

ed $5,000 in membership revenues, $10,000 in grants,

and $2,500 in special events, then a portion or all of

these amounts may be your fundraising target. How

much you’ll seek in any given fundraising campaign

will depend on how many and what types of cam-

paigns you plan to have each year.

For example, say your nonprofit has budgeted

an expected $3,500 in membership fees and $7,500

in sponsorships. If you plan to have two mem-

bership drives per year, you might set a target of

$2,000 for your first drive—more than half of the

total budget in order to jump-start the membership

income—and $1,500 for the second. Similarly, if you

plan four sponsorship solicitations per year, you

could set equal targets of $1,875 for each. If your

first fundraising campaign of the year included a

membership drive and a sponsorship solicitation, the

overall target for the campaign would be $3,875.

FUNDRAISING 6/ 7

How to define and execute your fundraising

campaigns is discussed later in this chapter.

The goal here is simply to come up with your

fundraising targets, which will depend largely on

your overall budget. Your budgeted income esti-

mates will be the foundation for your fundraising

targets.

Sometimes a nonprofit suddenly needs to raise

money for something specific that wasn’t included

in the budget, such as the cost of defending a law-

suit or the cost of a new computer to replace one

that was stolen. In this case, your fundraising goal is

defined for you: You’ll have to raise enough money

to cover your pressing financial need.

2. Fundraising Budget

Once you’ve estimated how much money you’ll need

for your start-up costs, programs, overhead, and

capital expenses, you’ll need to figure out another

piece of your budget puzzle: how much money you

can and should spend on your fundraising plan.

While creative planning can keep fundraising costs

low, most nonprofits will need to spend at least

some money in order to make money. This section

will help you assess your resources and come up

with an efficient and realistic fundraising budget.

a. Evaluate Your Resources

Most fledgling nonprofits don’t have the luxury of

simply deciding how much to spend on fundraising.

Rather, their fundraising budgets will be defined by

the cold, hard reality of their limited resources. For

example, if your nonprofit needs to raise $1,000 for

its 501(c)(3) application fee and a computer, you’re

in no position to launch a direct mail campaign that

could cost thousands of dollars to implement.

One way to keep costs down when developing

a fundraising budget is to recognize and use non-

monetary resources. When you have limited cash,

focus on the other resources available to you,

including nonmonetary resources and “in-kind”

donations such as a volunteer who can attract other

volunteers, a personal connection to a journalist, or

a supporter who owns a printing business and will

donate the production of your first brochure. Ideally,

this grassroots style of fundraising will allow you to

achieve some noteworthy results, attract more funds,

and put you in a better position to launch a bigger,

more expensive fundraising campaign the next time

around.

EXAMPLE: The Citizens for a Green Down- town (CGD) is a new nonprofit that needs

money to buy computers and printers for their

offices. The board of directors puts together

a fundraising plan and budget centered on a

direct mail campaign. No matter how conserva-

tive the board is with its estimates, the costs

of producing the direct mailing—including

graphic design, printing, postage, and fees for

mailing lists—are discouragingly high.

The board decides to change course and

puts together a list of resources they have or

are confident they could get to offset the cost

of the direct mailing. One board member knows

basic graphic design, so he volunteers to create

a simple brochure to use when approaching

prospective donors. Another board member,

who has a high-quality color photocopier at her

business, offers to copy and fold 100 brochures.

Several board members have close connec-

tions with the director of a downtown farmer’s

market, who might let them use a booth for

free for one month to promote the nonprofit

and solicit funds from shoppers. This would

allow CGD to reach the public without having

to send a mailing. One board member offers

to organize volunteers to staff the booth dur-

ing the market. While such exposure would

normally be cost-prohibitive, the group can pull

this one off without laying out any cash.

b. The Cost of Fundraising

You should do everything you can to keep your

fundraising costs low. It’s important for your budget,

and for public perception, that your fundraising

costs don’t eat up a huge chunk of the total amount

of money you raise. Although there is no legal rule,

your fundraising costs should be no more than

about 25% of your funds raised. This is especially

true if you plan to approach foundations, govern-

6/ 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

ments, or other sophisticated major donors, who will

want to see that most of the money you raise goes

towards your nonprofit’s mission and not towards

more fundraising.

The cost-effectiveness of fundraising methods

varies greatly. Holding a special event is an expen-

sive way to raise money, as the cost of putting one

on can eat up 30, 40, or even 50% of the funds it

generates. At the other end of the spectrum, ask-

ing ten well-connected supporters to fire up their

Rolodexes and call likely contributors can bring in a

significant sum at almost no cost to the organization.

In the middle of the spectrum, a targeted direct mail

campaign to a carefully selected mailing list can be

cost-efficient if you can keep printing costs low.

When pricing proposed fundraising efforts,

be sure you account for all of the costs involved.

Obvious costs include postage, printing, paper,

packaging, telephone bills, and mailing lists. Other

costs you may not anticipate include fees for writers,

graphic designers, website developers, consultants,

and accountants.

Nonprofit Accounting Rules

Funders like to see a low percentage of

a nonprofit’s total budget dedicated to

fundraising efforts. As a result, many

nonprofits take advantage of flexible non-

profit accounting rules that allow certain

fundraising costs to be categorized as

public education costs. For instance, a non-

profit may assign some of its fundraising

costs to “education and outreach” because

fundraisers discuss issues with potential

donors and ask them for nonmonetary

help—to sign a petition, for example. Your

treasurer (and anyone else who’s helping

with the books) will need to know a wide

range of accounting rules to figure out how

best to categorize your expenses. Chapter

11 covers nonprofit accounting in greater

detail.

D. Find Prospective Donors

Even the most creative fundraising pitch won’t

raise a dime if nobody hears it. A key step in every

fundraising campaign is to build a list of names and

contact information for the individuals, businesses,

foundations, and organizations you will ask for

donations. While this sounds simple enough, many

new nonprofits don’t know where to start or how to

prioritize. This section discusses some simple ways

to develop lists of prospective donors.

A whole profession has grown around nonprofit

fundraising, including nonprofit consulting busi-

nesses that focus exclusively on developing pros-

pect lists. As you can imagine, these services don’t

usually come cheap. Similarly, renting mailing lists

from other groups has evolved into a profitable

industry of its own, one that can be prohibitively

expensive for new nonprofits. This section leaves

these topics for other resources to cover and, in-

stead, focuses on cost-effective, grassroots methods

of finding potential financial supporters.

Start with individual donors. Statistics consis- tently show that the vast majority—roughly

80%—of charitable dollars given in the United

States comes from regular individuals, not from wealthy corporations or foundations. This is good

news for new organizations with minimal contacts

or institutional clout, which often find it tough to

attract contributions from large organizations. Of

course, if you have such contacts, go ahead and

solicit the big guys. But never overlook the giving

power of individual donors—and take advantage of

their generosity by making your appeals to them a

priority in your fundraising plan.

1. Start With Your Closest Contacts

When developing your prospect lists, it’s best to

start with those closest to your organization and

branch out from there. Ideally, your board mem-

bers will have many contacts in the community and

will be able to provide most of the names for your

initial list. Staffers and volunteers are also likely to

know people interested in your cause, so be sure to

consult them when you gather names.

FUNDRAISING 6/ 9

The best board members are those with

contacts in the community. Your board

members should take an active role in hunting for

prospective donors by collecting contact informa-

tion, asking their contacts for additional names,

and otherwise shaking leads from the trees. Refer

to Chapter 4 for more information on how to build

a strong board with members who are both well

connected and willing to pitch in with fundraising

efforts.

One way to jump-start your quest for prospects is

to ask every board member, staff person, and volun-

teer to provide the names of ten people who might

be willing to donate to your organization. Start by

including anyone who would be likely to contribute

a minimum amount—perhaps $25 or $50. Later, you

can identify anyone on your list who might be will-

ing to make a larger contribution, put those names

on a separate list, and tailor a separate appeal to

these high-dollar prospects.

For example, once you’ve generated a list from

everyone’s ten contacts, you might notice that it

includes a few successful and prominent business

leaders who could likely afford at least a $500 gift.

If you send them a regular appeal letter, they may

donate $50. But if you create a separate appeal for

potential large donors asking for $500; $1,000; or

$2,500, you may find that they open their wallets

much wider.

While your most well connected sources might

be able to supply 50 good leads, others may be hard

pressed to come up with ten. If so, encourage them

to think broadly. Thinking creatively about who

might support your group is a good way to build

bridges to new communities that you might not have

considered otherwise.

For many fledgling nonprofits, asking initial

supporters to compile lists of people and businesses

to solicit will often generate enough prospects to get

you started. If you are short of prospects, it may be

a sign that you could use an extra member or two

on your board—preferably ones whose Rolodexes

are overflowing with names of potential supporters.

2. Use Networking Techniques

If you need more leads beyond those generated by

people close to your group, some simple networking

techniques may do the trick:

• Attend community events, particularly those related to your mission. Talk with people about your group and get contact information

from anyone who seems genuinely interested.

Bear in mind that many people may be

annoyed if your only follow-up is to ask them

for money. Instead, stay in touch with them

about other issues, invite them to a meeting,

or ask for their input on your strategic plan.

• Ask those who run other nonprofits in your area whether they know people who might be interested in your cause. Other groups often have valuable contacts or large member-

ships of proactive people. While they might

not freely hand over their membership lists,

they might be happy to allow you to make

a presentation at their next meeting, where

you could meet good contacts and possible

donors.

• Organize a small, informal get-together. You can easily arrange informal social events by

sending out an email invitation to your group

and encouraging people to forward the invita-

tion to others they think might be interested.

Set up coffee at a board member’s house or

a happy hour gathering at a local pub. It’s a

fun, inexpensive way to make new contacts

and introduce them to what your group does.

Many of these new contacts might turn out to

be great fundraising leads.

Need more information on networking and marketing? Chapter 9 explains how to get the word out about your nonprofit effectively and

inexpensively. Because fundraising depends on

having good contacts in the community, effective

networking and marketing will really boost your

fundraising efforts.

6/ 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

3. Keep Your Lists Organized and Updated

It’s important to continually update and organize

your prospect lists as you pursue your fundraising

goals. When you execute a membership drive or a

phone-a-thon to raise funds, you must keep careful

records of whom you contacted, what methods you

used, and what results you achieved. Obvious items

to track are whether a prospect gave money (and, if

so, how much) and whether the prospect asked not

to be contacted again. You should also keep track

of more subjective information, such as whether the

prospect expressed interest in a certain program

area or offered to volunteer.

The best way to keep track of your prospects is

with database software such as FileMaker Pro or

Microsoft Access. Database software gives you a

high degree of control over your records by allow-

ing you to organize them in countless ways, without

having to reenter data each time you want a new

list. You can set up your database to select and

organize particular information on some or all of

your prospects to meet your immediate needs. For

example, you can generate:

• mailing labels for the whole group

• mailing labels for a subsection of the group—

for example, just those marked as “major

donor prospects”

• names, phone numbers, and comments about

personal interests for the whole group or a

subsection of the group, which your phone

solicitors can use when making their pitches

• names of any donors who have given more

than $100 in the past year

• names and phone numbers of prospects

interested in volunteering, and

• any other list based on items you ask the

program to track.

While database software for large, complex

operations can cost thousands of dollars, many

basic—yet powerful—programs are quite reasonably

priced, generally around $300. Once it’s set up,

database software is fairly easy to use—but setting it

up isn’t always easy. If no one at your nonprofit has

the necessary expertise, you can hire a consultant

to install and set up the database for you. If you

will be managing a lot of names, it makes sense to

invest some time and money into setting up a good

database at the outset; this will make your operation

much more efficient down the road.

The alternative to using true database software is

to keep track of prospects (and any other records,

for that matter) in basic spreadsheets, like those you

can create with Microsoft Excel. While spreadsheets

can help you organize your lists, their sorting and

grouping functions are more limited. You will

likely end up doing a fair amount of retyping or

cutting and pasting information every time you

need different information for a fundraising task.

Basic database software will automatically sort your

records much more efficiently.

For in-depth information on researching and developing prospective donors, check out Successful Fundraising, by Joan Flanagan (Contem- porary Books).

Michael D. Hohner—Fundraising consultant and President of Hohner & Company, LLC in Oak Creek, Wisconsin

Fundraising is never easy since thousands of

nonprofits pursue many of the same donors for

contributions. Beyond identifying the people who

could become potential donors to your organiza-

tion (individuals, corporations, foundations),

it’s essential to learn all you can about them.

Cultivate them by teaching them about your orga-

nization and involving them in some meaningful

way. Ask them for a specific dollar amount, and

then thank them profusely for their talents and

treasures.

FUNDRAISING 6/ 1 1

Know Your Prospective Donors

People give money to charitable causes for

numerous reasons. Some may share a passion

for your ideals or a commitment to your goals,

but others may have different motivations. A

local business owner may think donating to

your organization will generate good public

relations or free advertising that will increase

customers. Other donors may give because it

makes them feel important or proud. And, of

course, some donors contribute because they

want a tax write-off. Even the giving decisions

of foundation, government, and corporate

grant givers may be swayed by factors such as

internal politics and personal connections.

So how do you figure out what will make

your potential funders open their wallets?

With individual donors, it’s often a matter of

keeping your ears open and tuning into the

issues that drive them to give. With corpora-

tions and funding institutions, a bit of research

can yield valuable information. There are

countless resources, both online and in print,

that contain information on where foundations

give their money—even your local newspaper

might publish reports of grants given by local

corporations. Most foundations publish their

own reports or provide public information on

their priorities and interests.

Networking is another good way to gather

this kind of information. For example, ask a

program officer at a foundation to which you

are applying about the foundation’s interests

and criteria. Talk to other organizations that

have dealt with the funder you’re researching

—you can get useful information from others

who have gone down the path ahead of

you. The more you know about your potential

funders’ giving habits, the better you can tailor

your approach.

E. Define Your Fundraising Campaign

A coherent, coordinated approach to raising money

will always be more effective than a scattered series

of individual solicitations. Defining a fundraising

campaign means choosing an overall concept to

guide your specific fundraising activities. For example,

rather than having board members schedule ad

hoc lunch meetings with representatives of local

businesses that might contribute, coordinate such

meetings as part of an annual fund drive. Besides

yielding a more efficient fundraising machine, a

coordinated approach will help you avoid duplicat-

ing efforts and annoying potential donors by solicit-

ing them more than once.

Never ignore a fundraising opportunity. While it’s best to coordinate your fundraising efforts into one or more campaigns each year, don’t

fail to pursue leads just because they’re not part

of your overall fundraising plan. For example, if a

board member happens to talk with an officer of

a local bank who expresses interest in supporting

the organization, by all means jump at the opportu-

nity—don’t wait until the next fundraising drive to

pursue this lead.

One of the most common fundraising campaigns

is an annual membership drive and renewal program

that seeks dues-paying members. Some nonprofits

prefer not to have members and simply solicit

donations instead of membership fees. Other

types of fundraising campaigns include capital

campaigns (to pay for major expenses) and planned

giving programs (to encourage donors to include

an organization in their wills), although start-up

nonprofits rarely use such campaigns due to the

considerable time and expense they require.

Within any type of fundraising campaign, a

nonprofit can use several different fundraising

tools. For example, a nonprofit holding an annual

membership drive might use direct mail, telephone

solicitations, and special events to execute the

campaign. Fundraising tools are covered in Section

F, below; this section focuses on some common

types of fundraising campaigns.

6/ 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

1. Membership Drives

You’ve probably been asked to become a member

of a nonprofit organization such as your neighbor-

hood association, a business trade group, the AAA

auto association, or an environmental group. Offer-

ing memberships in your group is a great way to

develop a relationship with your supporters—and

collecting membership dues is also a tried-and-true

way to bring in funds. However, it also implies that

you will offer benefits to members, which may not

be possible with your current resources.

a. Membership Benefits

When you ask people to join your group, you convey

a different message from when you simply ask them

for a donation. Asking people to join—as a member,

sponsor, supporter, or whatever you name it—im-

plies that your nonprofit will offer them something

in return. Offering some sort of benefit to attract

dues-paying members can be particularly useful for

smaller groups without a proven track record. As

you decide whether to have members, think about

what benefits you could offer members and how

you will involve them in your group’s activities.

The benefits and types of involvement that will

resonate with your members vary greatly from one

organization to the next. You could, for example,

offer something of value to your members, such as

a tote bag, a discount card for local restaurants, a

free email account, or a free newsletter subscription.

Or, you could offer members the opportunity to be

included in the strategic planning process each year

or invitations to members-only events. No matter

what type of incentive you offer, you should be

sensitive to the fact that members will expect to feel

included in your work; make sure your members

feel rewarded and inspired by their participation.

Pay attention to members’ comments. In addition to deciding what benefits and

involvement in your group you will offer members,

you should work out a system to solicit feedback

from members. Because they are interested in your

cause and familiar with your group, members can

offer valuable input on a variety of topics, from how

to reach additional supporters and tailor your solici-

tations to particular groups of donors, to what color

t-shirts make the most desirable membership gift.

Members will appreciate your interest in their con-

cerns, and you could gain some important insights

that will help you better appeal to your current and

potential supporters.

Of course, you’ll need adequate resources to

follow through with membership benefits. Some

people may not expect any benefits upon joining

and paying dues, but this usually applies to members

of large, well-established groups (such as the

ACLU, Planned Parenthood, or the National Rifle

Association), who join simply because of their desire

to support the cause. If you lack the resources to

offer membership benefits, you may decide it’s more

realistic simply to ask prospects for a donation to

your group, instead of asking them to “join.”

Can a Nonmembership Nonprofit Have a Membership Drive?

As discussed in Chapter 1, you have the right to

decide whether to give your group’s members

the right to vote in corporate affairs, such as

electing board members or amending bylaws.

A group whose participants have voting rights

is sometimes called a “membership” nonprofit,

while a group with nonvoting participants is

often called a “nonmembership” nonprofit.

These labels can be confusing, however,

because they imply that a nonprofit cannot

have members unless it gives them voting

rights. In fact, this is not true. A nonprofit may

have members that do not have the power to

vote as long as the nonprofit follows state rules

and includes specific language in its corporate

paperwork.

When discussing membership drives as a

fundraising tool, this chapter uses the term

“members” to refer to those who pay annual

dues and get some sort of benefit in return,

regardless of whether they have voting rights.

You’ll find more information on the legal issues

raised by membership in Chapter 1.

FUNDRAISING 6/ 1 3

b. Executing a Membership Drive

If your group chooses to solicit paid memberships,

be sure to get your ducks in a row before you

accept your first new member. Because successful

fundraising is based on ongoing relationships, it’s

easier to convince existing members to renew their

memberships than it is to sign new members up in

the first place. So, you should have your benefits

in place and be in a position to treat members well

from the get-go.

Make the benefits of membership clear. Most

prospective members of a new nonprofit

group will want to know what they get in return for

becoming a member. While the worthiness of your

group’s cause and its need for funds are, of course,

important, make sure that all of your solicitation

materials clearly outline the material benefits of

joining.

Most nonprofits that offer paid memberships have

at least one annual membership drive to attract new

members and renew expiring memberships. One

common approach is to decide which fundraising

tools you will use—mail, email, telephone calls,

door-to-door canvassers—and draft a schedule.

Most membership drives last for a period of two to

four weeks, during which the group uses its chosen

tools in a coordinated effort. Between membership

drives, the nonprofit can and should continue to

solicit memberships, just not as intensely as during

the drive.

Here are some tips that will help you execute

a membership drive effectively and affordably.

(Section F, below, offers more detail on specific

fundraising tools and how best to use them.)

• Create incentives to bring in new member- ships. For example, you could ask a local hotel to donate a suite for the weekend, which

you could offer to whoever signs up the most

new members.

• Hit the streets. Send volunteers armed with membership materials to places where they’re

likely to find your constituency. For instance,

a nonprofit that promotes organic farming

could set up a table outside a local food

co-op, where it would be seen by plenty of

health-conscious shoppers.

• Avoid costly mass mailings. While sending an inexpensive mailer to a list of close contacts

can be an effective way to drum up members,

don’t waste your money on expensive mailing

lists or elaborate direct mail campaigns to

people who aren’t familiar with your group.

The return on mass mailings rarely justifies

the cost.

• Make it easy for your members to renew. Allowing your members to renew their

memberships online is an increasingly com-

mon practice that is convenient and efficient for both members and nonprofits. For non-

wired members, mailing a notice that their

membership is about to expire (along with a

self-addressed, stamped envelope) is a simple,

inexpensive way to encourage renewals.

Watch your pennies. Overly enthusiastic or poorly planned membership drives can cost

a lot without generating much in the way of dona-

tions. Be thrifty: Don’t spend a small fortune on

promotional materials that will often be thrown

away—or that may turn off cost-conscious donors.

2. Fund Drives

Unlike a membership drive, a fund drive simply

seeks donations—not members who will pay dues.

A nonprofit can hold a fund drive whether or not it

solicits paid memberships. For example, one non-

profit may decide not to seek members and instead

raise funds through an annual fund drive, while

another nonprofit may hold an annual membership

drive and an annual fund drive six months apart.

If you do not offer membership benefits, it’s

especially important to build a strong case about

why you need donor support. This is even more

true when you’re asking your dues-paying members

for additional funds—you will truly need to justify

asking your members to dig into their pockets again.

As described earlier in this chapter, the strongest

6/ 1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

appeals are urgent and specific. Your fund drive

solicitation must make your organization’s needs

clear and explain how the funds will be used. It’s

also a good idea to mention how your group has

used any funds raised previously to further its

mission.

3. Capital Campaigns

A capital campaign is a fundraising drive to raise a

significant amount of money for a big project, such

as buying real estate or starting a new program.

The goal is a coordinated effort that will rally major

donors and other funding sources and bring in

significant income for a specific purpose.

Fledgling nonprofits typically do not launch

capital campaigns, because these campaigns depend

on an established base of major donors—not to

mention dedicated volunteers and staff. Because

large amounts of money are involved, it’s essential

that you have responsible managers to run the

campaign and handle the money raised. It’s common

to hire fundraising professionals for these types of

campaigns.

Recommended reading on capital campaigns. Preparing Your Capital Campaign, by Marilyn Bancel, et al. (Jossey-Bass), is a practical workbook

that shows how to organize a capital campaign and

walks readers through the process step by step.

Conducting a Successful Capital Campaign, by Kent E. Dove (Jossey-Bass), is a thorough (if lengthy)

guide to the process, and offers a resource section

with sample strategic plans and financial reports.

4. Planned Giving

Generally speaking, the term “planned giving” refers

to a strategy that seeks to merge the fundraising

interests of a nonprofit with the estate planning

interests of its donors. In a planned giving program

(also called a “gift planning” program), a nonprofit

asks its supporters to transfer assets to the non-

profit when they pass away, as an estate planning

technique.

While it may seem inappropriate to ask supporters

for their money upon their demise, planned giving

is a rapidly growing source of philanthropy—in

large part because of the financial benefits it offers to

donors. Depending on the types of assets and the

specifics of the transfer, planned giving arrangements

can offer donors a significant reduction, or even

elimination, of taxes on their estates, gifts, capital

gains, and income. Another benefit, of course, is

that donors get the satisfaction of giving significant

support to a cause they care about and leaving a

legacy in their name.

Creating and running a planned giving program

is not for beginners, however. In addition to offer-

ing information on how to name the nonprofit in a

will or real estate transfer, planned giving programs

typically help donors set up financial instruments

(such as trusts, gift annuities, and other tax-favored

funds). Creating and managing these funds requires

expertise that most new nonprofits lack. A planned

giving program is probably something to consider

a few years down the road, when you can afford to

hire a consultant to help your organization set it up.

F. Fundraising Tools

Once you’ve decided what type of fundraising

campaign (or campaigns) you plan to undertake,

you’ll need to choose the specific tools you’ll use

to bring in donations. If you want to conduct

an annual membership drive, for instance, how

exactly will you go about contacting your potential

members? If you need funds right away for a

pressing and unexpected emergency—say, to defend

a lawsuit or replace a stolen computer system—how

will you get them?

This section introduces the tools nonprofits

typically use to raise funds, from email to direct

mail to in-person appeals. As explained below, you

can use any one or a combination of these tools to

carry out whatever fundraising campaigns your non-

profit undertakes.

FUNDRAISING 6/ 1 5

Gifts Versus Pledges

Unlike a gift from a donor—for example, a $100

check during your annual fund drive—a pledge

is a promise to give a certain amount to your

group over a period of time. Soliciting pledges

is a great way to increase the amount of money

a donor gives you, as they’ll often be willing to

promise more over time than they would give

in one lump sum. For example, a donor might

not consider giving a gift any higher than $50

at one time but might be willing to pledge $10

per month for the next year, for a total gift of

$120. With this in mind, consider soliciting

pledges as well as outright gifts in all of your

fundraising efforts.

Pledges can be paid in installments either

by check or by credit card. For credit card

pledges, you’ll need to set up a credit card pro-

cessing system, which generally is paid for with

a percentage of your revenues (usually less

than 5%). This fee is often worth the conve-

nience for your donors and your nonprofit, as

you won’t need to send invoices or otherwise

track down each payment promised to you

by a donor. For the best deals on credit card

processing services, ask your bank and other

banks in your community. Also check online:

Search for “credit card processing” or “credit

card merchant services” and you’ll find plenty

of options.

1. Asking for a Gift by Phone, by Email, or in Person

Once you’ve identified your prospects and organized

them into appropriate categories as discussed earlier

(for example, separating regular donors from major

donors), you’ll need to develop an effective pitch

and train your staff and volunteers on how to deliver

it:

Here are some tips for making your solicitations

as effective as possible:

• Identify the best people in your organization to do the asking. Asking for money—especially

large amounts of it—takes confidence and the

right attitude. If certain staffers or volunteers

are shy or inarticulate, assign them to other

duties, such as managing mailing lists.

• Train your fundraisers and lead practice ses- sions. Your staff, volunteers, and board mem- bers need to learn how to request donations

in a straightforward, respectful way, without

fear of rejection. Training sessions that address

common fears and provide practice asking for

gifts will help your fundraisers improve their

delivery, anticipate common questions, and

refine their pitches.

• Ask for a specific amount. Asking for a specific dollar amount tends to steer the

discussion towards how much the donor can

give, as opposed to whether they’ll give. Of

course, this doesn’t guarantee a gift. But a

request like, “We’re hoping you could support

our work with a $50 (or $500, or $5,000)

donation” is always a better approach than,

“We’re hoping you’ll be able to support us.”

• The best fundraisers don’t just recite a script—they listen and respond. People rarely give money to someone who simply recites a

canned appeal, isn’t able to engage in a dis-

cussion about the nonprofit’s work, or can’t

provide meaningful answers to questions. One

way to ensure that your fundraising team can

speak about the nonprofit convincingly is to

make sure they understand and feel person-

ally committed to your organization’s mission.

Your fundraisers should be responsive and

able to think on their feet.

a. In-Person Appeals

Making a direct request for money in person is the

most basic—and one of the most effective—tools

of fundraising. I’m not talking about canvassing

door to door or soliciting donations from strangers;

rather, I mean approaching someone who is already

acquainted with someone in your organization and

might be interested in supporting your group.

One reason why in-person appeals tend to

be effective is that nonprofits use the technique

with people who are somehow connected to the

6/ 1 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

group—business associates of the board president,

for example. These prospects are naturally more

likely to contribute than strangers you contact out of

the blue.

But in-person appeals tend to be effective for

another reason as well: If the right person makes the

pitch, there’s no more powerful way to convey your

group’s urgent needs and the emotion behind its

mission. Also, potential donors have a harder time

turning someone down face to face than they do

over the telephone.

In-person requests for money are particularly

appropriate when soliciting major donor prospects.

Those who are considering giving a major gift to

your group often have more questions and may

want to know more about your organization than

your regular donors. Taking the time to sit down

with them for lunch, coffee, or a meeting at their

office is a good way to give them the appropriate

personal attention and convince them that your

group is worthy of a large gift.

The nonprofit’s directors should be heavily

involved in setting up and carrying out in-person

solicitations. If your group has an executive director,

he or she should actively set up meetings and ask

for gifts. If, like most start-ups, you have a board of

directors but not an executive director, your board

members should set a strong example by cultivating

relationships with donors, particularly those likely to

make substantial contributions.

Printed materials can hinder an in-person appeal. It can often be helpful during an in-person solicitation to provide your prospective

donor with literature about your nonprofit, such as

a brochure outlining goals and planned activities or

(better yet) early accomplishments. But do not offer

your prospects a thick stack of information. Doing

so will encourage them to put off making a decision

until they can read through your lengthy materials.

Instead, limit the materials you give your potential

funders to simple, concise publications tailored to

their concerns.

b. Telephone Solicitations

Although the pervasiveness of telemarketing has

given telephone solicitations a bad reputation, call-

ing your prospects by phone and asking them for

money can be a very effective fundraising method.

Beware, however, that national do-not-call regula-

tions may affect your nonprofit, as discussed in “Do-

Not-Call Rules for Nonprofits,” below. Although you

must use caution regarding the do-not-call registry,

telephone appeals can be an efficient way to solicit

funds.

Unlike in-person appeals, which can be time-

consuming, you can call a large number of potential

donors within a short amount of time. And, un-

like direct mail, speaking with a prospect over the

phone creates a personal connection and allows a

fundraiser to respond to any questions or concerns

the prospect might have.

A good approach to fundraising via telephone is

to organize a group of people to get together at a

scheduled time to make calls from one or more lists

of prospects. For example, you could organize an

annual two-day phone drive: two evenings in a row

when trained volunteers spend three hours calling

prospects to ask for donations. At the end of the

second day, you can thank your volunteers with a

wrap-up party or night out.

Because your nonprofit probably does not have

enough telephone lines to accommodate more than

a few volunteer callers, you will need to figure out

where you can hold a phone drive. If all of your

volunteers have cell phones, you could ask them

to use their own phones. Or, you could ask an-

other nonprofit or business if your group could use

its office for your drive and spread volunteers out

among the telephones in different cubicles. You

should schedule your phone drive in the evening

after business hours (6:00 to 9:00pm, for example)

or on a weekend, so it won’t be hard to find some

empty office space.

Contests and incentives can be useful motiva-

tors for your volunteer telephone fundraisers. For

example, ask a fancy restaurant if it will donate a

dinner for two and give it as a prize to the person

who raises the most money that evening. Local

businesses are often happy to sponsor your efforts

FUNDRAISING 6/ 1 7

Do-Not-Call Rules for Nonprofits

In 2003, federal rules went into effect creating

a national do-not-call registry. In addition,

some states have their own do-not-call rules.

Generally speaking, both the state and federal

do-not-call rules establish lists of people who

have asked not to be called by telemarketers

and prohibit telemarketers from contacting

people on those lists.

The federal do-not-call rules do not apply to

tax-exempt nonprofits (as long as staff or volun-

teers make the calls), meaning that nonprofits

with any type of federal tax-exempt status (not

just 501(c)(3) groups) are free to do phone

solicitations without having to consult the do-

not-call registry. There are a couple of compli-

cations, however:

• State rules may have different exemptions

and may not have exceptions for tax- exempt nonprofits. In other words, some

states’ do-not-call rules may apply to

tax-exempt nonprofits just like for-profit

telemarketers.

• Any state do-not-call rules will apply

only to calls made within your state. Any

interstate calls (made from one state to

another) will be governed by the federal

do-not-call rules, which do not apply to

tax-exempt nonprofits. In other words,

if your state prohibits nonprofits from

calling people on the do-not-call list, this

prohibition will only apply to calls you

make within your state—any calls made

out of state will be governed by the more

lenient federal rule.

In addition, if a tax-exempt nonprofit uses

professional telephone solicitors, it will be sub-

ject to a few extra rules. Professional solicitors

must make certain disclosures about the non-

profit and the nature of the call, must not make

repeat calls to anyone who indicates they do

not want to receive calls, and must not misrep-

resent the charity’s mission or the purposes for

the contribution, among other rules.

Before you worry too much about digesting

all that law, consider this: Even if your nonprofit

does not have to comply with do-not-call rules,

it’s wise to comply with them anyway. People

who have taken the step of adding their names

to the do-not-call registry probably don’t want

any intrusive phone solicitations, whether from

nonprofits or for-profit telemarketers. Rather

than irritating them and alienating them from

your nonprofit, it’s better to take the time to

review the federal do-not-call registry (and any

registry in your state) and avoid calling anyone

whose name appears on the list.

Some nonprofits will skip reviewing the

registry, reasoning that they’re exempt from the

rules and so don’t have to worry about violating

the law. Here’s a tip if you decide to take this

course: If your callers reach people who say

they are on the do-not-call registry, the best

response is to apologize and promise not to call

them again (and, of course, to live up to that

promise). Don’t respond by saying, “Nonprofits

are exempt from ‘do not call’ rules.” This

defensive response is sure to turn off potential

supporters.

6/ 1 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

by donating a small prize that doesn’t cost them

much—and these incentives can really light a fire

under your fundraising team.

Be sure to keep careful records of whom you

called, whom you reached, whom you couldn’t

reach (and whether you left a message), who gave

money and how much, who declined, and—most

important—who asked not to be called again.

Unless prospects specifically say that they’re not

interested in your organization, they may still be

willing to donate, just not over the telephone. Be

sure to respect their wishes and avoid annoying

them (and looking unprofessional) by calling after

they’ve asked you not to.

c. Email Appeals

It’s no wonder that email appeals are an increasingly

popular fundraising method: With one keystroke,

you can email an appeal for donations that reaches

your whole prospect list within seconds—with no

printing or postage costs. If you want to change

your wording or tailor different appeal pitches to

different lists, changing an email is far easier and

cheaper than revising print materials. And, you don’t

need to catch your prospects at home, as you do for

a telephone solicitation—they can read your email at

their convenience.

On the other hand, some people get so much

email these days that your solicitation may get bur-

ied in their inboxes or quickly deleted as junk email.

Even worse, recipients might get annoyed by what

they consider to be “spam”—or mass junk email—

and hold this against your organization.

All things considered, the potential benefits of

email fundraising outweigh the potential downsides,

as long as you do it right. Here are some tips for

using email effectively in your fundraising efforts:

• Include your group’s name in the subject line and in your email address. In your early days, identifying your organization as the sender

of an email might not convince a recipient to

read it. But, as you develop name recognition,

those receiving your fundraising email will be

more inclined to read it if they know it is from

your organization, rather than from someone

they don’t know trying to sell them something

they don’t want. Try to include your nonprofit

name, or an abbreviation of it, in the subject

line. Also send any fundraising email from an

address that contains your nonprofit’s domain

name—for example, janejohnson@savethe

whales.org (rather than janejohnson@yahoo

.com).

• Always include information about how recipi- ents can remove themselves from your email list. Offer clear instructions for those who want to unsubscribe, such as: “To remove

your name from this email list, please reply

with ‘Remove’ in the subject line or body of

the email.”

• Encourage people to forward the email. Asking recipients of your email to forward it

to others who might be interested is a great

way to spread the word about your group

and potentially gain more supporters. This is

especially effective if there’s urgency behind

your email message—for example, if a corpo-

ration promises to match any funds you raise

in the next two weeks. The more urgent the

message, the more inclined people will be to

pass it on.

• Include a link to your nonprofit’s website. As explained in Chapter 9, you should create

at least a simple website for your nonprofit

as soon as possible. Once your site is live,

include your website address in all your email

correspondence as a way to drive traffic to

the site. In many email programs, when you

type a full Web address including the “http://”

portion in the body of the email, it will auto-

matically create a link the recipient can click

on to go directly to your site. For example,

include http://www.wildhorizons.org (instead

of just www.wildhorizons.org) in your email

so that recipients will be able to simply click

on the link and go straight to your site.

• Keep recipients’ email addresses private by suppressing the names on the email list. Many people want to keep their email addresses private and don’t appreciate re-

ceiving an email to a large group that shows

everyone’s email address, including their own.

Depending on your email program, there

FUNDRAISING 6/ 1 9

are various ways to hide recipients’ email

addresses when you send an email to a group.

In Microsoft Entourage, for example, you can

create a group with all the names and email

addresses of your intended recipients, then

click a box that says “Don’t show addresses

when sending to group.” If you check this

box, none of the recipients’ names or email

addresses will be visible to other recipients.

Another way to hide recipients’ addresses is

to put each address in the “Bcc” address field

instead of the “To” or “Cc” address fields, so

everyone receives a “blind copy,” without any

names on it.

d. Door-to-Door Canvassing

Sending out a troop of volunteers to solicit door

to door can be a great way to build a base of sup-

port in a particular community. Unlike other types

of fundraising, door-to-door canvassing does not

start with a list of prospects; rather, it blankets an

entire area to build a list of interested people. Going

door to door is especially useful when your cause

is tied to a specific community, as would be true of

a group dedicated to replanting trees in a blighted

neighborhood or building a community center.

The main difference between door-to-door

canvassing and in-person appeals is that canvassing

involves contacting new people without introduction,

while in-person appeals should be reserved for

people with whom your organization already has

some connection. Of course, contacting people you

don’t know will usually result in a lower success

rate. But making a personal pitch to someone face

to face can be much more powerful than appealing

to someone over the telephone or through the mail.

For the best chance of success, the canvassers you

send out must be clear on your organization’s mis-

sion and enthusiastic enough to engage the people

they meet. Your canvassers’ energy is the key to a

successful door-to-door fundraising campaign.

When sending volunteers to request donations

door to door, you obviously need to be concerned

about their safety. Don’t send them into dangerous

neighborhoods, and don’t send them anywhere after

dark. Always team canvassers up in pairs or small

groups so that, even if they split up within a neigh-

borhood, they can meet up regularly to check on

each other. If possible, make sure each canvasser

carries a cell phone.

2. Direct Mail

People often perceive direct mail campaigns to

be complex and expensive, and they can be both.

However, direct mail campaigns can also be simple,

targeted mailings that are effective without costing

a fortune. Start-up nonprofits do not need to pay for

expensive mailing lists or produce high-end packages

of printed materials; they can, instead, minimize

costs by adopting a simple, thrifty approach.

Reduced Postage Rates for Nonprofits

Many nonprofits are eligible for reduced postage

rates when they send bulk mail. The U.S. Postal

Service calls this its “Nonprofit Standard Mail”

rate. To get the reduced rate, your organization

must meet the Postal Service’s eligibility require-

ments, submit an application, and receive an

authorization at the post office where you will

be taking your mailings. The mail you send must

also meet certain requirements. These rules are

described below.

Eligibility Only certain types of nonprofits are eligible for

reduced postage. These include agricultural,

educational, fraternal, labor, philanthropic,

religious, scientific, and veterans groups. Some

organizations are not eligible for reduced postage

rates even though they are nonprofits. These

include automobile clubs, business leagues,

chambers of commerce, citizens’ and civic improve-

ment associations, individuals, mutual insurance

6/ 2 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Reduced Postage Rates for Nonprofits (continued)

organizations, service clubs (for example, Rotary

or Lions clubs), social and hobby clubs, and rural

electric cooperatives and associations.

The rules for political groups are slightly com-

plicated; some are eligible (state and national

committees of political parties, for example) and

most are not. For detailed eligibility rules, see the

U.S. Postal Service’s Publication 417, Nonprofit Standard Mail Eligibility. (Information on how to get all publications and forms is at the end of this

section.)

Qualified Mailings The Postal Service and the IRS have strict guide-

lines on what types of mail can be sent using

the Nonprofit Standard Mail rate. Among other

requirements, the mail must:

• contain at least 200 addressed pieces or 50

pounds of addressed pieces

• be prepared according to postal standards

in the Domestic Mail Manual • include only your own organization’s

mail—you may not use nonprofit rates to

There is no requirement that a nonprofit have

501(c)(3) or other federal tax-exempt status in

order to be eligible for the Nonprofit Standard

Mail rate.

The Application Process To start the process, you must submit an applica-

tion form, PS Form 3624, Application to Mail at Nonprofit Standard Mail Rates, and supporting documents to the post office you will be mailing

from. The required supporting documents include:

• your organization’s “formative papers”—

its articles of incorporation, constitution,

or charter—and

• evidence of nonprofit status—either a tax

exemption letter from the IRS showing

501(c)(3) or other federal tax-exempt sta-

tus, or a financial statement from an inde-

pendent auditor such as a certified public

accountant.

Also, submit as many as possible of the follow-

ing documents along with your application:

• a list of activities that your organization

engaged in during the past 12 months

• a financial statement detailing your organi-

zation’s receipts and expenditures for the

past fiscal year, and your organization’s

budget for the current year, and

• other documents such as your organi-

zation’s bulletins, minutes of meetings,

brochures, and similar papers that show

how your organization operates.

send mail on behalf of any unauthorized

organizations or entities, nor “rent” your

nonprofit rate authorization to anyone

else

• not contain certain types of advertising

• be accompanied by an appropriately

signed postage statement certifying that

the mailing is eligible, and

• identify the authorized organization.

Details on these and other requirements are

outlined in Publication 417.

Where to Get Publications Information, publications, and application

forms are available for download at the Postal

Service’s website at www.usps.gov. Publication

417, Nonprofit Standard Mail Eligibility, outlines the eligibility rules, application procedures,

and other information about bulk mail rates for

nonprofits. The application form, PS Form 3624,

Application to Mail at Nonprofit Standard Mail Rates, is also available online, is included in Publication 417, and can be obtained at any post

office. Other helpful publications available at the

Postal Service’s website include Publication 353,

Designing Reply Mail, and Publication 28, Postal Addressing Standards.

In addition, the Postal Service’s Postal Explorer

website, at pe.usps.gov, offers additional pub-

lications, including the Domestic Mail Manual with extensive mailing information tailored for

businesses and nonprofits.

FUNDRAISING 6/ 2 1

a. Develop and Categorize Lists

The mailing list business is a profitable industry in

which businesses and nonprofits pay for (or “rent”)

access to databases of names, grouped according to

certain demographic characteristics. Instead of tak-

ing this expensive route, use the methods described

in Section D, above, to develop your own targeted

lists of prospective donors. Once you have a list of

names and have grouped them into categories, you

may wish to develop customized sets of printed

materials to send—for example, one package for

regular donors and another tailored to potential

major donors. While most materials, such as your

brochure and copies of any press your group has

received, can be the same for both groups, you

may want to include a different appeal letter and

response card (with checkboxes for suggested

donation amounts) for each list. (See Subsection b,

below.)

As with all fundraising tools, be sure to track

your direct mail appeals and update your mailing

lists with information about what was sent to

whom and with what result. When you send a

direct mail solicitation to a prospect, indicate that

in your prospect database. Also code the response

cards so that you know which mailing generated

the response. Develop a system that works for you

based on the information you want to track. For

example, you could put in small type in the corner

of a response card “GS05” or “MS05”—“G” for

general list or “M” for major donor list and “S05” for

a spring 2005 mailing.

b. Create Printed Materials

Creating the printed materials for your mailing can

be more affordable than you might expect. You

don’t need to produce a direct mail package like the

ones you get in your own mailbox, printed in full

color on heavy paper with special die-cut shapes

and other frills. Instead, focus on creating simple

layouts of text and graphics on standard-sized

pages. Many of your potential supporters may be

pleased to receive modest printed materials instead

of a slick, glossy package that obviously cost a lot of

money to produce.

If someone at your nonprofit wants to design your

materials in-house, relatively inexpensive software

(such as Adobe PageMaker, InDesign, or Microsoft

Publisher) can create professional-looking documents

on a modest computer system. Alternatively, a

professional graphic designer can be immensely

helpful, particularly if no one in your organization

has graphic design skills.

The trick to using a graphic designer affordably

is to do some of the work ahead of time. Sketching

out what you want, even in rough form, will make

the designer’s work easier and save you money. As

much as you can, define the materials you want to

produce, write some text for the designer to work

with, collect any photos or graphics you have that

might work well in the materials, and give the

designer ideas and direction rather than leaving

the designer to start from scratch. You should, of

course, remain open to your designer’s ideas—after

all, he or she has experience on how to best present

information. But, by providing your designer with

content and direction up front, you can save money

and have more input in the final product.

David Dabney, Principal of Red Rooster Creative, a graphic design firm in Santa Fe, New Mexico

Dealing with a commercial printer can be a

daunting task. The seemingly simple task of

getting a price quote often involves technical

jargon that can be intimidating to the

uninitiated—and with all the options available

it can be difficult to know if you’re getting a good

deal. While you may be able to save money by

dealing with the printer directly, it’s often wise to

let the designer handle this, even if you pay the

designer extra (15 percent is typical). Of course, if

you will rely on your designer to handle choosing

and working with the printer, you need to choose

a designer who has this experience. Be sure to

ask prospective designers specifically what their

experience is in working with printers if you

intend for them to handle this task.

For information on getting graphic design

services donated, see “Finding Volunteer

Designers” in Chapter 9, Section A2.

6/ 2 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

c. Common Components of a Mailing

A fundraising mailing should include at least the

following components:

• a letter directly asking for donations and

explaining why the nonprofit needs and

deserves the support

• a brochure, flyer, or other piece of literature

describing the nonprofit and its work

• a copy of articles or other press coverage your

nonprofit has received (if any), and

• a response card on which donors write their

names, their contact information, and the

amount of their donations.

When drafting your materials—particularly the

letter asking for support—it’s smart to address the

issues that commonly concern potential donors.

For example, many people worry about how their

money will be used, so state specifically how you

will spend the money or point out that a high

percentage of donations goes directly toward

program costs.

3. Special Events

Holding a special event can be a fun way to raise

money and build name recognition for your non-

profit. A special event can also attract new supporters,

improve staff morale, and generally inject a dose of

energy into your nonprofit.

On the other hand, producing a special event

eats up lots of time and labor, which makes it one

of the least cost-effective methods of fundraising.

Depending on its size and complexity, a special

event can cost more than half of the total funds

raised. When compared to other fundraising methods

that often cost 10 to 25 percent of the total funds

raised, special events are just plain expensive.

Yet, it is possible that a special event could bring

in a larger amount of money than other fundraising

efforts—enough money to make it worth the cost

of putting the event together. For example, if a

fundraising dinner and concert brings in $50,000 at

a cost of $25,000, you’ll net $25,000, even though

your costs ate up 50% of the money raised. In

contrast, you may find it difficult to raise more than

$10,000 with other fundraising tools, even the most

cost-efficient ones. Given the ultimate net gain in

funds, it may be worth the time and effort you put

into your event.

If you do decide, after weighing all of the factors,

to hold a special event as a way of raising funds,

keep the following tips in mind:

• Informal events can be just as effective as fancy fundraising dinners. If you have a limited budget, consider holding an inexpen-

sive event like a group yard sale at a local

park or a karaoke marathon at a venue that

will donate the space for the night. Forget

about holding a black-tie gala, at least in your

early days.

• Piggyback on someone else’s event. It’s much easier to put up a booth at a local street fair

than to organize the street fair yourself. Find

out what events are scheduled in upcoming

months and see if there’s a way to involve

your nonprofit.

• Think creatively about how your event will generate cash. Selling tickets to the event is just one way to bring in funds. You could

also hold an auction or a raffle drawing and

ask local businesses or supporters to donate

the auction items or raffle prize. Or, you

could place contribution baskets on tables at

the event (under someone’s watchful eye, of

course) or distribute brochures and donation

envelopes. Selling food and drinks or other

items (such as t-shirts or mugs) could be

additional sources of revenue.

There are countless ways to use a special event

to raise funds. While some nonprofits may succeed

at hosting a formal, $200-a-plate dinner, most new

organizations will do better with a grassroots event,

like a dance party or an artists’ bazaar. With a real-

istic budget firmly in mind, let your imagination be

your guide.

4. Sell Products or Services

Many nonprofits bring in significant income by

selling products or services to their members or

the public. Prime examples include the Girl Scouts’

cookie sales and the Goodwill’s thrift stores, which

are major sources of funding—and the most visible

activity—of each group. While nationwide cookie

FUNDRAISING 6/ 2 3

sales or thrift shops are bigger operations than most

fledgling nonprofits would want to tackle, these

examples show that selling is a common and often

lucrative nonprofit fundraising activity.

While starting a sales operation requires many

practical considerations, any nonprofit considering a

business activity must also understand some impor-

tant legal and tax rules, discussed below.

a. Related Versus Unrelated Activities

The IRS distinguishes between income a nonprofit

earns from activities that are “substantially related”

to its mission and income it earns from activities that

are not. Money earned from substantially related

activities is generally not taxed and won’t subject

the nonprofit to undue IRS scrutiny. Income from

unrelated activities, however, will be subject to

income taxes—and may jeopardize the nonprofit’s

tax-exempt status.

To determine whether your business activity is

“substantially related” to your organization’s tax-

exempt purpose, the IRS considers whether the

activity “contributes importantly” to accomplishing

your mission. The IRS won’t find that an activity is

“substantially related” solely because it generates

income that helps you pursue your laudable work.

The business activity itself must be related to

the mission—for example, a nonprofit orchestra

for disabled people selling CDs of its concerts, a

scientific nonprofit selling its research reports, or

an archaeological nonprofit selling paid tours to

excavated sites would all qualify as substantially

related activities.

If your unrelated business activities start to eclipse

your related business activities and become the focal

point of the organization, you risk losing your tax-

exempt status altogether. Unfortunately, the IRS does

not offer a clear test to tell when you’re at risk of

losing your tax-exempt status, such as a maximum

percentage of time spent or amount of money

derived from unrelated activities. If your programs

are shrinking while your unrelated business activity

is going strong, you certainly have cause for concern.

In that case, you may want to pay a visit to a lawyer,

accountant, or nonprofit consultant.

The importance of this rule cannot be overstated:

While your nonprofit can freely engage in activities

that are substantially related to its mission, you must

approach any unrelated business activities with

caution, or you could put your tax-exempt nonprofit

status at risk.

b. Unrelated Business Income Tax (UBIT)

Despite a nonprofit’s tax-exempt status, revenue

from ongoing business activities that are not sub-

stantially related to its mission is subject to unrelated

business income tax (UBIT), unless an IRS exemption

applies. (Exemptions are discussed in Subsection c,

below.) UBIT is similar to regular income tax owed

by for-profit businesses; its special name reflects the

fact that a tax-exempt nonprofit does not normally

owe tax on income from its related activities.

A nonprofit’s income is subject to UBIT if the

income results from a “regularly” conducted “trade

or business” that is unrelated to the exempt purpose

of the organization. “Trade or business” means sell-

ing goods or services in order to generate income.

Unless you’re selling items below their market value,

the IRS will likely characterize any sales-generating

activity as a trade or business.

Whether a business is carried on “regularly”

depends on whether it is run like other similar busi-

nesses. If you publish and sell books, for example,

do you produce roughly as many titles each year

as other publishing companies, and do you have a

bookstore that’s open during business hours? If so,

the IRS would likely consider your business to be

carried on regularly. If, on the other hand, you have

only published two books in the past five years and

you sell them only at events, your publishing opera-

tion would likely not qualify as regular and, there-

fore, your bookselling income would not be taxable.

c. Exemptions From UBIT

Even if your income would be taxable under the

UBIT criteria described above, your activity or

income might fall under an IRS exemption. And, if

an exemption applies, you won’t have to pay UBIT.

First, any activity that results in an annual earned

income of less than $1,000 is tax-free: Even if the

6/ 2 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

business activity was clearly outside of your mis-

sion, you are not required to file a tax return if your

income doesn’t reach the $1,000 threshold.

Second, the IRS has created UBIT exemptions for

income derived from unrelated business activities if

any of the following are true:

• Substantially all of the work of providing the

services or creating the products is done by

volunteers.

• The products or services are primarily for

the convenience of the group’s members,

students, patients, officers, or employees.

• The nonprofit accepts money from a company

that sponsors an educational, fundraising, or

other event and displays the company’s name

or logo in return—as long as the nonprofit

does not provide other advertising space for

the company or allow the company to use the

nonprofit’s logo in company periodicals.

• The nonprofit sells merchandise that was

donated to it.

• The nonprofit uses bingo games as fundraisers

—but only if bingo is legal in the nonprofit’s

area, and the games are not played in a hall

that’s also used for commercial bingo gaming.

• The nonprofit exchanges or rents its member-

ship list with another nonprofit.

• The nonprofit provides entertainment to

attract people to a fair or exposition that

promotes agriculture or education.

Third, in addition to exempting certain kinds of

activities from UBIT, IRS regulations also exempt

certain types of income from UBIT, including:

• dividends, interest, annuities, and other invest-

ment income

• royalties earned from allowing use of the

nonprofit’s trademark, trade name, copyright-

ed material, or other valuable rights (but not

personal appearances or services)

• income from research grants or contracts, and

• gains and losses from selling property.

Recommended reading on unrelated business income. The IRS has many more rules regard- ing taxation of nonprofit business activity income. If

you are considering pursuing any business activities

that are not substantially related to your nonprofit’s

mission, be sure to read IRS Publication 598, Tax on Unrelated Business Income of Exempt Organizations. This and other IRS publications are available online

at www.irs.gov or can be ordered by calling the IRS

at 800-829-3676. Consult an attorney if anything

remains unclear.

Paid advertising is considered unrelated business income. Many nonprofits make the mistake of assuming that all aspects of their news-

letters or websites—including paid ads—are related

to their mission. However, the IRS doesn’t see it that

way and may impose UBIT on money you earn by

selling ads. An easy way to avoid this is to forgo paid

ads entirely. To make up the lost income, you could

increase your subscription price or try to boost paid

circulation. Unlike advertising income, subscription

income from a newsletter about your nonprofit’s

activities would not be subject to UBIT, because

informing people about your work is substantially

related to your mission. For detailed information on

the financial aspects of running a newsletter, includ-

ing advertising sales and subscription income, see

Cheryl Woodard’s Starting & Running a Successful Magazine or Newsletter (Nolo). While this book does not address nonprofit UBIT, it does offer valu-

able information on the financial aspects of running

a publishing operation.

d. Sales Tax and Other State Requirements

If your nonprofit will sell goods to the public, the

federal government isn’t the only tax collector you

have to satisfy. You may also need to obtain a

seller’s permit from your state and pay state sales

tax. Nonprofits are not automatically exempt from

these types of general business requirements. While

nonprofits may be eligible for exemptions for certain

types of transactions, they must usually go through

an application process to obtain that exemption. Make sure you understand and comply with your

state’s rules before selling goods, or you risk being

charged back taxes and penalties.

Many states require nonprofits to obtain a seller’s

permit before they may begin selling goods. Later,

you determine whether any of your sales were

actually taxable under the state’s rules and calculate

FUNDRAISING 6/ 2 5

any taxes you owe the state. Typically, you’ll pay any

taxes you owe at the end of the year, but you may

have to pay taxes quarterly if your sales volume is

high. Even if you end up owing no tax at all, many

states require you to get a seller’s permit in order to

make the sales in the first place.

In most states, seller’s permits are required and

sales taxes due only for sales of tangible goods—

such as books, shirts, or coffee mugs—to the public.

Sales of services, such as counseling or educational

assistance, are often exempt from seller’s permit

requirements and from state sales taxes. However,

the rules vary widely from state to state, and each

state’s rules are riddled with exceptions. To find

out more about your state’s rules, contact your state

sales tax agency. (You’ll find contact information in

Appendix E.)

A few states—including Alaska, Delaware, Montana,

New Hampshire, and Oregon—don’t impose state

sales tax, and you may not need a permit for most

sales transactions in these states. Bear in mind, how-

ever, that cities or local governments in these states

may impose sales taxes, and certain transactions in

these states may be subject to something similar to

a sales tax, although they call it by a different name.

Again, the best way to find out all of the rules is to

contact your state tax agency.

To obtain a seller’s permit, contact your state

agency that governs sales taxes to find out about

the application process. (Contact information is

in Appendix E.) Typically, you’ll have to submit a

simple application form and perhaps pay a fee. Your

state agency should also have information on any

special rules for nonprofits, including how to apply

for any exemptions to which you may be entitled.

G. Funding From Grants

Besides asking individuals to contribute to your

organization, your group can raise funds by applying

for funding from foundations, government agencies,

private businesses, and other groups. Grants from

funding institutions are typically much larger

than donations from individuals—often totaling

hundreds, thousands, tens of thousands, or even

millions of dollars—so getting even just one or

two grants can make a huge difference in your non-

profit’s budget.

While grant money is of course attractive to any

nonprofit, you’ll have to meet the grantor’s eligibility

criteria to throw your hat in the ring. Most grants

are available only to nonprofits with 501(c)(3) status,

for example. In addition, the process of finding

and applying for grants takes some effort and

forethought. Thankfully, the basics of the process

are pretty easy to learn.

1. Researching Available Grants

Half the battle of getting a grant is finding one that

is available to your group for the activities that you

plan to pursue with the money. Grant givers provide

money for only those projects and activities that fall

within the givers’ funding priorities. For example,

one funder might give money for programs helping

disabled children; another funder might give money

for activities related to arts education. You need to

find grant givers with funding priorities that match

your mission and activities.

With so many funding institutions out there, the

process of researching grants can be intimidating.

A good place to start is by consulting resources

published by the Foundation Center, a nonprofit

dedicated to promoting philanthropy with resources

for grant givers and seekers. The Foundation Center

has several publications in print and online, with

tens of thousands of listings of foundations and

specific grants.

Many Foundation Center publications are quite

expensive—cover prices range from $100 to nearly

$1,000 for CD-ROMs—so consulting them at a public

library is usually the best option. The Foundation

Center’s online directories are more affordable

but can also usually be accessed for free at public

libraries. Check the Foundation Center’s Cooperating

Collections page at www.fdncenter.org/collections to

find a library near you that carries these resources.

• The Foundation Directory is published in

print and on CD-ROM. It offers information

on more than 10,000 grant givers, including

private grant-making foundations, community

foundations, operating foundations, and

corporate grant makers.

6/ 2 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

• FC Search: The Foundation Center’s Database

on CD-ROM lists all known United States

grantmakers (more than 75,000) in a searchable

CD-ROM format.

• The Foundation Directory Online is accessible

online for monthly or annual subscription

fees, starting at approximately $20 per month

for the Basic version with access to 10,000

foundations. At the top end, the Platinum

version includes access to the full database

of more than 75,000 foundations for approxi-

mately $150 per month.

• The Foundation Center also publishes several

guides to grant givers and specific grants

within certain subject areas, such as arts and

culture, health, and education.

2. Writing Grant Proposals

When you find a foundation with funding priorities

that match your programs, the next step is to apply

for funding using that foundation’s guidelines. It’s

important to take careful note of the foundation’s

application procedures and deadlines and follow

them closely. Many foundations have an initial

application process where they ask for a preliminary

proposal or letter of inquiry as a first step. After

the letter of inquiry, the foundation may invite your

nonprofit to submit a full proposal—and often

will not accept any full proposals without such

an invitation. Don’t make the mistake of spending

valuable time and resources developing a proposal

until you understand the application guidelines and

know that your proposal will at least be accepted by

the foundation.

a. Preliminary Proposals

Preliminary proposals and inquiry letters typically

run two to four pages long and follow a format such

as the following.

Cover sheet. Include your group’s name, address, contact name, title, telephone and fax numbers,

email address, and website address.

Overview of your nonprofit and your funding request. Outline the basic facts about your group and the funds you are requesting. Include important

details such as your group’s mission, the amount

and purpose of funds being requested, a statement

of how your request matches the grant maker’s

funding priorities, your tax-exempt status, and a

proposed schedule for the grant and the programs it

would support.

Description of the program in need of support. Briefly but persuasively describe the nature of the

work you plan to do with the grant, focusing on the

community need it will address and whom it will

affect.

Financial information. While financial information sometimes isn’t necessary at the preliminary stage,

you may need to submit an operating budget and

possibly program budgets.

b. Full Proposals

When submitting a full proposal, you must follow

the instructions provided by the funder in its

call for grant applications or request for proposals

(RFP). Many groups offer a streamlined application

process using what’s sometimes called a “common

application form,” allowing nonprofits to save

time by using the same format for multiple grant

applications. Even if a foundation does use a

common application form, you need to be aware of

any additional requirements, such as deadlines or

preliminary application rules.

Most grant proposals are ten pages or less in

length, single spaced, and include the following

components.

Cover letter. Include a brief, positive letter from a board officer on the nonprofit’s letterhead, introduc-

ing the nonprofit and the proposal.

Cover sheet. As with a preliminary application, include a summary of important information about

the nonprofit and the request for funds.

Description of organization. Offer a brief summary of your nonprofit, including its mission

and goals, current programs and activities, and any

significant accomplishments. Also note how many

board members, staff, and volunteers your nonprofit

currently has.

Needs assessment. Describe the needs or issues facing your nonprofit, and how you plan to meet

these needs or resolve these issues. Also offer

FUNDRAISING 6/ 2 7

information on how this grant fits into your long-

term funding strategies.

Program goals and objectives. Outline specific ways your nonprofit plans to achieve your overall

goals, including the activities it plans to undertake

and a timeline. Also explain how you will measure

performance and evaluate whether your goals and

objectives have been achieved.

Financial information. Include a realistic and detailed budget, including the proposed grant and

any committed matching funds.

Conclusion. Wrap up your proposal with a concise and compelling summary.

Appendices and attachments. Include important documentation such as a copy of your 501(c)(3)

determination letter, corporate documents, and

financial reports. Also include lists of your board

members and staffers, and any letters of support

from the community. Finally, it’s always helpful to

include press clips showing positive mentions of

your group in local or national media.

The Foundation Center offers a wealth of information on how to write and assemble winning grant proposals. Besides offering authoritative databases of foundations and other

grant givers, the Foundation Center also has free

online tutorials on grant writing. Check out its

website at www.fndcenter.org.

3. Corporate Sponsorships

Besides applying to organizations with established

grant-giving programs, your nonprofit can also

raise funds from local businesses, banks, or other

institutions. Simply approaching these institutions

and asking them to sponsor the organization

can sometimes be enough to generate a large

contribution.

Unlike foundations or government sources,

corporate sponsors often get some sort of recogni-

tion in return for their contribution, which gives

them valuable exposure to desirable audiences. But

there are two important and potentially trouble-

some issues you’ll need to understand about offer-

ing recognition for corporate sponsors. One is that

giving recognition to sponsors might subject the

income from those sponsors to tax. As discussed in

Section F4, above, some nonprofit income may be

subject to unrelated business income tax (UBIT).

According to IRS rules related to sponsorships, if

you “acknowledge” your sponsors, the money they

give you will not be subject to tax. But if you pro-

vide your sponsors “advertising,” their contribution

may be subject to UBIT. The line between an ac-

knowledgment and advertisement is not that clear,

so you may want to consult an accountant or lawyer

to determine whether your plans for recognizing

sponsors will subject you to unrelated business

income tax.

Second, if a 501(c)(3) nonprofit offers sponsors

recognition that has commercial value (such as an

advertisement at your website or in your newsletter),

only a portion of the sponsor’s contribution will

be deductible by the sponsor. As discussed in

Section H, below, if you give something of value to

a contributor in exchange for any gift of more than

$75, you must:

• tell the donor that he or she can deduct

only the difference between the value of the

donation and the value of any gift premium

he or she received, and

• provide a good faith estimate of the fair

market value of anything given to the

contributor in exchange for the donation.

Refer to Section H, below, for detailed information

on deductibility and disclosure rules.

EXAMPLE: The Shawnee Independent Business Alliance develops a sponsorship program that

offers varying levels of sponsorship benefits to

businesses and institutions that contribute $500

or more to their group in any year. Their spon-

sorship guidelines provide that:

“All sponsors who contribute $500 or more

in a calendar year will be recognized as SIBA

Community Sponsors and receive the benefits

listed below for one year. The benefits for

varying levels of sponsorship are as follows:

6/ 2 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

$500 * 150 x 75 pixel online ad at SIBA website home page.

• Print and verbal recognition at

every SIBA event.

• Mention in SIBA’s press releases to

the media.

$1,000 * Same as $500 level, but larger on- line ad (150 x 175 pixels).

$2,000 * Same as $1,000 level, plus Featured Sponsor popup at website for three

(3) months.

$5,000 * Same as $2,000 level, plus top banner ad (450 x 75 pixels) at SIBA

website.”

Because they plan to offer advertising-type

recognition for their sponsors, SIBA realizes

that their sponsorship income will probably be

subject to unrelated business income tax. They

are willing to accept this trade-off because so

many potential sponsors want advertising in

return for their contributions. The SIBA board

plans to ask its accountant to explain the tax

rules that will apply to this income and help

them set up their sponsorship program to mini-

mize taxes. It also prepares thank you cards

with the necessary disclosures regarding the

tax-deductibility of sponsorship funds.

H. The Law of Fundraising

Before your nonprofit starts asking for or accepting

contributions, you’ll need to have a clear under-

standing of the legal rules that govern charitable

donations. The IRS has several rules regarding the

information a 501(c)(3) nonprofit must provide to

donors, depending on the amount they contribute

and whether the nonprofit gives them any benefits

in exchange for their contribution. In addition, many

states require nonprofits to register with a state

agency before beginning any fundraising campaign.

This section introduces key fundraising rules and

offers guidance on how to comply.

1. Disclosures to Donors

Considering the favorable tax treatment bestowed on

501(c)(3) nonprofits and those who donate to them,

it’s no surprise that the IRS imposes requirements on

nonprofits that receive these benefits.

The disclosure rules discussed in this section apply only to nonprofits with 501(c)(3) tax- exempt status. If you haven’t applied for or received this status, you don’t need to worry about these

rules and can skip ahead to Section H2.

Nonprofits must disclose certain information to

contributors who give a “quid pro quo” contribution

of more than $75 (“quid pro quo” means the donor

receives something in return for his or her donation)

and additional information to contributors who give

$250 or more. The rules for each of these situations

are discussed below.

Need more information on disclosures and donations? The IRS has several publications on charitable contributions, including: Publication 526,

Charitable Contributions; Publication 561, Deter- mining the Value of Donated Property; Publication 1391, Deductibility of Payments Made to Charities Conducting Fund-Raising Events; and Publication 1771, Charitable Contributions—Substantiation and Disclosure Requirements. All are available free at the IRS’s website, www.irs.gov. You can also get

them by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM.

You may want to consult an accountant or lawyer familiar with nonprofit fundraising issues. Many of the rules regarding donor disclo- sures and charitable contributions are fairly straight-

forward. But, as with most things tax-related, some

rules can be harder to decipher. If you are planning

a major fundraising campaign, check with a profes-

sional to make sure you comply with all necessary

requirements.

a. Quid Pro Quo Contributions of More Than $75

If your nonprofit receives a contribution of more

than $75 and gives the donor goods or services in

FUNDRAISING 6/ 2 9

return (often called a “gift premium”), you must

provide the donor with a written disclosure state-

ment that includes two pieces of information:

• a statement that the donor can deduct only

the difference between the value of the

donation and the value of any gift premium

he or she received, and

• a good faith estimate of the fair market value

of any gift premium given to the contributor

in exchange for the donation. The nonprofit

may use any reasonable method to estimate

the fair market value of the premium, as long

as it does so in good faith.

You must disclose these two items, but you do

not have to take the additional step of calculating

the donor’s deduction.

EXAMPLE: A donor gives your nonprofit $100 and receives two tickets to the symphony worth

a total of $40 as a thank-you gift. Your non-

profit provides the following disclosure state-

ment to the donor:

Thank you so much for your generous

contribution of $100. Please note that only the

portion of your contribution that exceeds the

value of any gifts you receive is tax-deductible.

The estimated fair market value of your gift, two

symphony tickets, is $40 total.

You could add that, as a result, $60 is tax-

deductible, but you do not have to do so.

Under this rule, the disclosure must be provided

either when the nonprofit solicits a donation from

a contributor or when the contributor makes a

donation. If the nonprofit provides the statement

when it solicits the potential donor, it does not have

to provide the statement again when the donor

contributes.

There are some exceptions to the written disclo-

sure requirement. The most significant exception is

that no disclosure is required for gifts that qualify as

an “insubstantial benefit”; in these cases, the donor

can deduct the full amount of his or her contribution.

In 2004, the IRS defined “insubstantial benefit” as a

premium worth less than 2% of the contribution or

$82—whichever is less. (Check the IRS website at

www.irs.gov for the most recent information.)

EXAMPLE 1: Your nonprofit gives a coffee mug worth $5 to a donor who contributes $500.

Because the gift is worth only 1% of the dona-

tion, you are not required to provide a written

disclosure to the donor, because the gift is an

“insubstantial benefit.” The donor can deduct

the full $500 donation on his or her income tax

return.

EXAMPLE 2: Your nonprofit gives a tote bag worth $40 to the $500 donor. Because the tote

bag is worth 8% of the $500 donation, it does

not fall into the “insubstantial benefit” exception.

You must provide a disclosure stating that the

donor’s tax deduction is limited to the differ-

ence between the contribution and the value

of the goods received, and that the fair market

value of the tote bag is $40.

For more information on disclosure and

substantiation rules, see IRS Publication

1771, Charitable Contributions—Substantiation and Disclosure Requirements. You can get a free copy from the IRS by visiting www.irs.gov or by calling

1-800-TAX-FORM.

b. Contributions of $250 or More

Donors may deduct a charitable contribution of $250

or more only if they have a written acknowledg-

ment of the donation from the nonprofit. Although

it is the donor’s legal responsibility to ask for the

acknowledgment, a wise nonprofit will always

provide the necessary statement to its donors.

To help your donors comply with this rule,

include a written statement along with the prompt

thank-you note you should routinely provide to con-

tributors. The donor must obtain this acknowledg-

ment by the due date, including extensions, for filing

a tax return for the year in which he or she donated,

or by the date he or she actually filed the tax return,

whichever is earlier.

2. Charitable Solicitation Registration and Reporting

Most states have laws that govern nonprofit fund-

raising; these rules are generally known as “charitable

6/ 3 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

solicitation regulations.” Most states require non-

profits to register with a state agency—usually the

state attorney general—before engaging in any

fundraising efforts. In addition, the nonprofit may

need to provide annual financial reports that may be

made available to the public.

While you may feel frustrated by yet another

paperwork requirement, these laws serve to protect

the public from scams involving phony charities.

In turn, the laws help reputable nonprofits because

they help ensure the public that charitable donations

are actually going toward good causes—not into the

wallets of con artists.

Registration requirements vary considerably from

state to state. Some require the nonprofit alone to

register; others require all paid professional fund-

raisers and solicitors to register as well. In addition,

states apply different rules to determine what con-

stitutes fundraising. In some states, you may not

be required to register if you are collecting only

small amounts of money; in others, simply having

a donation page on your website will trigger the

registration requirements. Fees vary by state, and

you may be required to post a bond. To find out

more about your state’s rules, contact the office

in your state that regulates charitable solicitations.

(You’ll find contact information in Appendix C.)

In an effort to streamline the registration process,

the National Association of Attorneys General and

the National Association of State Charities Officials

jointly developed a standardized registration form,

called the “Unified Registration Statement” (URS).

Of the 39 states (including the District of Columbia)

that require charitable solicitation registration, all

but four accept the URS in place of their own forms.

In Alaska, Arizona, Florida, and Utah, you must use

the state’s own form. Also, in some states that accept the URS, you may need to submit some additional

material.

You can download the URS in Portable Document

Format (PDF) at www.multistatefiling.org. This site

also offers extensive, up-to-date information about

charitable solicitation requirements by state, includ-

ing any supplementary forms that may be required

in addition to the URS. The chart below summarizes

these basic requirements.

Registration will not fulfill any annual report-

ing requirement your state may impose—and the

URS is usually not accepted for annual reporting.

For annual reporting requirements, check with the

agency that governs charitable solicitations in your

state. (See Appendix C for contact information for

your state’s agency.)

I. Working With Professional Fundraisers

The bigger your fundraising campaigns become, the

more you may need professional help. If necessary,

you can bring fundraising consultants in to answer

specific questions or to handle major components

of your campaign. In established nonprofits, consul-

tants might even run a fundraising campaign from

beginning to end.

Most fledgling nonprofits will use consultants

sparingly (if at all), however, because their fees can

add up quickly. Keeping a consultant’s work focused

in one area—for example, developing printed

materials or expanding your prospect list—is the

key to keeping your costs down. When you hire a

consultant or another type of fundraising expert,

make sure to define clear expectations and a precise

scope of work for the expert to handle.

While you should trust and feel comfortable with

any consultant you hire, this is especially important

with a fundraising expert. Be sure to check the

consultant’s references and work history, and talk to

past clients. Most states regulate professional fund-

raisers, so you may be able to obtain information

about the consultant from public resources, such as

state or local government agencies. Also, make sure

that none of a consultant’s past clients turned out to

be bogus charities. You certainly don’t want some-

one working for you who has been associated with

any questionable nonprofits in the past.

It’s always important to make sure that anyone

representing your nonprofit is responsible, reputable,

and ethical. This is particularly true when it comes

to people working with sensitive financial matters,

such as asking the public for money on your non-

profit’s behalf.

FUNDRAISING 6/ 3 1

State Requires Registration?

Accepts the URS Form?

Alabama Yes Yes

Alaska Yes No

Arizona Yes No

Arkansas Yes Yes, with supplemental information

California Yes Yes

Colorado Yes No

Connecticut Yes Yes

Delaware No

District of Columbia Yes Yes

Florida Yes No

Georgia Yes Yes, with supplemental information

Hawaii No

Idaho No

Illinois Yes Yes

Indiana No

Iowa No

Kansas Yes Yes

Kentucky Yes Yes

Louisiana Yes Yes

Maine Yes Yes

Maryland Yes Yes

Massachusetts Yes Yes

Michigan Yes Yes

Minnesota Yes Yes

Mississippi Yes Yes, with supplemental information

Missouri Yes Yes

State Requires Registration?

Accepts the URS Form?

Montana No

Nebraska Yes Yes

Nevada No

New Hampshire Yes Yes

New Jersey Yes Yes

New Mexico Yes Yes

New York Yes Yes

North Carolina Yes Yes

North Dakota Yes Yes, with supplemental information

Ohio Yes Yes

Oklahoma Yes Yes

Oregon Yes Yes

Pennsylvania Yes Yes

Rhode Island Yes Yes

South Carolina Yes Yes

South Dakota No

Tennessee Yes Yes, with supplemental information

Texas No

Utah Yes Yes

Vermont No

Virginia Yes Yes

Washington Yes Yes

West Virginia Yes Yes, with supplemental information

Wisconsin Yes Yes

Wyoming No

Source: Multi-State Filer Project.

6/ 3 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Checklist: Fundraising

Focus on relationships with ongoing contribu- tors. Relationships with supporters are the

lifeblood of any nonprofit group.

Fundraise from the inside out. Those closest to the nonprofit should be first on your

prospect lists. Ask all volunteers, staffers, and

board members to come up with ten or more

prospective donors, and you’ll be well on

your way to a solid donor base.

Use early accomplishments to strengthen your appeals for support. Potential donors will

be more inclined to give you money if they

see what you have accomplished.

Invest some time and money in an effective database program so you can keep careful

track of whom you have asked to donate,

who has given money, who asked not to

be contacted again, and other important

information.

If you choose to solicit paid memberships, your members will expect to feel included in

your group. Create ways to build a sense of

involvement among your members, which can

be a much more valuable benefit than a tote

bag or coffee mug.

Be thrifty. Don’t model your fundraising materials on the expensive methods used by

larger, well-established nonprofits. Keep your

materials simple to show your potential sup-

porters that you are counting your pennies.

Train your fundraising team. Make sure your telephone or in-person solicitors are comfort-

able talking about your nonprofit and that

they demonstrate enthusiasm for its mission.

Robotic script-readers do not reflect well on

your group and will not inspire the public to

contribute.

Be sure you understand the tax rules gov-

erning unrelated business income, which is

income you earn through activities not sub-

stantially related to your nonprofit mission.

Comply with substantiation and disclosure rules. Provide your donors with all necessary

notices, such as what portion of their dona-

tion is tax-deductible.

Your mother was right: Thank you notes do matter! Recognizing your supporters and

letting them know how much you appreciate

their support helps build strong relationships.

Thank you notes are powerful tools—use

them.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 7

Risk Management and Insurance

A. Common Legal Problems ........................................................................................... 7/2

1. Contract Disputes ................................................................................................. 7/2

2. Employment Claims ............................................................................................. 7/3

3. Personal Injury Lawsuits ..................................................................................... 7/6

B. Who Is at Risk? ............................................................................................................. 7/7

1. Liability for the Nonprofit ................................................................................... 7/8

2. Liability for Board Members ............................................................................... 7/8

3. Liability for Employees ....................................................................................... 7/10

4. Liability for Volunteers ...................................................................................... 7/10

C. Managing Your Nonprofit’s Risks .......................................................................... 7/12

1. Anticipate What Can Go Wrong ...................................................................... 7/13

2. Focus on Prevention .......................................................................................... 7/13

3. Obtain Appropriate Insurance ........................................................................ 7/15

4. Deal With Problems Effectively ........................................................................ 7/19

7/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

A s discussed in Chapter 1, structuring your

nonprofit as a corporation serves to protect

the individuals who work on behalf of the

nonprofit—particularly its board members—from

personal liability for the nonprofit’s judgments or

debts. If the nonprofit corporation loses a lawsuit

or otherwise finds itself in debt, only the nonprofit

corporation—not the personal assets of its board

members—will be on the hook for those costs.

While an unincorporated nonprofit may not offer

as much protection against personal liability as

one that incorporates, a few state and federal laws

protect people who work for unincorporated asso-

ciations as well. Of course, lawsuits are no fun no

matter who ends up liable—board members, staff,

or the nonprofit itself—so it’s best to take steps to

avoid them whenever possible.

This chapter moves beyond incorporation to

focus on broader strategies that will help you

minimize the risk of a lawsuit against your nonprofit

or its people, whether or not your group is

incorporated. Section A outlines the most common

types of lawsuits you could face, including contract,

employment, and personal injury claims. Section B

explains who is at risk for certain types of claims,

including when your nonprofit may be liable for the

acts of those working on its behalf, and what laws

offer specific protection from liability.

With these risks laid out before you, Section C

explains how to manage and minimize them by

implementing simple strategies that can minimize

the chance that your nonprofit will be sued. Most

nonprofiteurs are familiar with insurance as a

risk management tool—and you should certainly

purchase appropriate coverage, as explained in

Section C. However, there are other, better strategies

that can help you avoid incurring liability in the

first place. The good news is that many of these

strategies can be remarkably easy, inexpensive, and

effective.

In our lawsuit-crazed society, it’s important to

treat risks seriously and take active steps to protect

your nonprofit and its people. The key is to use

these strategies as preventative medicine by imple-

menting them well before any legal issues arise for

your nonprofit.

Lawsuits can come from inside or outside your organization. Your liability risks don’t always come from the outside world, such as a

visitor suing your nonprofit for an injury incurred

at your office. Claims that originate within your

nonprofit—such as a staff member suing because of

a manager’s sexual harassment or a volunteer suing

over an injury at a special event—pose a significant

risk to your organization as well. The more people

who work or volunteer for your nonprofit, the

more risks you face. It’s essential to minimize the

potential for both internal and external problems

with risk management techniques.

See a lawyer if you’re facing a lawsuit. This chapter will help you understand legal

liability issues and how best to minimize your risks

in general. If you are threatened with a lawsuit, or

are already involved in one, you’ll need legal advice

that applies to your specific situation—and you’ll

probably want to hire a lawyer. Liability issues often

involve gray areas in the law that are best addressed

by someone who understands your specific facts

and has real-world experience in the field.

A. Common Legal Problems

To figure out how to minimize your risk of facing a

lawsuit, you’ll need some basic information on the

types of legal claims that could be brought against

your group. After all, you can’t avoid trouble unless

you know what it looks like. This section explains

the various types of legal claims that nonprofits (and

for-profits, too) face most often: contract disputes,

employment claims, and personal injury lawsuits.

1. Contract Disputes

One of the most common problems that could result

in a lawsuit against a nonprofit is a dispute over a

contract or agreement of some sort. As discussed in

Chapter 8, many everyday transactions—including

hiring contractors, purchasing equipment, and

renting commercial space—create legally binding

contracts, whether you sign a lengthy document or

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE 7/ 3

just make an oral agreement that you execute with

a handshake. When a contract exists, one party can

sue the other for failing to hold up his or her end of

the deal (in legal terms, for “breaching” the contract).

If you are hit with a lawsuit based on a contract

claim, you can be forced to do what you promised

to do in the contract, and, in some cases, to pay

additional money damages. To show that your non-

profit is legally liable, the other party has to prove

that you had a valid contract and that you failed to

live up to your end of the bargain. The other party

must also prove exactly how it was harmed by your

actions—and set a dollar amount on its damages.

The best way to avoid contract disputes is to

consider all of the details carefully before you seal

the deal—and put the agreement in writing once

you come to terms. Anticipating and addressing any

potential points of confusion or conflict up front is

always better than ignoring something until it comes

back to haunt you later. (For more information on

what makes a contract binding and how to draft

solid contracts, see Chapter 8.)

2. Employment Claims

Having employees—as helpful and wonderful as

they may be—greatly increases your risk of being

sued. Employment-related claims, such as sexual

harassment, wrongful termination, discrimination,

and wage and hour disputes, make up a significant

portion of lawsuits against nonprofits (and for-profit

businesses, too).

To avoid employee lawsuits, all nonprofits need to

understand the employment laws that apply to them.

Then, they need to hire and fire carefully, train

thoroughly, supervise adequately, implement solid

personnel policies, maintain a safe working environ-

ment, and purchase appropriate insurance. (Section

C, below, describes these and other techniques for

reducing your risk of getting sued in greater detail.)

The topic of employment law has filled countless

books and is far beyond the scope of this chapter.

For a thorough discussion of employment law mat-

ters, including how to prevent employee lawsuits,

consult one or more of the books listed in “Nolo

Resources on Employment Issues,” below. For now,

I offer an introduction to the most common types of

employment-related suits and the workplace situa-

tions that might trigger them:

• Wrongful termination. Most employees are hired “at will,” which means that they can

either quit or be fired by the employer at any

time, for any reason that’s not illegal. In some

cases, however, firing an employee could leave

you vulnerable to a wrongful termination

lawsuit. An employer may not fire someone for

an illegal reason, such as because of his or her

race, gender, or other characteristic protected

by law (discussed in “Discrimination,”

below) or in retaliation for union organizing,

complaining about discrimination, or reporting

an employer’s wrongdoing to a government

agency (known as “whistleblowing”). Also,

if an employee has an employment contract,

he or she could argue that you need “good

cause” to fire—if you terminate one of these

employees without a solid, work-related

reason, you could be in legal trouble.

7/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Watch Out for Implied Contracts

It’s easy to figure out whether an employee has

a written employment contract; just check your

personnel files. However, an employment con-

tract doesn’t have to be in writing to be valid.

An employee can claim to have an oral contract

of employment—a spoken promise that he or

she would only be fired for certain reasons,

would have a job for a particular period of

time, or would be kept on as long as the non-

profit is doing well. To figure out whether this

type of contract exists, you’ll have to talk to the

people in your organization who do the hiring

and supervise the employees.

Even more difficult to pinpoint is an im-

plied employment contract—a contract that is

not written and was not stated explicitly but

was created by the statements and actions of

the parties. Typically, employees who claim

to have an implied contract point to various

documents and statements that led them to be-

lieve they would be fired only for good cause.

Statements by supervisors or managers, lan-

guage in an employee handbook, comments

in a performance evaluation, and much more

have been used to create evidence of an

implied contract. Not every state will allow an

employee to sue based on an implied employ-

ment contract, however. What’s more, there

are many steps you can take to avoid these

claims in the first place—including making very

clear, in your employee handbook and else-

where, that you reserve the right to fire at will.

For detailed information on implied contracts,

see Dealing With Problem Employees, by Amy DelPo and Lisa Guerin (Nolo).

• Sexual harassment. As you probably know, failing to prevent or to respond appropriately

to an employee’s claim of sexual harassment

can expose a nonprofit to liability. Sexual

harassment is unwelcome sexual conduct on

the job that creates an intimidating, hostile, or

offensive work environment for one or more

employees. One type of sexual harassment

is “quid pro quo” harassment (literally, “do

this for that”), in which a worker is asked to

comply with some sex-based request or face

a negative consequence. Even in the absence

of such demands, a sexual harassment claim

may be successful if the workplace is deemed

a “hostile environment” in which sexual

jokes, pictures, innuendoes, or comments are

allowed to persist.

• Discrimination. Federal law prohibits discrim- ination in employment based on race, gender,

national origin, religion, disability, or age. In

addition, state and local ordinances sometimes

protect other characteristics as well, such as

sexual orientation or marital status. If you

rely on any of these factors in making such

employment decisions as hiring, firing, pay,

job or shift assignments, promotions, or access

to training opportunities, you could be subject

to a discrimination lawsuit.

• Retaliation. It is also illegal for an employer to take a negative employment action (for

example, denying a promotion or giving a

bad performance review) against an employee

who has filed a harassment or discrimination

complaint or who has supported another

employee in making such a complaint—for

example, by serving as a witness. Doing this

could open you up to a retaliation claim in

addition to the original discrimination or

harassment claim.

• Wage and hour claims. Another area in which employers are often vulnerable to lawsuits

is wage and hour disputes. Employers can

be subject to wage and hour claims for such

things as misclassifying hourly workers as

salaried workers, failing to pay their workers

overtime, or improperly handling an employee’s

vacation time. Nonprofits are not generally

exempt from these rules. Because there are

complicated rules that determine which

workers—and which employers—are subject

to certain wage and hours laws, you may

want to consult a knowledgeable attorney for

specific questions.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE 7/ 5

• Defamation. If you make false, damaging statements about someone, you may be

subject to a defamation claim. In the employ-

ment context, defamation claims come up

most often in the context of references—for

example, another nonprofit calls to ask about

a job applicant who used to work for your

group. Some state laws protect employers

from defamation claims based on references.

Whether or not your state has such a law,

N

Nolo Resources on Employment Issues

Nolo’s website, www.nolo.com, offers free

information on employment and human

resources issues. In addition, Nolo publishes

numerous titles on employment law, covering a

wide range of topics from general books on the

basics of all employment laws to specific books

on employment-related topics such as how to

create your own employee handbook or conduct

performance appraisals. Check out the following

titles to help you with your employment law

questions.

• Everyday Employment Law: The Basics, by Lisa Guerin and Amy DelPo (Nolo). An

easy-to-use reference guide to employ-

ment law that combines legal information

with practical applications.

• The Employer’s Legal Handbook, by Fred S. Steingold (Nolo). A comprehensive

reference guide to a wide array of

employment laws.

• Federal Employment Laws: A Desk Reference, by Lisa Guerin and Amy DelPo (Nolo). A reference manual

that provides both the text of federal

employment laws and their plain-English

translations.

• Create Your Own Employee Handbook: A Legal & Practical Guide, by Lisa Guerin and Amy DelPo (Nolo). Guides you through

creating a readable, legally sound employee

handbook.

• The Performance Appraisal Handbook: Legal & Practical Rules for Managers, by Amy DelPo (Nolo). A practical guide that

will help anyone who supervises employ-

ees to conduct legally safe and effective

performance evaluations.

• Dealing With Problem Employees: A Legal Guide, by Amy DelPo and Lisa Guerin (Nolo). Offers techniques for reducing

problems in the workplace and dealing

with problems that arise.

• Workplace Investigations: A Step-by-Step Guide, by Lisa Guerin (Nolo). Provides everything you need to know to resolve

employee complaints legally and efficiently.

however, the best way to avoid these claims

is to always be scrupulously honest when

speaking about former employees—and to

follow strict procedures when providing

references (for example, put one person in

charge of providing references, and require

prospective employers to request a reference

in writing). These procedures are discussed in

detail in Dealing With Problem Employees, by

Amy DelPo and Lisa Guerin (Nolo).

7/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

3. Personal Injury Lawsuits

Another type of lawsuit—not commonly filed

against nonprofits, but still potentially devastating—

is a personal injury claim (or, in legal speak, a

“tort”). Personal injury claims arise when someone

in or around your nonprofit gets injured, either

financially or personally, and the injury is not

related to a contract. Such claims can stem from a

physical injury, property damage, emotional distress,

or damage to a person’s reputation. In general, the

person who causes an injury is financially liable for

the damages suffered by the victim of the injury,

even if the wrongdoer didn’t mean to harm the

victim; both unintentional and intentional injuries

can result in liability.

For example, if one of your employees leaves an

extension cord in front of a doorway, where a visitor

trips on it and breaks an ankle, the visitor might file

a personal injury claim against the nonprofit seeking

compensation for medical bills, plus pain and suf-

fering. Or if your nonprofit’s website contains false

and damaging information about someone—say, an

article about the local art scene accuses a gallery

owner of fraudulent activity that turns out to be un-

true—the gallery owner might file a personal injury

claim against the nonprofit based on the damage to

his or her reputation.

While people file countless personal injury law-

suits each year, they don’t always win. An injured

person needs to prove certain things before a court

will find another person or entity responsible for

those injuries. At a minimum, the injured person

must prove that he or she did, in fact, suffer an

injury; that the person or organization being sued

acted “negligently” (that is, carelessly); and that

those negligent actions were a direct cause of the

injury.

This is, of course, a very brief summary of a

complex body of law—most law students spend an

entire year learning the ins and outs of personal

injury claims! While the world of potential personal

injury lawsuits may only be limited by the imagina-

tion of lawyers, however, you can protect yourself

with simple risk management strategies, as discussed

in Section C, below.

No More “Charitable Immunity”

A few decades ago, nonprofit organizations

enjoyed broad protection from liability under

a doctrine known as “charitable immunity.”

While the exact rules varied by state, chari-

table organizations were generally protected

(“immune”) from many types of lawsuits. Today,

most states have done away with charitable

immunity, leaving nonprofits vulnerable to

lawsuits of all types.

In a few states, however, some remnants of

charitable immunity remain and can protect

nonprofits from certain legal claims. According

to the Nonprofit Risk Management Center

in its publication State Liability Laws for Charitable Organizations and Volunteers, 4th edition (2001) (available through its website

at www.nonprofitrisk.org), the states that still

recognize some degree of charitable immunity

for nonprofits include Alabama, Arkansas,

Georgia, Maine, Maryland, New Jersey,

Virginia, Utah, and Wyoming.

Even in these states, however, the doctrine

may be significantly limited. In Maryland, for

instance, charitable immunity applies only

if the nonprofit’s assets are held in a trust

and the nonprofit has no liability insurance.

In Alabama, immunity applies only to claims

brought by beneficiaries of the nonprofit.

The bottom line is that charitable immunity

no longer provides much protection to

nonprofits or their workers. Other laws,

such as the federal Volunteer Protection Act

(discussed in Section B4, below), have been

enacted to shield those who work at nonprofits

from liability, but the nonprofits themselves

don’t enjoy the same protection. As a result,

it’s more important than ever to protect your

nonprofit’s assets using risk management

strategies (including insurance.)

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE 7/ 7

Employees’ on-the-job injuries are covered by workers’ compensation. An employee who is injured on the job usually cannot sue the

employer or a coworker for his or her injuries.

Instead, on-the-job injuries are generally covered by

workers’ compensation insurance—workers generally

may not sue their employers for on-the-job injuries

but are entitled to receive benefits through the

workers’ compensation system. A handful of states

also have programs for state or private disability

insurance to help compensate injured employees.

Employers may be required to participate in such

programs; contact your state labor department for

more information on these requirements.

B. Who Is at Risk?

In addition to understanding the types of lawsuits

your nonprofit could face, you also need to know

who in your nonprofit could be held legally respon-

sible in those suits—board members, staff, volun-

teers, and/or the nonprofit itself. This question will

likely be raised by those working with your organi-

zation, who may be concerned about whether they

could be held personally liable for legal or financial

mishaps involving the nonprofit. For example, if

someone mismanages the nonprofit’s funds, resulting

in creditors suing for payment and the IRS imposing

fines, could individual board members or others be

held liable for the nonprofit’s debts?

Nonprofits need to be especially concerned about

personal liability, because people who sue always

aim for the “deepest pockets—in other words, the

entity or person with the most money. In the for-

profit world, the business itself, not its employees,

is usually the target of lawsuits, because it usually

has more money than the individuals who work for

it. In the nonprofit world, however, the nonprofit’s

workers may have significantly more assets than

the nonprofit itself, so someone filing a lawsuit may

set his or her sights on an affluent board member,

volunteer, or staff person.

The good news is that, in most cases, people

who work for nonprofits don’t have to worry about

personal liability, unless they act with extreme care-

lessness, recklessness, or bad intentions.

State Laws May Protect Participants in Unincorporated Associations

Board members, employees, and volunteers of nonprofits that have not incorporated may be protected by the Uniform Unincorporated Nonprofit Association Act (UUNAA)—a model law adopted in a handful of states. The general rule is that owners of unincorporated entities, such as partnerships and sole proprietorships, are personally liable for any debts or liabilities their businesses incur. The UUNAA changes this rule for unincorporated entities that are nonprofits, so that board members and others working for the nonprofits are not automatically liable for the nonprofit’s debts and liabilities just because they are associated with the non- profit.

The UUNAA does not protect a nonprofit’s workers from being sued directly, based on their own actions—instead, it prevents law- suits based solely on their association with the nonprofit. For example, say someone sued a nonprofit for injuries suffered when the stage collapsed at a benefit concert the nonprofit sponsored. That person would not be prevented from suing a board member who erected the stage, because the board member’s actions directly caused the injury. However, if an- other business sued a nonprofit for breach of contract, that business could not name every individual board member as a defendant in the lawsuit, just because they are associated with the nonprofit’s board. (Other laws, such as the Volunteer Protection Act, offer fuller protection, as discussed in Section B4, below).

The provisions of the UUNAA apply to both paid and volunteer workers, but only in the states that have adopted this model law. As of 2005, these states include Alabama, Arkansas, Colorado, Delaware, the District of Columbia, Hawaii, Idaho, Texas, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.

Chapter 1 discusses the UUNAA in greater detail, including provisions not related to liability issues. For even more information on the UUNAA and any recent state adoptions, visit the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws online at www.nccusl.org.

7/ 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

1. Liability for the Nonprofit

Whether incorporated or not, nonprofits generally

are legally responsible for the acts of their workers.

This is true of all employers, and nonprofits are no

exception.

An employer is usually liable for everything its

employees do within the course and scope of their

employment. This includes both things the employer

directly tells an employee to do (for example, a su-

pervisor asks a staffer to mop the hallway entrance,

where a visitor then slips and falls on the wet floor),

and things that the employee does independently,

without being told to do so, as long as it’s within the

scope of his or her work duties (for example, the

staffer’s duties include cleaning, and she mopped

the dirty hallway without being asked by her super-

visor). While it may seem unfair for employers to

take the fall for employees’ actions, the reasoning is

simply that the buck stops with the employer: Be-

cause the employee is working for the benefit of the

employer, it’s considered fair to hold the employer

responsible for any accidents that might occur in the

process. This rule gives employers a strong incentive

to hire carefully, train well, supervise appropriately,

and ensure that their employees don’t cause harm.

An employer is not liable, however, for actions

that fall outside the scope of an employee’s work

duties. If the activity in question is simply unrelated

to the worker’s job (say, an employee takes his or

her dog for a walk during lunch hour and the dog

bites someone), or if the employee recklessly or

even intentionally causes harm while at work (for

instance, an employee of a nonprofit nature center

flies into a rage and assaults a visitor), a judge would

likely decide that the employee, not the nonprofit,

should be responsible for the damages.

For more information on employers’ potential liabilities, see The Employer’s Legal Handbook, by Fred S. Steingold and Everyday Employment Law: The Basics, by Lisa Guerin and Amy DelPo (both published by Nolo).

Is a Nonprofit Liable for the Acts of Independent Contractors?

An independent contractor is someone who

works for you on a freelance basis, not as a

regular employee. (For more on this distinc-

tion, see Chapter 5.) If you hire an indepen-

dent contractor, someone may try to sue you

for an injury caused by the contractor’s work.

For example, if you hire a contractor to set up

lighting for a special event and a light falls from

the ceiling and injures someone, the injured

person might sue your nonprofit rather than

the contractor.

While employers are typically liable for the

acts of their employees, the rules about an em-

ployer’s liability for the acts of an independent

contractor are not as clear-cut. The answer will

depend heavily on the facts of the situation

and on the language of the contract between

your nonprofit and the contractor. If you are

sued and found liable, you may be able to sue

the independent contractor to reimburse you

for the damages you suffered—the money you

were forced to pay because of the contractor’s

mistakes.

For more information on liability for the

work of contractors you hire, see Working With Independent Contractors, by Stephen Fishman (Nolo).

2. Liability for Board Members

Board members won’t usually be personally liable

for a nonprofit’s legal or financial woes, as long as

they fulfill their duties to the nonprofit. As discussed

in Chapter 4, board members have a “fiduciary

duty” toward their nonprofit—a legal obligation to

act carefully and in the nonprofit’s best interests. To

fulfill this obligation, board members must act with

reasonable care and good faith in doing their work

and must avoid conflicts of interest—in particular,

situations where they stand to gain personally at

the expense of the nonprofit. A board member can

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE 7/ 9

expose him or herself to personal liability by failing

to meet these responsibilities.

If, for instance, a board member chronically

misses meetings during which important financial

decisions are made, that member has failed to

act with reasonable care and could possibly be

held liable for any misuse of funds or other fiscal

mismanagement. Or, if a board member ignores

persistent rumors for months that the executive

director engages in lewd conduct toward some

employees, that board member could become

subject to personal liability if the employee files a

sexual harassment lawsuit against the nonprofit. A

board member might also face liability if he or she

engages in self-dealing (by pocketing earnings from

nonprofit-related services, for example).

As these examples illustrate, board members

can do much to protect themselves against liability

simply by doing a conscientious job. This typically

involves:

• Attending meetings. Missing meetings is one of the most common ways board members

fall short of their duty to act with reasonable

care. Missing a meeting or two per year is

sometimes unavoidable and generally will not

expose a board member to liability. But the

less involved a board member is, the greater

the possibility that he or she could be held

liable for the nonprofit’s woes.

• Staying informed. Board members should al- ways understand what the nonprofit is doing.

This means reading reports, paying attention

to the budget and other key financial issues,

and, where necessary, asking questions. If a

member is overwhelmed by the workload and

cannot stay on top of important matters, he or

she should let the other board members know

and find a solution—whether it means recruit-

ing additional board members, transferring

work to staff or volunteers, or stepping down

from the board.

• Keeping the nonprofit on track towards its mission. It’s the board’s job to make sure that the nonprofit is carrying out its stated mission.

The state grants the privileges of nonprofit

status—and the IRS gives tax exemptions—

based on the nonprofit’s stated mission. If

the organization strays from its mission, the

nonprofit could lose its federal tax-exempt

status, its state nonprofit status, or both. Obvi-

ously, this could be devastating to a nonprofit,

resulting not only in ineligibility for grants

and other funds but possibly a hefty tax bill,

as well. It’s the board’s responsibility to make

sure this does not happen.

• Understanding and complying with work- place laws. As mentioned in Section A2, above, lawsuits alleging wrongful termination,

harassment, or discrimination are a serious

risk to nonprofits. Board members typically

aren’t personally liable for these types of claims.

If, however, board members knowingly allow

these laws to be broken or personally violate

them, they could face personal liability. To

help avoid this, board members should make

sure that the nonprofit has solid policies in

place for employees and volunteers—ideally

with written handbooks. (For specifics on

preventing employee lawsuits, see Section C2,

below.)

• Making sure the nonprofit stays in compliance with local, state, and federal requirements. While the executive director or other staff

person is usually responsible for handling

important bureaucratic tasks such as filing

corporate reports, paying taxes, and comply-

ing with other regulations, the board should

exercise sufficient oversight to responsibly

conclude that the nonprofit is in compliance.

An out-of-touch board that fails to ensure that

bureaucratic requirements are met might face

liability down the road if the mismanagement

results in legal action or fines.

For detailed information on the bureaucratic tasks a nonprofit faces, see How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation, by Anthony Mancuso (Nolo). This title offers step-by-step instructions on

the state and federal paperwork involved in starting

and running a nonprofit.

Besides performing their duties responsibly, board

members can also protect themselves by purchasing

directors and officers (“D&O”) insurance. See

7/ 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Section C3e, below, for more information on this

type of coverage.

State or federal laws may also protect your board

members from liability. The federal Volunteer

Protection Act (VPA) shields board members who

are working for nonprofits on a volunteer (unpaid)

basis. See Section B4, below, for more information

on the VPA. If your nonprofit is not incorporated

and your state has adopted the UUNAA, board

members cannot automatically be held liable for the

actions of the nonprofit just because they run and/or

work for it. See “State Laws May Protect Participants

in Unincorporated Associations,” above, for more on

the UUNAA.

3. Liability for Employees

In rare cases, employees of a nonprofit can be held

personally liable for injuries they cause, but this

doesn’t happen very often. As long as employees

act with “reasonable care” towards the nonprofit,

they will not be responsible for damages. Unless an

employee acts with recklessness or total disregard

for others or intentionally causes harm, the nonprofit

itself—rather than the employee personally—will be

on the hook for any injuries.

For example, if an employee brings her attack-

trained pit bull to the office and the dog seriously

injures a visitor, the employee could be held per-

sonally liable for damages. The same is true if the

employee causes damage through intentional acts,

such as vandalizing the office or assaulting some-

one. Sexual harassment and illegal discrimination

also may expose an offending employee to personal

liability—especially if the nonprofit has solid work-

place policies in place prohibiting such behavior.

When individuals avoid personal liability, the nonprofit may still be on the hook. Even if board members and staff are not liable, the non-

profit itself may still be legally responsible for a

personal injury claim, employee discrimination

claim, or breach of contract lawsuit—and could lose

all or most of its assets in the bargain. Although

board members and staff won’t lose their personal

wealth, they could very well lose their jobs, their

cause, and the organization they’ve fought so hard

to sustain. The bottom line is that no matter who

foots the bill, being on the losing end of a lawsuit

will cause great harm to everyone involved in the

nonprofit’s work (including the communities the

organization exists to serve). The only way to avoid

the problem is to reduce your risks from the outset.

If your nonprofit is not incorporated and your

state has adopted the UUNAA, your employees will

not automatically be liable for judgments against the

nonprofit. See “State Laws May Protect Participants

in Unincorporated Associations,” above, for more on

the UUNAA.

4. Liability for Volunteers

Employers are generally liable for the acts of

their employees, but state laws are less clear on

the question of nonprofit liability for the acts of

volunteers. A federal law, the Volunteer Protection

Act, resolves this issue to some degree by protecting

volunteers in all states from liability for certain types

of lawsuits.

a. State Laws

Every state has enacted one or more laws to ad-

dress whether volunteers are personally liable for

mishaps that happen during their volunteer work.

Unfortunately, these laws differ greatly from state to

state, so there are no general rules when it comes to

volunteer liability protection under state law. To find

out what the law says in your state, you’ll need to

do some research. See “Researching the Law in Your

State,” below, for information on how to get started.

If your nonprofit is not incorporated and your

state has adopted the UUNAA, your volunteers (like

your employees) may be protected from personal

liability for the nonprofit’s problems—but they can

still be sued for their own misconduct. See “State

Laws May Protect Participants in Unincorporated

Associations,” above, for more on the UUNAA.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE 7/ 1 1

Researching the Law in Your State

To find out about the laws on personal liability

in your state, you may have to do a little

digging. Start by contacting the office that

oversees nonprofits in your state—often the

Secretary of State or other corporate filing

office. (See Appendix B for contact information

for the office in your state.) Ask them to

direct you to information on liability statutes

for nonprofits in your state—for example,

charitable immunity or volunteer liability laws.

They may have a publication summarizing your

state’s laws, or they might be able to direct you

to a specific section of your state’s statutes.

The Nonprofit Risk Management Center is

another excellent resource for information on

nonprofit liability issues. This group has put

together an informative, free publication, State Liability Laws for Charitable Organizations and Volunteers, which you can download from its website at www.nonprofitrisk.org. This pub-

lication is updated regularly and offers an im-

pressive summary of liability laws in each state.

If you still need more information, you may

have to do some basic legal research on your

own. For simple tasks like finding state stat-

utes, doing your own legal research is not as

complicated as you might think. Chapter 12

offers tips on how you can do legal research

yourself. For a more thorough reference, see

Legal Research: How to Find & Understand the Law, by Stephen R. Elias and Susan Levinkind (Nolo).

Volunteers may still be liable for certain types of misconduct. Even when state laws shield volunteers from personal liability, they

often make exceptions for certain acts. In other

words, even if a state law protects nonprofit vol-

unteers from liability, that protection won’t exist if

the injury occurred during one of these excluded

circumstances. The most common exceptions to

laws protecting volunteers from liability are for 1)

willful or intentional actions (purposeful miscon-

duct), 2) grossly negligent actions (acts committed

with a total disregard for the safety of others), and 3)

actions committed while operating a motor vehicle.

b. Volunteer Protection Act

In 1977, Congress passed a federal law—the Vol-

unteer Protection Act (VPA) (codified at 42 U.S.C.

§ 14501)—to establish more uniform liability protec-

tions for volunteers nationwide. Lawmakers enacted

this statute to address the concern that people were

less likely to volunteer for worthy causes they were

afraid of being exposed to liability. The VPA pro-

vides limited immunity to volunteers nationwide for

any injuries or damages they cause in the course of

their volunteer activities, regardless of the state in

which they live and volunteer.

The VPA does not require a group to be incor-

porated or to have 501(c)(3) status to be covered.

The VPA covers volunteers of all nonprofit groups

that have 501(c)(3) status, or that are “organized and

conducted for public benefit and operated primarily

for charitable, civic, educational, religious, welfare,

or health purposes.” (42 U.S.C. § 14505(4)(B).)

(Interestingly, the VPA excludes from the definition

of “nonprofit organization” any group that engages

in hate crimes, as defined by federal law.)

To qualify as a “volunteer” under the VPA, a

worker must not receive compensation or anything

of more than $500 value per year for his or her ser-

vices. Directors and officers who meet this require-

ment also qualify as volunteers. Volunteers may be

reimbursed their out-of-pocket expenses and still be

protected by the Act.

In addition, for a volunteer to be protected from

liability under the VPA, his or her actions must meet

all of the following conditions:

• The volunteer was acting within the scope of

his or her responsibilities at the time of the act

(or lack of action) that caused the harm.

• If appropriate or required, the volunteer was

properly licensed, certified, or authorized to

act.

• The actions causing the harm were not inten-

tional, criminal, reckless, or grossly negligent

7/ 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

(that is, they were not committed with a total

disregard for the safety of others).

• The volunteer was not operating a motor

vehicle, vessel, or aircraft. (Congress appar-

ently wanted these risks to be addressed by

insurance coverage.)

The general rule is that the VPA overrides any

state law on personal liability for volunteers unless

the state law offers more protection to volunteers

than the VPA. However, there are exceptions—some

state laws that limit protection to volunteers will still

have legal force despite the VPA. In other words,

certain state volunteer protection laws will not be

overridden by the VPA. State laws that continue to

apply despite the VPA include the following:

• Any state law that limits protection to non-

profits that have adopted policies to manage

their risk of liability, including mandatory

volunteer training. In other words, if a state

law says that volunteers are protected only if

the nonprofit has adopted risk management

policies, then volunteers for a nonprofit that

has not done so will not be protected by state

law or the VPA.

• Any state law making nonprofits liable for the

acts of their volunteers to the same extent that

private employers are liable for the acts of

their employees. If a state has such a law, the

VPA will not do anything to change it.

• Any state law that says that volunteers are

not protected from liability if a state or local

government officer brings the suit against

the volunteer. If such a state law exists, then

the VPA will not provide immunity if a dis-

trict attorney or other public official files suit

against the volunteer.

• Any state law that protects only those non-

profits that offer a source of compensation

for those who are injured—for example, an

insurance policy. If state law makes such a

limitation, then the VPA won’t help a volun-

teer at a nonprofit that doesn’t have insurance

or another source of financial relief for those it

may injure.

Another notable exception to the VPA is that a

volunteer who commits a violent crime, hate crime,

sexual offense, or violation of civil rights law against

someone, or who injures someone while under the

influence of alcohol or drugs, will not be protected

from liability under the VPA. Also, the VPA does

not prevent a nonprofit from suing a volunteer for

injuries he or she caused; it just protects volunteers

from lawsuits by third parties for actions the volun-

teer took during his or her volunteer work.

Nonprofits are not shielded from liability. The VPA does nothing to prevent lawsuits against nonprofit organizations—it protects only

the volunteers working for those nonprofits. But

because nonprofits often have little or no assets,

it’s often the volunteers and their deeper pockets

(if they have them) who need protection from those

suing for money damages.

C. Managing Your Nonprofit’s Risks

So far, this chapter has looked at the (often intricate)

rules that determine who may be on the hook for

any harm that occurs during the course of a non-

profit’s activities. As discussed, there are many gray

areas when it comes to who will be liable; often,

the only definitive answer is the one that’s handed

down by a judge or jury. Despite the legal com-

plexities, however, one thing is crystal clear: Taking

sensible steps to minimize your risk of being sued

in the first place is the best way to avoid liability.

Your primary goal is not to win a lawsuit by some-

one who has been injured by your nonprofit—or to

rely on state and federal protections as a shield—but

to avoid the lawsuit altogether.

The term “risk management” refers to the practice

of actively addressing, managing, and minimizing

your risk of causing injuries or being sued. It’s a

rapidly growing field, in no small part due to the

perfectly sensible fear that a lawsuit will drop out of

nowhere and wreak havoc on your nonprofit. Pur-

chasing various types of insurance is a part of a risk

management program but does not in itself consti-

tute risk management. Sometimes, insurance provides

adequate protection; in other cases, insurance may

be either too expensive or simply unavailable for

particular activities. (Section C3, below, discusses

insurance.)

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE 7/ 1 3

A basic risk management strategy will address the

following questions:

• What can go wrong in our organization?

• How can we prevent these events from

happening?

• If, despite our best efforts, things still go

wrong, how will we control the damage?

• If we do get sued, how will we pay for

lawyers, court judgments (if we lose), or out-

of-court settlements?

Focus on what you are trying to protect. Keep in mind that your risk management

efforts are all geared towards protecting your

assets—financial and otherwise. Most organizations

will have a similar list of things they want to protect:

their people, their physical and financial assets,

and their reputations. It’s a good idea to put a little

thought into what assets your risk management

efforts are designed to protect. Knowing which as-

sets are most important to you will help you identify

potential threats to those assets more effectively.

1. Anticipate What Can Go Wrong

Start your risk management program by outlining

the operations and activities your nonprofit plans to

undertake. This will help you identify your potential

risks. For example:

• If your office will be open to the public, you’ll

need to make sure that your office environ-

ment is safe.

• If you plan to have a lot of employees or

volunteers, you’ll need to take steps to avoid

workplace-related lawsuits.

• If you want to engage in potentially risky

activities, such as horseback riding trips,

kayaking lessons, or art classes with potentially

hazardous materials, you’ll need to take steps

to avoid injuries and legal claims.

• If you intend to hold special events, you’ll

need to plan for dealing with large sums of

cash, which can get lost or stolen.

• Any driving done in the course of nonprofit

activities raises the risk of auto accidents—and

the expensive lawsuits that can be the result.

In addition to identifying the risks that arise

from your specific activities, you should brain-

storm to come up with other possible problems.

Talking with an insurance agent who is familiar

with nonprofits—or, better yet, with your type of

nonprofit activities—can help identify risks that you

might not have considered. It’s also useful to talk

with other local nonprofits about their risk manage-

ment strategies and to read trade magazines and

other media to keep abreast of the kinds of lawsuits

being filed against nonprofits. Don’t forget to ask

your employees what risks and problems they see

lurking, as they may be one of your best sources for

ideas that will help you reduce your risks.

Finally, it should come as no surprise to you

that your nonprofit can get in trouble for violating

government requirements or breaking criminal laws.

Failing to pay federal or state taxes is a common

way that nonprofits find themselves in trouble. Less

commonly, nonprofits discover that an employee or

board member has committed theft or fraud. While

these may seem like remote possibilities, it’s best to

think broadly when assessing potential risks.

2. Focus on Prevention

Once you’ve identified the main risks facing your

nonprofit, it’s time to think about ways to protect

yourself against these risks. There are many

ways to minimize potential problems, including

ensuring adequate supervision, implementing and

communicating clear policies, and getting insurance.

In some situations, however, you may have to

consider the possibility of changing or eliminating

certain activities that you deem too risky (or that

involve prohibitively high risk prevention costs). Of

course, what is too risky may depend on the law

and the availability of insurance in your state.

a. Run a Tight Ship

It goes without saying that you should operate

your nonprofit conscientiously. Besides ensuring a

quality operation, solid management is also crucial

to preventing legal problems. Proper management

includes:

• filing all required papers and getting the

necessary permits

7/ 1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

• being truthful and accurate in your paperwork

and personal dealings

• keeping track of nonprofit funds, inventory,

and important documents

• paying your debts

• delivering what you promise

• maintaining safety standards, and

• complying with all applicable laws, especially

by paying taxes on time.

As mentioned earlier, even if an executive

director, manager, or other employee is in charge of

filling out and filing the paperwork, ultimately it’s

the board’s responsibility to make sure the nonprofit

complies with all applicable laws. Your board should

check in regularly to make sure that the necessary

paperwork is getting done on time.

b. Establish Workplace Policies

The key to minimizing the significant risks of

workplace-related lawsuits is to be proactive—to

implement policies and trainings designed to

avoid such claims in the first place. It’s essential to

understand the employment laws that apply to your

organization and to hire and fire carefully, train

thoroughly, supervise adequately, implement solid

personnel policies, and maintain a safe working

environment. If you don’t, any employees you

hire pose a significant risk to your nonprofit—and

possibly to its board members, managers, and other

employees who could be sued personally. For more

on potential employee lawsuits, see Section A2,

above.

Particularly with employment-related legal issues,

one of the best risk management techniques is to

implement effective policies and training programs

from the get-go. For example, straightforward hiring

and firing policies, including a written policy that

employment is “at will,” can help protect you against

claims of wrongful termination. A clear policy

prohibiting sexual harassment and identifying what

an employee should do to make a harassment com-

plaint is essential to protect you from losing a sexual

harassment claim. Including these crucial policies in

an employee and/or volunteer manual and posting

them in common areas (particularly effective with

a sexual harassment policy) will help get everyone

on the same page and avoid misunderstandings that

can lead to legal conflicts.

In addition to having clear policies in writing,

it’s also smart to conduct orientation and training

programs on important policies to make sure your

employees and volunteers understand them—for

example, sexual harassment, antidiscrimination, and

workplace safety policies. Actively teaching your

staffers what behavior is expected and what will not

be tolerated will significantly reduce your liability

exposure in those areas.

Beyond establishing and communicating personnel

and other policies to your staff, you need to make

sure that your management structure ensures that

the policies will be enforced. Even the most air-tight

written policy on sexual harassment or workplace

safety won’t protect a nonprofit from being sued if

no one knows the policies, complaints go uninves-

tigated, or the organization doesn’t take effective

action to deal with violations. An “open door” policy

and a safe channel through which an employee or

volunteer can launch a complaint can be very help-

ful. Employees who understand that their employer

is taking care of their concerns are less likely to

become frustrated and sue; and an employer who

makes sure to follow all applicable workplace laws

is less likely to be found at fault if sued.

If you are unsure which laws apply to your

organization or which employment policies you

should put in place, check the Small Business

Compliance section of the U.S. Department of

Labor website (www.dol.gov), and check with

your own state’s department of labor. (Look in the

state government pages of your phone book under

“Labor” or “Department of Labor.”) You can also

find helpful information on websites such as the

Human Resources Learning Center (www.human-

resources.org) and Nolo (www.nolo.com), as well

as in books such as Create Your Own Employee

Handbook: A Legal & Practical Guide, by Lisa

Guerin and Amy DelPo (Nolo). You may wish to

review other employers’ personnel manuals to see

what they cover, and/or hire a personnel specialist

or HR consultant.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE 7/ 1 5

Want more information on employment law? Nolo publishes many different titles on a wide array of employment law, human resources,

and workplace-related topics. For a complete list,

see “Nolo Resources on Workplace Issues,” in

Section A2, above.

3. Obtain Appropriate Insurance

Another powerful risk management tool is insurance

coverage. All businesses and nonprofits should

consider purchasing standard property and liability

insurance. In addition, there are some types of

insurance designed specifically for nonprofits and

the people who work for them.

Employers are subject to special state and federal insurance rules. As discussed in Chapter 5, if your nonprofit hires employees,

it will be subject to a number of additional

insurance requirements. Typically, employers

must pay for workers’ compensation insurance

and unemployment insurance; a handful of states

also require employers to pay into a state disability

insurance fund. These insurance programs are

specifically set up for employers and are regulated

by state or federal agencies. See Chapter 5 for more

on the rules that govern employer and employee

contributions to these insurance programs.

Caring for your policy. Treat your insurance policy like the precious, and possibly

irreplaceable, document that it is. Store it carefully.

Keep copies of old policies for your records, even

if you change insurance providers. Claims can arise

from long-ago events, and that document may be

your only way to track down an insurer you had in

the past. If the insurance company or its successor

is still in business and you have a copy of the old

policy to prove that it covered that event, the

insurance company should provide the protection

you paid for at the time.

Alternative Dispute Resolution

One good way to avoid lawsuits—and ensure

that workplace problems are resolved quickly,

with input from everyone involved—is to

steer disputes towards alternative methods of

resolution, such as mediation and arbitration.

One option is to include a provision in your

personnel manual that workplace-related

complaints will be referred to a mediator

and then, if they can’t be resolved within a

reasonable time, to an arbitrator. A mediator

is someone who helps people come to an

agreement, while an arbitrator makes a binding

decision. Some states automatically refer civil

lawsuits to a mediator to see whether the

parties can settle before a judge will hear the

case.

To encourage employees to use the

system—and to make sure that a court will

uphold its validity—you should pay the costs

of mediation and arbitration. These can range

from $500 to $3,000 per day, depending on the

nature and complexity of the dispute. Some

community mediation groups will take on

nonprofit or small business claims free or for a

nominal cost.

Bear in mind that agreements between

employers and employees that make

arbitration the employee’s exclusive remedy

are not always binding. Judges do not like to

see employees give up their rights to complain

to government agencies or to bring lawsuits,

especially if the employee has to agree to

arbitrate future disputes as a nonnegotiable

condition of employment. The law in this area

is changing rapidly, so you should find out

what is legal in your own state. For a good

short discussion of mandatory arbitration, see

The Employer’s Legal Handbook, by Fred S. Steingold (Nolo).

7/ 1 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

a. General Liability Insurance

General liability coverage insures you against the

classic slip-and-fall situation: Someone is injured on

your premises and sues you for damages. A general

liability policy (sometimes called a “commercial

general liability” or “CGL” policy) will cover damages

that your nonprofit is ordered to pay to an individual

(visitor, customer, supplier, associate, or whomever)

who was injured on your property. Injured employees

are covered by worker’s compensation insurance, so

employees aren’t a concern here.

For instance, if a visitor breaks a hip when she

trips on an electric cord, or is hurt when a shelving

unit falls over, he or she might sue. In this age

of fast and furious personal injury lawsuits, one

accident like this can wipe out your organization’s

assets. For this reason, any operation—for-profit or

nonprofit—that has even minimal contact with the

public should obtain liability insurance.

Most general liability policies do not cover certain

employment law claims such as harassment, dis-

crimination, and wrongful termination. Coverage for

these claims (sometimes called “employment prac-

tices liability” or “EPL”) must usually be purchased

separately or as part of directors and officers insur-

ance (as discussed below in Subsection e).

b. Product Liability Insurance

Product liability insurance protects you from law-

suits by customers claiming to be hurt by a product

you provided—for example, a parent who sues the

maker of a toy that injured his or her child, or a

person who sues McDonald’s after claiming to be

burned by its extremely hot coffee. Most nonprofits

are not in the business of selling products to the

public—but if yours is, you might consider this type

of insurance. It can be expensive, but it’s better

to pay a high premium than a multimillion dollar

award to someone who sues you and wins.

c. Property Insurance

While this chapter has focused on legal liability

issues, there are, of course, other types of risks that

can be devastating to a nonprofit. You can protect

yourself from loss of property to theft, fire, or other

causes with a property insurance policy. There

is wide variation from policy to policy on what

property is covered, what risks are covered, and

how much the policy will pay out; be sure you’re

absolutely clear on these issues when choosing a

policy.

When considering what property to cover, make

sure that your policy covers the nonprofit’s premises

as well as any assets kept there, including:

• fixtures to the property, such as lighting

systems or carpeting

• equipment and machinery

• office furniture

• computers and accessories (monitors, CD-ROM

drives, modems, printers, and so on), and

• inventory and supplies.

Most basic policies will cover these items.

Renters may have to purchase property insurance. If your nonprofit rents its space, your lease may require that you obtain a specific

amount or type of property insurance coverage. Be

sure to check your lease for any insurance require-

ments before you purchase a policy.

Besides establishing what property will be cov-

ered under your property insurance policy, you’ll

need to understand which types or kinds of losses

will be covered. Ask your agent or broker to explain

what kinds of property damage or loss your policy

covers, and make sure you understand all of the

details.

Most property insurance policies provide either

“basic form,” “broad form,” or “special form”

coverage. A basic form policy will commonly cover

fire, explosions, storms, smoke, riots, vandalism,

and sprinkler leaks. A broad form policy typically

includes the above, plus damage from broken

windows and other structural glass, falling objects,

and water damage. Both basic and broad form

policies, however, usually exclude certain risks from

coverage—for example, many policyholders are

surprised to learn that theft is not typically covered

under either basic or broad form policies. Special

form coverage offers the widest protection, usually

covering all risks—including theft—unless they are

specifically excluded. While premiums for special

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE 7/ 1 7

form policies will be more expensive, it may be

worth it if your nonprofit faces several or unusual

risks, or if theft is a big concern for your group.

Also bear in mind that some policies may

not cover property owned by others that is lost,

destroyed, or damaged while on your nonprofit’s

premises. For instance, if a volunteer’s personal lap-

top is destroyed in an office fire, the computer may

not be covered under some policies. If you expect

to rely on the personal equipment of staffers at your

nonprofit office, make sure that your property insur-

ance covers their property. As an alternative, you

could advise staffers that any personal equipment

used at the nonprofit’s office should be protected

under their own homeowners’ or renters’ coverage.

If the policy you’re considering excludes one or

more items that you want covered, find out whether

you can get it included and at what cost. You may

have to purchase what’s commonly called a “rider”

or an “endorsement” that adds special coverage to

your policy. For example, standard property insur-

ance policies often exclude accounting records, cash,

and deeds, but these can usually be covered by add-

ing a rider to the policy—and paying an additional

premium.

There may be other ways to bring additional

property under the scope of your policy, too. For

example, if you keep your personal stereo at your

office but the policy excludes personal property, you

could transfer ownership of the stereo to the non-

profit.

If you run the nonprofit out of your home, you may need to adjust your homeowners’ or renters’ insurance policy. Some homeowners’ or renters’ policies exclude coverage of business-

related claims, while others forbid business use

of the home—meaning that if you run a nonprofit

out of your home, your coverage could be limited

or rendered void altogether. Make sure that

this doesn’t happen to you: It’s better to come

clean with your insurance company about your

activities—even if it means spending some more on

your premiums—than to find out after a catastrophe

that your homeowners’ coverage has been voided

by your nonprofit activities.

Finally, be sure that you understand the dollar

limits on your policy and any deductibles or co-

payments the nonprofit will have to make. Make

sure the policy covers the cost to replace the property,

not merely its current (usually much lower) value.

For example, if your four-year-old computer is stolen,

you want the insurance company to pay you enough

to buy a new computer, not to reimburse you for the

negligible value of the one that was stolen.

d. Auto Insurance

Auto liability insurance, which pays for injuries a

driver causes to other people or property, is a must

if your staff or volunteers use any vehicles (including

their own cars) for the activities of the nonprofit. As

mentioned above, your general liability insurance

will not provide auto liability coverage, which is re-

quired by law in the vast majority of states. Even if it

is not required in your state, you’d be foolish not to

protect yourself against the common and potentially

devastating risk of an auto accident.

In addition to auto liability insurance, some

states require drivers to have other types of auto

insurance, including personal injury protection (PIP)

coverage and uninsured/underinsured motorist

(UM/UIM) coverage. And, if your state requires

certain types of coverage, it will usually also require

you to purchase a certain minimum amount of

coverage. Check with your state’s department

of motor vehicles to find out the insurance

requirements for drivers in your state.

To get coverage for the personal cars that your

employees or volunteers use for business purposes,

your nonprofit will have to obtain “nonowned auto

liability insurance.” This will protect the nonprofit

if an employee or volunteer hurts someone or

damages property while driving a personal car for

nonprofit business. If your employees or volunteers

will use their own cars for nonprofit activities, you

should get this type of coverage even if your state

doesn’t require it. Many nonowned auto liability

insurance policies do not protect workers, howev-

er—they just protect the nonprofit itself. To protect

themselves, workers generally need to get their own

coverage as well (which they should have, anyway).

7/ 1 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

e. Directors and Officers Insurance

As their name suggests, directors and officers insur-

ance policies (often referred to as “D&O insurance”)

cover claims against a nonprofit’s directors and

officers. Unlike general liability insurance, which

protects the nonprofit against personal injury suits,

traditional D&O coverage focuses on lawsuits

against a nonprofit that allege fraud or financial

mismanagement and name the directors or officers

personally in the lawsuit.

Even though board members are not usually per-

sonally liable for their work on behalf of a nonprofit,

it’s not uncommon for them to be personally named

in lawsuits. For example, if a board member invests

the nonprofit’s assets unwisely and loses everything,

a creditor might sue the nonprofit as well as its

directors and officers. In such cases, D&O insurance

would cover the cost of defending the directors and

officers in the lawsuit as well as any money damages

they are ordered to pay.

As with any insurance coverage, it is important

to understand what types of claims are and are not

covered by a D&O policy. D&O insurance typically

covers a broad range of “wrongful acts,” with specific

exclusions. Claims that are usually excluded from

D&O coverage include those arising from criminal

or fraudulent behavior and “insured vs. insured”

claims—lawsuits brought by one director against

another.

Personal injury claims and employment claims

(such as wrongful termination, sexual harassment,

and discrimination) are also usually excluded from

D&O insurance policies, unless the policy includes

employment-related claims coverage (sometimes

called “employment practices liability” or EPL cov-

erage). While a policy that excludes employment

claims will usually save you money on your insur-

ance premiums, you probably shouldn’t go this route

if you have employees—the most common claims

filed against directors and officers are employment-

related.

The premium costs for D&O insurance vary

a great deal depending on the nature of the non-

profit’s activities and the number of employees (if

employment-related coverage is included), as well as

the benefits offered and claims covered. Be sure to

shop around, ask a lot of questions, and make sure

you understand the policy’s deductible and out-of-

pocket limits before making a decision.

f. Professional Liability Insurance

Professional liability coverage—also sometimes

called “errors and omissions” (E&O) or malpractice

insurance—is similar to D&O coverage in that it

protects against liabilities resulting from misman-

agement (or alleged mismanagement) of a non-

profit. Unlike D&O insurance, liability insurance

doesn’t cover just directors and officers, but also

staff, volunteers, and the nonprofit itself. It aims to

protect both the organization and the people work-

ing or volunteering for it from judgments resulting

from poor management of the nonprofit or from

workplace-related lawsuits such as discrimination or

sexual harassment.

As with D&O insurance, some professional liabil-

ity policies may exclude workplace-related claims

from coverage. Generally speaking, if you’re going

to pay for professional liability coverage, you should

include protection from workplace-related lawsuits,

because they are among the most common claims

brought against nonprofits and their workers.

g. Investigating and Purchasing a Policy

The key to making an intelligent and cost-effective

insurance purchase is to do your homework.

Understanding the fine print is absolutely essential

in order to compare policies and find one that meets

your needs. For example, you can’t really compare

the cost of different policies unless they cover the

same types of property, the same risks, and up to

the same dollar amounts of coverage. You need to

research and understand all of these details fully to

make an informed decision.

Insurance brokers who gather information from

different insurance companies can be a big help

when you’re trying to decipher policies and come

up with the best deal. Make sure your broker

understands any special issues facing nonprofits and

the risks that are, or may be, involved with your

particular activities. If possible, use a broker who

specializes in policies for nonprofits.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE 7/ 1 9

4. Deal With Problems Effectively

No matter how much preventative risk management

you do, problems can still arise. The key to protect-

ing your nonprofit and its people is to respond to

problems promptly and appropriately, in a fair and

thorough manner. When a problem arises, stay as

calm as possible while you get the information you

need to decide what to do. You won’t do yourself

or your nonprofit any good by making an unconsid-

ered response.

If a problem comes up involving a written

contract, start by reviewing the contract to pinpoint

where things went wrong, whether the contract

addresses the problem, and what solutions (if

any) are available under the contract. After you’ve

clarified the dispute as best you can in your own

mind, a calm meeting or phone call with the other

party is usually a good idea, followed up by a letter

summarizing the meeting or conversation. If a

problem arises with an employee, be sure to follow

your established policies and keep employment

matters confidential. If necessary or appropriate,

or if you simply feel that you are in over your

head, contact an expert such as a lawyer, mediator,

employment law specialist, or other professional.

(See Chapter 12 for more information on finding and

working with lawyers.)

Keep in mind that if someone sues your organi-

zation, you may decide—or be required—to pay

something to settle the claim or to defend yourself,

whether or not you feel responsible for what went

wrong. If you have insurance, the insurance com-

pany will generally pay for an attorney to defend

you against claims covered by your policy. It will

also likely pay some, if not most, of any eventual

settlement or judgment against you if the claim is

covered by your policy.

If you don’t have insurance, you may have to

get creative to adequately address your costs or

losses in an emergency. Some nonprofits will be

fortunate enough to have some extra money in the

bank for emergencies. Others may choose to hold

a special event to raise money in an unexpected

emergency, such as a fire or natural disaster. While

special events aren’t cheap, you may find that local

businesses, individuals, or other nonprofits might

be willing to pitch in (in an emergency) to help or

offer a venue, food, music, or other things for free.

Flexibility and creativity will be your best assets for

dealing with this type of crisis.

Checklist: Risk Management and Insurance

Treat liability issues seriously. Take active steps to protect your organization and its

people.

Understand the common types of lawsuits— contract disputes, employment claims, and

personal injury lawsuits—in order to recog-

nize where your nonprofit might be at risk.

Understand who can be held liable in different situations: your board members,

staff, volunteers, and/or the organization

itself.

Use risk management strategies to minimize the possibility of a lawsuit against your non-

profit. Anticipate what can go wrong, and

focus on prevention.

Operate your organization conscientiously and implement effective workplace policies.

Obtain appropriate property, liability, auto- mobile, and other types of insurance for your

nonprofit.

If seriously threatened with a lawsuit, obtain legal advice specific to your situation.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 8

Understanding Contracts and Agreements

A. Contract Law Basics .................................................................................................... 8/2

1. Agreement Between Parties ............................................................................... 8/2

2. Exchange of Promises or Things of Value ........................................................ 8/4

3. Oral Versus Written Contracts ........................................................................... 8/5

B. Using Contracts in the Real World .......................................................................... 8/7

1. Using Standard Contracts ................................................................................... 8/7

2. Using the Other Party’s Contract ...................................................................... 8/8

3. Signing a Contract ................................................................................................ 8/9

4. Modifying a Signed Contract ............................................................................. 8/9

C. Typical Contract Terms .............................................................................................. 8/9

1. Contract Title ....................................................................................................... 8/10

2. Names and Addresses of Parties ..................................................................... 8/10

3. Brief Background Description ......................................................................... 8/10

4. Description of the Services or Products ....................................................... 8/10

5. Schedule and Deadlines ................................................................................... 8/11

6. Price ...................................................................................................................... 8/11

7. Payment Arrangements ..................................................................................... 8/12

8. Warranties ........................................................................................................... 8/12

9. Indemnity ............................................................................................................. 8/13

10. Duration of Contract ......................................................................................... 8/13

11. Terminating the Contract .................................................................................. 8/13

12. Resolving Disputes ............................................................................................. 8/14

13. Applicable Law .................................................................................................... 8/15

14. Signatures and Dates ......................................................................................... 8/15

8/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

R egardless of its size, mission, or activities,

your nonprofit will eventually have to enter

into agreements with others, including other

nonprofits, for-profit businesses, and individuals. For

example, if you book a venue for an event, hire a

consultant, order a set of printed brochures, or rent

office space, you will have to reach an agreement

with the other party about the details: the price of

using the venue, the number of printed brochures,

and so on. While some of these transactions may be

simple enough to complete with a handshake, some

will be sufficiently detailed, long-term, or financially

important to require a written contract.

Thankfully, most contracts are relatively short,

simple documents that clearly set forth the essential

terms of a deal or agreement. You probably won’t

need a lawyer to complete many of the contracts

your nonprofit will execute. However, there are

some situations in which lawyers can be helpful or

even essential. For example, if there’s a type of con-

tract you expect to use over and over again—such

as a consulting agreement to use when you hire

independent contractors—you might want to have a

lawyer look over your contract and make any neces-

sary refinements so that you’ll have a solid template

to use for years to come. And if you’re entering into

a complicated, high-stakes agreement, you should

certainly get a lawyer either to help you draft the

contract or to review any contract that is presented

to you to sign. But you should be able to handle the

majority of day-to-day transactions and agreements

on your own, without bringing in a lawyer.

This chapter will explain contract basics, includ-

ing what makes a contract enforceable and how to

decipher common contract clauses.

A. Contract Law Basics

A contract doesn’t have to take any particular form

or contain any magic words to be legally binding.

What “legally binding” means is that if you fail to

live up to your end of the contract, you can be sued

and forced to pay money damages to the other party

or, in some circumstances, to do the things you

promised in the contract. Some contracts are 50-

page documents filled with Latin phrases and legal

boilerplate; others are two- or three-sentence agree-

ments scratched out on a napkin. Regardless of its

length or formality, a contract will be legally binding

if it meets these two requirements:

• The parties have reached an agreement—that

is, an offer has been made by one party and

accepted by the other.

• Promises or other things of value have been

exchanged, such as money, merchandise, or a

promise to perform services.

Generally, a contract is legally binding whether

or not it is in writing. However, there are some

situations when a contract must be in writing to be

valid—these are covered in Section A3, below.

Nonprofits must comply with their contracts, just like other businesses. The legal rules covering contracts apply to nonprofits just the same

as any other entity. As long as the contract is valid

under the rules of contract law (as described in this

section), it binds a nonprofit just as it would a for-

profit business or any other entity.

1. Agreement Between Parties

Although it may seem obvious, a contract is valid

only if all parties really do agree on every major

issue. Sounds simple enough, but in real life it can

often be hard to tell the difference between a pre-

liminary discussion and a true agreement. To help

bring the dividing line into clearer focus, the law

has developed rules that define when an agreement

has been reached.

The basic rule is that an agreement exists when

one party makes an offer and the other party accepts

it. If the acceptance of the offer is followed by

an exchange of promises or other things of value

(discussed next, in Section A2), a binding contract

has been created. For most types of contracts, an

offer and acceptance can be made either orally or

in writing. In a few cases, however, the offer and

acceptance must be in writing (see Section A3,

below). In any case, it’s always a good idea to put

your agreement in writing, to avoid future misunder-

standings.

To illustrate the steps of offer and acceptance,

let’s say that you’re shopping around for a print shop

UNDERSTANDING CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS 8/ 3

to produce brochures for your nonprofit. One printer

says (by phone or by fax) that he’ll print 1,000 two-

color brochures for $400. This constitutes his offer. If

you tell him to go ahead with the job, you’ve accept-

ed his offer. This constitutes an agreement between

the parties in the eyes of the law. But if you tell the

printer you’re not yet sure and want to continue

shopping—or you don’t respond to his proposal at

all—you haven’t accepted his offer and no agree-

ment has been reached.

In the day-to-day world of business transactions,

the seemingly simple steps of offer and acceptance

can sometimes become quite convoluted. For in-

stance, you might make an offer and then decide

that you want to withdraw or amend it before the

other party accepts. Or, the other party might pro-

pose a change of terms, such as a higher price or

a different end product. Delaying acceptance of an

offer, revoking an offer, and making a counteroffer

are common situations that may lead to confusion or

even conflict. To minimize the potential for dispute,

here are some rules that will help you figure out

whether you’ve reached a valid agreement.

a. Duration of an Offer

Unless an offer includes a stated expiration date,

it remains open for a “reasonable” period of time.

What’s reasonable, of course, is open to interpreta-

tion and will depend on the particular situation. The

law in this area is vague, so it’s best to act quickly

and be clear about your intentions. If you want to

accept someone else’s offer, do it as soon as possible,

while there’s little doubt that the offer is still open.

If you made an offer but haven’t received a response

for a while, you should revoke the offer explicitly

rather than letting it hang out there.

EXAMPLE: A nonprofit emails a Web developer to ask if she will create a new feature for its

website for $300. The Web developer does not

reply for three months; in the fourth month, she

sends an email accepting the offer. In the mean-

time, the nonprofit has already found someone

else to do the job and is now worried about

whether it has any legal obligation to the first,

slow-to-respond developer. A board member

with a legal background advises the group that

most courts would probably say three months

was not a reasonable amount of time for the

Web developer to expect the offer to remain

open. But, of course, there’s no guarantee that a

particular judge will agree.

The nonprofit sends a polite, carefully

worded letter to the Web developer explaining

that the job is no longer available because she

took so long to get back to them. Thankfully,

the Web developer responds by apologizing

that she took so long in responding to the offer

and stating that she would be interested in

future work. Her response makes it clear that

she’s not considering legal action to enforce any

perceived agreement, and the nonprofit realizes

it dodged a potential bullet. From now on, it

plans to revoke any offer that doesn’t receive a

response after two weeks.

If you are making the offer, you can avoid poten-

tial confusion by being very clear about how long

your offer will remain open. The best way to do this

is to include an expiration date in the offer. In the

above example, the nonprofit might have included

the following text in its offer to the Web developer:

“If we do not receive a response within two weeks,

this offer automatically expires.”

b. Revoking an Offer

The person who makes an offer can revoke it as

long as it hasn’t yet been accepted. (Options—offers

that can’t be revoked for a period of time—are an

exception to this general rule; see Subsection c,

below.) If the other party wants to accept an offer

after you’ve revoked it, it’s too late—no agreement

will have been reached because the offer is no

longer open. But if the other party accepts your offer

before you revoke it (and before any expiration date

or a “reasonable” time has passed), an agreement

will exist and you’ll be well on your way to

establishing a binding contract.

It’s a good idea to state explicitly in your offers

that you have the right to withdraw the offer prior

to acceptance. A simple statement such as “We may

revoke this offer at any time before acceptance”

should suffice.

8/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Always revoke an offer in writing. Although you are not legally required to put your revo-

cation in writing, it’s a very sensible idea. Revoking

an offer in writing will help prevent misunderstand-

ings about exactly what was said (and when). If the

other party later tries to shade the truth, you’ll have

a written document to back you up.

c. Options

Sometimes the party making an offer agrees that it

will remain open—that it cannot and will not be

revoked—for a stated period of time. This type of

contract is called an option. Usually, the offer or

requests a fee in exchange for keeping the offer

open, to compensate for the fact that he or she can-

not revoke the offer and make a deal with someone

else while the option is in effect.

Say someone offers to sell a pickup truck to your

nonprofit for $8,000, and you want to think the

offer over without having to worry that the seller

will revoke the offer or sell the truck to someone

else. You and the seller could agree that the offer

will stay open for a certain period of time—say, 30

days—in exchange for a nonrefundable payment of

$50. Once the option is in place, the offer or cannot

revoke the offer for 30 days.

d. Counteroffers

Often, a person responds to an offer not by accept-

ing the terms immediately, but by bargaining or

proposing different terms (such as a lower price). In

this situation, the original offer hasn’t been accepted

and there is no agreement. In most instances, the

law will treat a modified proposal as a “counteroffer,”

which must then be accepted by the other party (the

original offer or) in order for the parties to reach an

agreement in the eyes of the law. In other words,

when a counteroffer is made, the legal responsibility

to accept or decline shifts back to the person who

made the original offer.

For instance, say your printer offers to print 1,000

brochures for you for $400. If you respond by say-

ing you’ll pay only $300 for the job, you have not

accepted his offer (no contract has been formed)

but instead have made a counteroffer. It is then up

to your printer to accept, decline, or make another

counteroffer (perhaps to charge $350). However, if

your printer agrees to do the job for $300, he has

accepted your counteroffer and an agreement has

been reached.

2. Exchange of Promises or Things of Value

Even if the parties reach an agreement, they haven’t

made a contract unless they exchange something

of value in anticipation of the completion of the

contract. The “thing of value” being exchanged—

called “consideration” in legal-speak—is most often

a promise to do something in the future, such as a

promise to pay a fee, perform services, or provide

a product. The purpose of this rule is to distinguish

enforceable contracts from one-sided promises—

such as a promise to give someone money as a

gift—which are not legally enforceable. The legal

reasoning here is that you shouldn’t be able to

enforce a promise unless you’ve given something in

return.

For example, say a printer agrees to print free

business cards for your nonprofit. If you make no

promise in return, such as to put the printer’s logo

at your website or to use the printer for another

job, then the consideration requirement hasn’t been

met. Because you and the printer didn’t exchange

promises (only the printer made a promise), there’s

no contract—the printer could change his mind and

refuse to provide the free business cards, and you

would have no legal right to force him to do it. But

if your printer promises to print brochures and you

promise to pay for them, then you have exchanged

promises to do things of value, which creates an

enforceable contract. If the printer then refused to

do the print job, you could sue him for damages.

Although the consideration requirement is met in

most transactions by an exchange of promises (“I’ll

promise to pay money if you promise to print my

brochures”), actually doing the work or paying the

money can also satisfy the rule. If, for instance, you

leave your printer a voicemail message that you’ll

pay an extra $50 for the brochures to be folded,

UNDERSTANDING CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS 8/ 5

the printer can create a binding contract by actually

doing the folding. And, once he does so, you can’t

weasel out of the deal by claiming that you changed

your mind.

3. Oral Versus Written Contracts

Before explaining which contracts have to be in

writing to be legally enforceable, here’s some simple

advice: All contracts that are of more than minor

importance should be written out and signed by

both parties. Here’s why:

• Writing down terms tends to make both

parties review them more carefully, which

helps eliminate ambiguities, misunderstandings,

and other fatal flaws right from the start.

• An oral agreement—no matter how honestly

made—is hard to remember accurately. A

few months later, the parties could well have

some differing recollections about the agree-

ment. If you have a written contract, you can

easily refresh your memories by pulling out

your document and reading it. In the absence

of a written agreement, you may end up in

a potentially relationship-killing argument—

which, in the worst case, might have to be

conducted in front of a judge.

• Oral agreements are subject to willful misin-

terpretation by a not-so-innocent party who

wants to get out of the deal.

• Oral contracts are often difficult (and com-

monly impossible) to prove, which makes

them hard to enforce if you do end up in

court.

EXAMPLE: Samantha, the executive director of a nonprofit, wants to run an ad in the local

weekly paper for her nonprofit’s upcoming

event. She asks Leandro, an acquaintance who

is a graphic designer, to create the ad. Because

Samantha needs the ad right away, and because

the two have known each other for a couple of

years, they make a quick oral agreement that

Leandro will create the ad for $100.

The finished ad contains a beautiful image

that Samantha loves—so much, in fact, that

she wants to use the image on T-shirts, mugs,

mouse pads, and other types of merchandise to

promote the nonprofit. When she tells Leandro

of her plans, Leandro realizes that he and

Samantha never discussed how the ad could

be used. Leandro’s agreement to create the ad

for $100 was based on his understanding that

the ad would be used just once in the weekly

newspaper. As is standard in the graphic

design business, Leandro would have charged

significantly more to create an image that

Samantha’s nonprofit could use over and over.

If Samantha and Leandro had used

Leandro’s standard agreement for graphic

design work, there would have been no

misunderstanding—Leandro’s contract would

have clearly outlined the allowed uses for

the work and stated that all other rights were

retained by Leandro’s graphic design studio.

Now, after the fact, Leandro finds himself

in the uncomfortable position of having to

tell Samantha that she cannot use the image

freely and that they must renegotiate a fee if

Samantha wants to use it for other purposes.

Thankfully, when Leandro explains the

situation to Samantha, she agrees that they

hadn’t talked about other uses when she asked

Leandro to create the ad. They work out a new

fee, giving Samantha’s nonprofit unlimited use

of the image. They also agree that they’ll use a

written agreement for all future work.

That’s my good advice; now here’s what the law

says: While many oral contracts are enforceable,

a variety of state and federal laws require certain

types of contracts to be in writing. These laws are

often called “statutes of frauds” and are quite similar

from state to state. In addition, most states have also

adopted some version of the Uniform Commercial

Code (UCC), which applies to certain sales of goods.

These laws typically require the following types of

contracts to be in writing:

• An agreement that by its terms can’t be

completed in a year or less. For example, a

contract for a Web developer to maintain your

nonprofit’s website for two years must be in

writing. On the other hand, if the contract

8/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

might take longer than a year to complete but

could be completed within a year, it doesn’t

have to be in writing. For example, a contract

for a consultant to overhaul your nonprofit’s

management structure would not have to be

written, because it is quite possible that the

consultant would finish the work within one

year. Similarly, a contract for a web developer

to do specified site revisions with no time

period stated would not have to be in writing.

• A lease for a term longer than one year, or an

agreement authorizing an agent to execute

such a lease on your behalf.

• Any sale of real estate (or of an interest in real

estate), or an agreement authorizing an agent

to purchase or sell real estate (or an interest in

real estate) on your behalf.

• An agreement that by its terms will not be

completed during the lifetime of one of the

parties.

• A promise to pay someone else’s debt.

• A promise to sell goods for $500 or more.

A full-blown contract is not necessary here,

only a brief written note or memo setting

forth two essential terms of the agreement:

that an agreement was reached, and the

quantity of goods to be sold. Other items

that are typically covered in contracts, such

as the price of goods or the time and place

of delivery, don’t have to be included to

satisfy this rule (from state UCC statutes).

This written memo usually has to be signed.

However, if one party doesn’t object to the

memo within 10 days of receiving it, then his

or her signature isn’t required.

Additional laws may apply to your situation. While the rules outlined above are the most common laws that require contracts to be in writing,

other laws at the state or federal level may apply to

specific types of contracts. For example, under the

federal Copyright Act, a contract to sell all copy-

How Formal Should You Be?

It can be tricky to figure out how formal you need

to be with various transactions. While the table

below doesn’t address every possible situation, it

offers some examples to give you a general idea

of which agreements need to be taken more seri-

ously than others. As you gain more experience,

you’ll undoubtedly develop your own inner com-

pass.

Handshake probably OK

Put a contract in writing, using a template or your own draft

Put a contract in writing, and consider getting assistance from a lawyer or other professional

Scheduling a community leader to come speak to your organization at an informal lunch.

Hiring a consultant to revamp your nonprofit’s website.

Purchasing another business or nonprofit.

Assigning volunteers to help set up and break down an event.

Renting a hotel or other venue for a nonprofit event.

Holding a major event such as a film fes- tival, trade show, or other gathering with many sponsors and/or participants.

Having a local business donate free coffee and donuts for your board meetings.

Hiring a caterer to supply meals for 200 guests at your annual dinner.

Buying real estate.

UNDERSTANDING CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS 8/ 7

rights in a creative work (known as a copyright

assignment), or to grant an exclusive license to a

creative work, must be in writing. These miscella-

neous laws apply much less often than state statutes

of frauds and UCC laws, but they might come up in

a given situation. The good news is that you won’t

have to worry about these laws if you follow my

advice and put all of your important agreements in

writing.

Confirm Oral Agreements in Writing

If you’re making a simple agreement with

another party and feel that the situation falls

in the gray area between “simple enough for a

handshake” and “better put it in writing,” it’s

a good idea to send a letter or at least an email

confirmation of the important terms of your

agreement. True, emails aren’t an ideal way to

document important agreements for a number

of reasons: they encourage informality rather

than careful consideration; they can’t easily

be “signed” in a verifiable way; they are prone

to being accidentally deleted; and they lack

the sense of importance that formal contracts

inherently carry. Still, it’s far better to quickly

list the fundamental terms of your agreement

and email them to the other party than to rely

on all-too-fragile human memory.

When sending a letter or email confirma-

tion, include a statement at the end that you’d

appreciate a reply indicating whether every-

thing looks in order. Also indicate that if you

don’t receive a reply, you’ll presume that the

other party agrees with your recitation of the

terms. If the other party emails you back say-

ing, “The agreement you emailed looks fine,”

you’ve got a fairly solid record of your agree-

ment. If you print out these emails and keep

copies of them on your computer, you’ll have

some written proof of your agreement in case

there’s a dispute.

B. Using Contracts in the Real World

Now that you understand how important it is to

put your contracts in writing, you may wonder

exactly how to go about it. The good news is that

you probably won’t have to draft anything from

scratch. Standard, fill-in-the-blanks contracts are

readily available that cover many types of business

transactions. Even if you need to make modifications

to a standard contract, it’ll be much easier than

writing one from scratch.

This section explains how to use (and, if nec-

essary, modify) a standard contract or review a

contract provided by the other party. It also covers

practical issues such as signing the contract and

making changes after it’s been executed.

1. Using Standard Contracts

Standard contract templates are readily available for

many types of business transactions. Contracts to

provide services, rent property, hire independent

contractors, sell goods, and license intellectual

property are just a few of the blank-form agreements

you should be able to find easily. Standard rental

agreements, for example, are widely available at

office supply stores, through landlords’ associations,

at most public libraries, in Nolo’s LeaseWriter

software, and from many other sources. Nolo also

publishes standard contracts to use when hiring

various types of independent contractors. Keep in

mind that even though you’re running a nonprofit,

the contract you need may exist in the for-profit

world.

Nolo publishes standard contract forms. Nolo offers many standard forms for sale,

including independent contractor agreements,

nondisclosure agreements, releases, and more.

Go to Nolo’s website, at www.nolo.com, to see the

complete list.

8/ 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Here are a few sources for standard contracts, in

electronic and/or hard copy form:

• Nolo books and software offer many different

blank-form agreements. For general business

contracts, a great resource is Quicken Legal

Business Pro, a software program that provides

more than 140 business contracts.

• Trade associations are excellent resources for

fill-in-the-blank contracts.

• Other nonprofits may be willing to share their

contracts with you. If local groups aren’t eager

to let you in on their secrets, try nonprofits

nationwide.

• The Web has oceans of information about

various business transactions, including

sample contracts. Try searching for terms

particular to your needs, such as “events

contracts” or “contractor agreements.”

Once you find a contract covering the subject

matter of your transaction, you’ll probably have

to modify it at least slightly to meet your specific

needs. It’s entirely appropriate and often necessary

to change clauses of a standard contract. If you’re

working with a hard copy, it’s okay to make minor

changes by simply crossing out language and filling

in new language directly on the contract itself. Both

parties should initial any such changes to show that

they weren’t made after the fact without one party’s

knowledge. In today’s world, however, you’ll prob-

ably be working with an electronic copy of the con-

tract either on your computer or the other party’s. If

so, it’s a good idea to make the necessary changes

to the electronic file and then print out a clean copy

for both parties to sign.

Of course, you shouldn’t make any changes to a

standard contract unless you understand what you’re

doing. Don’t just strike a clause because you don’t

understand what it means or add a clause without

fully knowing the consequences of including it.

Section C, below, will help you avoid these pitfalls

by explaining the meaning and purpose of many

common contract clauses.

2. Using the Other Party’s Contract

Sometimes you won’t need to worry about finding a

standard contract or drafting your own, because the

other party will present you with a contract. While

this might save you some time initially, you’ll have

to review the contract’s terms very carefully, to make

sure you understand what you’re signing and to

figure out whether any changes are in order.

You may be hesitant to propose changes to the

other party’s contract, but you shouldn’t be. If a

clause is poorly written, is hard to understand,

or doesn’t accomplish your key goals, you should

suggest changes to make it clearer or to better suit

your needs. Of course, the other party might not

accept your proposed changes, but you should still

give it a try. Your success in convincing the other

party to accept your proposed changes will largely

depend on how much bargaining power you have—

that is, on how much the other party wants what

you have to offer or wants to do business with you.

As discussed in Section A, above, when you

propose changes to a contract, you’re making a

counteroffer. Contracts are commonly negotiated

back and forth (offer and counteroffer) several times

until both parties accept all the terms. If the parties

don’t reach an agreement, there’s no contract—no

matter how many discussions, drafts, or proposals

go back and forth.

UNDERSTANDING CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS 8/ 9

E

Eschew Obfuscation in Your Contracts

When modifying or drafting a contract, keep things simple. Despite what many lawyers would have you believe, dropping in a bushel of “therefores,” “wherefores,” and “parties of the first part” is more likely to introduce obfus- cation (how’s that for legal speak) than it is to promote clarity.

Here are some tips that will help you create a clear, straightforward agreement:

• To prevent confusion, don’t use “he,” “she,” “they,” or other pronouns in your contracts. Instead, use either the actual names of the parties (Urban Ecol- ogy and Ben Smith) or, if you must, their roles, such as Client and Contractor. It might seem repetitive or clumsy to write this way, but your goal is to be clear—not to write beautiful, flowing prose.

• Stay away from legalistic words like wherefore, herewith, or hereinafter. Far from making your contract sound more impressive, this type of language is sim- ply unnecessary and outdated. Stick to modern, clear English. And don’t throw in legal terms unless you are absolutely sure of their meaning. Legalistic jargon won’t make your contract more bind- ing—and if you get it wrong, you may be bound to terms you didn’t want, or your contract may be void.

• Make at least a couple drafts of your contract. After completing the first draft, let it rest a day or so, and then go back over it. Does it leave any questions in your mind? If it does, you need to fill in the gaps with more information.

• Get a lawyer’s help, if you need it. If you have an important question or want help drafting specific language, a quick con- sultation with a lawyer for these limited purposes will get you the information you need quickly—and won’t cost nearly as much as hiring the lawyer to draft the contract from scratch. (See Chapter 12 for more information on finding and working with lawyers.)

3. Signing a Contract

Before you enter into any written agreements, you’ll

need to know who is authorized to sign contracts

for your group. The answer can often be found in

the nonprofit’s bylaws, which outline the powers

and authorities held by members and officers of the

board of directors. Most standard bylaws state that

the president of the board of directors is responsible

for executing (signing) contracts and that the board

can extend this power to any officer or agent of the

nonprofit by issuing a board resolution. Assuming

your bylaws adopt this policy, you should pass a

board resolution listing any board or staff members

besides the board president whom you want to have

contract-signing authority.

Besides figuring out who can sign for your group,

you should also make sure that whoever signs the

contract for the other party has the legal authority to

do so. If the signer isn’t authorized to take on legal

obligations for the other party, the contract may be

declared invalid. Usually, common sense will tell

you all you need to know. If a project manager,

senior employee, department head, or other high-

level worker signs the contract for the other party,

you’re probably fine. If in doubt, ask a manager

or supervisor at the other business or nonprofit to

make sure that the signer is authorized to enter into

contracts on its behalf.

4. Modifying a Signed Contract

After it has been signed and gone into effect,

a contract can be amended at a later date with

a separate document called an addendum. The

addendum should state that its terms prevail over

the terms of the original contract, especially if the

terms are in direct conflict, as would be the case if

the price or completion time for a job were changed.

Both parties should sign an original copy of the

addendum and keep it with the original contract.

C. Typical Contract Terms

This section explains some basic terms that appear

in most contracts. The information here will help

you understand, edit, or draft clauses of standard

8/ 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

contracts, contracts presented to you by the other

party, or ones you draft from scratch. You’ll also find

sample language for common contract terms (which

you can certainly reword or refine).

There are many ways to organize a contract. The

sections and titles suggested below correspond to

the common issues and terms that most contracts

include, but they certainly aren’t written in stone. If

you feel that it makes more sense to combine terms

into one section, break a section into two or more

sections, or otherwise arrange your contract differ-

ently, feel free to reorganize.

Remember your goals. If you feel stuck when reading over a contract or contemplating what

it should include, remember that every contract aims

to accomplish certain things. These include:

• to clearly outline what each party is agree-

ing to do (including timelines and payment

arrangements)

• to anticipate areas of confusion or points of

potential conflict, and

• to provide for recourse (remedy) in case the

agreement is not followed through to comple-

tion.

1. Contract Title

Generally a contract will have a simple, descrip-

tive title like “Contract for Consulting Services” or

“Agreement for Sale of Computer Equipment.”

2. Names and Addresses of Parties

You should identify each party by name at the

beginning of the contract. If using full names

throughout will be too burdensome, introduce the

shorthand you’ll consistently use, such as “Client,”

“Consultant,” or “Vendor.”

Some contracts include the addresses of the

parties at the beginning; others list them at the end

of the contract, in the section that includes each

party’s signature.

Business Mentor Network Inc. (“BMN”), a

nonprofit corporation, desires to enter into a

contract with MediaWeb LLC (“MediaWeb”) for

website consulting and development services.

3. Brief Background Description

While not included in every contract, it can be

useful to draft a brief description of the background

of the agreement, often called “recitals.” This type of

information may be necessary to frame the contents

of the agreement. Typically, this section includes

a brief description of what the parties do and the

nature of the transaction covered in the contract.

Background of Parties BMN is an organization that aims to encourage

entrepreneurship in disadvantaged communities.

BMN’s main activity is providing experienced

business mentors for new and prospective

business owners in target communities and

offering classes and seminars on entrepreneur-

ship and business management to members of

these communities. MediaWeb offers website

consulting and development services, helping

businesses and organizations create or restruc-

ture their websites.

The subject of this contract is an agreement

(“Agreement”) that MediaWeb will provide

specific consulting, Web development, and

related services (collectively, “Services”) to

BMN in exchange for payment.

4. Description of the Services or Products

This section describes the terms of the deal. If

a service is to be performed, describe the job in

detail, clearly explaining exactly what each party is

promising to do. If a product is to be sold, describe

the product, price, and delivery date. If a meeting

site is to be rented, describe the site, price, date,

and time of the rental, as well as any items to be

provided with the rental (catering services, audio

equipment, or tables and chairs, for example).

For bigger or more complicated projects, you

may want to outline the project timetable on a

separate document and attach it to the contract.

(See “Including Attachments,” below.) Attachments

may also include site maps for a website project,

flow charts, scale drawings, formulas, or similar

types of detailed information that would otherwise

significantly interrupt the flow of your contract.

UNDERSTANDING CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS 8/ 1 1

In many service agreements, one or both parties

must submit reports, memos, sketches, drawings,

outlines, or the like. Items like this (often called

“deliverables”) should be identified in the contract,

either along with the description of services or in a

separate section. If any deliverables have due dates,

include those dates in the next section, “Schedules

and Deadlines.”

Project Description MediaWeb will create a new website for BMN,

which will include information about BMN’s

organization as well as helpful consumer infor-

mation on entrepreneurship generally. Details

regarding the site content, organization, and

features are covered in Attachment A, which

is attached to, and incorporated into, this

contract.

Deliverables MediaWeb will provide the following Deliver-

ables as part of its services:

1. a preliminary, detailed site map (“Prelimi-

nary Site Map”)

2. a final, detailed site map (“Final Site Map”),

and

3. approximately 50 pages of final content

(“Content”).

5. Schedule and Deadlines

Deadlines are a common source of conflict. To help

head off disputes before they arise, make sure that

your contracts clearly outline project schedules and

deadlines for both parties, including any interme-

diate deadlines that must be met before the final

completion date.

If strict compliance with deadlines is necessary,

be sure to include the phrase, “Time is of the es-

sence.” This language conveys the parties’ agree-

ment that deadlines are important—and that missing

a deadline could ruin the deal. If your contract

states that “time is of the essence,” and one party is

even slightly late, a court is likely to find that party

to have breached the contract. If you don’t include

this phrase in your contract, a court might be a bit

more lenient.

Project Schedule & Deadlines MediaWeb will deliver a preliminary, detailed

site map (“Preliminary Site Map”) to BMN no

later than June 1, 2005.

BMN will provide feedback to MediaWeb

within three weeks of receiving the preliminary

site map.

MediaWeb will deliver a final, detailed site map

(“Final Site Map”) by August 1, 2005.

MediaWeb will deliver approximately 50 pages

of final content (“Content”) to BMN no later

than September 1, 2005. Time is of the essence

with regard to the September 1, 2005 deadline.

Including Attachments

If your agreement includes any detailed de-

scriptions—say, the specifications of a creek

restoration project, the details of a children’s

inoculation program, or architectural blueprints—

it’s often best to include them as attachments

to the main contract. To do this, you must

prepare and label your attachment and state in

the main contract that the attachment is part of

the agreement. For example:

“The timeline of the project is outlined in

Attachment A, which is a formal part of this

contract.” (Or, “which is incorporated into

this contract.”)

“The detailed specifications for the Logo

drawing are set out in Attachment B, which

is a formal part of the contract.” (Or, “which

is incorporated into this contract.”)

6. Price

This section states the price or fee to be paid for

the goods or services in the contract. If any future

circumstances may affect the price—for example,

changes in the amount of product or services

needed—be sure to clearly describe how future

8/ 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

adjustments will be calculated. You can include

these details in the price section or put them in a

separate section.

Project Fee BMN will pay MediaWeb a project fee (“Proj-

ect Fee”) of $10,000 for on-time completion of

the Services outlined in this Agreement, which

includes about 50 pages of Web content, as set

out in Attachment 1.

Scope of Work; Additional Fees If the parties agree that the services necessary

for this project significantly exceed the Ser-

vices as described in this contract, the parties

agree to make a good faith effort to negotiate

additional project fees (“Additional Fees”). Any

Additional Fees will be based on a rate of $50

per hour for MediaWeb’s additional work, not

to exceed $2,000. An estimate of the Additional

Fees must be submitted by MediaWeb and

approved by BMN’s Project Manager for this

project before any work is performed that will

result in Additional Fees. If the Additional Fees

are estimated to exceed $2,000, BMN’s Board

of Directors must approve the estimate before

any work is performed that will result in Addi-

tional Fees.

For the purposes of this section, if the par-

ties agree that 60 or more pages of Content

should be produced, this will qualify as “signifi-

cantly exceeding the contract” and additional

project fees will be negotiated.

7. Payment Arrangements

Besides stating the price or fee to be paid, your

contract should spell out how payment will be

made, including due dates. For example, state

whether the fee will be paid all at once or in

installments, when each payment is due, whether

interest will be charged if payments are late, and

any other special requirements (such as whether

payment must be made by certified or cashier’s

check). If strict compliance with payment deadlines

is necessary, use the phrase “Time is of the essence.”

Terms of Payment BMN will pay MediaWeb $4,000 upon execution

of this Agreement; $3,000 within two weeks

of delivery of the Preliminary Site Map; and

$3,000 within two weeks of delivery of the Final

Site Map and Content.

8. Warranties

A warranty is essentially a guarantee made by

one party to another that a product or service will

meet certain standards. This section is usually

called “Warranties” but is sometimes called

“Representations”; the two terms are often used in

conjunction or interchangeably. While most contracts

include warranty provisions, they are not absolutely

essential. It’s up to you and the other party to decide

whether to include them in your contract.

If you do include warranty provisions, you should

consider whether failure to live up to the warranties

should constitute a serious violation of the contract

that would effectively terminate the agreement,

triggering its termination provisions (discussed be-

low). In legal lingo, a deal-breaking violation of the

contract is known as a “material breach,” and you

should include this term in your contract if violation

of a warranty would cause such significant problems

that you would want out of the deal.

Warranties and Representations MediaWeb represents and warrants that

it has the skills, professional experience,

and technical capabilities to complete the

Services in a professional and satisfactory

manner. MediaWeb represents and warrants

that it possesses any and all licenses and

governmental approvals required for it to

perform the Services. MediaWeb represents

and warrants that the Content will not

violate, invade, or infringe on any copyright,

trademark, right of privacy, right of publicity,

or other proprietary or personal right of any

person or entity. Failure to satisfy any of the

warranties and representations in this section

shall constitute a material breach of this

Agreement.

UNDERSTANDING CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS 8/ 1 3

9. Indemnity

Another common contract term is an indemnity

clause. “Indemnity” is legal lingo for one party’s

obligation to pay for any damage it does to the other

party. Often, indemnity clauses obligate one party

to pay for any legal claims that are brought against

the other party by outsiders as a result of the first

party’s wrongdoing.

For example, consider a contract between your

nonprofit and a database consultant in which both

parties indemnify each other. Let’s say the database

consultant creates a faulty, bug-ridden database that

crashes the computer systems of everyone who uses

it—including your freelance fundraising consultant,

who sues your nonprofit for the damages to her

computer and the business she lost because her

system crashed. Because your contract included an

indemnity provision, the database consultant would

be legally responsible for any damages your non-

profit suffers as a result of the fundraising consul-

tant’s lawsuit.

Like warranty provisions, indemnity provisions

are common, but not essential. If indemnity provi-

sions are included, make sure they apply at least

as much to the other party as they do to your non-

profit. In other words, don’t agree to indemnify the

other party unless the other party also agrees to

indemnify you.

Indemnification MediaWeb indemnifies BMN and will defend

BMN against, and hold BMN harmless from,

any claims and damages, including legal costs

and attorney fees, arising out of any breach or

failure of MediaWeb to perform any represen-

tations, warranties, or agreements contained in

this Agreement.

BMN indemnifies MediaWeb and will

defend MediaWeb against, and hold Medi-

aWeb harmless from, any claims and damages,

including legal costs and attorney fees, arising

out of any breach or failure of BMN to perform

any representations, warranties, or agreements

contained in this Agreement.

10. Duration of Contract

All contracts should state how long the agreement

will last, known in legal speak as the “term” of

the contract. Generally speaking, contracts should

last until the events covered in the contract have

occurred—for example, when the services or

products that are the subject of the contract have

been completed and paid for. The contract term

establishes the “natural” expiration date for the

contract.

Contract Term The term of this Agreement (“Term”) shall be for a period from March 1, 2005 until Septem-

ber 1, 2005. This Agreement shall automatically

terminate on September 1, 2005 or on the

completion of the Services, unless extended in

a written agreement signed by both parties.

11. Terminating the Contract

Besides specifying the contract term, most contracts

also indicate how a contract may be ended mid-

stream—for example, a contract might terminate if

one party fails to live up to its agreement or decides

that it wants out. These provisions, usually called

“termination” provisions, are generally included

separately from the contract term provisions.

a. Reasons to Terminate

Broadly speaking, there are two types of termina-

tion provisions: clauses that allow either party to

voluntarily end the contract for any reason, and

clauses that allow termination for specific reasons,

also known as termination “for cause.”

A typical voluntary termination provision allows

either party to end the agreement by giving a writ-

ten termination notice. A common example is a

month-to-month lease agreement: Both parties often

have the right to terminate the agreement by giving

the other party written notice at least 30 days in

advance.

Another type of termination provision says that

the contract will automatically end if certain things

8/ 1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

happen. The situations that commonly trigger

termination include a party breaching the contract, a

party selling or dissolving its business or nonprofit,

or a party going bankrupt.

Contracts often include provisions for both volun-

tary termination and termination for cause.

b. Payment Provisions

Besides specifying the permitted reasons for

terminating the contract, your contract should also

state whether payments will be made in the case

of termination. In other words, if the contract ends

early, what payments will the contractor be owed? A

common solution is to establish that the contractor

will be paid for work performed prior to the

termination.

Contract Termination MediaWeb or BMN may terminate this Agree-

ment for any reason upon 30 days’ written

notice to the other party.

This Agreement terminates automatically

upon the occurrence of any of the following

events: (1) bankruptcy or insolvency of either

party, (2) the sale of MediaWeb’s business or

dissolution of BMN’s nonprofit corporation, or

(3) material breach of contract by either party.

If this Agreement is terminated by either

party for any reason, BMN will have no further

obligation to make any payments to MediaWeb,

except for Services already done but not yet

paid for prior to the termination, calculated at

the rate of $50 per hour.

12. Resolving Disputes

Despite all your careful planning and contract draft-

ing, you may not be successful in heading off a

dispute with the other party. You can, however, take

steps to minimize the time and expense of dealing

with these disagreements by including language in

your contract to channel any dispute towards resolu-

tion methods other than a lawsuit.

One effective and popular approach to resolving

disputes is mediation. In mediation, a neutral third

party (the mediator) works with the parties to try

to come up with a mutually satisfactory resolution.

Unlike a judge, a mediator does not have the power

to impose a judgment upon the parties, so a solution

will be reached only if both parties agree to it.

If the parties can’t resolve their dispute in media-

tion, they have an additional option short of taking

it to court: arbitration. In arbitration, a neutral third

party (the arbitrator) hears arguments and takes

evidence from both parties, then makes a decision

about what should happen. The arbitration process

is more like a lawsuit in that the person overseeing

the process (the arbitrator) has the authority to make

a decision regarding the dispute, even if the parties

aren’t happy with the decision. But many prefer

arbitration to litigation because it is generally more

streamlined, quicker, and less costly than regular

civil court.

Contracts often state that the parties will try

mediation and then, if that fails, use arbitration to

settle a dispute as an alternative to going to court.

Dispute Resolution If any dispute arises under the terms of this

Agreement, the parties agree to try to mediate

the dispute. The parties will choose a mutually

acceptable mediator and will share the costs

of mediation equally. If the parties are unable

to resolve their dispute in mediation, the

parties agree to choose a mutually acceptable

arbitrator to arbitrate the dispute. The costs of

arbitration will be assigned to the parties by

the arbitrator. The results of any arbitration will

be binding and final.

Want more information on mediation and arbitration? Check out Mediate, Don’t Litigate, by Peter Lovenheim and Lisa Guerin (Nolo). This reference explains mediation in detail

and includes information on selecting a mediator,

presenting your side of the story in mediation,

and drafting mediation agreements that will stand

the test of time. It also includes information on

arbitration.

UNDERSTANDING CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS 8/ 1 5

13. Applicable Law

Lawyers worry about which state’s law will apply

if a contract is breached. Because contract law is

very similar in every state, it won’t make that much

difference in how your contract is interpreted. But if

you enter into a contract with an out-of-state entity,

you’ll probably want your state’s law to govern—

otherwise, you may have to travel to another state to

bring or defend a lawsuit over the contract. But for

the fairly simple contracts most nonprofits sign with

local people and organizations, it’s safe (and sen-

sible) to leave this clause out.

State Law This contract shall be governed by and inter-

preted in accordance with the laws of Illinois.

14. Signatures and Dates

Your signature section should ask the parties to

enter their mailing addresses, the names and titles

of the person signing the contract (the “agent”), and

the date(s) on which the contract is signed. Also,

make sure to obtain the tax identification number of

contractors for your tax purposes—as discussed in

Chapter 5, you are required to report payments you

make to independent contractors if you pay them

more than $600 in one year.

Signatures

Business Mentor Network

Mailing address:

Name of agent:

Title:

Signature:

Date:

MediaWeb

Mailing address:

Tax ID or SS #:

Name of agent:

Title:

Signature:

Date:

Special Contract Issues for Booking Venues

Nonprofits often have to deal with contract

issues when they make arrangements with

venues for meetings and events. Hotels or

convention centers often use their own,

fairly complicated, agreements, sometimes

titled “Terms and Conditions,” “Booking

Agreement,” or something similar. You’ll need

to understand some common terms and issues

to stay out of legal trouble when entering into

one of these agreements.

Note: These issues may not come up at all

if you use smaller or nontraditional venues

for your events. For example, if you can hold

your art education seminar in a library, an art

gallery, or another nonprofit’s conference

room rather than at a hotel, you’ll not only save

money, but you also may be able to avoid many

of the long list of contractual rules set out in

typical hotel rental agreements.

• Deadlines. There will often be dead- lines for reserving the space, posting

your deposit, telling the venue how

many people you expect, and cancel-

ing your reservation without losing

your deposit, among other things.

Whoever is in charge of organizing

the event needs to be on top of these

deadlines in order to avoid penalties

and other consequences—such as los-

ing your reservation or having to pay for

the space even though your event was

canceled.

• Reservation. Perhaps the most impor- tant effect of signing a contract with a

venue is that the space will be reserved

for you. However, this reservation often

depends on you living up to your end of

the contract. If you fail to pay deposits

on time or meet other requirements of

the contract, the venue may cancel your

reservation.

8/ 1 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

• Fees. Some venues will quote you a price over the phone that turns out to be only

a base fee, to which other charges will

almost certainly be added. Make sure the

contract is clear about any extra charges,

such as a fee for help setting up, techni-

cal assistance, power usage, a DSL line,

overtime compensation for the venue’s

staff, parking, or cleaning up afterwards.

• Deposits. Most venues will require your nonprofit to put down a deposit

well ahead of your event. Make sure the

contract clearly outlines when deposit

payments are due, as well as the total

amount you’ll have to pay. Manage your

nonprofit’s cash flow carefully to make

sure you meet these deadlines.

• Cancellations. The contract should clear- ly outline the venue’s cancellation policy.

It’s typical for a venue to refund 100% of

your deposit if you cancel by a certain

date—30 or 60 days before the event, for

example. If you cancel later, you may only

receive a partial refund—and you could

lose your entire deposit if you cancel at

the last minute. If you do cancel, make

sure you put it in writing and obtain

some sort of confirmation of delivery—

certified mail is best.

• Head counts. If your fee will be based on attendance, the venue’s contract will

likely have a deadline by which you must

indicate how many people you expect

to attend. In this situation, it’s important

to have a confirmed attendance number

before the venue’s deadline. If the dead- line approaches and you haven’t finalized

your reservations, you may be forced to

give a high estimate and pay for people

who don’t actually attend, or you may

have to pay penalties if the actual atten-

dance exceeds your expectations.

• On-site costs. If you will need equipment for your event, such as a public address

(PA) system, slide projector, or lighting

equipment, you may be able to rent it

from the venue—but keep in mind that

hotels and convention centers almost

always charge very high rates. Food and

beverage costs are usually similarly in-

flated at these venues. You’ll almost al-

ways be better off renting equipment or

hiring a caterer separate from the venue.

If the venue won’t allow you to do this,

consider holding your event elsewhere. If

you decide that the convenience of using

the venue’s equipment or food services

is worth the higher price, make sure that

everything you’ll need is listed in the

contract, along with the costs.

• Technical services. If you’ll be using ex- tensive electrical equipment, networked

computers, or other technology at your

event, you may need a venue employee

to help you set up. If so, find out whether

you’ll have to pay extra for a technician’s

services or whether the general fee in-

cludes this cost. Again, make sure your

contract includes every service you’ll

need—and doesn’t subject you to charg-

es for items or services you can do with-

out.

• Liability. Make sure the contract addresses whether the venue will assume liability

for injuries that occur during the event.

Venues usually will assume liability. If

they don’t, however, they’ll often ask you

to show proof of liability coverage, which

could be a general liability policy or a

certificate showing coverage specifically

for the event. (See Chapter 7 for a full

discussion of liability issues, including

risk management and insurance.)

Special Contract Issues for Booking Venues (continued)

UNDERSTANDING CONTRACTS AND AGREEMENTS 8/ 1 7

Checklist: Understanding Contracts and Agreements

Familiarize yourself with the legal basics of contracts, especially the rules for what makes

a contract valid and binding.

Put all your agreements into writing whenever possible.

When you need to create a contract, start by looking for a standard form contract. Modify-

ing a standard contract will be much easier

and will likely yield a more solid contract than

drafting one from scratch.

Keep your contract language clear and to the point, and don’t be tempted to use legalese.

Be detail-oriented in your contracts. Make sure that any points of potential conflict are

spelled out clearly.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 9

Marketing Your Nonprofit

A. Marketing and Public Relations at Work ................................................................ 9/3

1. Common Marketing Terms ................................................................................. 9/4

2. Marketing Approaches and Goals ..................................................................... 9/4

B. Fundamental Marketing Tools .................................................................................. 9/6

1. Networking ............................................................................................................ 9/6

2. Media Relations .................................................................................................... 9/7

3. Listings or Directories ........................................................................................ 9/11

C. Creating a Website ................................................................................................... 9/11

1. Focus on Your Goals .......................................................................................... 9/12

2. Define and Develop Your Content ................................................................. 9/13

3. Create Web Pages for Your Content ............................................................... 9/15

4. Register a Domain Name and Get a Web Host ............................................. 9/16

5. Promote Your Site Simply and Cheaply ......................................................... 9/17

9/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

N o matter what its mission, every nonprofit

needs to market itself. Spreading the

word about your organization’s work and

accomplishments is an indispensable part of running

a nonprofit. When you do this successfully and

consistently, you’ll create a favorable buzz about

your organization, greatly improving your ability

to attract potential funders, volunteers, and other

supporters. This chapter will help you get the word

out to those whom you hope to serve, potential

supporters, and the larger universe of influential

people, organizations, and public agencies interested

in your mission.

Despite what you might think, marketing your

nonprofit does not have to be terribly time-consuming

or expensive. In fact, the best marketing methods

are often the simplest and cheapest. For example,

encouraging good word of mouth and networking

in your community will cost you little (if anything)

and will greatly help your group develop name rec-

ognition and forge productive relationships. Other

inexpensive marketing methods, such as sending

out press releases and fostering media coverage, can

generate far better exposure than spending a fortune

on advertising.

This chapter outlines a simple, affordable approach

to marketing your nonprofit. The strategies and tips

described here will help you get your marketing

machine up and running—and expand your market-

ing efforts as your nonprofit’s resources grow. Here

you’ll find information on:

• marketing basics (Section A)

• marketing tools (Section B), and

• creating a website (Section C).

Marketing and Publishing Can Overlap

While this book covers marketing and publish-

ing in separate chapters, they are not mutually

exclusive. “Publishing” means conveying substantive information to the public—for

example, producing a newsletter with articles

about water conservation or creating a web-

site with photos and detailed instructions on

self-defense techniques for women. “Market-

ing” means conveying information about your

organization with less emphasis on substantive

issues. Examples of marketing include distrib-

uting brochures with basic information about

your nonprofit, running ads in a local paper to

promote an event, or putting up a one-page

website with your mission statement and infor-

mation on how to donate.

Publishing efforts usually create marketing

opportunities. For example, if your ecological

organization publishes a quarterly newsletter

with articles on land preservation policy, you

can (and should!) also include promotional

information asking for volunteers and financial

support. The same strategy applies to publish-

ing a website: If your nonprofit creates a

website with detailed, educational content

on self-defense techniques for women, the

website should also include some pages with

marketing-driven content, such as how to

donate, the history of the organization, or a

request for volunteers.

Publishing efforts are covered in the next

chapter, which explains how to decide whether

to publish, different types of publications, what

resources you’ll need, and how to get started.

MARKETING YOUR NONPROFIT 9/ 3

A. Marketing and Public Relations at Work

There’s no denying that we live in a world driven by

markets—and saturated by marketing. As annoying

as it is to be relentlessly courted by thousands of

companies each day, constant exposure to market-

ing messages offers one benefit you can put to

use for your nonprofit: Whether you’ve “studied”

marketing or not, you’ve unwittingly absorbed a

basic understanding of how marketing works. As

you review the marketing strategies in this section,

keep in mind that as an experienced marketing

target, you probably know more about marketing

than you think you do. Use this knowledge to turn

the tables—to think like a marketer, rather than a

“marketee.”

Marketing is not synonymous with advertising.

Paid advertising can be part of a marketing strategy,

but it seldom makes sense for a new nonprofit to

invest precious resources on ads. Paid advertising

is much more expensive—and less effective—than

many cheaper (or even free) methods of getting

exposure.

More efficient ways to promote your nonprofit

include:

• coaching board members and other influential

supporters to spread the word

• networking with other nonprofits, government

agencies, and community leaders

• creating a website and promoting it

• distributing brochures, flyers, or other litera-

ture

• pitching stories about your nonprofit to local

media

• listing your organization or events in local

calendars and directories, or

• organizing or participating in conferences,

seminars, or other events.

Effective Marketing Starts With a Solid Organization

Lots of nonprofits (and even for-profit busi-

nesses) fail to understand the importance of

having an efficient, organized operation in

place before they start their marketing efforts. After all, you’ll want to be ready to handle the

heightened attention your marketing will bring

to your organization. For example, a restaurant

should not start a big marketing campaign

without already having a good chef and

enough wait staff in place to handle a surge of

diners. Otherwise, the unprepared restaurant’s

marketing efforts would likely result in un-

happy diners and bad publicity.

The same holds true for a nonprofit. If

you’re not ready to manage volunteers or

accept donations, sending out a press release

with a plea for support could easily lead to

disaster. If dozens of potential volunteers and

donors call your nonprofit in response, only

to learn that your group has no clear volunteer

opportunities or system to handle donations,

your nonprofit will lose credibility and suffer a

blow to its reputation.

Before you decide how to market, pay attention to what you’re marketing. Make sure your group’s house is in order before you

worry about how to call attention to it. For

more information on this and other common-

sense tips for cost-effective marketing, read

Nolo’s Marketing Without Advertising, by Michael Phillips and Salli Rasberry.

9/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

1. Common Marketing Terms

Because so many terms are bandied about when

referring to marketing efforts, it can be hard to

understand the distinctions among specific types of

marketing, such as publicity, public relations, and

media relations. Truth be told, there’s often only

a fuzzy line among these categories. This section

defines some of the most common marketing terms

as they are used in this chapter.

Marketing. This general term refers to just about any promotional activity: advertising, special events,

direct mail, online discounts and promotions, and

the like. “Marketing” means any and all ways

of promoting your nonprofit. This chapter uses

more specific terms to refer to individual types of

marketing activities.

Advertising. “Advertising” means buying space or airtime to deliver a promotional message de-

signed to reach the general public, usually through

print media, television, radio, or the Internet. Of

course, just about anything can carry an advertising

message, including the sides of buses, billboards,

and park benches.

Listings or Directories. These terms refer to phone books, online directories, classified ads, or

other specialized publications designed to reach a

self-selected group of people, as opposed to the

general public. As with advertising, you must pay

for a listing. But, unlike most ads, directories often

serve as valuable resources that are used again and

again, which means that they can be very effective

marketing tools if they get to the right audience.

Public Relations. “Public relations” is another broad term that can refer to many different types

of outreach efforts. In this chapter, public relations

means a coordinated, multifaceted effort to get

your nonprofit’s message out to the public. Public

relations might include advertising, paying for listings,

pitching stories to the media, inviting key people to

participate in conferences, and making speeches.

Media Relations. This term refers to contacting the media and pitching story ideas in hopes of

obtaining editorial coverage (coverage in articles

or feature stories not tied to advertising). Most

commonly, media relations involves sending press

releases to newspaper editors, reporters, and

television producers to announce an event or

provide information that could be the subject of a

news story. Another media relations technique is to

hold a press conference at which your organization

conveys a specific (and newsworthy) message to

invited members of the press.

Publicity. Although the term “publicity” is often used loosely and sometimes interchangeably with

the term “public relations,” in this chapter, publicity

means event-related marketing efforts. Examples

include making speeches, sponsoring seminars, and

participating in conferences.

Nolo’s Marketing Without Advertising offers a whole book’s worth of good marketing ideas. Although Marketing Without Advertising, by Michael Phillips and Salli Rasberry, is tailored more

to profit-driven businesses than nonprofits, it offers

a wealth of information about how to build positive

recognition without spending a dime on traditional

advertising. Its insights into effective marketing

techniques are valuable for any enterprise, for-profit

and nonprofit alike.

2. Marketing Approaches and Goals

New nonprofits often worry that they don’t have

the budget or resources to market themselves. This

worry is usually unfounded. Not only are there

many low-cost ways to effectively market your non-

profit, but many nonprofits also overestimate how

much information they need to provide to potential

supporters.

In truth, most nonprofits don’t need a marketing

blitz; instead, they simply need to provide timely,

clear information about specific events or programs

and how the public can participate. Newer non-

profits will do better to promote specific events—it’s

easier to tell the public about an event than it is to

explain your nonprofit in the abstract. Focusing on

an opportunity for the public to take a class, attend

an event, or participate in a rally is often a great

way to cut through the media clutter and reach

potential supporters.

To help you focus on the marketing angles that

will work best for your nonprofit, consider the

MARKETING YOUR NONPROFIT 9/ 5

following different types of marketing approaches

and goals:

• General marketing. This approach focuses on spreading the word about your nonprofit

broadly, so the public knows about the ser-

vices or benefits you offer. The goal is to build

general recognition of your nonprofit and its

mission.

• Niche marketing. If much of your future success depends on building your reputation

among a smaller group—influential funders,

agencies, nonprofits, or another niche group—

focus your marketing efforts on reaching these

key targets. For example, if your nonprofit is

dedicated to improving access to health care

for low-income families in Illinois, it may be

very important for you to have the support

of a certain government agency or task force.

If so, you would definitely want to tailor

some marketing efforts toward this group,

which would undoubtedly require a different

approach than marketing to the general

public.

• Event marketing. This approach focuses on providing timely information to the pub-

lic about your nonprofit’s specific activities,

events, and programs. The goal is not to make

your nonprofit a household name but to pro-

mote individual events or activities to generate

a high level of response or participation.

While there are no hard-and-fast boundaries

between these different marketing approaches, it

can be helpful to think about them separately to

focus your marketing efforts to best suit your needs.

In the end, your nonprofit will need to decide for

itself which type of marketing is appropriate at any

given time and how wide or aggressive its marketing

efforts should be. At a minimum, make sure you

publicize your important activities well. Also, don’t

overlook the importance of focusing marketing

efforts within any niche that is crucial to your

group’s success. If you regularly and consistently

market your major activities and make your work

known to important potential supporters, your

general recognition will grow as a result.

Finding Volunteer Designers

David Dabney is a graphic designer and

Principal of Red Rooster Creative, a graphic

design firm in Santa Fe, New Mexico. He offers

the following advice for nonprofits that need

graphic design work but are short on funds:

“Depending on the size of the project, de-

sign and printing can quickly eat up project

funds. To stretch your dollars, see if a design

school or class might be willing to do the

work you need as a class project. For example,

a student might be assigned your project

as his or her main project for the semester.

Schools commonly match students with local

nonprofits in order to give the students real-

world knowledge about working with clients

and to help build the students’ portfolios.

Remember, even if your town doesn’t have a

design college, most community and technical

colleges offer print and Web design classes.

For print jobs your nonprofit will usually have

to pay for the costs of paper and ink, but you

will save the considerable costs of hiring pro-

fessional designers.

In addition, many design firms and indi-

vidual designers aim to do a few projects per

year in which they donate their time for worthy

causes. The key is to find out who they are and

let them know about your nonprofit’s needs.

Try going to local meetings of the American

Institute of Graphic Arts, the Graphic Arts

Guild, or other design organizations in your

area to get to know local firms and designers

and put your nonprofit on their radar screens.

Network in your community to find designers

who might be willing to volunteer their services

for your group.”

9/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

B. Fundamental Marketing Tools

While there are loads of ways to market your non-

profit, a few tried-and-true methods are particularly

effective—and won’t break the bank: networking,

media relations, and listing your organization in

directories. This section explores each of these

strategies in detail.

1. Networking

Those in the for-profit business world understand

that networking is one of the best ways to build

a business. This is even truer in the nonprofit

sector, where money is tight and credibility is

crucial. Through networking, you actively cultivate

relationships with key contacts. With these relation-

ships established and nurtured, you’ll stand a better

chance of being able to motivate these contacts

at crucial times to help further the goals of your

organization.

Nonprofit-minded people often fear that success-

ful networking requires unsavory schmoozing or

pandering. These concerns are unfounded. In fact,

if you adopt a sleazy wheeler-dealer approach, you

risk alienating the very people whom you want to

make your allies. Instead, successful networking

flows from your sincere desire to create relationships

that further the honest and laudable goals of your

organization.

EXAMPLE: Main Street Reborn is a nonprofit dedicated to preserving historical main street

districts in Florida’s small towns. One of its

board members, Melissa, attends a city council

meeting in the town of Arcadia, which was

called to discuss the problems of Arcadia’s

blighted old downtown area. Melissa testifies

to the council about the nonprofit’s work in

other small towns and the positive impacts of

its education and preservation efforts. After

the meeting, Melissa introduces herself to

members of the city council, a local reporter,

and the head of the local historical society.

After some conversation, she exchanges contact

information with each person with whom she

speaks, gives out Main Street Reborn’s website

address, and promises to keep in touch.

A few days later, Melissa sends an email

to each contact from the meeting, stating how

much she enjoyed meeting them and learning

more about the issues facing Arcadia’s down-

town. In the emails, she also mentions a couple

of suggestions about how Main Street Reborn

could help start an educational campaign about

Arcadia’s downtown and help with ongoing

efforts to preserve some of the area’s older

buildings.

The following month, one of Arcadia’s city

council members contacts Melissa to ask if

she would be willing to meet with a historical

preservation committee to exchange ideas and

suggest strategies. Melissa is delighted to do so

and soon thereafter becomes involved in the

city’s plans to save Arcadia’s downtown. Later,

when trying to prevent the scheduled demolition

of Arcadia’s oldest building, Melissa calls the

local reporter she met at the initial city council

meeting, who writes an article letting the public

know how they can oppose the demolition.

Far from sleazy, the networking efforts in the

above example show that good networking is little

more than sincere interest and communication with

others who share your nonprofit’s interests or can

help expand the scope of your nonprofit’s work.

Similarly, you are “networking” every time you attend

an event held by another nonprofit, get to know

community leaders and activists, write a letter to the

editor, participate in an online discussion group, or

communicate your nonprofit’s mission to others who

may be interested.

To network successfully, you need to know who

in your community may be interested in your cause.

For instance, if your nonprofit supports music edu-

cation for children, you would want to know about

any similar groups in the area or any prominent

individuals (such as local musicians or educators)

who have demonstrated an interest in the issue.

You probably already know of other groups and

individuals who share your organization’s mission; if

not, you need to take the time to find out who they

are. Once you identify these contacts, get in touch

with them and let them know about your nonprofit’s

work.

MARKETING YOUR NONPROFIT 9/ 7

Think broadly about who might be interested in

your cause. Don’t restrict your networking efforts

to those whom you already know or those closest

to your field. Some of your best resources may be

people from other walks of life who share an inter-

est in your cause, including:

• other nonprofit leaders

• community activists and local clergy

• local politicians, such as city council members

or alderpersons

• state politicians, such as legislators or the

governor

• members of government agencies, boards, or

commissions

• prominent businesspeople, and

• members of print, radio, or television news

media.

Keep in mind one of the golden rules of network-

ing: It’s best to forge relationships with contacts

before you need help from them. For example, if

you need the support of a local politician on an up-

coming ballot measure, you’ll have a better chance

of getting the politician’s vote if he or she already

knows you and thinks favorably of your organiza-

tion than if you place a call to his or her office out

of the blue.

While it may be easiest to meet someone at an

event, introducing yourself to a potentially useful

contact can be as simple as picking up the phone,

writing a letter, or sending an email. In making your

initial contact, you should be as formal or informal

as is appropriate for the person with whom you are

making contact. A letter of introduction on attractive

letterhead might be best for an influential politician,

for example, whereas a phone call might be fine to

introduce yourself to a local business owner. In your

letter, email, or phone call, explain who you are,

what your organization does, and why you thought

that person might be interested in your activities.

Try to conclude by encouraging further communica-

tion in the future, such as inviting the contact to an

event or asking if he or she would be interested in

receiving email updates from your group. If you talk

to someone on the phone, a follow-up email or letter

thanking the contact for his or her time is always a

smart idea.

When sending emails, always include a link to your website. When you include a web- site address in the text of your email, the address

will often automatically appear as a clickable link.

When recipients click on the link in the email, their

browser window opens and your website appears.

Keep in mind, though, that some email programs

will do this only if you include “http://” before the

website address. For example, depending on the

email program, “http://www.nonprofiteur.org” will

become a link that a recipient could click on, but

“www.nonprofiteur.org” will not. To be safe, always

include the prefix “http://” so that recipients can

simply click on the link in the email rather having to

type the website address into their browser. (Sec-

tion C, below, explains how to create a website.)

2. Media Relations

Another excellent—and inexpensive—way to

promote your nonprofit is to generate free media

coverage in newspapers or magazines, or on

radio, television, or the Internet. Your goal is to

get “editorial” coverage, meaning some mention

of your group or event in news or feature stories

(as opposed to paid advertising). Because editorial

coverage is far more credible than advertisements

or paid publicity, it will have a greater impact.

For example, a local newspaper article about your

nonprofit’s upcoming seminar will almost always

attract more attendees than any advertising you

purchase for the same event. And editorial coverage

costs you nothing but time.

The term “media relations” means the process of

attempting to obtain editorial coverage. It is a fairly

simple process: You contact the media on behalf of

your nonprofit and encourage an editor, producer,

or reporter to write or produce a story about your

particular subject. As with most marketing efforts,

the more specific and targeted your message,

the more impact it will have. For example, you’ll

be more likely to get editorial coverage of your

nonprofit’s River Clean-Up Day than of the very

general fact that your nonprofit exists.

9/ 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

The basic steps for conducting media relations

are:

• Write a press release. A press release is a key tool to use when pitching a story idea.

Typically, a press release is a one-page

announcement outlining the information you

want the media to cover. You have two main

goals in writing a press release: 1) to capture

the journalist’s attention, and 2) to make it

easy for the journalist to write the story you

want published. Stylistically, press releases

are usually written like news stories, offering

journalists an example of the story you want

them to produce. (See “Elements of a Strong

Press Release,” below, for more details on how

to put together a winning pitch.)

• Make initial contact with the journalist by phone. Make a preliminary phone call before sending a press release, so your release

doesn’t get lost in the shuffle. If you haven’t

identified the person at the news outlet

who would cover your story, call the news

department, briefly describe the nature of

your press release, and ask who might be the

best person for you to contact. Once you have

a name of a reporter, editor, or producer, give

that person a call to introduce yourself and

your nonprofit, briefly explain the nature of

your news story, and tell the person you will

be sending a press release. If you can’t reach

the journalist by phone (as is often the case),

don’t let it hold you up: Leave a message and

send out your press release. While you could

make this initial contact by email, a phone

call makes a stronger impression. And creating

lasting relationships with individual reporters

is the best way to get positive coverage over

the long term.

• Send the press release by email, fax, or both. Years ago, press releases were sent by mail.

This practice has long since given way to

delivery by fax. Today, it’s a good strategy to

send press releases via email as well, ideally

as a both a PDF attachment and as plain

text in the body of the email. Emailed press

releases work because reporters like having

an electronic copy from which to cut and

paste when writing their stories; faxes work

because they don’t get lost or buried as easily

as email. To cover your bases, send your press

releases in both forms.

• Follow up after you send the press release. Shortly after sending your press release—a

few hours or a day later, depending on the

timing of your announcement—follow up

with another phone call or email to make sure

your press contact received the release and to

answer any questions he or she may have.

An example of a press release is shown below.

Some people feel timid about contacting the media

and asking them to cover a specific story. While you

shouldn’t be a pest, you also shouldn’t feel shy about

pushing your story idea persistently. To do their

jobs, journalists must come up with a constant stream

of interesting new story ideas. Just as you need their

help, they need yours. Because you will often know

more than reporters do about a particular story, you

can offer valuable information that they can use

when writing stories. If you are honest and reliable,

you will usually be treated with respect.

If you don’t get a response after an introductory

phone call, a press release via email and fax, and a

follow-up call, let the particular story idea rest; this

will help you preserve your reputation as a pleasant,

professional person to deal with the next time you

want to pitch a story. A journalist may not cover

your story because he or she does not think it is

newsworthy or because there are other stories that

take precedence. A few months later, when you try

again, you may be pleasantly surprised to find that

you’ve pitched the right story on the right day.

The most effective media relations come from

relationships you build with reporters, editors,

producers, and other media contacts. Because you

are more likely to get news coverage from a reporter

with whom you’ve worked before than from some-

one who’s never heard of you, you should always

treat your relationships with people in the media as

the valuable resource they are.

MARKETING YOUR NONPROFIT 9/ 9

Sample Press Release

FOR RELEASE ON APRIL 26, 2005

Shawnee Independent Business Alliance Kicks Off With Launch Lunch

SHAWNEE, Oklahoma—The Shawnee Independent Business Alliance (SIBA) will hold its

inaugural event, the SIBA Launch Lunch, on May 13, 2004 at the Outpost Community Space.

Attendees will be introduced to SIBA by its founders and learn more about the organiza-

tion’s activities and membership benefits. The event will also feature a presentation by Sara

Berger of the Small Business Institute about the benefits of alliance building. A box lunch

will be included. Those who wish to attend should call 405-555-1234 by May 7 to reserve a

space. (See time, location, and cost details below.)

Founded in 2003, SIBA is dedicated to supporting Shawnee’s local, independent businesses

through programs such as cooperative marketing, networking, and branding the “indie”

business image. Benefits for members include a listing at SIBA’s online directory of local

businesses, joint advertising opportunities, and a window decal identifying them as a local,

independent Shawnee business. SIBA also aims to educate consumers about the impacts of

their spending decisions and to encourage them to shop local and independent.

SIBA is part of a nationwide movement that recognizes the connection between a healthy,

local economy and strong, vibrant communities. Betty Breitbard, SIBA President and owner

of North Valley Day Spa, says, “Shopping at local, independent businesses is the best way to

nurture a healthy, local economy and make Shawnee a great place to live.”

SIBA supporters include its community sponsor, First State Bank, and its founding members,

North Valley Day Spa, Clarity Media, and Page Turner Bookstore.

EVENT INFORMATION:

SIBA Launch Lunch

May 13, 2005, 11 am to 1 pm

Outpost Community Space

1250 N. Harrison Ave., Shawnee

Cost: $10 for members; $15 for nonmembers

To reserve space: Call 405-555-1234 by May 7

MEDIA CONTACT:

Polly Harvey, SIBA Treasurer

Owner/Director, Clarity Media

405-555-1234

[email protected]

SIBA

135 Main St.

Shawnee, OK 74801

ph: 405-555-9876

http://www.shawneeiba.org

9/ 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Elements of a Strong Press Release

The better your press release, the more likely a journalist will write about your nonprofit, giving you valuable exposure in the press. Reporters, editors, and producers are chronically busy and squeezed by deadlines; they need good story ideas and clear information to get their jobs done. The easier you can make it for them to cover your story, the more likely they are to oblige. If you write a strong, clear press release, they may even use parts of your release verbatim. But because most media people are flooded with press releases and story pitches, you’ll need to keep your press release as succinct as possible.

Here are some tips on how to construct a compelling press release that is likely to generate media placements:

• Start with a news hook. Like a news story, your press release should have a strong first sentence, known in the news biz as the story’s “lead.” What is the most important point you want to get across? Write it in a clear, straightforward style and you will have your lead. Compare the following examples:

■ Weak lead: “The mission of the Shawnee Independent Business Alliance is to help local, independent businesses compete with big box stores.”

■ Strong lead: “The Shawnee Inde- pendent Business Alliance will host a free marketing workshop on May 6, 2005 to teach local business owners how to compete with big box stores.”

• Date, time, and location information should be easy to find. If your press release is promoting an event, don’t bury important information deep within long paragraphs. Include important event details such as date, location, and regis- tration deadlines in the first sentence or two, in the last sentence (perhaps in bold text), or summarized in bullet points at the end of the press release.

• Include the most important information first. Like stories in the newspaper, your press release should include all impor- tant details up front, then work toward more general or background information in later paragraphs. You could even put background information at the end of the release, in a separate section.

• Include quotes from board members or prominent supporters. Reporters like to include quotes from real people in their stories, so include at least one or two catchy quotes in your press release. If you are writing the release and you are the best person to offer a quote, don’t be shy about quoting yourself! It may feel strange but it’s perfectly appropri- ate. Remember, you’re offering the media a sample of the story you want them to write, so include a quote as if an outside reporter interviewed you.

• Include a separate section with contact information. The journalists who receive your release may have additional ques- tions to ask you or others in your group. Choose a point person who will be avail- able to field any such questions, and include his or her contact information clearly at the end of the release.

• Create a news angle. If it is appropriate and possible, tie your release into a topic that’s currently in the news. For example, if your press release announces your nonprofit’s services assisting uninsured people in accessing health care at county and community centers, you’d certainly want to include a reference to the nation- wide problem of people lacking health insurance—perennially a hot news topic.

• Use statistics. Reporters love statistics that show how prevalent a problem is or how many people are affected by an issue. Using the previous example, you could include recent statistics that 20% of people nationwide lack health insurance.

MARKETING YOUR NONPROFIT 9/ 1 1

3. Listings or Directories

Getting your group listed in appropriate directories

is a great way to connect with your audience. Listings

work so well because consumers who consult a par-

ticular information source have already determined

that they want this type of information. In addition

to every city’s phone books and classified ads, most

communities have other types of directories—for

example, a directory of local arts organizations,

environmental groups, or social service agencies.

Some directories are published in hard copy, though

many directories are posted online. And many

different entities publish community directories,

including local government offices, trade associations,

nonprofits, or other organizations.

Many directories—particularly those online—may

give your nonprofit a free listing. Other directories

may charge a modest fee, which may well be worth it

if the price is reasonable and the directory exposes

your group to the right audience. Some directories,

however, are prohibitively expensive; these are not

worth considering unless the audience you’re trying

to reach is extremely narrow and desirable and the

directory is highly targeted to that audience.

To find all of the directories in which you should

list your nonprofit, you’ll have to do some homework.

Looking online is a good start, but you should also

check with local resources such as local government

offices, trade associations, and other nonprofits. Don’t

limit yourself to nonprofit-only directories; your

organization might fit well in a directory that lists

both for-profit and nonprofit groups. A directory of

local film organizations is a good example: It might

list for-profit businesses such as production companies,

camera repair shops, and film stock companies, as

well as nonprofit groups such as film preservation

societies and artist advocacy organizations.

C. Creating a Website

Creating a simple website is a great way to begin

your marketing efforts. If, like most start-up

nonprofits, you lack the budget to launch a large

or complex site, you should still make developing

a basic site a high priority. You can implement a

simple website that outlines your mission statement,

planned activities, and contact information quickly

and cheaply, providing a great way for you to make

information about your group widely available. You

can then include the website address (or “URL”) in

all of your correspondence and marketing materials

(including brochures, postcards, and letterhead)

and encourage everyone you speak with to visit the

site for more information. A website is very useful

because you can start off with a small, basic website

to let the world know you exist, then expand as

your priorities evolve and your resources grow.

Websites are also a great place to try out ideas

and experiment with marketing and other strategies

without having to commit them to print. Many

nonprofits begin their websites as internal working

documents, allowing board members to suggest

ideas, changes, or additions. Of course, once you

announce your website to the public and start to

get regular visitors, you’ll want to keep the website’s

content and appearance more consistent. But

you can still improvise a bit because websites are

never “final”—you can always make quick changes

or additions without worrying about the time or

expense of printing and distribution.

This section walks you through a simple, basic

approach to creating a website that will help you

market your nonprofit. (For information on publish-

ing substantive content on your site—and offline,

too—see Chapter 10.)

Use your website for online publishing. Publishing materials online rather than on paper is an effective way to convey information to

your community—it saves printing costs and allows

you to update the information more frequently.

Some nonprofits begin publishing efforts online—

for example, by creating an electronic newsletter—

which allows them to work out the kinks before

producing a print edition. For a discussion of online

publishing, see Chapter 10.

Helpful resources for creating a website. Books and other resources explaining how to

build websites abound. Even if you hire a contractor

to build your nonprofit’s website, you may want

to read up on the basics of site creation. Here are

some good places to start:

9/ 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

• The Non-Designer’s Web Book, by Robin Williams and John Tollett (Peachpit Press), is

especially helpful for beginners. It offers a

solid introduction to technical concepts and

principles of effective design.

• HTML for the World Wide Web with XHTML and CSS: Visual QuickStart Guide, by Elizabeth Castro (Peachpit Press), demystifies

HTML code with lots of illustrations and

screen shots. Beginners and experienced Web

developers alike will find it a useful reference.

• Web Design in a Nutshell, by Jennifer Niederst (O’Reilly), is a condensed-yet-comprehensive

guide to creating Web pages, covering design

basics, HTML tags and other code, browser

compatibility, images, audio, video, and much

more.

• Webmonkey is a helpful site with loads of free

articles, how-tos, demos, and other resources

for Web developers. It has separate sections

for “Beginners,” “Builders,” and “Masters,”

so you’ll likely find something useful here

no matter what your skill level. Go to http://

webmonkey.wired.com/webmonkey.

If you outsource your site, retain control of important decisions. Most of the steps described in this section are not difficult, even for

those who are new to website creation. Still, you

may prefer to hire someone else to create your

nonprofit’s website. It is common—and often

wise—for nonprofits to outsource some or all of the

website creation process.

Do not, however, give a consultant or Web design

company complete discretion over your nonprofit’s

site—particularly over identifying the site’s goals and

content. Even if you know and trust the designer you

hire, your board or other decision-making group

must be involved in defining the site’s goals and

content in keeping with your nonprofit’s mission. The sections below describe the overall process of

creating a website and can help you decide how

much your nonprofit can handle in house. If you do

use a contractor to create your site, someone from

your nonprofit should work closely with the con-

tractor to make sure the site achieves the goals and

features the content your nonprofit wants.

1. Focus on Your Goals

All too often, organizations fail to identify clear

goals when creating their websites. Without focused

goals, you’re likely to end up with a confusing site

that visitors are quick to leave. Don’t make this

mistake! Decide on the main point of your website

early on: Is your goal to attract new members? To

raise money? To educate the public? While you may

have multiple goals, identify the most important and

use them to guide the site’s development.

EXAMPLE: The mission of the Shawnee Inde- pendent Business Alliance (SIBA) is to educate

its community about how supporting locally

owned, independent businesses can help build

and nurture a healthy local economy. The SIBA

Shopper Network is one of SIBA’s main pro-

grams. Local, independent businesses can join

the network as SIBA Businesses, and people in

the community can join as SIBA Shoppers. The

SIBA Shoppers get a card they can present for

discounts at any of the SIBA Businesses.

In its start-up days, SIBA’s board members

make a quick website displaying its mission

statement on the home page. Other pages offer

information about the organization, including

its history and contact information for the

board.

After a few months, SIBA’s board members

realize that the website isn’t doing much for

their organization. They decide that the website

should focus on a specific goal: promoting the

SIBA Shopper Network. With this goal clarified,

they revamp the website to feature the SIBA

Shopper Network’s logo and introductory infor-

mation prominently on the home page. They

add a link to the directory of SIBA Businesses

to make it easy for shoppers to use the SIBA

Shopper Network. In addition, they provide

links to:

• membership information for businesses

and individuals

• a sign-up page for new members

• educational materials about the impor-

tance of supporting local, independent

businesses, and

MARKETING YOUR NONPROFIT 9/ 1 3

• a description of SIBA, including its

history, board members, and mission

statement.

Within a few months, the site traffic more

than doubles, with most hits at the pages

featuring the SIBA Shopper Network. For SIBA,

featuring its main program is a much better

goal for the website than offering general infor-

mation about its mission. Its mission statement

still appears on the site, but in a much less

prominent position.

Once you have clear goals for your website, you

can design your site to achieve those goals. Your

goals will help your website designer develop solid,

clear site “navigation”—the organization and links

among your pages that allow visitors to steer their

way through the site. Sites with poor navigation

leave visitors wondering where they are, how they

got there, and how on earth to get back, often re-

sulting in visitors leaving the site with an annoyed

click. A site with good navigation makes it easy for

visitors to find the information they seek—and hard

for them to miss any information you want them to

see.

For example, if you rush to put together your

website and fail to provide a prominent link to your

“Donations” page, you probably won’t get many

online donations. If, on the other hand, you outline

your goals for the site and identify online donations

as a priority, you would be less likely to make that

blunder. This advice may sound obvious, but an un-

believable number of websites are poorly designed

to the point of uselessness. Don’t join their ranks.

2. Define and Develop Your Content

Once you’ve identified clear goals for your website,

you must decide what content to use and how to

organize it on your site to achieve your goals. Your

content should be clear, concise, and free from

errors. A little bit of care in these areas will go a

long way toward making your site useful to visitors

and enhancing the credibility of your nonprofit.

a. Choose Your Content

Rather than crowding your website with filler, you

should focus on offering content that meets the

goals you’ve set for your website and helps achieve

your nonprofit’s mission. For example, if a charitable

nonprofit uses its website primarily to fundraise

and recruit workers, its content may consist largely

of appeals to donors and volunteers. If, on the

other hand, a scientific nonprofit uses its website

as a crucial research tool to achieve its mission,

its content may be heavy on in-depth scientific

information of special interest to researchers who

visit the site.

If you put thought into defining your website

goals, you will have already made progress toward

deciding what content to include. If you want to

attract new members, you’ll need a page that clearly

explains your membership benefits and process for

joining. If you want to educate the public, you’ll

need well-organized and accessible pages of inform-

ation. Your content should directly help you achieve

your goals for the website, which should, in turn,

contribute to your overall mission.

In addition, most nonprofit websites include

basic background information about the organiza-

tion, including its mission statement, a list of board

members, and contact information. Also, include

information about upcoming events, an appeal for

donations, and information on how to volunteer or

get involved.

Keep time-sensitive content fresh. If you include time-sensitive information on your

website, be sure to keep it up to date. To do this,

you should plan for regular updates and budget

appropriate resources before you commit to includ-

ing the material on your site. Having dated content

on your site looks unprofessional to visitors, who

may include potential funders and other important

folks. If you know you won’t have the resources

necessary to continually update your site, don’t post

information that will rapidly go stale (or downright

rotten). Instead, concentrate on material that will

have a reasonably long shelf life.

9/ 1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

b. Organize Your Content

Once you’ve decided what content to include on

your site, think about how to divide that content up

into individual pages and how visitors will navigate

among them. While this task is often turned over to

an outside Web developer, you might fi nd it helpful

to take a stab at identifying how many pages your

site will have and what information will be included

on each. Doing so will help your nonprofi t have a

clearer vision of its website, making it easier for you

to communicate exactly what you want to the person

who designs your site. This will help you make sure

that the designer creates a site that will work for you.

For example, a very simple fi ve-page site might

contain:

• a home page—an introduction to the non-

profi t and its mission

• a programs page—a description of major

program areas or services

• a donations page—information on the non-

profi t’s fi nancial needs and how to donate

(including your mailing address and the group

name to whom checks should be payable)

• a volunteers page—information on what help

is needed, and

• a contact information page—information on

how to contact the nonprofi t (and, if you

choose, its staffers, and board members) via

mail, phone, and email.

In addition to determining the individual Web

pages on your site, you will need to fi gure out how

visitors will navigate among the pages. The simplest

organization is to make all pages accessible from the

home page and from each other. For example, using

the fi ve-page site outlined above, each page could

have a list of links (often called a navigation bar) at

the left side of the page, as in the example shown

below.

MARKETING YOUR NONPROFIT 9/ 1 5

Outlining how your pages will relate to one an-

other can range from very simple (like the five-page

site described above) to dizzyingly complex for sites

with dozens of pages of content.

c. Create Quality Content

Now comes the part that many nonprofits dread the

most: writing and editing the actual content. Writing

and editing are time-consuming tasks (even for us

professional writers), so content development often

feels like a burden.

To cross this hurdle, start with what you have.

You’ve probably already spent some time developing

brochures, flyers, or other written information about

your nonprofit. Don’t reinvent the wheel: Use what

you have as a basis for your website’s content. You

probably will need to rework your existing content

to make it shorter and more concise for the Web,

but it’s still easier to adapt something that’s already

written than to start from scratch.

Bullets make good ammunition online. When reading from a computer screen, people prefer short, quick bits of information to

long paragraphs of text. Keep this in mind as you

create online content or adapt existing content

for your website. As much as possible, try to keep

information blurb-sized or broken down into bullet

points. If you’re adapting existing content, break

longer paragraphs down into bite-sized pieces.

If you don’t have any existing written materials,

someone will need to start writing. The good news

is that, generally speaking, less is more when it

comes to online content; nothing will turn visitors

away from your website faster than dense, lengthy

paragraphs. The best Web content is concise and

easy to digest, so don’t be afraid to get right to the

point and condense information into lists, bullet

points, and short blurbs.

If you decide to publish longer material—for

example, the text of a report your organization

produced—either break it up into sections (with

links between them) or provide the document in

a downloadable format, such as a PDF (Portable

Document Format) file. Better yet, offer both an

HTML version navigable by section and a down-

loadable version, so that your visitors can read the

document in they manner they prefer. (Chapter 10

covers online publishing in detail.)

Finally, make sure that at least two people are

involved in creating the website’s content. At a

minimum, one person should write the material and

another person should review and edit it. Even if the

writer is experienced, a second set of eyes can really

make a difference.

3. Create Web Pages for Your Content

When you’re done creating the content you want

your site to feature, the next step is to create the

Web pages that contain the content you’ve developed.

Roughly speaking, each Web page corresponds

to an HTML file—which is, simply put, a file that

contains your text content, links to images and

other Web pages, HTML code, and other features.

(HTML stands for Hypertext Markup Language.) As

described below, these HTML files are what visitors

to your site will actually view.

Unless you have someone on staff who knows

how to create HTML files (Web pages), you may

need to get outside help with this step. The good

news is that if you’ve already done the work of

defining your goals, outlining your site’s basic

organization, and creating content, the help you’ll

need will be limited and likely quite affordable.

HTML files are typically made using specific soft-

ware such as Macromedia Dreamweaver, Adobe

GoLive, or Microsoft FrontPage, much like you create

a document with word processing software (such as

Microsoft Word or WordPerfect). Besides including

the content that you’ve developed, whoever creates

the pages will need to design the pages, including

making decisions on colors, fonts, composition, and

other elements. Links and other functions need to

be added in as well, which may require an under-

standing of HTML code. Web page-creation software

is fairly easy to learn but may be confounding to

folks who are not computer- or Web-savvy. Decide

for yourself whether you are comfortable creating

your own Web pages or would prefer to hire some-

one else to do this for you.

9/ 1 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

What’s the difference between a registry and a registrar? A “registry” is the official list of names included in a particular domain. For

instance, the .org registry lists all the names that

have been registered that end in “.org”: kidscare.

org, cleanphilly.org, curecancernow.org, and so

on. Registries are typically operated by one official

company, often called a “registry operator.” For

example, the .org registry is operated by a company

called Public Interest Registry.

A “registrar,” on the other hand, is an entity that

is authorized to add new people or organizations

to a registry. While each registry is operated by just

one registry operator, many different registrars are

authorized to sign new customers up to each regis-

try. For example, the registrar Alldomains.com can

register a domain name for you in the .org domain,

even though it’s not the official registry operator. In

other words, you don’t need to sign up for a .org or

other domain name with the official registry opera-

tor—you can sign up with any approved registrar.

Although registering a domain name is pretty

simple, there are a few potential pitfalls. In par-

ticular, if you allow your Web host to take care of

domain name registration or renewal (a common

practice), you must make sure it lists your nonprofit

or an authorized representative as the domain name

registrant and administrative contact. If anyone but

an authorized representative of your nonprofit is

listed as the domain name registrant, you might find

that your control over your domain name has been

seriously compromised. Web host companies have

developed a nasty habit of registering their clients’

domain names under the host company’s name,

rather than the name of the client. This creates

serious domain name ownership and control issues.

For example, if your Web host handles the domain

name registration process for your nonprofit and

lists itself as the registrant of the domain name

you’ve chosen, you might not be able to make any

changes to your host account or even your domain

name account, because you are not listed as the

registrant. In this way, the Web host company can

hold your domain name hostage, preventing you

from switching hosts or otherwise managing this

crucial part of your nonprofit’s identity.

Because there are so many different technologies

available that change so quickly, this book does not

go into detail about how to create Web pages. (For

more information, see the resources listed at the

beginning of this section.) Once you complete this

step and create Web pages containing your content,

you’re almost done; once you tend to a few more

details, your website will be up and running.

4. Register a Domain Name and Get a Web Host

Before you can post your Web pages for the

world to see, you must register a domain name

and sign up with a Web hosting company. Your

“domain name” is part of the address visitors will

use to access your site, such as artsforkids.com or

cleanmilwaukeeriver.com. Your “Web host” is the

company that keeps your site pages on computer

servers that are connected to the Internet 24 hours a

day, so they’re always available for visitors to view.

a. Registering Your Domain Name

Your first task is to choose an available domain

name—that is, a name that is not currently registered

to, or being used by, another group. (Chapter 1,

Section A, explains how to do this). Once you select

an available name, you should register it online at

a domain name registrar. One popular registrar is

Network Solutions at www.networksolutions.com,

but there are hundreds of options out there. (If

you’d like to do some comparison shopping, you

can find a list of approved registrars at www

.internic.org.)

At the Network Solutions website, you will first

be prompted to enter your proposed domain name

to see if it has already been registered. If not, you

will be allowed to proceed and register the name

yourself. Fees will vary depending on the options

you choose; all are generally affordable. Register-

ing one name for one year runs about $35 and will

be cheaper per year if you register for two or more

years at a time. Once you’ve chosen your options,

simply enter information about your nonprofit and

provide credit card information (or, if you prefer,

call Network Solutions and do it by phone).

MARKETING YOUR NONPROFIT 9/ 1 7

Web hosts may charge by the month or by the

year. Fees are based on how much data you want

the server to store (the size of your website in disk

space) or how much data you transfer to and from

your website each month.

There are dozens of Web hosts out there with

varying rates, and many Web hosts offer special

deals for nonprofits, so it shouldn’t be hard to find

one that’s in your price range. Of course, the cheap-

est isn’t always the best: Pay attention to the host’s

customer service practices, your ability to speak

with a live tech support person, and any other fea-

tures your nonprofit feels are important. Searching

online for a web host will yield plenty of results—

too many, in fact, to be very useful. It’s better to get

recommendations from other nonprofits and busi-

nesses to find a web host that offers reliable servers

and good customer service. (My favorite is FatCow,

www.fatcow.com, which charges a $99 yearly fee for

up to 500 MB of disk space, 25 MB of monthly data

transfer, up to 100 individual email accounts with

your domain name, and features such as shopping

carts and usage statistics.)

5. Promote Your Site Simply and Cheaply

Of course, once you’ve launched your sparkling new

site, you’ll want the world to see it. There are several

different ways to promote a website, some quite

simple and others more complicated. Generally

speaking, the more complicated, aggressive, and

expensive methods of site promotion are usually used

by companies that rely on their websites to generate

business. Ecommerce sites such as Amazon.com or

Hotels.com are good examples. These companies

spend major resources—including significant fees

to paid search engines—making sure their website

addresses become household names and appear at

the top of search engine results.

Most nonprofits can’t afford this type of website

marketing (and don’t really need it). Nonprofits

(especially new ones) don’t typically use their sites

to gain wide exposure but instead to offer informa-

tion and resources to people who have heard about

the nonprofit from some other source. When you

look at your website this way—as a great tool to

Your domain name is an asset, and the people or

organizations listed in the domain name registration

have varying degrees of authority over the asset.

Be particularly careful about whom you list as the

following:

• The registrant. The registrant is the legal owner of the domain name. You should use

your nonprofit’s legal name, not your Web

host company’s name.

• The administrative contact. The adminis- trative contact should be someone in your

nonprofit who has authority to make policy

decisions, particularly with regard to the

domain name. Again, you should not list your

Web host company here.

• The technical contact. This is the person whom the registrar may contact with technical

issues. You may list your Web host company

here.

If your Web host handles domain name registra-

tion or renewal, make sure it uses the names you

want, or it may cost you many times the original

registration fee to get the registration back in your

rightful name. Register.com, for instance, charges a

$200 fee to transfer the registrant from one name to

another, even if you never intended to list your Web

host or someone else as the registrant in the first

place. (One way to avoid this fee is to transfer the

domain name from the registrar where it is currently

registered under the wrong name to another reg-

istrar, making sure to use the correct names when

you transfer the registration.)

b. Sign Up With a Host and Upload Your Pages

Once your Web pages are created, you need to “up-

load” them to (or post them on) a Web host’s server.

A server is simply a high-performance computer

that’s connected to the Internet 24/7, “serving” the

Web pages stored on it to the world. A Web host is

the company that maintains the servers. When your

Web pages are on the host’s server and your Web

host has configured your domain name correctly,

your website will be “live” and all the information it

offers will be available to visitors around the globe,

24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

9/ 1 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

communicate with your audience and potentially to

reach some new people, rather than a mass market-

ing tool—you’ll see that many of the heavily hyped

website promotion services on the market today are

simply unnecessary for your purposes.

Search engine placement is not crucial for most nonprofits. As you read the material in this section, keep in mind that a whole “search en-

gine optimization” industry has grown to handle the

increasing complexities of getting your site placed

at the top of search engine results lists. Unless driv-

ing traffic to your site is truly crucial, these services

probably won’t be of much worth to your nonprofit.

The following subsections offer some simple and

inexpensive ways to help ensure that your audience

can find your site.

a. Include Your Web Address in All Nonprofit Communications

A great way to raise the visibility of your website

is simply to mention it in all of your nonprofit’s

materials and communications. Include your Web

address on your brochures, business cards, and

letterhead; refer to it in your press releases and

announcements; and tell people you speak with to

go to the website for more information. Similarly,

include it any time you list the nonprofit in a

directory (including the phone book) or purchase an

advertisement.

b. Get Listed in Online Directories

Make sure to look into online directories and get

your nonprofit listed where appropriate. Listing your

nonprofit in online directories that list businesses

and nonprofits in your city or region can be a great

way to get the word out to your community. In

many cases, local online listings are free.

c. Encourage Others to Link to Your Site

Contact other organizations or businesses that have

“links” pages and encourage them to include a link

to your nonprofit’s site. Sometimes, the other site

will require you to link to their site as well—a link

swap, essentially. Swapping links can be a win-win

situation, but make sure that you’re comfortable with

the other site’s content before including a link to it

from your site.

c. Use Meta Tags

While they’re not as effective as they used to be,

meta tags can help search engines find your website.

At the risk of oversimplifying, meta tags are words

or phrases inserted into the code of your HTML

pages (specifically, into the “head” area of the code)

that describe the content of your page. While they’re

not visible to your site’s visitors, meta tags are seen

by search engines scanning the Web, looking for the

keywords a user is searching for. As described in

more detail below, it won’t hurt to include meta tags

in your pages, and it may even drive some traffic to

your site. But the way that search engines work is

constantly evolving, and meta tags aren’t as effective

as they used to be in getting search engines to find

your site.

There are a few different types of meta tags. A

meta description tag, for example, is a description

of your page that may appear on the search results

page, depending on which search engine the user

has chosen. A meta description tag looks like this:

<META name=“description” content=“This

page explains the process of obtaining health

care services at Rock County clinics.”>

Another type of meta tag is a meta keyword tag,

which is a list of keywords or phrases that relate

to the subject matter of the page. Again, whether a

search engine will actually find your site based on

meta keyword tags depends on certain factors such

as whether the keywords are also included in the

content of your page and which search engine is

being used. For example:

<META name=“keywords” content=“doctor,

medicine, health care, uninsured, rock county

clinics”>

Once you’ve gone to the trouble of creating a

website, it hardly makes sense to omit meta tags—

however, there’s no guarantee that they’ll actually

result in prominent placement with search engines.

MARKETING YOUR NONPROFIT 9/ 1 9

These days, most search engines give the best

placement to websites that pay for it. In addition,

each search engine reads meta tags differently—for

instance, some simply ignore description tags. The

bottom line is that it’s not a bad idea to include meta

tags, but you shouldn’t expect any miracles.

d. Submit Your Site to Search Engines

Search engines like Yahoo! and Google allow

website owners to submit their sites to be included

in their search indexes or directories for free.

When your site is included in a search engine

index or directory, users should be able to find it

when searching for related terms or browsing a

related subject area. As with including meta tags in

your pages, it can’t hurt to submit your pages for

free to all the major search engines—but because

search engine placement is so often fee-based, you

shouldn’t expect your site to appear prominently in

their categories or search results pages.

Checklist: Marketing Your Nonprofit

Focus on marketing strategies other than advertising—such as networking, media

relations, and listing your organization in

directories—that are usually less expensive

and just as effective.

Have an efficient, organized operation in place before you start your marketing efforts.

Learn basic marketing terminology, approaches, and goals.

Focus on getting the word out about your nonprofit’s events and activities, rather than

about the nonprofit in the abstract.

Network by cultivating relationships with other nonprofits, community leaders, and

others interested in your mission.

Develop relationships with reporters and editors and pitch newsworthy stories about

your nonprofit to them.

Maintain at least a simple website, with content that helps achieve your nonprofit’s

mission.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 10

Publishing Informational Materials

A. Decide Whether to Publish .................................................................................... 10/2

1. Do You Have Substantive Information to Convey? ..................................... 10/3

2. Do You Have the Necessary Resources? ........................................................ 10/3

B. Create a Publishing Plan .......................................................................................... 10/4

1. Define Your Editorial Mission and Features .................................................. 10/4

2. Evaluate Your Resources ................................................................................... 10/5

3. Choose Your Media ............................................................................................ 10/6

4. Putting It All Together ........................................................................................ 10/9

C. Copyright Basics for Nonprofit Publishers ........................................................ 10/11

1. What Copyright Protects ................................................................................. 10/11

2. Ownership and Works for Hire ..................................................................... 10/12

3. Sample Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreement ........................................... 10/13

4. Sample Volunteer Assignment Agreement ................................................. 10/15

10 / 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

C reating informative publications is a great way

to communicate substantive information to

your constituency and the public. Newslet-

ters are the most common way to make information

available, but nonprofits also publish books, guides,

pamphlets, how-to manuals, training materials, con-

tent-rich websites, CD-ROMs, instructional videos,

and many other types of media, both in print and

online.

Besides providing information, publications and

other media can also help your nonprofit in other

ways, such as:

• forging a closer bond with your constituency

• motivating readers to take action on certain

pressing issues, and

• broadening your audience by reaching new

members of the public.

If you decide to publish, you’ll need a plan to help

you manage the many resources required for even

the smallest newsletter or pamphlet. Developing story

ideas, writing articles, designing graphics and text,

laying out a publication, printing it, and distributing

it will all take valuable time—and usually also cost

money. If you don’t do some planning at the outset

to clearly define what you intend to publish and how

you will get the work done, you may find yourself

either completely overwhelmed by your publishing

operation or simply unable to pull it off (or both).

This chapter covers many important issues you

will need to consider before your nonprofit starts

any sort of publishing project. Section A, below,

will help you make the first and most important

decision: whether your nonprofit should undertake

a publishing operation or not. If you decide publish-

ing doesn’t make sense for your group right now,

then you can skip the rest of this chapter—unless

and until your situation changes and you decide to

start publishing.

If you decide that publishing is appropriate for

your group, you need to think through and make

decisions about a number of issues—from broad

concepts such as what your publishing goals are

to specific items such as what media you’ll use and

where you’ll distribute your information. Section B,

below, explains these issues and describes the nuts

and bolts of how to get articles, reports, and other

important information out to the world, whether in

print or online.

Section C, below, covers copyright law—the legal

rules that set forth who owns text, graphic art, video,

and other original materials, including who can use

or copy those works and under what circumstances.

Nonprofits need to know this basic information

to make sure that they don’t inadvertently create

publications that violate someone’s copyright and

risk exposing their group to lawsuits for copyright

infringement.

Your publishing efforts can help market your nonprofit. As discussed in Chapter 9, pure marketing materials differ from publications in their

content and purpose. Marketing materials focus

solely on promoting your group, while publishing

focuses on conveying substantive information

on topics of interest to your group. However, this

doesn’t mean that you can’t use your publications

to market your nonprofit. If you create articles,

statistics, studies, or other informational materials

on topics of interest to your group, use them to

demonstrate that you are experts in your field—and

that you are using this expertise to help people. Con-

sider including excerpts from (or copies of) recent

publications in your marketing and fundraising

materials. And, of course, include marketing messages

within your publications—for example, an ad for an

upcoming event or an appeal for contributions. (For

more information on marketing, see Chapter 9.)

A. Decide Whether to Publish

Many new nonprofits jump into publishing projects

without first considering whether publishing makes

sense for their group at all. Although this kind of

initial enthusiasm might yield a few interesting articles

written by board members or volunteers, failing

to plan ahead will inevitably lead to a misguided

publishing effort fraught with stress, confusion, and

wasted resources.

With this in mind, one of the first questions your

nonprofit leaders should ask is whether to publish at

all. The answer to this question will largely depend

on two factors: whether you have any substantive

information to convey and, if so, whether you have

(or can obtain) the necessary resources to publish

that information in some form.

PUBLISHING INFORMATIONAL MATERIALS 10 / 3

If information is at the heart of your work, publishing may be essential to your goals. Many groups—particularly those with a scientific

or educational mission—specialize in generating,

analyzing, and presenting data. These groups may

need to publish in order to achieve their mission.

If your group falls in this category, feel free to skip

ahead to Section B. Starting with that section, the

rest of this chapter will outline publishing basics and

explain how to use your existing resources to create

a realistic publishing plan.

1. Do You Have Substantive Information to Convey?

Even if you have all the money and resources in the

world, your nonprofit shouldn’t jump into publishing

unless it can generate some substantive information

that will interest its intended audience. Remember,

unlike marketing, publishing efforts should go

beyond merely promotional materials to feature

informative content related to your nonprofit’s focus.

While the essence of a publishing operation is

putting out substantive material, this information

doesn’t have to take the form of lengthy, footnote-

heavy reports or dry, academic articles. Anything

that can be presented in articles, reports, books, or

videos might fit the bill, including:

• an article on the environmental effects of a

proposed river dam

• a feature story about the efforts of a women’s

health activist in the community

• results of a study examining the negative

effects of cuts in arts education

• a legal FAQ for victims of spousal abuse

• a book-length manual explaining the latest

techniques of wilderness rescue and emergency

medicine, or

• a five-minute video examining the negative

effects of acid rain on the environment.

Start by considering what type of content your

publication or other type of media should logically

feature. In the publishing world, determining your

content is often referred to as defining an editorial

mission or an editorial focus.

Some nonprofits will have an obvious editorial

focus for their publishing efforts. For example:

• A nonprofit aimed at educating the public

about the history of the Zuni tribe in Arizona

would focus its editorial content on Zuni

history and culture in Arizona.

• A nonprofit focused on finding a cure for

pediatric leukemia could publish analysis of

recent research studies, information on avail-

able treatments and therapies, and articles

about the latest medical breakthroughs in the

fight against pediatric leukemia.

Other nonprofits, however, might have to stretch

to come up with an editorial focus for a publishing

venture. For example:

• A nonprofit dedicated to delivering home-

cooked meals to AIDS patients may have

trouble coming up with ideas for articles or

a publication, because its activities are totally

focused on delivering meals, not on any sub-

stantive topics.

• A nonprofit that offers day care services for

low-income single parents might not know

what it would feature in a newsletter or

website, other than basics about its day care

services (such as hours of operation, costs,

policies, and so on) that would be better

suited for marketing materials, not a publish-

ing venture.

Some nonprofits may simply not have much

substantive information to pass along. If you have a

hard time coming up with an editorial focus, it may

mean that publishing isn’t the best way for your non-

profit to spend its time and money.

2. Do You Have the Necessary Resources?

Even if your group can easily come up with a com-

pelling editorial concept, you may find it difficult to

marshal the resources necessary to start publishing.

Even small publishing ventures require a decent

commitment of time and money, which are always in

short supply in your early days. You’ll simply need

to evaluate your priorities and your resources and

then decide where publishing fits into the bigger

picture. If your resources are thin and publishing isn’t

vital, you may want to put off your publishing plans

until you’re better prepared. (If you decide to move

10 / 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

ahead after all, you’ll have to devise a strategy that

works with the resources available to you, a process

covered in Section B, below.)

When evaluating how important publishing is

to your group, start by considering whether and to

what extent publishing helps to achieve your mis-

sion. If publishing is a central or important way to

further your mission, then it should bump upward

on your priority list. If publishing is not directly tied

to your mission, other activities should probably

come first.

Even if publishing isn’t directly tied to your

mission, it can offer several benefits, including

forging stronger ties with your members or gaining

exposure for your group. But if you’re short on

resources, publishing won’t be the most cost-effective

way to achieve these goals. You can bond with

members and get publicity through other methods

(such as special events or media relations) and save

the significant resources that would go into a larger

publishing project.

Consider forming a publishing alliance. Before you launch your own publishing venture, search existing literature—both in libraries

and online—to see whether any similar publications

are already in print. If so, perhaps you could period-

ically contribute articles to that publication instead

of starting your own. If you don’t find an existing

publication, you might approach another nonprofit

to discuss joining forces to create one. For example,

if your organization provides donated computer

equipment to low-income children, it might make

sense to approach another group—say, a computer

department at a local college—to author a series

of how-to manuals for the computers, rather than

trying to publish them on your own.

B. Create a Publishing Plan

If you decide to go forward with a publishing proj-

ect, you’ve got some planning to do. You’ll need to

sketch out big-picture issues such as your publishing

goals, the information you want to convey, and

your intended audience. You’ll also have to consider

practical issues such as what resources you’ll have

available, what publishing vehicles you’ll use, how

often you’ll publish, and how you’ll distribute your

publications.

Lots of details, large and small, go into every pub-

lishing project. But figuring out these issues doesn’t

have to be a complicated affair. The most important

step is to take the time to think through these issues

and make a plan. Doing so will yield a big payoff

in efficiency and will help maximize your resources

when you put your plan into action.

Recommended reading on planning and executing a publishing venture. Starting & Running a Successful Newsletter or Magazine, by Cheryl Woodard (Nolo), is an excellent resource for

new and experienced publishers alike. The author

is an expert in the business side of planning pub-

lications, particularly in circulation budgeting and

financial management. While this book is geared

toward commercial publishing operations, it offers a

wealth of knowledge that all publishers—including

nonprofit groups—will find invaluable.

1. Define Your Editorial Mission and Features

The best way to start your planning is to hone in on

exactly what you want to achieve with your publish-

ing operation. Start with your broadest ideas about

your goals and audience. Do you aim to educate

your audience about a certain topic? Inform them

about late-breaking developments in your area?

Motivate them with stories about inspiring people?

With your fundamental goals clarified, you can turn

to the task of defining your editorial mission.

a. Editorial Mission

Much like a nonprofit needs to have a well-defined

mission that guides its activities, a publication needs

an editorial mission to shape its content. When

planning your publishing operation, you should

put careful thought into the topics your publication

will cover and draft an editorial mission statement

reflecting this editorial scope. While your editorial

mission statement will undoubtedly be similar to

your nonprofit mission statement, it should speak

directly to the focus of the publishing venture, not

the focus of the nonprofit in general.

PUBLISHING INFORMATIONAL MATERIALS 10 / 5

EXAMPLE:

Nonprofit Nonprofit mission statement Newsletter’s editorial mission statement

Artists Rights Alliance The mission of Artists Rights

Alliance (ARA) is to help art-

ists understand copyright and

other arts-related legal and

business issues.

The editorial mission of ARA’s newsletter,

Copy—Right! is to offer the latest news and information about copyright laws, informative

articles on specific copyright issues, and

entertaining stories about artists and their

work.

Robots Care Robots Care’s mission is to

help disabled people live in-

dependently with the help of

robotic technology.

The editorial mission of Robots Care’s news-

letter, Robots Today, is to inform readers about the latest developments in robotic tech-

nology, show how this technology improves

the lives of disabled people, and profile the

inventors and engineers pushing the industry

forward.

b. Regular Features

Besides outlining the topics your publication will

cover, it’s also a good idea to identify the specific

features it will offer. For example, a short 8- or 12-

page newsletter might contain the following regular

features:

• letters from readers

• a current events column with short news

blurbs

• two feature stories

• a question-and-answer column

• one editorial/opinion article

Planning and executing each issue will be much

easier if you identify in advance regular features

such as the ones listed above. Of course, you

can always deviate somewhat from your list—for

example, sometimes you might not have room for

two features, or you might need to add an extra

editorial piece to fill up space. But having an outline

of regular features will help everyone plan their

time and workloads more effectively—and create a

consistent product for your readers.

2. Evaluate Your Resources

An important step in planning your publishing

venture is to make a realistic assessment of the

resources you can commit to it. Obviously, the

publishing strategy of a large, well-funded nonprofit

will be quite different from the strategy of a scrappy

young nonprofit with a few committed founders and

a three-digit bank balance.

When assessing resources, don’t think just in

terms of money—you’ll also need people with

publishing skills on board. This includes people

who can write, edit, and do graphic design, as well

as folks who understand how to market and dis-

tribute a publication. If you don’t have these people

on staff, you’ll need to hire them as employees or

freelancers or seek out able volunteers. Bear in mind

that the more you outsource your publishing opera-

tion to an outside contractor, the more money you’ll

spend and the less control you’ll have over the final

product. The more you can do with your existing

board, staff, and volunteers, the better.

If you can’t avoid the need to bring in outside

help, consider starting by hiring a consultant to help

you plan your publishing program, from overall

strategies to specific steps. If your board, staff, and

volunteers possess even just a few publishing skills,

this plan may be all you need from the outside con-

sultant. With a clear plan in place, it may be possible

for your own people to execute the writing, editing,

production, and distribution of your publications.

If not, you can hire contractors only for those tasks

that you can’t handle in house.

10 / 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Make sure you own your content (or have the right to publish it). If contractors or volun- teers create the content for your publications—for

instance, articles, photographs, illustrations, or

other graphics—you’ll need to pay special attention

to copyright ownership issues and make sure that

your nonprofit obtains ownership to the content

or the right to publish it. Generally speaking, your

nonprofit will automatically own copyright to the

content created by employees, but not the content

created by freelancers. The legal rules governing

works created by volunteers are fuzzy, and your

nonprofit may not automatically own their work. To

obtain ownership to content created by freelancers

(and possibly volunteers), you should put an agree-

ment in writing. Copyright and intellectual property

issues are covered in Section C, below. For the full

treatment, be sure to read Getting Permission: How to License & Clear Copyrighted Materials Online & Off, by Richard Stim (Nolo).

3. Choose Your Media

With your goals and available resources sketched

out, it’s time to choose the form your publishing

venture will take. Common nonprofit publishing

vehicles include newsletters (both print and elec-

tronic versions), websites, guidebooks, pamphlets,

and videos. It’s common to use a combination of

publishing tools—for example, a website and a

newsletter, plus an informational guidebook and a

few respected peer-reviewed studies.

Need more information on websites? This chapter covers only informative websites

—those that publish articles, guides, and other

editorial content. For information on simple,

marketing-driven websites, see Chapter 9.

Generally speaking, the media you should use

will depend in large part upon the nature of the

information you want to convey, which will depend,

in turn, on your publishing goals and editorial

mission. For example:

• If your nonprofit will regularly generate infor-

mation that you want to communicate to the

public, then a periodic newsletter (in print,

online, or both) may be the best choice.

• If you want to distribute lengthy information

or content that will be generated sporadically,

the material may be better suited for a guide,

report, pamphlet, or website.

• If your nonprofit will constantly be generating

new information that will rapidly go out of

date, a website or electronic newsletter may

be the best way to make it available. You

can update these media as often as you want

without incurring print costs.

Besides the information you want to convey,

another important factor in choosing specific media

is your budget. It costs money to produce printed

materials, and periodicals like newsletters will

need to be printed on a regular basis, usually at

least quarterly. To keep print costs down, many

nonprofits start their publishing efforts online or

choose nonperiodical print formats like pamphlets

or guides, which you don’t have to publish on a

regular basis.

a. Print or Digital Format

Websites (and other online methods of distributing

information) are the biggest thing to hit publishing

since the invention of movable type centuries ago.

Online publishing offers some major advantages

over traditional print publishing—particularly the

freedom from print and paper costs. In addition,

distribution can be instant and worldwide, and

updates (not to mention corrections) can be made

easily and inexpensively. Interactive features allow

you to obtain valuable feedback from your audience

and build communities through forums and bulletin

boards.

On the down side, people are flooded with on-

line media these days, which can make it very hard

to break through the clutter and get your audience’s

attention. If your readers have overloaded email

boxes, they may barely read the subject line of

your e-newsletter before clicking it into the trash.

Unlike a print newsletter that readers can peruse

on the couch, online media is usually read at the

computer—often during the workday, when people

are pressed for time. It can be a stretch to expect

PUBLISHING INFORMATIONAL MATERIALS 10 / 7

Websites Can Serve Different Purposes

As you consider specific ways to publish your

information, remember that websites are inher-

ently shape-shifting: They can act as marketing

vehicles, as magazines and newsletters, as retail

stores, as community forums, and more. Some

websites simply offer articles or other substan-

tive information in their pages, in which case

the website itself is the publishing vehicle. If the

website implies that a new “edition” or “issue”

will be forthcoming, then the website is acting

like a periodical, such as a newsletter or maga-

zine.

Some websites serve as an umbrella or

storefront for a few different types of electronic

publishing. For example, besides a few pages

with news items and articles about a certain

topic, a website might also offer a newsletter

with its own name and special format and

an indication of how often new issues are

published. In this case, the website itself isn’t

the newsletter but contains the newsletter as a

separate entity.

At the end of the day, the lines can often be

blurry between different types and formats of

media, particularly in the online world. Here are

some tips to help you recognize the fundamental

characteristics of various media types and

distinguish one type from another:

• Print or electronic newsletters are published periodically, such as every

month or quarter. Electronic newsletters may be distributed via email or posted at a

website in HTML format. No matter what

the format—print, email, or Web-based—

what distinguishes a newsletter is that it

is put out periodically, according to some

regular schedule.

• Most websites are like storefronts, which may or may not offer periodical-type in- formation. For example, the site of WFMU, an independent freeform radio station

(www.wfmu.org), includes links to stream-

ing radio, streaming archives, playlists, and

program information, plus background

information about the station and how to

donate. However, WFMU also publishes a

periodical newsletter—“Blast of Hot Air”—

in two formats: an email version and an

HTML version at the WFMU website. This

newsletter is part of the overall site but is

formatted so that it has its own identity

apart from the rest of the site.

• Some websites operate almost entirely like periodicals. A site such as The New York Times (www.nytimes.com) is a per-

fect example of a periodical model, in that

a new edition is published every day (just

like the print version), and updates are

added throughout the day as well. In a real

sense, the website is the periodical.

10 / 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

even committed members to take the time to read

through your website or e-newsletter unless the

information is truly compelling or practical.

With these pros and cons in mind, it’s often a

good strategy for budget-pressed nonprofits to start

with a website or electronic newsletter and later,

once the nonprofit has funds for printing and dis-

tribution, add printed publications to the mix. Not

only can online media be inexpensive to create, but

they are also inherently malleable—an important

factor in the early days when you’ll still be refining

your publishing strategy. You can tinker with your

website or your e-newsletter as you get a sense of

what kind of information you want to publish. When

you have settled on appropriate content and style,

you can consider creating a print publication as well.

If you publish both in print and online, your print

and online versions will almost certainly differ in

some ways and should offer slightly different sets of

information. Some content may be appropriate for

one medium but not the other. Certain interactive

features, for example, will only be possible at a

website, not in print. But another reason to vary

your content between print and online versions is to

achieve strategic goals. For example, your nonprofit

may want to sign up readers for a print newsletter

in order to obtain mailing address information for

future fundraising efforts. If so, you might offer

some information only in your print edition as an

incentive for your online readers to sign up for a

print subscription.

EXAMPLE: Eco-Sud is a nonprofit formed to support environmentally friendly urban

planning efforts in South American cities.

It publishes a newsletter in print and at its

website. Both the print and online editions

include all of the newsletter’s feature articles

and news items. At the online edition only,

the newsletter also offers a community forum

where people can respond to articles, post

ideas, and discuss issues. The print edition also

offers exclusive content: a regular column by a

prominent Argentinean community planner.

By offering this column in the print edition

only, Eco-Sud hopes to attract more subscribers

to the print newsletter. Eco-Sud has found its

print subscribers to be more active in commu-

nity planning issues than the online readers.

Eco-Sud wants to increase the ranks of this

motivated readership in order to encourage

activism and involvement among its constituents.

It also hopes to raise funds from new print

subscribers.

b. Frequency

Lots of people assume that “nonprofit publishing”

consists solely of putting out a newsletter. These

folks forget that publishing isn’t only about creating

periodicals—publications that are issued according

to some regular schedule. In fact, you don’t have

to commit to putting out a publication each week,

month, or quarter to enter the publishing world.

Instead of a newsletter, you could publish an

occasional guide or report, or a website that doesn’t

promise to be updated at any particular time. You

should commit to a regular periodical only if you

really want to—or, better put, if you actually have

the information to fill it and the resources to put it

out, issue after issue.

If you decide to publish a periodical, then you’ll

have to determine how often you’ll put it out. This is

called the publication’s frequency. Most newsletters

are published every month or every quarter, though

some are done bimonthly (every other month) or

twice a year. If you can’t commit to a publishing

schedule of some sort, you’d be better off consider-

ing a single-issue publication, like a guide, report, or

website, so you don’t create an expectation among

your readers that another issue will come out on a

particular date in the future.

Publishing even a small newsletter (whether

in print or online) requires a fairly serious commit-

ment. While you may think it’s easy to write a

couple of short articles every month or quarter,

you’d be amazed at how many nonprofits dread

their newsletter deadlines. It’s not uncommon for

a nonprofit to realize—only after putting out an

issue or two—that it doesn’t have the resources to

publish a newsletter after all. It might decide instead

to focus on one or two publishing projects a year,

or even to abandon the idea of publishing altogether

in favor of more basic marketing efforts. Rather than

PUBLISHING INFORMATIONAL MATERIALS 10 / 9

wasting time and resources—and risking losing

some of your audience because you’ve failed to

meet their expectations—it’s much better to plan

realistically from the start so you can choose a

publishing schedule that works for your group.

When trying to determine how often you’ll put

out your newsletter, consider factors such as:

• Staff resources. Don’t commit to putting out a newsletter every week, month, or quarter un-

less you’re confident your staff and volunteers

can pull it off.

• Costs. Costs are a real issue with print publications—the more often you publish, the

higher the cost.

• Type of content. Some content has a longer shelf life than others. A publication that

focuses on profiles of community leaders will

remain fresh for a longer time than a news-

letter based on breaking legal news.

• Timing of subject matter. If your publication will report on events that have their own

schedule, you may want your publishing

schedule to be similar. For example, a com-

munity garden nonprofit might time its news-

letter to precede the planting season and

harvest season.

c. Distribution

Distributing nonprofit publications is somewhat

simpler than distributing commercial newsletters

and magazines, because most nonprofits start with

a built-in readership base. Print publications are

generally sent by mail to nonprofit members and

supporters or distributed via racks at appropriate

locations. Electronic publications are simply sent

via email. The more members and supporters you

already have in your databases, the easier it will

be for you to get your publications into their hands

and email boxes. That said, you may also want to

expand your audience, in which case you should put

some thought into your distribution strategy.

To reach a broader audience, use the market-

ing techniques discussed in Chapter 9 and think

creatively about distribution methods. A great

approach is to look for opportunities to link up with

other like-minded groups. For example, if you know

a fellow nonprofit is about to hold a well-publicized

seminar, ask whether you can leave a stack of your

publications at the event. Likewise, a neighbor

nonprofit might be willing to swap advertising or

editorial space in their newsletter for space in yours,

which gives each of you an opportunity to promote

your own publications to a new audience. As with

any marketing efforts, the most effective outreach

will be to a targeted group, rather than to the public

at large. The more you can reach members of

groups with similar inclinations to yours, the better.

Here are some more tips on how and where to

distribute your publication:

• Most cities have public information centers

where businesses and community groups can

distribute their information.

• Nonprofits often have tables at their offices

with literature from other groups.

• For-profit businesses may be willing to carry

your publication, especially if your work over-

laps with theirs.

• Universities and colleges are good places to

distribute nonprofit publications. Check with

individual departments that are close to your

subject area.

• Churches often distribute literature from

community groups.

4. Putting It All Together

With your goals clarified; resources identified; types

of media chosen; and issues like format, frequency,

and distribution nailed down, you’ll have all the

major components of a publishing plan in place. As

with many of the planning tasks discussed in this

book, it’s a good idea to put your publishing plan in

writing—you might even include it as an addendum

to your strategic plan.

Ultimately, your plan will need to balance what

you want to communicate with the resources you

have available for getting the job done. Whether in

print, online, or both, the initial publishing efforts

of many nonprofits are bite-sized—say, a four-page

newsletter distributed quarterly or a basic website

offering a few informative articles posted every other

month. As long as you get out the information that

10 / 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

you deem essential, taking a modest approach can

work just fine.

As your nonprofit grows, your publishing ven-

tures can grow along with it. Some large, mature

nonprofits publish high-end magazines, sophisti-

cated books, feature-length documentary videos, or

cutting-edge websites with thousands of pages of

information. It’s not uncommon for educational or

research-driven nonprofits to develop into publish-

ing-intensive organizations. The bottom line is that

the scope of your publishing efforts will depend

largely on how they further your mission and on

what you can afford.

EXAMPLE 1: Native Florida History Inc. (NFH), a nonprofit dedicated to educating the public

about the history of Native Americans in

Florida, decides that publishing is central to its

goal of telling the story of native Floridians.

The nonprofit plans to conduct four historical

research projects each year and present the

findings of the research to the public through

seminars and printed materials. The group

decides to post each report at its website. NFH

also wants to publish the reports in print, to

make them available to people who don’t have

Internet access and to use as a tool in meetings

with potential supporters and funders. A local

print shop has offered to print NFH’s materials

at half-price, allowing NFH to expand its print

efforts beyond what it could otherwise afford.

The board discusses printing the report

results in individual pamphlets whenever a

research project concludes. However, they

also want to convey other information to their

readers, such as a calendar of events, grant

announcements, and other NFH news that

changes regularly. This leads them to decide

to publish a regular newsletter instead of indi-

vidual pamphlets. The board decides to publish

the newsletter quarterly, to coincide with the

research reports that are concluded every three

months.

As board members continue to discuss the

newsletter, they quickly realize that they can’t

afford to include every report in full, which

would push each issue into the 40-page range.

Instead, they decide to print abbreviated two-

page versions of the reports in each newsletter

and publish the full versions at the website.

The print version would refer readers to the

website for the full reports and any other Web-

exclusive content.

The board decides to mail its newsletter

to all supporters on its mailing list, except

for those who specifically ask that it not be

delivered. They will also make free copies

available at seminars and in the reception

area of NFH’s office. They also make plans

to contact other local nonprofits to ask about

leaving stacks of the newsletter in their offices,

perhaps in exchange for allowing the other

nonprofits to distribute their materials at NFH’s

office.

EXAMPLE 2: The president of the board of Critters Care, a nonprofit that provides

companion animals for sick children, proposes

that Critters Care publish information about

the therapeutic benefits of companion animals

so that the public understands the value of

their nonprofit mission. But financial resources

are very tight, and the board wants to make

sure that pursuing a publishing program won’t

prevent the organization from accomplishing

its key goals of matching pets with children,

providing initial vaccinations for each pet, and

equipping each pet with basic necessities such

as leashes and collars.

Because the board understands the impor-

tance of keeping the public informed about

their mission and accomplishments, they decide

to create a website where they will regularly

post articles and feature stories about their

activities. To start, they’ll publish two articles:

The first will be an informative article on the

benefits of human/animal interaction, with

interviews from doctors and results of studies on

the issue. The second will be a profile of one

of the children served, containing interviews

with her parents and doctors noting how much

her mood had improved since she got her dog

through Critters Care. Besides these stories, the

website will include basic information about

PUBLISHING INFORMATIONAL MATERIALS 10 / 1 1

the nonprofit, its history, contact information,

and an appeal for donations.

The Critters Care board decides to update

the site with at least two new articles per

quarter. They also decide that after one year

of maintaining the website, they will revisit the

issue of publishing a print version of informa-

tion relevant to Critters Care’s mission.

C. Copyright Basics for Nonprofit Publishers

Even simple publishing efforts can raise serious

questions regarding ownership and rights to use

text, artwork, or other content. This area of law

is known in general as intellectual property law,

and the specific area of intellectual property that

publishers need to deal with is known as copyright.

While copyright law can quickly become a complex

topic, the basic rules are fairly straightforward.

This section will introduce you to the fundamental

issues you will need to understand if you decide to

publish.

Recommended reading on copyright and licensing. For more information on licens- ing text, artwork, and other copyrighted materials,

consult Nolo’s Getting Permission: How to License & Clear Copyrighted Materials Online & Off, by Richard Stim. It’s an excellent resource that will help

you understand and figure out how to handle copy-

right and other intellectual property issues in both

traditional media and emerging digital formats.

1. What Copyright Protects

You’re probably already aware that much creative

work is protected by copyright. Generally speak-

ing, when someone creates a work such as a book,

song, painting, poem, photograph, or other original

material, that person owns a broad set of rights to

control how that work is used, known collectively

as a copyright. Copyright laws prohibit others from

reproducing, modifying, distributing, or selling such

a work without the copyright owner’s permission.

Not All Content Is Protected by Copyright

Certain material, including works published

before 1923 and works created by the United

States government, fall into a category known

as the public domain. If a work is in the public

domain, anyone can use it without permission.

If you want to use content from another site

that falls into the public domain, you can do so

without obtaining permission from, or entering

into a contract with, the owner of that site. By

the same token, if your website posts public

domain material, other sites are also allowed to

post that material without your permission.

Broadly speaking, there are four situations

that may put a creative work in the public

domain:

• The original copyright of the work has

expired.

• The original copyright of the work was

not renewed according to specific copy-

right rules.

• The work was deliberately placed into

the public domain by the owner.

• The work was not eligible for copyright

protection in the first place; U.S. govern-

ment works fall into this category.

Public domain rules are fairly complex; for

detailed information, see The Public Domain, by Stephen Fishman (Nolo).

Copyright protects a broad range of creative

work, not just fine art or literature. Materials sub-

ject to copyright include original text, photographs,

drawings, computer graphics, Web design, multi-

media works, videos, music, sculpture, and even

architecture.

In legal terms, obtaining permission to use some-

one else’s copyrighted content is known as getting

a license. A content license is simply a contract that

allows you to use copyrighted content according

to whatever specific terms you’ve outlined in the

agreement. The party that owns the content and

10 / 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

gives permission for someone else to use it is called

the licensor; the party that gets to use the content is

called the licensee.

When you license content, you do not own it;

you’re simply obtaining the right to use it in specific

circumstances. In contrast, buying the copyrights to

a creative work (known in legal terms as a copyright

assignment) gives you all the rights to the work as if

you were the original copyright owner.

2. Ownership and Works for Hire

When employees, contractors, or volunteers create

content or other creative works for your nonprofit,

you’ll need to understand who owns the work.

Your nonprofit will want to make sure it has unfet-

tered rights to use any text, artwork, photos, logos,

and other materials that are created by the people

working for you. In some situations, you probably

won’t want or need to own the copyright to certain

works, as long as you have permission to use them

(a time-sensitive article for your website might fall

into this category). In other situations, however, you

will want full ownership—for example, to your non-

profit’s logo and any other graphics or photos you

use to identify your nonprofit. Before you hire any-

one to create anything for your group, you should

understand the rules regarding ownership of creative

works.

The general rule is that the person who creates

content owns the copyright. However, there is an

exception for “works for hire”—such works are

owned by the hiring party, not the creator. The

rules regarding what constitutes a work for hire vary

depending on whether the work is created by an

employee or an independent contractor.

a. Rules for Employees

When an employee creates any work in the course

of employment, the employer—not the employee—

owns copyright to that work. Having your content

created by employees, not contractors (or volunteers,

as discussed below), is the simplest and most

straightforward way for your nonprofit to make sure

that it owns copyright in the content.

b. Rules for Contractors

When a contractor creates certain types of content,

the hiring party owns copyright in the work only if

the contractor and hiring party have made a written

agreement stating that the work is a work for hire.

Work-for-hire agreements are necessary whenever

a nonemployee creates the work. Without a written

work-for-hire agreement, the nonemployee creator

owns copyright to the work.

However, you cannot turn every kind of creative

work into a work for hire using a written agreement.

According to copyright law, a work-for-hire agree-

ment will give copyright to the hiring party only

if the content falls into one of the following eight

categories:

• part of a larger literary work, such as an

article in a magazine or a poem or story in an

anthology

• part of a motion picture or other audiovisual

work, such as a screenplay

• a translation

• a supplementary work, such as an afterword,

introduction, chart, editorial note, bibliography,

appendix, or index

• a compilation

• an instructional text

• a test or answer material for a test, or

• an atlas.

If the content created by a contractor doesn’t fit

into one of these categories, then a written work-for-

hire agreement won’t be sufficient to give copyright

to the hiring party. Instead, you’ll have to execute a

copyright assignment—an outright sale of all copy-

right from the contractor to your nonprofit. Unless

you decide to hire the creator as an employee, you’ll

need to use one of these two types of agreements—

a work-for-hire agreement if the work falls into the

categories above, or an assignment agreement if it

does not—in order for your nonprofit to gain owner-

ship rights in work created by the contractor.

At the end of this chapter, you’ll find a Contractor

Work-for-Hire Agreement that also includes assign-

ment provisions. You should be sure to execute

this agreement with any contractors who create

copyrightable work, such as text, artwork, graphic

design, or other media. The agreement is structured

PUBLISHING INFORMATIONAL MATERIALS 10 / 1 3

to establish the work as a work-for-hire unless the

work does not meet the applicable requirements,

in which case a back-up provision converts the

arrangement to an assignment.

c. Rules for Volunteers

Nonprofits often use work created not by employees

or contractors, but by unpaid volunteers. Unfortu-

nately, copyright law doesn’t even address this situa-

tion—it deals only with employees and contractors.

Because copyright law doesn’t provide any guid-

ance on ownership of works created by volunteers,

the wisest legal course of action is to assume the

worst—that is, to assume that you will not auto-

matically own copyright in your volunteers’ work

but will have to obtain it through a work-for-hire

agreement or a copyright assignment. Because some

works won’t fall into the categories required for

work-for-hire agreements, many nonprofits simply

ask all volunteers to sign an agreement assigning

copyright to the nonprofit for any work they create

in the course of their relationship with the nonprofit.

You’ll find a streamlined Volunteer Assignment

Agreement below. As in the Contractor Work-for-

Hire Agreement, the agreement establishes the work

as a work for hire if it meets the legal requirements.

Otherwise, the agreement will act as a copyright

assignment.

3. Sample Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreement

You should use the sample agreement below when-

ever you hire contractors to create copyrightable

material for your nonprofit. Enter the names of

the nonprofit and the contractor in the appropriate

blanks. In the Services section, describe the work

that the contractor is supposed to perform, for

example: “Shoot photographs to use at the Eco-

Sud website.” Insert the amount to be paid to the

contractor in the payment section.

The section titled “Works for Hire—Assignment

of Intellectual Property Rights” establishes that the

work is made for hire. However, if the work does

not meet the requirements of copyright law, the

agreement contains a back-up provision that con-

verts the arrangement to an assignment. Businesses

and nonprofits commonly use this type of provi-

sion to cover all of their bases and make sure that

ownership rights have been acquired.

The Warranty provision establishes that the

work is the contractor’s original material and that

it doesn’t violate any intellectual property or other

laws. This and the indemnification provision serve

to protect the nonprofit if the material proves to

be legally unsound (for example, if the contractor

copied the work from another source without

permission). In the agreement’s miscellaneous

provisions, insert the nonprofit’s home state, which

will establish which state’s law will govern the

interpretation of the agreement in the event of a

dispute.

The following Contractor Work-for-Hire

Agreement is included as a form in Appendix

F and, in digital version, on the CD that accompanies

this book.

10 / 1 4 STARTING AND RUNNING A NON-PROFIT: A PRACTICAL GUIDE EDITION

Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreement

This Work-for-Hire Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made between

(“Nonprofi t”), and

(“Contractor”).

Services

In consideration of the payments provided in this Agreement, Contractor agrees to perform the following

services:

.

Payment

Nonprofi t agrees to pay Contractor as follows:

.

Works for Hire—Assignment of Intellectual Property Rights

Contractor agrees that, for consideration acknowledged in this Agreement, any works of authorship

commissioned pursuant to this Agreement (the “Works”) shall be considered works made for hire as that

term is defi ned under U.S. copyright law. To the extent that any such Work created for Nonprofi t by Con-

tractor is not a work made for hire belonging to Nonprofi t, Contractor assigns and transfers to Nonprofi t all

rights Contractor has or may acquire to all such Works. Contractor agrees to sign and deliver to Nonprofi t,

either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, such other documents as Nonprofi t considers

desirable to evidence the assignment of copyright.

Contractor Warranties

Contractor warrants that the Work does not infringe any intellectual property rights or violate any laws related

to libel, privacy, or otherwise, and that the work is original to Contractor. Contractor agrees to indemnify

Nonprofi t and hold it harmless in any action arising out of, or relating to, these representations and warranties.

Miscellaneous

This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties and can be modifi ed only by

written agreement. The laws of the State of

shall govern this Agreement. In the event of any dispute arising under this agreement, the prevailing party

shall be entitled to its reasonable attorney fees.

Contractor Signature:

Contractor Name:

Contractor Address:

Contractor Tax ID #:

Date:

Nonprofi t Authorized Signature:

Name and Title:

Address:

Date:

PUBLISHING INFORMATIONAL MATERIALS 10 / 1 5

4. Sample Volunteer Assignment Agreement

If your nonprofit will use volunteers to create con-

tent for your publications or any other copyrightable

material, make sure they fill out and sign a volunteer

assignment agreement such as the one below. It’s

very similar to the agreement for contractors but

simplified and streamlined so as not to be intimidat-

ing to your volunteers. It also differs in that it covers

ongoing work by the volunteer rather than a specific

project, so you can simply have the volunteer fill it

out and sign it once.

You can adapt this agreement by entering your

nonprofit’s name throughout. Then, simply have the

volunteer enter his or her name and complete the

signature portion. Also indicate what, if anything,

the nonprofit is promising to do for the volunteer—

for example, to include credit for the volunteer’s

work or acknowledge the donated copyright as

a charitable contribution. If you want to address

credit and acknowledgments separately for each

project, you could check “other” and enter “Terms

will vary per project and will be outlined in attach-

ments.” Then, for each project, outline the credit

and acknowledgment terms and include them with

the main agreement as separate attachments labeled

Attachment A, Attachment B, and so on.

The following Volunteer Assignment Agree-

ment is included as a form in Appendix F and,

in digital version, on the CD that accompanies this

book.

10 / 1 6 STARTING AND RUNNING A NON-PROFIT: A PRACTICAL GUIDE EDITION

Volunteer Assignment Agreement

I, ,

am a volunteer with . It is my intent that any

Work I create in my capacity as a volunteer for ,

will become the property of ,

which will own full copyright in all such Work(s). To the extent that any Work(s) I create for

is not a work for hire, I assign and transfer to

all worldwide copyright interests in

the Work(s), for the life of such copyright interests.

In assigning all right, title, and interest in the Work(s) to ,

I intend to transfer to the full ownership in and

of the Work(s), including all rights of reproduction, distribution, display, and adaptation, and the right to

create derivative work(s). All such rights apply without limitation to any print, electronic, multimedia, or other

formats including HTML format for websites, distribution online by email, and all other methods of creating

and distributing media. I agree to sign and deliver to ,

either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, such other documents as

considers desirable to evidence the assignment

of copyright.

In consideration of this agreement, agrees to

(check all that apply):

allow me to include the Work or a reproduction of the Work in my portfolio or other such compilation,

to be shown to my prospective employers or clients, and no other commercial or noncommercial use. All

such portfolio uses must include a notice of ’s

copyright ownership.

acknowledge my transfer of the Work to

as a charitable contribution

give full and complete credit in all versions of the Work(s)

other:

I warrant that any Work(s) I create pursuant to this agreement are original and do not infringe any intellectual

property rights or violate any laws related to libel, privacy, or otherwise. I agree to indemnify and hold harm-

less in any

action arising out of, or relating to, these representations and warranties.

Volunteer Signature:

Volunteer Name:

Volunteer Address:

Date:

PUBLISHING INFORMATIONAL MATERIALS 10 / 1 7

Checklist: Publishing Informational Materials

Decide whether to publish. Do you have substantive information to convey? Do you

have the necessary resources?

Create a publishing plan that defines your publishing goals, the information you want to

convey, and your audience.

Evaluate your publishing resources. Consider publishing alliances with similar publications

or groups.

Decide on publishing vehicles, formats, and distribution strategies that fit with your

publishing plan.

Become familiar with the basics of copyright law and copyright agreements.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 11

Managing Your Finances

A. Bookkeeping and Accounting Overview ............................................................. 11/2

1. Bookkeeping Versus Accounting: What’s the Difference? ......................... 11/4

2. Cash Versus Accrual Accounting ..................................................................... 11/5

B. Tracking Income and Expenses .............................................................................. 11/6

1. Recording Income .............................................................................................. 11/7

2. Recording Expenses ........................................................................................... 11/9

C. Creating Basic Financial Reports .......................................................................... 11/10

1. Income Statement ............................................................................................ 11/10

2. Cash Flow Projection ....................................................................................... 11/12

D. Audits, Reviews, and Compilations ..................................................................... 11/15

E. Reporting Requirements ....................................................................................... 11/16

11/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

I mplementing a good system of financial man-

agement is an essential part of running a non-

profit. You can’t make wise financial decisions

without having a clear understanding of how and

when money comes in and goes out. And if that

isn’t reason enough, you also need well-organized

bookkeeping and accounting systems because the

tax advantages given to nonprofits come with a strict

duty to manage funds properly.

The good news is that you don’t need to be a

financial whiz to manage your nonprofit’s finances.

When you’re first starting out, just make sure that

the person who serves as your nonprofit’s treasurer

has a comfortable working knowledge of the basics.

As your nonprofit grows (or if you run into any

complicated tax or accounting problems), you can—

and should—hire an accountant or other financial

professional who has experience with nonprofit

finances to give you a hand.

This chapter explains how to manage your non-

profit’s money, including what records your non-

profit should keep and how to keep them. This

chapter also explains how to use the information in

your financial records to measure your nonprofit’s

financial health and ensure that you will have

enough cash to pay your important bills on time.

If you find yourself approaching this chapter

with any discomfort or fear, you’ll be pleasantly

surprised to learn that managing your finances is a

relatively straightforward task. Due to the availability

of powerful and affordable software programs (such

as Quickbooks and MYOB), the accounting process

is much easier to handle than ever before. Once you

enter your income and expenses into the program,

you’re only a few mouse clicks away from sophisti-

cated financial reports that would have taken many

hours and considerable skill to generate just a de-

cade ago. In fact, these programs are so affordable

(many under $300) and user-friendly that it makes

little sense not to use one of them.

But while accounting software makes it much

easier to keep records and generate informative

financial reports, you still need a basic understand-

ing of what the numbers mean so that you can

make them work for your nonprofit. It’s especially

important that the person in charge of managing your

nonprofit’s money and the people on any financial

committees your nonprofit creates are able to com-

municate clearly regarding financial issues. This

chapter offers the information you need, explaining

financial basics and sound bookkeeping and

accounting practices that will help you keep your

nonprofit on track.

It pays to get help with bookkeeping and

accounting tasks. The information provided

in this chapter will be valuable for anyone who is

unfamiliar with accounting basics. Depending on

the size and operations of your nonprofit, how-

ever, hiring experienced help may be a smart idea.

This need not be prohibitively expensive: In an

hour or two, an accountant with nonprofit experi-

ence should be able to suggest effective strategies

for keeping records, selecting and configuring a

computerized accounting system, and other ways of

managing your nonprofit’s money. At the beginning,

a competent board member, staff person, or volun-

teer should be able to keep your system humming.

But as the nonprofit’s budget grows, you should

consider hiring a part-time bookkeeper to maintain

your books and an accountant to complete your

taxes.

A. Bookkeeping and Accounting Overview

While budgeting (discussed in Chapter 3) helps you

create a realistic plan for raising and spending your

nonprofit’s money, bookkeeping and accounting

allow you to keep track of the actual money that

flows into and out of the nonprofit. Despite what

you may fear, bookkeeping and accounting can

be fairly straightforward—the key is to put some

thought and planning into your system early on.

You have three primary goals when doing book-

keeping and accounting:

• Keeping track of income and expenses in order to run your nonprofit efficiently. To make smart decisions about how to use scarce

resources, avoid waste, pay bills on time, and

plan to raise adequate funds, you must have

an up-to-date and accurate accounting system.

MANAGING YOUR FINANCES 11/ 3

• Organizing financial information about your nonprofit to file tax returns and other finan- cial reports required by government or other agencies. If you don’t have your finances in order, putting together tax returns and other

financial reports (for a major institutional

funder, for example) can be a real nightmare—

one that you can prevent by putting the

proper systems in place.

• Avoiding the penalties and embarrassment that come from mismanaging nonprofit funds. Even with the best of intentions, your nonprofit

can get into real trouble and generate negative

publicity if it mismanages its finances and is

exposed through an audit or other examination.

Common Financial Terms

The first step towards understanding nonprofit

finances is to learn some commonly used finan-

cial terms. Unfortunately, many people use these

terms imprecisely or even incorrectly—and if this

happens in your organization, it can be almost

impossible to have a meaningful conversation

about the numbers. Once you’re familiar with

these basic terms, you’ll be well prepared to

make sense of basic written reports and better

able to communicate with others about impor-

tant financial information. Here are a few of the

terms you should know:

• An invoice is a written record of a trans-

action, usually submitted to a customer or

client when requesting payment. Invoices

are sometimes called bills or statements,

though the latter term has its own specific

meaning (see below).

• A statement is a formal written summary

of an account. Unlike an invoice, a state-

ment is not generally used by itself as a

request for payment but to clearly outline

an account’s transactions and to clarify

what is owed to whom.

• A ledger or register is a collection of

related financial information, such as rev-

enues, expenditures, accounts receivable,

and accounts payable. Ledgers used to be

kept in books preprinted with lined ledger

paper (which explains why a business’s

financial information is often referred to

as the “books”). Checkbooks also come

with a register where you keep track of

the checks you’ve written. These days,

the terms “ledger” and “register” are also

used to refer to the screens where you

enter transactions into accounting soft-

ware.

• An account is a collection of financial in-

formation grouped according to purpose.

For example, if you have a regular supplier,

the collection of information regarding

purchases and payments to that supplier

would be called its “account.” A written

record of an account is called a statement.

• Accounts payable are amounts that your

nonprofit owes. For example, unpaid

utility bills and purchases your nonprofit

makes on credit are included in your

accounts payable.

• Accounts receivable are amounts owed to

your nonprofit but not yet paid. Accounts

receivable includes sales your nonprofit

makes on credit.

Above and beyond these fundamental goals, well-

organized finances will help your nonprofit:

• Set appropriate fundraising goals. Only by staying on top of your income and expenses

will you know how much money you need to

bring in to pay for your programs. This knowl-

edge is essential for you to come up with a

solid fundraising plan, including whether and

how much to charge in fees for your programs

or membership dues and how to generate income

through grants, donations, and other sources.

• Pace your growth effectively. A good set of books will give you the information you need

to decide when and how to expand your pro-

grams. Without meaningful financial numbers,

11/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

making any decisions about growth can be

a gamble. For example, just because your

nonprofit has a lot of money in its check-

ing account after a fundraising drive doesn’t

mean that you should spend it all on a new

program. A well-organized set of financial re-

cords will give you an accurate and complete

financial picture, including information on

where your money is most needed.

• Minimize taxes on unrelated business income. As explained more fully in Chapter 6 and

in Section B1, below, many nonprofits earn

money from activities that are unrelated to

their central mission—and that income is tax-

able under IRS rules, even if you have tax-

exempt status. Keeping careful track of your

expenses will help you spot deductions that

can reduce your tax bill. If you are sloppy

with your bookkeeping, you’ll miss valuable

opportunities to save tax dollars.

• Avoid tax penalties. Responsible bookkeeping can also help you avoid errors in your tax

returns that can subject you to fines and other

penalties. If your nonprofit is audited and its

books are in bad shape, you risk harsh treat-

ment by the IRS. Don’t court this kind of

trouble—make sure to maintain basic, accu-

rate records.

1. Bookkeeping Versus Accounting: What’s the Difference?

Generally speaking, bookkeeping consists of entering

data into a system—usually computer software—to

track your income and expenses. Accounting refers

to using those figures to generate reports that offer

insight into your financial situation and to complete

tax returns. Although people sometimes use the

terms interchangeably, it’s important to understand

how they differ—particularly if you plan to hire

a professional to help you with your finances. For

example, you wouldn’t want to spend a lot of money

to hire a CPA just to enter routine data into your

books. On the flip side, you also wouldn’t want

to ask your part-time bookkeeper to complete a

complex tax return.

Double-Entry Versus Single-Entry Bookkeeping

The terms “double-entry” and “single-entry”

bookkeeping refer to two systems for keeping

track of an organization’s finances. In a single-

entry system, every transaction is recorded

once, either as income or as an expense to

your nonprofit. In a double-entry system,

each transaction is recorded (you guessed it)

twice, as both a debit to (deduction from) one

account and a credit to another.

Double-entry bookkeeping is intended

to reflect the basic structure of financial

transactions: Money is paid in exchange for

something. Therefore, a cost to one account

is always a benefit to another. For example,

spending $1,000 on a computer would be a

debit to your bank account (a loss of $1,000)

but a credit to your assets (a gain of the com-

puter as your property). On the other hand,

selling a nonprofit publication for $50 would

be a credit to your bank account (a gain of $50)

but a debit to your assets (a loss of one book

from your inventory).

Double-entry bookkeeping is designed to

help you catch clerical errors in your data-

entry system. Because all transactions have to

be entered twice, you can compare the entries

periodically to make sure that your books are

accurate. Not surprisingly, however, double-

entry systems are also more labor-intensive

than single-entry bookkeeping. It makes sense

to go to this extra effort only if your nonprofit

will handle thousands of transactions each year

or has significant assets (and a corresponding

concern about accuracy and error detection).

For the vast majority of nonprofit start-

ups, a single-entry system will work fine for

your early days—and likely well beyond. Your

accountant will let you know if and when you

should consider converting to a double-entry

system.

MANAGING YOUR FINANCES 11/ 5

2. Cash Versus Accrual Accounting

When setting up your financial record-keeping

system, you’ll need to choose one of two principal

methods for keeping track of your income and ex-

penses: the cash or the accrual method (sometimes

called cash basis and accrual basis). These methods

differ in the timing of when you credit or deduct

transactions to your accounts:

• Under the more common accrual method, you

record transactions when the transaction occurs,

regardless of when you actually receive or pay

the money.

• Under the cash method, you do not record the

transaction until the payment (cash, check,

or credit card payment) is actually received,

and you do not record expenses until they are

actually paid.

In other words, the cash method tracks the actual

cash you have on hand at any given time, whereas

the accrual method tracks transactions and obliga-

tions as they occur, even before you actually receive

or pay out the money.

EXAMPLE 1: You purchase a new laser printer for $2,000 on a credit card in May and pay the

$2,000 credit card bill two months later, in July.

Using the accrual method, you would record

the $2,000 debit in your books in May, as soon

as you purchase the laser printer and become

obligated to pay for it. Under the cash method,

however, you would wait to record the $2,000

debit until the month of July, when you actually

pay the $2,000 to your credit card company.

EXAMPLE 2: A foundation awards your non- profit a $10,000 grant in November 2004, but

you do not receive the award check until

January 2005. You would record the $10,000

credit to your account in November 2004 under

the accrual method, but you would wait to

record the $10,000 credit until January 2005

under the cash method.

Nonprofits and for-profit businesses alike use

the accrual method more often than the cash

method, in large part because the accrual method

is the standard used by accounting and financial

professionals. Although you don’t have to follow

their lead when keeping your internal books, using

the accrual method will help you when it comes

time to generate reports for outside agencies, who

will expect (and often demand) that you adhere

to the standards of the profession. (See “Generally

Accepted Accounting Principles,” below, for more on

these standards.)

Another good reason to use the accrual method is

that it generally provides a more accurate picture of

your nonprofit’s financial health, because it reflects

earning and spending activity as it happens rather

than when cash changes hands—in other words,

it shows you how much money you really have

available to use, not including cash that you are

already obligated to pay out. If, for example, you

have $10,000 in the bank when you buy a $2,000

computer on credit, the accrual method would show

that you only have $8,000 left to spend, despite the

fact that your bank account balance would still show

$10,000 until you pay your credit card company.

Because the accrual method is used by profes-

sionals and provides more accurate information, all

but the smallest nonprofits would be well advised

to use it—particularly for important reports such

as quarterly or year-end financial statements. The

accrual method isn’t perfect, however. Although it

shows the ebb and flow of income and debts as they

occur, it may leave you in the dark about how much

money you actually have on hand—which could

result in a serious cash flow problem. For instance,

your income records may show thousands of dollars

in grants and contributions, while in reality your

bank account is empty because your funders and

donors haven’t put their checks in the mail yet.

No matter which system you decide to use, in

other words, you will not be getting the whole

story. To get a complete picture of your nonprofit’s

finances, you need to understand what the numbers

mean and how to use them to answer specific

financial questions, as discussed in Section C, below.

11/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

Professionals in the field of finance follow

particular standards, designed to ensure

consistency and accuracy in financial records

and reports. These rules, called “generally

accepted accounting principles” (GAAP), are

intended to make it easier for the public to

understand an organization’s financial books—

and to make it more difficult for an organiza-

tion to hide financial problems from funders,

auditors, and others with an interest in how the

group makes and spends its money.

GAAP rules apply only to reports and state-

ments generated for those outside your group,

not to your internal books. For instance,

government and private grant-giving agencies

often ask grant applicants to submit an audited

statement (see Section D, below), which must

be prepared by a certified public accountant

in accordance with GAAP. Because you will

virtually always hire an accountant to prepare

these types of formal reports, you really don’t

have to worry about GAAP. As long as your

internal books are accurate and complete (and

you keep track of the information required by

GAAP, as explained in Section B, below), your

accountant should have no trouble generat-

ing reports and statements that meet GAAP

requirements.

For information on GAAP requirements

for nonprofits, go to the website of the

Financial Accounting Standards Board, the

private organization that sets the standards,

at www.fasb.org. See Statements 116 and 117,

in particular, for rules that apply to nonprofit

reports.

B. Tracking Income and Expenses

For your financial records to be useful, they must

be based on accurate information about your non-

profit’s income and expenses. To keep your books

in shape, you’ll have to develop good habits —like

keeping all receipts so that you have a record of the

amount, date, type, and other relevant information

for each and every transaction. You will also need

to be disciplined about having someone enter these

transactions into your books on a regular basis.

Tax Years and Accounting Periods

All nonprofit and for-profit enterprises must

use an accounting period called a “fiscal

year.” Also sometimes called a “tax year” or

an “accounting year,” this simply refers to the

12-month period for which you report your

income and expenses for tax purposes. While

you may choose the calendar year as your fiscal

year, you may also choose a different period—

say, June 1 to May 31—if it makes more sense

for your organization.

While many nonprofits find it simplest to

use the calendar year as their fiscal year, some

nonprofits find that a different 12-month

period works better for them. If your programs

run on a schedule other than a calendar year—

for example, you run an after-school program

that mirrors the academic year, with most of

your income arriving in August and most of

your spending occurring between September

and May—you might want to choose a different

fiscal year. If you are unsure what fiscal year to

use, you could start by using the calendar year

and then see if any issues arise that warrant

choosing a different fiscal year.

MANAGING YOUR FINANCES 11/ 7

Creating Accounts in Your Bookkeeping Software

Bookkeeping software programs (such as

Quickbooks and MYOB) allow you to track all the separate accounts that belong to your

nonprofit—for example, your checking,

savings, credit card, investments, and petty

cash accounts. It’s important to set up your

accounting software to categorize each of

these accounts separately, so you can easily

reconcile your records with your bank, credit

card, and other statements. Here’s how to do

it:

• Start by creating a checking account in

your bookkeeping software. Enter all

transactions from your bank checking

account here. When you deposit checks

into your checking account (or spend

money from it), enter those totals into

the checking account section of your

bookkeeping software.

• If you use a credit card, set up a separate

credit card account in your bookkeeping

software. When you make purchases

on credit, enter those expenses in the

credit card account of your bookkeep-

ing—not the checking account. Similarly,

enter payments to your credit card and

any finance charges in the credit card

account.

• Repeat this process for all other accounts

your nonprofit has, always taking care to

record every transaction.

• When you get your bank, credit card,

and other statements, it will be easy to

reconcile them against your bookkeep-

ing records one account at a time. Go

through each account statement—from

your bank, credit card company, and

so on—and make sure each item in

those statements is also recorded in the

appropriate account in your bookkeep-

ing. Of course, you should also make

sure that the totals match.

1. Recording Income

It goes without saying that you must carefully docu-

ment all income your nonprofit earns. This section

explains some practices to follow when tracking and

categorizing your income.

a. Restricted and Unrestricted Income

As explained in Chapter 3, some funders may give

your nonprofit money on the condition that it must

be used a certain way—for example, a grant might

stipulate that your nonprofit must use the money

for a certain educational program or that it may not

use the money for administrative expenses. Income

that’s subject to these types of conditions is known

as “restricted income,” while income that you can

use as you wish is known as “unrestricted income.”

You must clearly identify restricted and unre-

stricted income in your financial records for several

reasons. If you have to create any formal financial

reports, your accountant will have to verify that

you kept track of the nature and details of any

restrictions on your income, as well as whether

those conditions were met. (This requirement is a

GAAP standard—see “Generally Accepted Account-

ing Principles,” above, for more information.) Practi-

cally speaking, it is important to distinguish income

that is restricted so that you know which income

you can use for which purposes.

The easiest way to track restricted income is to

make a notation, such as “RESTRICTED,” plus a

description of how that income must be used, in the

“memo” or “notes” area of the bookkeeping entry.

For example, when entering information about a

conditional grant in your books, you might note,

“RESTRICTED: May not be used for administrative

expenses.” Also note how you ultimately used the

income so you can show that you met the condition.

b. Categorize Your Income

You should create categories for the different types

of income you receive. These categories will help

you plan and forecast, showing you clearly which

fundraising activities are the most productive and

which are falling flat. Categorizing your income will

also help you at tax time, because different tax rules

11/ 8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

may apply to different types of income. Even non-

profits that have federal or state tax-exempt status

may have some income that is taxable—known as

“unrelated business income” (discussed in Subsection

c, below).

The income categories you create will depend on

your nonprofit’s activities and sources of income.

Some common income categories include:

• individual contributions

• membership fees

• grants

• corporate sponsorships

• program revenues

• publication and subscription sales

• advertising income (e.g., from selling advertise-

ments in your newsletter or event programs),

and

• loans

c. Track Unrelated Business Income

As discussed in Chapter 6, a nonprofit with 501(c)(3)

tax exempt status (or other types of federal or state

tax exemptions) may still have to pay income tax on

revenues it earns from activities that are not substan-

tially related to its nonprofit mission. Income derived

from such activities is known as “unrelated business

income,” and the tax on this income is known as

unrelated business income tax, or UBIT.

The basic rule is that income derived from busi-

ness activities that you conduct regularly and that

are not substantially related to your mission are tax-

able, unless a special IRS exemption applies. For

example, if a nonprofit dedicated to pollution aware-

ness has an ongoing business selling topographic

maps of national parks at retail prices, the income

from that activity is probably taxable, because it’s

not substantially related to the group’s mission of

pollution awareness. As you can probably imagine,

the IRS has many rules to determine what income is

taxable. For more details, see Chapter 6.

Income earned from selling advertisements is

taxable. Many nonprofits are surprised to

learn that revenue from selling ad space in their

newsletters or event programs is taxable. Similarly, if

you offer ad space on your website or in your news-

letter to businesses that sponsor your group, some

or all of the sponsors’ contributions may be taxable.

The IRS’s rules here are fuzzy, so you may want

to consult an accountant or lawyer to determine

whether your income from sponsors is subject to

unrelated business income tax.

Do your homework before pursuing income

that may be taxable. If you are considering

any business activities that are not substantially

related to your mission, be sure to read IRS Publi-

cation 598, Tax on Unrelated Business Income of Exempt Organizations. You can get this and other IRS publications online at www.irs.gov or by call-

ing the IRS at 800-829-3676. Consult an attorney or

accountant if anything remains unclear.

d. Track Sales Tax Separately

In addition to tracking categories of income, you

also need to keep track of income that is subject

to state sales tax. Whether a sale is subject to state

sales tax is an entirely separate issue from whether

the income you make from the sale is subject to

state or federal income taxes. Sales tax is money you

collect from those who purchase items from your

group, then pass along to the state. Income tax is

money you pay to the IRS out of your nonprofit’s

own pocket.

Not all states impose sales tax. Of those that do,

many offer a sales tax exemption to nonprofits.

States that offer exemptions usually limit them to

certain types of nonprofits—for example, only

groups with 501(c)(3) status, or only groups with

particular nonprofit purposes, such as nonprofit

hospitals or religious organizations. Even if you

meet the state’s criteria for an exemption, you will

still have to submit an application—the exemptions

don’t apply automatically. If your group receives an

exemption, you won’t have to collect sales tax from

your customers, so you won’t have to worry about

remitting that money to the state.

If you are not exempt from state sales tax and you

engage in taxable sales, you’ll need to keep track of

the income you earn from your taxable sales and the

amount of sales tax you collect on the sales separate-

MANAGING YOUR FINANCES 11/ 9

ly. For example, if you sell books for $10 each and

collect a 5% sales tax on each sale ($0.05), don’t just

enter $10.05 for each sale into your records. Instead,

record each sale as $10 in sales income and $0.05 in

sales tax collected.

Chapter 9 offers more detailed information

about sales tax requirements. Refer to that

chapter for information on how to figure out and

comply with sales tax requirements in your state.

Appendix E offers contact information for sales tax

agencies in each state.

e. Track Pledges and Donations

Special rules apply to pledges and donations—cate-

gories of income that only nonprofits receive. These

are GAAP rules (see “Generally Accepted Account-

ing Principles,” above), so you will have to follow

them in your records to allow your accountant to

prepare formal reports and statements.

• Pledges. A pledge is a promise by a contribu- tor to give a certain amount to your nonprofit

at some point in the future. You must record

all unconditional pledges in your accounting

records, even if the pledge has not been

received. A pledge is unconditional if it is not

contingent on some other event, such as the

nonprofit implementing a certain program or

receiving a matching grant.

• Donated goods. You must record most contri- butions of goods (also known as “in-kind con-

tributions”) in your books, just like monetary

contributions. You must record the value of all

goods donated to your nonprofit, with a few

exceptions—for example, galleries, museums,

and other groups with collections of art and

other artifacts are generally exempted from

recording the value of donated works.

• Donated services. Certain types of volunteer time need to be recorded in your books. The

volunteer time must be recorded if either of

the following are true: ■ The volunteer work creates or enhances a

nonfinancial (physical) asset—for example,

your volunteers help build a homeless

health care clinic.

■ The volunteer work involves specialized

skills—for example, lawyers, accountants,

electricians, or other professionals volunteer

their services to your nonprofit.

The IRS has several publications on charitable

contributions and related issues. They include

Publication 526, Charitable Contributions; Publica- tion 561, Determining the Value of Donated Proper- ty; Publication 1391, Deductibility of Payments Made to Charities Conducting Fund-Raising Events; and Publication 1771, Charitable Contributions—Sub- stantiation and Disclosure Requirements. You can get these and other IRS publications online at www.

irs.gov or by calling the IRS at 800-829-3676.

2. Recording Expenses

Of course, your nonprofit won’t just bring in

money—it will spend money as well. Every time

your nonprofit spends money or buys something

on credit, you need to record that expense in your

books. This includes wages to employees, rent,

printing costs, office supplies, computer equipment,

and every other cost of running your nonprofit,

large or small. Make sure to get a written receipt for

every transaction in which you spend money for the

nonprofit, then enter the expenses into your records

on a regular basis. If you have very few transactions,

you may be able to get away with entering receipts

into your books once a month; otherwise, enter

them weekly (or even more often if you have a lot

of expense transactions).

a. Expense Categories

You should organize your expenses by category, just

like your income, for several reasons. First of all, it

will help you prepare your taxes. Even tax-exempt

nonprofits must pay income taxes on any unrelated

business income they earn, so carefully categorizing

expenses will help you claim all of the tax deduc-

tions to which you are entitled. Also, being able to

see your expenses summarized in categories—such

as rent, marketing, office supplies, utilities, and

so on—will help you understand your spending

patterns and make it easier for you to adjust your

11/ 1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

expenses when necessary. And carefully tracking

your expenses will help you complete all tax returns

and other necessary financial reports (discussed in

Section C, below) accurately.

b. Regular Expenses Versus Capital Expenses

As discussed in Chapter 3, tax laws and standard

accounting practices treat regular, day-to-day

expenses differently from capital expenses, which

are expenses for things that have a useful life of

more than one year. These items are called “assets”

or “capital assets.” Common regular expenses

include salaries, rent, utilities, postage, and office

supplies. Computers, furniture, and vehicles are

common examples of capital assets.

When categorizing expenses, you should enter

capital expenses into their own subcategories,

separate from regular expenses. In other words, you

should have a number of subcategories for regular

expenses such as rent, salaries, postage, office

supplies, and so on, plus subcategories for capital

assets such as computers, office equipment, and

furniture. Most bookkeeping software has built-in

categories and subcategories for regular expenses

and for assets, which makes it simple to keep them

separate.

Multiple receipts can confuse your book-

keeping. Sometimes, you’ll receive a number

of receipts for just one purchase—a credit card slip,

a register receipt, and an itemized statement, for

example. If you throw all three receipts into your

files to be posted later, you run the risk of counting

them as three separate transactions. You might

think that you’ll remember the transaction or catch

the duplication, but when dealing with dozens of

receipts at the end of a long day, week, or month,

it’s all too easy for mistakes to creep into your paper-

work. To avoid counting transactions more than

once, either discard multiple copies of receipts

immediately after the transaction or staple them all

together.

C. Creating Basic Financial Reports

Financial reports bring together key pieces of infor-

mation about your nonprofit’s income and expenses

to reveal its overall financial health. Two of the most

commonly used reports are income statements and

cash flow forecasts—both of which combine data

from your income and expense records to show you

whether you are bringing in enough income to meet

your expenses. This section takes a closer look at

these two important reports.

1. Income Statement

An income statement compares your revenues to

your expenses on a monthly basis. If you’ve ever

seen a profit and loss statement—ubiquitous in the

for-profit world—you will recognize the function

of an income statement in the nonprofit world. An

income statement shows, month by month, whether

your revenues are higher or lower than your

expenses and by how much. At the year’s end, you

can total the monthly results to obtain your annual

net revenue or loss.

Once you’ve entered income and expense trans-

actions, most accounting software will generate

an income statement with just a few clicks of the

mouse. (Your software may call this statement some-

thing else, like a “profit and loss report” or some-

thing similar.) You can also easily create an income

statement by hand, using spreadsheet software such

as Excel. Starting with the income and expense

data that you’ve entered into your books, enter the

amount you earned or spent in each category in

each month. Then, enter and subtotal your income,

and do the same for your expenses. Finally, subtract

the expenses from the income for each month. It’s

common practice to indicate negative figures by

putting them in parentheses.

Below is a sample income statement for a non-

profit that has been in existence for six months.

MANAGING YOUR FINANCES 11/ 1 1

Six-Month Income Statement

Jan Feb Mar Apr May June Total

Income

Membership fees 500 1,625 250 875 625 750 4,625

Event revenues 0 1,205 0 0 0 0 1,205

Sponsorships 1,500 0 500 0 500 0 2,500

Total Income 2,000 2,830 750 875 1,125 750 8,330

Expenses

Salaries 500 500 500 500 500 500 3,000

Website costs 300 0 0 0 0 0 300

Marketing costs 0 0 275 0 0 0 275

Office supplies 105 0 85 0 35 40 265

Postage 0 0 0 0 111 0 111

State filing fees 25 0 0 0 0 0 25

Telephone service 25 25 25 25 25 25 150

Event costs 0 800 0 0 0 0 800

Professional services 500 0 0 0 0 0 500

Insurance 300 0 0 0 0 0 300

Miscellaneous 50 35 50 35 50 35 255

Total Expenses 1,805 1,360 935 560 721 600 5,981

Total Income/Expenses 195 1,470 (185) 315 404 150 2,349

11/ 1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Your income statement is an absolutely crucial

tool to help you identify what operations, if any,

your nonprofit needs to adjust to stay on budget.

Seeing the totals for all of your expense categories

over the course of several months or quarters allows

you to quickly pinpoint areas in which you may

be overspending—or at least have some room for

belt-tightening. Similarly, accurately tracking income

totals by month is important so you can see whether

you’re bringing in the revenues you predicted in

your budget—and so you can take quick action if

you’re falling short.

2. Cash Flow Projection

Besides tracking your overall financial health with

an income statement, it’s also important for your

nonprofit to know whether it has enough cash at

any given time to pay for its costs of operation.

Having a wealth of contribution pledges and prom-

ised grants is not the same as having money in the

bank to pay your bills. If your cash flow is poor—in

other words, if you do not have enough available

cash when you need it—you can easily face a situ-

ation in which your income statement says you are

in the black, but you cannot actually pay your rent,

salaries, or other key bills on time.

A cash flow projection can help you predict a

future cash shortage, giving you time to take steps

to remedy the situation. A cash flow projection

focuses on the actual dollars your nonprofit pays

out and takes in—also known as cash-ins and cash-

outs, or inflows and outflows. Cash-ins and cash-

outs reflect the cash you actually have on hand,

whereas the revenues and expenses shown in an

income statement might not be paid right away. By

tracking your cash-ins and cash-outs and then using

that information to develop a forecast for upcom-

ing months, you can predict when you might run

short—and take action to avoid emptying your bank

account. Unless you know when a cash shortage

might occur, it may be too late to do anything about

it once it hits, which could force you to pay bills late

or even take drastic action such as cutting programs

or staff.

Your cash flow projection uses most of the same

numbers as your income statement, plus a few

extras. The big difference is that your cash flow

projection includes not only contributions, grants,

and the like, but other sources of revenue as well,

such as loans, interest from investments, and trans-

fers from your personal accounts. That’s because

when it comes time to pay the landlord, the utility

company, and other creditors, the crucial issue is

whether you have adequate funds at the time you

need to pay the bill—not where the money comes

from. For the same reason, your cash flow forecast

will include only income that you’ve actually re-

ceived—not, for example, pledges of future contri-

butions or grant checks that haven’t arrived. Finally,

your cash flow projection must include all money

you’ll pay out of the nonprofit, whether for impor-

tant program costs or for rote things like supplies,

taxes, credit card payments, and so on.

The simple formula for a cash flow analysis is:

Cash in the bank at the beginning of month

+ Actual cash received during the month

– Actual cash disbursements during the month

= Cash in the bank at the end of month

Each month’s cash flow projection starts with the

dollar figure you have in the bank—which should

be the same amount you had when the previous

month ended. Next, add any cash that comes in

during the month in all relevant categories, such as

grants, contributions, loans, interest earned, and any

personal money you put into the nonprofit. These

are your total cash-ins for the month. Next, subtract

all the money you spend during the month—your

cash-outs.

The result is the cash left at the end of the month.

Enter that figure into the beginning of the next

month’s column, and do the same process for the

next month. Accounting software makes generating

a cash flow spreadsheet a snap once you’ve entered

figures for income and expenses.

Now that you know the basic formula behind

cash flow analysis, you can see that the real power

of this tool is not in tracking actual cash-ins and

cash-outs, but in predicting future cash flows.

Periodically—once a month or every few months—

you should use your actual figures to help you make

estimates for upcoming months and complete a cash

MANAGING YOUR FINANCES 11/ 1 3

flow projection for the future, for a time period of

up to one year. Hopefully you will see that your

nonprofit will have adequate cash to cover your

expenses each month, plus a cushion to handle

unexpected bills. If not, don’t panic. First, pat your-

self on the back for doing a cash flow analysis and

figuring out ahead of time that you may soon find

yourself in a crunch. Then come up with a plan:

make some cuts, put off some expenses, or raise

more money, perhaps through a quickly arranged

special event or fundraising drive.

Accurately predicting cash-ins and cash-outs for

future months is not easy, especially when you’re

in the early stages of running your nonprofit and

don’t have much of a financial history on which to

base your projections. Cash-outs tend to be easier to

predict than cash-ins because, with good planning

and tight financial discipline, you have more control

over what you spend than what you bring in. But

there’s no escaping the fact that you’ll need to make

estimates of how much income will come in—a task

that may seem only slightly easier than reading tea

leaves.

The key to making useful cash-in projections

is to be moderately conservative. Accept the fact

that your income estimates will likely be somewhat

optimistic, and discount your estimate by a third or

so. For example, if you have firm pledges totaling

$15,000, you might choose to enter $10,000 in your

cash flow projection. As the months tick by and the

flow of cash into and out of your nonprofit settles

into daily, weekly, and monthly patterns, making

estimates will inevitably become easier and you’ll

find them becoming increasingly more accurate. And,

as the months and years go by and you gain experi-

ence with your community of funders, you’ll be able

to trust that your estimates will be closer to reality.

Below is an example of a cash flow projection

you can do on a simple spreadsheet. In this fictional

example, “real” figures were used for April through

June, and the rest of the figures are projections

based on what happened in those first few months

and on best estimates of future activity.

11/ 1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Cash Flow Projection

April May June July

(projected) Aug

(projected) Sep

(projected) Oct

(projected) Nov

(projected) Dec

(projected) Cash at beginning of month 655 670 175 565 (220) 150 (90) 355 95

Cash-ins

Membership fees 625 500 625 625 500 625 625 500 625

Event revenues 0 1,455 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,205

Sponsorships 500 0 500 0 500 0 500 0 500

Loans and transfers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total Cash-ins 1,780 2,625 1,300 1,190 780 775 1,035 855 2,425

Cash-outs

Salaries 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

Website costs 0 0 0 300 0 0 0 0 0

Marketing costs 0 0 100 0 0 100 0 0 100

Office supplies 85 35 40 85 35 40 85 35 40

Printing costs 0 925 0 0 0 0 0 0 250

Postage 0 150 0 150 0 150 0 150 0

State filing fees 0 35 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Telephone service 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

Event costs 0 675 0 0 0 0 0 0 655

Professional services 450 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Insurance 0 0 0 300 0 0 0 0 0

Miscellaneous 50 105 70 50 70 50 70 50 105

Total Cash-outs 1,110 2,450 735 1,410 630 865 680 760 1,675

Cash at end of month 670 175 565 (220) 150 (90) 355 95 750

MANAGING YOUR FINANCES 11/ 1 5

As you can see, arranging income and expense

information into a cash flow projection reveals a

lot about the financial workings of a nonprofit. For

example, the sample cash flow forecast above shows

that cash will be tight in several months. The most

pressing concerns are the projected cash shortfalls

in July and September.

Knowing a few months in advance that a shortfall

is likely will help the board or executive director

figure out what to do while there’s still time to take

action. Board members could contribute personal

money to the nonprofit (note that the cash flow

didn’t include any loans or personal transfers to

the group’s coffers), get on the phone and recruit

additional contributions, or decide to pare down

the less-essential expenses, at least until December

when the nonprofit expects to reap some special

event revenue.

To stay on top of cash flow issues, replace your

projections with actual results from your account-

ing system each month. It’s a good way to see how

accurate your projections have been, which will

help you make even more accurate estimates in the

future.

D. Audits, Reviews, and Compilations

While keeping your books in order is always a good

idea, nonprofits sometimes need to prepare more

official financial statements for a funder, tax agency,

or other entity upon request. Fledgling nonprofits

might not need to deal with these statements in their

early days, but you may need to create them in the

future.

Generally speaking, what sets these more official

statements apart from your regular bookkeeping

is that an outside accountant (generally a certified

public accountant, or CPA) should prepare them and

give them some level of review. The types of state-

ments that you should have a CPA or other appropri-

ate professional prepare include audited statements,

reviews, and compilations. (For detailed information

about CPAs and other types of accountants, see

Chapter 12.)

• The most formal document you may need

to prepare is an audited statement, also

known as an audit, in which a CPA closely

examines the nonprofit’s books, conducts

an independent investigation to verify that

your numbers are reliable, and creates reports

based on his or her findings. (Don’t confuse

this with an IRS audit, in which an IRS

investigates your nonprofit to make sure its

tax returns have been accurate.) The CPA

often contacts the nonprofit’s key associates,

such as independent contractors and funders.

If the nonprofit sells a significant amount

of goods, the CPA will actually go to the

warehouse and count the inventory. Audited

statements must conform to FASB guidelines,

which include rules on how to record

contributions, classify assets, and format

financial reports. Government and private

grant givers often require audited statements

from groups applying for funding; exceptions

are sometimes made for very small budget

nonprofits.

• Substantially less formal than an audit is a re-

view, in which a CPA conducts a more limited

analysis of your records and prepares briefer

financial statements. Instead of independently

investigating your operations, the CPA relies

on reviewing your records to verify that the

reports are accurate. A prospective funder

might request a review, or a nonprofit might

decide to conduct a yearly review once its

budget grows to $10,000 or more, to ensure

that the books are in good shape.

• Least formal is a compilation, in which a CPA

puts the nonprofit’s financial data in a stan-

dard financial reporting format but makes no

statement about the accuracy or reliability of

the financial information. In a compilation, the

accountant does not review supporting docu-

ments.

As you probably can guess, an audit is the most

expensive option and a compilation costs the least.

Most nonprofits choose the least expensive option

that meets their needs, whether it be assuring the

board or nonprofit members that the financial house

11/ 1 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

is in order or satisfying a funder or other entity that

you are accurately keeping track of the money you

spend and bring in.

E. Reporting Requirements

In addition to any financial reports you may need

to provide to funders or other private entities, most

nonprofits will also have to file one or more reports,

returns, or other financial documents with state and

federal tax agencies. Detailed instructions on com-

pleting your tax forms are beyond the scope of this

book, but half of the battle is knowing what forms

you need to file. Here’s a quick overview:

• Form 990: Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax. This form—your nonprofit’s annual tax return—is due on the 15th day of

the fifth month after the end of your fiscal

year. If your nonprofit is required to file this

return, it also has to maintain a copy of it for

public inspection. Tax-exempt public charities

with gross receipts of less than $100,000

and total assets of less than $250,000 can

use the short form, Form 990-EZ. The IRS

exempts certain types of public charities from

having to file this return, including those that

normally have gross receipts of $25,000 or less

per year.

• Form 990-T: Exempt Organization Business Income Tax Return. You need to file this re- turn if your nonprofit earned $1,000 or more

in gross receipts from an unrelated business.

(See Section B1, above, for more on unrelated

business income taxes.) Like the annual

return, it’s due on the 15th day of the fifth

month after the end of your fiscal year.

• Form 1099MISC: Miscellaneous Income. If your nonprofit paid any single independent

contractor $600 or more in a year, you need

to file a 1099MISC for that contractor. An

independent contractor is anyone you hire

to do work for your nonprofit who is not an

employee of the nonprofit—for example, a

database consultant or the CPA you hire once

a year to complete your taxes. For more in-

formation on determining whether a worker

is an independent contractor or an employee,

see Chapter 5.

• Form 941: Employer’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, and Form W-2: Wage and Tax State- ment. Nonprofits with employees must with- hold federal income taxes and FICA taxes

(Social Security and Medicare taxes) from

employees’ paychecks and must periodically

report and send these taxes to the IRS. This

requirement applies only for employees—not

for independent contractors, unpaid directors,

or others who volunteer for the nonprofit. If

you have to withhold and pay payroll taxes

for employees, you will also need to report

their wages and tax withholdings to them

(and to the IRS) on Form W-2.

• State payroll taxes. Nonprofits with employees usually are also required to withhold state

income taxes from employees’ paychecks and

deposit them periodically with their state’s

income tax agency. Income tax agencies are

listed by state in Appendix D.

• Form 940: Employer’s Annual Federal Unem- ployment Tax Return. Nonprofits that have employees and do not have 501(c)(3) status

must report and pay federal unemployment

insurance taxes on wages paid (also known as

FUTA taxes). If you have 501(c)(3) status, you

are exempt from these taxes.

Download IRS forms. You can obtain IRS

forms and informational publications from

the IRS website at www.irs.gov or by calling the IRS

at 800-829-3676.

MANAGING YOUR FINANCES 11/ 1 7

Checklist: Managing Your Finances

Gain an understanding of financial manage- ment fundamentals, such as the difference

between bookkeeping and accounting and

between the cash and accrual methods of

accounting.

Choose bookkeeping software, learn how to use it, and set it up to track all of your

nonprofit’s accounts, including your checking,

credit card, petty cash, investment, and other

accounts.

Keep all receipts of income and expenses and enter these amounts into your bookkeeping

software regularly.

Create categories for income and expenses. Some expense categories will be “regular”

expenses like office supplies and rent, while

others will be “capital” expenses for assets

like computers, furniture, vehicles, and real

estate.

Periodically use the information you’ve entered into your books to create income

statements that compare revenues to

expenses and cash flow projections to ensure

that the nonprofit can always pay its bills.

Hire an accountant to help if your nonprofit is asked to provide an audited statement,

review, or compilation to a funder or other

entity.

Become familiar with the tax returns and other reports your nonprofit may have to file

with governmental and other agencies.

C H A P T E R

1 Chapter 12

Getting Professional Help

A. Relationships Are Critical ........................................................................................ 12/2

B. Working With Lawyers ............................................................................................. 12/2

1. What to Look For in a Lawyer ........................................................................... 12/2

2. How to Find a Lawyer ......................................................................................... 12/4

3. Using a Lawyer as a Coach ................................................................................ 12/4

4. Dealing With Bills and Payments ..................................................................... 12/5

C. Working With Accountants and Other Professionals ....................................... 12/6

1. Bookkeepers Versus Accountants ................................................................... 12/6

2. Finding Prospects .............................................................................................. 12/7

12 / 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFITE

I f you’re reading this book, you’re probably a

do-it-yourself type who isn’t usually inclined to

hire pricey professional help. While your can-do

spirit is as commendable as it is sensible, you should

recognize the value in using professionals judiciously.

Hiring a professional—such as a lawyer, tax adviser,

or bookkeeper—for advice or other services is often

the most efficient way to handle particular tasks or

problems. Even though you’ll undoubtedly be able

to cope with most nonprofit tasks and problems

on your own, tackling issues with a steep learning

curve may not be the best use of your time. And, of

course, some situations—for example, a lawsuit by

a former employee—will clearly call for professional

help.

Even when things are running smoothly, virtually

every nonprofit should consult an accountant or

other tax expert at least once a year for help in get-

ting financial records in order and preparing any

necessary tax returns. Making contact with a lawyer

early in your nonprofit’s life is also a sensible step,

even if you don’t have any pressing legal issues.

Establishing a relationship early on will serve you

well if you find yourself in the kind of legal trouble

that requires immediate help.

Once you decide you want to hire a professional,

your next question very likely will be, “How can I

find someone I can trust?” This chapter offers strate-

gies that will help you find and develop relation-

ships with competent professionals.

A. Relationships Are Critical

The key to working well with any professional

is to develop an ongoing relationship. The more

familiar a professional is with your nonprofit and its

activities, the better he or she will be able to advise

you. You’ll generally get better quality services—

often at better rates—from a professional you’ve

worked with before, rather than one you hire out of

the blue to handle a problem.

Sometimes, you’ll simply need some basic advice

or coaching from a professional, to make sure that

you’re handling day-to-day nonprofit tasks correctly.

Other times, you’ll need more extensive services,

such as help preparing a tax return or performing a

financial audit. Ideally, you’ll develop relationships

with professionals who are willing and able to take

on both roles: to act as your coach when asked for

advice, and to handle more comprehensive services

when you need them.

B. Working With Lawyers

Even though the attorney section of the yellow

pages always takes up a good portion of the phone

book, a good lawyer can be hard to find. This

section discusses how to find a lawyer who meets

your needs—and how to make sure you’re getting

the most for your hard-earned money.

1. What to Look For in a Lawyer

There are a number of qualities that are important

for your lawyer to have. You’ll want to find an attor-

ney who has some experience with nonprofit issues,

preferably for your type of nonprofit. You’ll also

want someone who’s intelligent and competent—

two qualities that don’t necessarily go hand in hand

with having a law degree. And of course, you’ll want

a lawyer whom you can trust and work with com-

fortably. Ideally, you’ll find a lawyer with all of these

qualities and establish a working relationship.

In today’s world of ever-increasing specialization,

lawyers often focus their areas of expertise rather

narrowly. For example, an expert negotiator may not

be an effective courtroom lawyer, and vice versa.

Most lawyers also specialize in particular areas

of law, such as tax, business law, or employment

issues. Make sure that your lawyer can handle the

particular type of problem you’re facing, in terms

of both its subject matter and the type of work

involved.

In addition to finding a lawyer with the skills

and experience relevant to your situation, it’s

important that you and the lawyer get along on a

personal level. If an otherwise qualified lawyer is

condescending or rude, you might as well keep

looking for someone with better personal skills.

You won’t be able to develop a good, long-term

relationship with a lawyer unless you can work well

together.

GETTING PROFESSIONAL HELP 12 / 3

You may have to look a bit harder to find a law-

yer who is willing to work with you collaboratively

on matters that you can handle at least partially

on your own. Tackling some routine legal issues,

such as amending your bylaws or executing a con-

tract for services, may be well within your abilities,

though you may be more comfortable having a

lawyer review your work or give you limited advice.

While lawyers traditionally offered their services on

Internet Legal Research

Some of your legal questions may not warrant

an expensive consultation with an attorney but

may be beyond the scope of a self-help book. For

instance, you may need to look up your state’s

rules on fundraising or learn more about the un-

related business income tax. If you don’t want to

call your lawyer every time you have a question,

you might consider doing a little legal research.

The good news is that finding basic legal infor-

mation is usually not too difficult, and plenty is

available free online. The following resources are

a good place to start:

• Most states make their statutes available

online. To find laws governing nonprofits,

look in the corporations code of your

state’s statutes. Bear in mind that some

sites are markedly better than others in

terms of searching and navigating statutes.

If your state statutes aren’t easy to navigate

online, you may be better off just going to

a law library.

• Besides the actual statutes, official state

sites often offer valuable information for

nonprofits, including incorporation proce-

dures, forms, state tax rules, summaries

of the law on volunteer liability issues, and

much more. You’ll usually find this infor-

mation as part of the corporations section,

which is sometimes (but not always) part

of the secretary of state’s website. States

vary greatly in how much information they

make available online, but most states

have been rapidly improving their online

information systems and making their sites

more useful and accessible for citizens.

You’ll find linkable listings of state web-

sites and other nonprofit-related sites on

the CD-ROM that comes with this book.

These files are simple to use with your

Web browser; Appendix A explains how to

use the CD-ROM.

• For general rules and issues regarding

nonprofits, Nolo offers extensive free

information and resources at its website,

www.nolo.com.

• For more information about legal research

both online and off, a thorough reference

is Nolo’s Legal Research: How to Find & Understand the Law, by Stephen R. Elias and Susan Levinkind.

an all-or-nothing basis (and charged fees accord-

ingly), some lawyers are now more willing to act as

coaches for their clients, giving only as much service

as the client wants. If you’d like to be more involved

in your nonprofit’s legal matters and minimize your

attorney’s fees, be sure to ask the lawyer directly

whether he or she is willing to have this kind of

working relationship with you. Legal coaching is

discussed in more detail in Section B3, below.

12 / 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFITE

2. How to Find a Lawyer

Unfortunately, the easiest and quickest ways to find

a lawyer are usually the least effective. Sure, you’ll

find hundreds of lawyers’ names in the yellow

pages, but how will you choose among them? You’ll

have the same problem if you look in legal news-

papers for attorney ads. Flashy, aggressive advertis-

ing is definitely not a good indicator of quality legal

services. Also, watch out for commercial referral

services—they generally operate on fees collected

from lawyers who sign themselves up for the referral

database. To filter out the lawyers who are wrong

for you, you’ll need to do more research.

Believe it or not, one good place to start looking

for inexpensive legal help is at large law firms. Non-

profits are often attractive clients for lawyers look-

ing to do volunteer legal work (called “pro bono”

work). State bar organizations encourage lawyers

to do pro bono work, and many large firms require

their lawyers to perform a certain number of hours

of pro bono work each year. Many law schools

also provide free or low-cost legal services through

community law clinics run by students, under the

supervision of a law professor. Call any law school

in your area and ask if they offer such services.

Besides exploring pro bono and law school clinic

options, perhaps the most effective way to find a

good lawyer is to get a personal referral, preferably

from someone involved in running a nonprofit. Even

better is a referral from a similar type of nonprofit,

such as an arts or scientific group.

If you can’t come up with a personal referral, try

to find out which lawyers work with nonprofits in

your area. Keep your eyes and ears open for names

of attorneys who have worked on cases in your

field. For example, a local environmental magazine

might run an article about a current lawsuit that

mentions the names of the attorneys involved. Visit

websites that focus on nonprofits or contact organi-

zations directly. They may be able to direct you to

lawyers who have worked in the nonprofit sector.

Once you get some names, call these lawyers and

ask if they’re available for the type of services you

need. If not, they can probably refer you to some-

one else who might be able to help.

Speak with the lawyer personally, not just

the receptionist. You can probably get a good

idea of how the attorney operates by paying close

attention to the way your call is handled. Is the law-

yer available right away? If not, is your call promptly

returned? Is the lawyer willing to spend at least a

few minutes talking to you to determine if he or she

really is the best person for the job? Do you get a

good personal feeling from your conversation? The

way you’re treated during your initial call can be a

good indicator of how the lawyer treats clients in

general.

3. Using a Lawyer as a Coach

In a traditional attorney/client relationship, a client

hires an attorney to take care of a legal problem and

then hands over all responsibility for—and control

over—the matter to the lawyer. While some clients

like it this way, many would rather be more involved

in their legal affairs, both to maintain some control

and to save money on legal fees. But, until recently,

getting limited legal help from a lawyer wasn’t really

an option. Most lawyers wouldn’t take on a legal

matter unless they could handle it on their own,

from start to finish.

But a new model of legal services is finally

emerging. In this approach, sometimes called “legal

coaching” or “unbundled legal services,” a lawyer

provides only the services that a client wants, and

nothing more. For example, a client who wants le-

gal help in drafting a contract can arrange a short

consultation with a lawyer to get answers to general

questions, go home and draft the contract, and then

fax it to the lawyer, who will review it and suggest

changes.

For people running nonprofits, using a lawyer as

a coach can be especially useful. More often than

not, the legal issues that arise in the course of day-

to-day business are relatively simple, and—with a bit

of good legal advice—within the capabilities of most

people to handle. Rather than hiring an attorney

for upwards of $1,000 to deal with an issue, using

a coach might cost $100 and enable the nonprofit

manager to proceed on his or her own.

GETTING PROFESSIONAL HELP 12 / 5

While getting limited help from a lawyer has

become an increasingly popular approach to legal

problems in recent years, it still can take some effort

to find a lawyer who is willing to act as a coach. To

find one, use the same strategies discussed above

(personal referrals, for example), but take the extra

step of asking the lawyer directly whether he or she

is willing to help you in your efforts to solve your

own legal problems. If not, or if you sense that the

lawyer wouldn’t really embrace a coaching arrange-

ment, keep looking. In today’s increasingly com-

petitive legal marketplace, it shouldn’t take you too

long to find a lawyer who is willing to offer flexible

services, including coaching.

4. Dealing With Bills and Payments

One area in which most lawyers have some

expertise is billing for their services. Before you hire

any lawyer, make sure you fully understand how

your fees will be calculated. All too often, clients

are unpleasantly surprised by their bills because

they didn’t pay enough attention to the billing

terms when they hired the lawyer. Make sure you

understand who’s responsible for items like court

fees, copy fees, transcription costs, and phone bills.

These costs aren’t trivial and can quickly send your

otherwise affordable bill into the keep-you-awake-

at-night range.

As described below, lawyers generally use one

of four methods to calculate fees for their services:

hourly fees, flat fees, contingency fees, or retainers.

Hourly fees. This arrangement is fairly straight- forward: You pay the attorney’s hourly rate for the

number of hours he or she works on your case.

Simple as this system is, there are some details to

consider. For example, you’ll want to find out what

hourly increments the lawyer uses for billing. For

instance, if an attorney bills in half-hour increments,

then you’ll be charged a full half-hour even if you

talk for just five minutes. That can easily total $100

or more for a five-minute phone call. You’d be bet-

ter off if your lawyer uses 10- or 15-minute periods,

though not all attorneys break down their time into

such small increments.

Another issue to ask about is whether all time

spent on your legal work is billed at the attorney’s

regular rate—even if the attorney isn’t doing the

work. For example, it’s reasonable to expect a dis-

counted rate for time the attorney’s administrative

staff spends making copies or organizing paper-

work. Make sure that the hourly fee for the attorney

applies only to the work of the actual attorney.

Hourly fees for attorneys range from $100 or so

to more than $400 per hour. Very generally speak-

ing, lawyers that specialize in nonprofit clients

often have rates toward the lower end of that range.

High rates may reflect a lawyer’s extensive experi-

ence—or they might reflect the lawyer’s lavish life-

style. Don’t pay the highest rates unless you feel the

lawyer’s expertise—not his Armani suit—is worth it.

Flat fees. In some situations, attorneys will charge a flat fee for a specific task, such as negotiating a

contract, filing articles of incorporation, or drafting

bylaws. As long as the job goes as expected, you’ll

pay only the price you and the lawyer negotiated,

regardless of how long the job takes. If the lawyer

hits a snag, however, or if the case becomes convo-

luted for some other reason, the price may go up.

Be sure you and the lawyer are on the same page

regarding the situations that may result in a higher

fee—a clear written agreement is essential. Also,

find out if any charges such as copy fees or messen-

ger costs will be added to the flat fee.

Contingency fees. In a contingency fee arrange- ment, you pay an attorney’s fee only if the lawyer

wins money for you through a court judgment or a

negotiated settlement. In that case, the fee is a set

percentage of the monetary award, usually one-

third to one-half. In contingency fee arrangements,

you need to be especially careful of costs like travel

expenses, transcription fees, and phone bills. If you

lose your case, you won’t owe any attorneys’ fees,

but you will often be responsible for the lawyer’s

out-of-pocket expenses on your case.

Nonprofit issues don’t typically require contingency

fee arrangements. This payment method is usually

used in personal injury cases and other situations in

which a plaintiff sues someone in hopes of winning

a large money award.

Retainers. Sometimes you can hire a lawyer to be more or less “on call” by paying a regular fee (usually

monthly) called a retainer. This type of arrangement

is useful when you have regular, ongoing legal

12 / 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFITE

needs such as contract review or negotiation. Based

upon your expected needs, you and the lawyer set-

tle on a mutually acceptable monthly fee. Then, you

simply have the lawyer take care of any routine legal

matters that arise. If you run into a sudden, complex

legal dispute, or if your problems escalate greatly,

you’ll likely have to make additional payments. For

this type of arrangement to work, you and the law-

yer must have a clear understanding of the routine

services that you expect. Unless your legal needs are

regular and predictable, a retainer arrangement is

probably not your best option.

State laws may require a fee agreement to be

in writing in some cases, such as if your lawyer

estimates the total cost of legal services to be more

than $1,000 or if you have a contingency fee

arrangement. Even if it’s not legally required, it’s

always a good idea to get your fee agreement in

writing. A written agreement will help prevent

disputes over billing and is the best way to avoid

unpleasant surprises.

Want more information on finding and work- ing with a lawyer? For detailed tips on finding the right lawyer, reviewing a lawyer’s written fee

agreement, and developing a successful working

relationship with your lawyer, see The Lawsuit Survival Guide, by Joseph Matthews (Nolo). This indispensable resource explains every step in a civil

lawsuit in detail—and provides lots of information

on hiring a lawyer.

C. Working With Accountants and Other Professionals

Many of the issues nonprofits face can be solved

by professionals other than lawyers. In particular,

accountants and tax professionals are often indis-

pensable in helping you deal with tax laws, which

can have a big impact on your nonprofit. Every

nonprofit should consult with an accountant occa-

sionally, at least once a year. While complicated tax

troubles may call for a tax attorney, many questions

can be answered by an accountant.

1. Bookkeepers Versus Accountants

For routine maintenance of your books, you don’t

need the experience—or expense—of an accoun-

tant (certified or otherwise). An experienced book-

keeper will be able to implement an effective system

of tracking your income and expenses and help

you stay on top of your important bills and report-

ing requirements, including the various taxes your

nonprofit will owe. Depending on the complexity of

your nonprofit’s finances, you may even decide to

do your own bookkeeping—a job that’s undoubted-

ly easier these days with the availability of account-

ing software. As your nonprofit grows, however,

paying for an experienced bookkeeper will likely

become worthwhile.

If you find yourself needing specific tax advice

or facing a tricky financial problem, you may have

to go up a step on the professional ladder and hire

an accountant. The top dogs of the accounting field

are called “certified public accountants” (CPAs) and

are licensed and regulated by the state. Uncertified

accountants, called public accountants, also may be

licensed by your state. The licensing requirements

for CPAs are more stringent, so they are often the

most experienced and knowledgeable type of

accountants—and, accordingly, the most expensive.

In addition to bookkeepers and accountants,

there are other professionals out there who specialize

in tax preparation. Some are licensed and some are

not. An enrolled agent (EA) is a tax professional

licensed by the IRS who can answer tax questions

and help you prepare your returns. Others who

simply use the title “tax preparer” or “tax return

preparer” may not be licensed at all. If a tax

professional doesn’t have a license as an enrolled

agent or as a public or certified public accountant,

it may mean that the “professional” has no official

qualifications whatsoever.

The best strategy in choosing among these

various professionals is to pay for only as much

expertise as you need. Obviously, you shouldn’t

pay a CPA to do simple bookkeeping, but you also

shouldn’t use a bookkeeper to prepare complex tax

returns. You’ll need to decide for yourself what kind

of professional is appropriate for your situation.

GETTING PROFESSIONAL HELP 12 / 7

2. Finding Prospects

Finding a tax professional is a lot like finding a lawyer:

Your goal is to find someone both competent and

trustworthy. The strategies discussed above for

finding a lawyer are equally useful in finding other

professionals. Getting a personal referral is the best

way to find someone you can trust. Referrals from

other nonprofits are particularly valuable. Virtually

every nonprofit will have to consult a tax pro at one

point or another, so it shouldn’t be too hard to get a

decent list of names.

As with attorneys, choose your tax professional

carefully, with an eye to developing a long-term

relationship. Don’t be shy about asking lots of

questions. Find out about the person’s experience

with nonprofits and about his or her knowledge

of bookkeeping methods, the tax code, the IRS, or

anything else that’s relevant to the work you want

the professional to do for you.

Make sure you understand the professional’s

fee structure up front, before he or she does any

work for you. Most professional charge hourly fees,

which vary a great deal depending on what kind

of qualifications the professional has. Like your

attorney fee agreement, your fee agreement with a

tax professional should be in writing—written fee

agreements minimize the possibility of disputes over

the bill.

Checklist: Getting Professional Help

Aim to develop relationships with lawyers, accountants, and other professionals so that

they can help you on an ongoing basis.

Ask associates and friends for recommenda- tions for lawyers, accountants, and other

professionals. Also check trade magazines

and other industry sources.

Try to find a lawyer who is willing to work as a legal coach.

Understand how you will be billed, and get your fee agreements in writing.

Familiarize yourself with online sources of legal information such as Nolo.com, the IRS

website, and your official state website.

A. Installing the Form Files Onto Your Computer .................................................... A/2

1. Windows 9x, 2000, Me, and XP Users .............................................................. A/2

2. Macintosh Users .................................................................................................. A/2

B. Using the Word Processing Files to Create Documents .................................... A/2

Step 1: Opening a File .............................................................................................. A/3

Step 2: Editing Your Document .............................................................................. A/3

Step 3: Printing Out the Document ...................................................................... A/3

Step 4: Saving Your Document .............................................................................. A/3

C H A P T E R

1 Appendix A

How to Use the CD-ROM

A / 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

T he tear-out forms and checklists in Appendix

F are included on a CD-ROM in the back

of the book. This CD-ROM, which can be

used with Windows computers, installs files that

can be opened, printed, and edited using a word

processor or other software. It is not a standalone

software program. Please read this appendix and

the README.TXT file included on the CD-ROM for

instructions on using the Forms CD.

Note to Mac users: This CD-ROM and its files should also work on Macintosh computers. Please

note, however, that Nolo cannot provide technical

support for non-Windows users.

How to View the README File

If you do not know how to view the file READ-

ME.TXT, insert the Forms CD-ROM into your

computer’s CD-ROM drive and follow these

instructions:

• Windows 9x, 2000, Me, and XP: (1) On

your PC’s desktop, double click the My

Computer icon; (2) double click the

icon for the CD-ROM drive into which

the Forms CD-ROM was inserted;

(3) double click the file README.TXT.

• Macintosh: (1) On your Mac desktop,

double click the icon for the CD-ROM

that you inserted; (2) double click on the

file README.TXT.

While the README file is open, print it out

by using the Print command in the File menu.

A. Installing the Form Files Onto Your Computer

Word processing forms that you can open, complete,

print, and save with your word processing program

(see Section B, below) are contained on the CD-

ROM. Before you can do anything with the files on

the CD-ROM, you need to install them onto your

hard disk. In accordance with U.S. copyright laws,

remember that copies of the CD-ROM and its files

are for your personal use only.

Insert the Forms CD and do the following.

1. Windows 9x, 2000, Me, and XP Users

Follow the instructions that appear on the screen. (If

nothing happens when you insert the Forms CD-ROM,

then (1) double click the My Computer icon, (2) dou-

ble click the icon for the CD-ROM drive into which

the Forms CD-ROM was inserted, and (3) double

click the file WELCOME.EXE.)

By default, all the files are installed to the \Non-

profit Startup Forms folder in the \Program Files

folder of your computer. A folder called “Nonprofit

Startup Forms” is added to the “Programs” folder of

the Start menu.

2. Macintosh Users

Step 1: If the “Nonprofit Startup CD” window is not open, open it by double clicking the “Non-

profit Startup CD” icon.

Step 2: Select the “Nonprofit Startup Forms” folder icon.

Step 3: Drag and drop the folder icon onto the icon of your hard disk.

B. Using the Word Processing Files to Create Documents

This section concerns the files for forms and check-

lists that can be opened and edited with your word

processing program.

All word processing forms come in rich text

format. These files have the extension “.RTF.” For

example, the form for the Volunteer Assignment

Agreement discussed in Chapter 10 is on the file

Volunteer.rtf. All forms and their filenames are listed

at the beginning of Appendix F.

RTF files can be read by most recent word pro-

cessing programs including all versions of MS Word

for Windows and Macintosh, WordPad for Windows,

and recent versions of WordPerfect for Windows and

Macintosh.

APPENDIX A: HOW TO USE THE CD-ROM A / 3

To use a form from the CD to create your

documents you must: (1) open a file in your word

processor or text editor; (2) edit the form by filling in

the required information; (3) print it out; (4) rename

and save your revised file.

The following are general instructions. However,

each word processor uses different commands to

open, format, save, and print documents. Please read

your word processor’s manual for specific instruc-

tions on performing these tasks.

Do not call Nolo’s technical support if you have

questions on how to use your word processor.

Step 1: Opening a File

There are three ways to open the word processing

files included on the CD-ROM after you have in-

stalled them onto your computer:

• Windows users can open a file by selecting

its “shortcut” as follows: (1) Click the Windows

“Start” button, (2) open the “Programs” folder,

(3) open the “Nonprofit Startup Forms” sub-

folder, and (4) click on the shortcut to the

form you want to work with.

• Both Windows and Macintosh users can open

a file directly by double clicking on it. Use My

Computer or Windows Explorer (Windows 9x,

2000, Me, or XP) or the Finder (Macintosh) to

go to the folder you installed or copied the

CD-ROM’s files to. Then, double click on the

specific file you want to open.

• You can also open a file from within your

word processor. To do this, you must first

start your word processor. Then, go to the

File menu and choose the Open command.

This opens a dialog box where you will tell

the program (1) the type of file you want to

open (*.RTF) and (2) the location and name of

the file (you will need to navigate through the

directory tree to get to the folder on your hard

disk where the CD’s files have been installed).

If these directions are unclear you will need

to look through the manual for your word

processing program—Nolo’s technical support

department will not be able to help you with

the use of your word processing program.

Where Are the Files Installed?

Windows Users • RTF files are installed by default to a folder

named \Nonprofit Startup Forms in the \Pro-

gram Files folder of your computer.

Macintosh Users • RTF files are located in the “Nonprofit Start-

up Forms” folder.

Step 2: Editing Your Document

Fill in the appropriate information according to the

instructions and sample agreements in the book.

Underlines are used to indicate where you need

to enter your information, frequently followed

by instructions in brackets. Be sure to delete the

underlines and instructions from your edited

document. You will also want to make sure that

any signature lines in your completed documents

appear on a page with at least some text from the

document itself. If you do not know how to use your

word processor to edit a document, you will need to

look through the manual for your word processing

program—Nolo’s technical support department will

not be able to help you with the use of your word

processing program.

Step 3: Printing Out the Document

Use your word processor’s or text editor’s “Print”

command to print out your document. If you do not

know how to use your word processor to print a

document, you will need to look through the manual

for your word processing program—Nolo’s techni-

cal support department will not be able to help you

with the use of your word processing program.

Step 4: Saving Your Document

After filling in the form, use the “Save As” command

to save and rename the file. Because all the files are

“read-only,” you will not be able to use the “Save”

A / 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

command. This is for your protection. If you save the

file without renaming it, the underlines that indicate

where you need to enter your information will be

lost, and you will not be able to create a new docu-

ment with this file without recopying the original file

from the CD-ROM.

If you do not know how to use your word

processor to save a document, you will need to

look through the manual for your word processing

program—Nolo’s technical support department will

not be able to help you with the use of your word

processing program.

C H A P T E R

1 Appendix B

State Secretary of State or Other Corporate Filing Offices

Alabama ......................... B/2

Alaska .............................. B/2

Arizona ........................... B/2

Arkansas ......................... B/2

California ........................ B/2

Colorado ........................ B/2

Connecticut ................... B/2

Delaware ........................ B/2

District of Columbia .... B/3

Florida ............................. B/3

Georgia ........................... B/3

Hawaii ............................. B/3

Idaho ............................... B/3

Illinois ............................. B/3

Indiana ............................ B/3

Iowa ................................. B/3

Kansas ............................. B/3

Kentucky ........................ B/4

Louisiana ........................ B/4

Maine .............................. B/4

Maryland ........................ B/4

Massachusetts ............... B/4

Michigan ........................ B/4

Minnesota ...................... B/4

Mississippi ..................... B/4

Missouri .......................... B/4

Montana ......................... B/4

Nebraska ........................ B/5

Nevada ............................ B/5

New Hampshire ............ B/5

New Jersey ..................... B/5

New Mexico ................... B/5

New York ........................ B/5

North Carolina .............. B/5

North Dakota ................. B/5

Ohio ................................ B/5

Oklahoma ...................... B/6

Oregon ........................... B/6

Pennsylvania .................. B/6

Rhode Island ................. B/6

South Carolina .............. B/6

South Dakota ................. B/6

Tennessee ...................... B/6

Texas ................................ B/6

Utah ................................. B/6

Vermont .......................... B/7

Virginia ........................... B/7

Washington ................... B/7

West Virginia ................. B/7

Wisconsin ...................... B/7

Wyoming ........................ B/7

B/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

T his list shows you where to go for incorpora-

tion information and forms. The state website

is the first place to look. In most states, you’ll

find a downloadable articles form with instructions

to form your nonprofit corporation. You’ll also see

links to your state tax agency where you can check

for state forms for applying for and obtaining a state

income tax exemption. If the state website is sparse,

you can call or write to your state filing office for

nonprofit forms and information. The list below

includes the name and address of the secretary of

state or other corporate filing office, along with a

phone number for the corporate filing office or for

general corporate information.

Alabama Secretary of State

Corporations Division

P.O. Box 5616

Montgomery, AL 36103

www.sos.state.al.us/business/corporations.cfm

Phone number of Corporations Division:

334-242-5324

Alaska Department of Commerce & Economic

Development

Division of Banking, Securities, and Corporations

P.O. Box 110808

Juneau, AK 99811-0808

www.dced.state.ak.us/bsc/corps.htm

Phone number of corporations section:

907-465-2530

Arizona Arizona Corporation Commission

Corporation Filing Section

1300 West Washington

Phoenix, AZ 85007

www.cc.state.az.us/corp/index.htm

Phone number of corporate filing section:

800-345-5819 (in AZ only) or 602-542-3135

Corporate filings and phone calls are also handled

by the Tucson office: 520-628-6560

Arkansas Secretary of State

Corporations Division

Arkansas State Capitol

Little Rock, AR 72201-1094

www.sosweb.state.ar.us/corp_ucc_business.html

Phone number of corporations section:

888-233-0325

California Office of the Secretary of State

Corporations Unit

1500 11th Street

Sacramento, CA 95814

www.ss.ca.gov/business/business.htm

Phone number of corporate filing section:

916-657-5448

Corporate filings and phone calls are also handled

by Fresno, Los Angeles, San Diego, and San

Francisco branch offices of the Secretary of State.

Colorado Secretary of State

Corporations Office

1560 Broadway, Suite 200

Denver, CO 80202

www.sos.state.co.us/pubs/business/main.htm

Phone number of corporate filing section:

303-894-2200

Connecticut Connecticut Secretary of State

30 Trinity Street

Hartford, CT 06106

www.sots.state.ct.us

Phone number of Secretary of State’s office:

860-509-6001

Delaware State of Delaware

Division of Corporations

P.O. Box 898

Dover, DE 19903

www.state.de.us/corp

Phone number for general information:

302-739-3073

APPENDIX B: STATE SECRETARY OF STATE OR OTHER CORPORATE FILING OFFICES B/ 3

District of Columbia Dept. of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs

Corporations Division

941 North Capitol Street, NE

Washington, DC 20002

http://dcra.dc.gov/services/busresource/index.shtm

Phone number for general information:

202-442-4432

Florida Department of State

Division of Corporations

Corporate Filings

P.O. Box 6327

Tallahassee, FL 32314

www.dos.state.fl.us/doc/index.html

Phone number of Division of Corporations:

850-245-6052

Georgia Secretary of State

Corporations Division

Suite 315, West Tower

2 Martin Luther King Jr. Drive

Atlanta, GA 30334

www.sos.state.ga.us/corporations

Phone number of corporate filing section:

404-656-2817

Hawaii Dept. of Commerce and Consumer Affairs

Business Registration Division

335 Merchant Street

Honolulu, HI 96813

www.businessregistrations.com

Phone: 808-586-2744

Idaho Secretary of State

Corporations Division

700 W. Jefferson Street

P.O. Box 83720

Boise, ID 83720-0080

www.idsos.state.id.us/corp/corindex.htm

Phone number of Secretary of State’s office:

208-334-2300

Illinois Secretary of State

Department of Business Services

Corporations Division

Michael J. Howlett Building

501 S. 2nd Street, Room 328

Springfield, IL 62756

www.cyberdriveillinois.com/departments/

business_services/home.html

Phone number for corporate information:

800-252-8980

Corporate filings and phone calls are also handled

by the Chicago Department of Business Services,

Corporations Division Office: 312-793-3380

Indiana Secretary of State

Corporations Division

302 W. Washington Street, Room E018

Indianapolis, IN 46204

www.in.gov/sos/business/index.html

Phone number of Corporations Division:

317-232-6576

Iowa Secretary of State

Corporations Division

Lucas Building, 1st Floor

321 East 12th Street

Des Moines, IA 50319

www.sos.state.ia.us/business

Phone number of Corporations Division:

515-281-5204

Kansas Secretary of State

Corporation Division

First Floor, Memorial Hall

120 SW 10th Avenue

Topeka, KS 66612

www.kssos.org/main.html

Phone number of Corporation Division:

785-296-4564

B/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Kentucky Secretary of State

P.O. Box 718

Frankfort, KY 40602

www.sos.state.ky.us

Phone number of corporate filing section:

502-564-3490

Louisiana Secretary of State

Corporations Division

P.O. Box 94125

Baton Rouge, LA 70804

www.sos.louisiana.gov/comm/corp/corp-index.

htm

Phone number of corporate filing section:

225-925-4704

Maine Secretary of State

Bureau of Corporations, Elections, and

Commissions

101 State House Station

Augusta, ME 04333-0101

www.state.me.us/sos/cec/cec.htm

Phone number of Bureau of Corporations:

207-624-7740

Maryland Maryland Department of Assessments & Taxation

Charter Unit

Room 809

301 West Preston Street, Room 801

Baltimore, MD 21201

www.dat.state.md.us/sdatweb/charter.html

Phone number for corporate inquiries:

410-767-1184 or 888-246-5941 (toll free)

Massachusetts Secretary of the Commonwealth

Corporations Division

One Ashburton Place, 17th Floor

Boston, MA 02108

www.state.ma.us/sec/cor

Phone number of corporate filing section:

617-727-9640

Michigan Commercial Services & Corporations

Corporation Division

P.O. Box 30053

Lansing, MI 48909

www.michigan.gov/cis

Phone number of Corporation Division:

517-241-6470

Minnesota Secretary of State

Business Services Division

180 State Office Building

100 Rev. Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Boulevard

St. Paul, MN 55155-1299

www.sos.state.mn.us/business/index.html

Phone number for corporate information:

877-551-6SOS (6767)

Mississippi Secretary of State

Corporate Division

P.O. Box 136

Jackson, MS 39205

www.sos.state.ms.us

Phone number of Corporate Division: 601-359-1350

or 800-256-3494 (toll free)

Missouri Secretary of State

Corporation Division

P.O. Box 778

Jefferson City, MO 65102

www.sos.mo.gov

Phone number for general corporate information:

573-751-4153 or 866-223-6535 (toll free)

Montana Secretary of State

Corporation Bureau

P.O. Box 202801

Helena, MT 59620

http://sos.state.mt.us/css/index.asp

Phone number of Business Services Bureau:

406-444-3665

APPENDIX B: STATE SECRETARY OF STATE OR OTHER CORPORATE FILING OFFICES B/ 5

Nebraska Secretary of State

Corporate Division

P.O. Box 94608

Lincoln, NE 68509

www.sos.state.ne.us//corps/corpform.htm

Phone number of Corporate Office: 402-471-4079

Nevada Office of the Secretary of State

New Filings Section

202 N. Carson Street

Carson City, NV 89701

http://sos.state.nv.us/comm_rec/index.htm

Phone number of Secretary of State’s office:

775-684-5708; Las Vegas office: 702-486-2880

New Hampshire Secretary of State

Corporation Division

Department of State

107 North Main Street, Room 204

Concord, NH 03301

www.state.nh.us/sos/corporate/index.htm

Phone number for general corporate information:

603-271-3244

New Jersey Department of State

Division of Revenue/Corporate Filing Unit

P.O. Box 308

Trenton, NJ 08625

www.state.nj.us/njbgs/index.html

Phone number for general corporate information:

609-292-9292

New Mexico Public Regulation Commission

Corporations Bureau

Chartered Documents Bureau

P.O. Box 1269

Santa Fe, NM 87504

www.nmprc.state.nm.us/corporations/corpshome.

htm

Phone number of Corporation Commission:

800-947-4722

New York Department of State

Division of Corporations

41 State Street

Albany, NY 12231

www.dos.state.ny.us/corp/corpspub.html

Phone number of Corporations Division:

518-473-2492

North Carolina Department of the Secretary of State

Corporations Division

P.O. Box 29622

Raleigh, NC 27626-0622

www.secretary.state.nc.us/corporations

Phone number of Corporations Division:

919-807-2225 or 888-246-7636 (toll free)

North Dakota Secretary of State

Corporations Division

Main Capitol Building

600 East Boulevard Avenue

Bismarck, ND 58505-0500

www.state.nd.us/sec/Business/

businessinforegmnu.htm

Phone number of Corporations Division:

800-352-0867, ext. 84284

Ohio Secretary of State

Business Services Division

P.O. Box 670

Columbus, OH 43216

www.state.oh.us/sos/business_services_

information.htm

Phone number of corporate filing section:

877-SOS-FILE (877-767-3453)

Corporate filings and phone calls are also handled

by the Cleveland office: 216-622-3260

B/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Oklahoma Secretary of State

2300 N. Lincoln Boulevard, Room 101

State Capitol Building

Oklahoma City, OK 73105

www.sos.state.ok.us/business/business_filing.htm

Phone number of Secretary of State’s office:

405-521-3912

Oregon Secretary of State

Corporation Division

255 Capitol Street NE, Suite 151

Salem, OR 97310-1327

www.sos.state.or.us/corporation

Phone number of Corporation Division:

503-986-2200

Pennsylvania Department of State

Corporation Bureau

P.O. Box 8722

Harrisburg, PA 17105-8722

www.dos.state.pa.us/corps/site/default.asp

Phone number for general corporate information:

717-787-1057

Rhode Island Secretary of State

Corporations Division

100 North Main Street, First Floor

Providence, RI 02903

http://155.212.254.78/corporations.htm

Phone number of Corporations Division:

401-222-3040

South Carolina Secretary of State

Corporations Department

P.O. Box 11350

Columbia, SC 29211

www.scsos.com/Corporations.htm

Phone number of Corporation Department:

803-734-2158

South Dakota Secretary of State

State Capitol

500 East Capitol Avenue

Pierre, SD 57501

www.sdsos.gov/corporations

Phone number of Secretary of State’s office:

605-773-4845

Tennessee Secretary of State

Division of Business Services

Corporations Section

312 Eighth Avenue North

6th Floor, William R. Snodgrass Tower

Nashville, TN 37243

www.state.tn.us/sos/service.htm#corporations

Phone number for general corporate information:

615-741-2286

Texas Secretary of State

Statutory Filings Division

Corporations Section

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711

www.sos.state.tx.us/corp/index.shtml

Phone number for general corporate information:

512-463-5583

Utah Utah Division of Corporations and Commercial

Code

160 East 300 South, 2nd Floor

Box 146705

Salt Lake City, UT 84114-6705

www.commerce.state.ut.us/corporat/corpcoc.htm

Phone number of corporate filing section:

801-530-4849 or 877-526-3994 (toll free)

APPENDIX B: STATE SECRETARY OF STATE OR OTHER CORPORATE FILING OFFICES B/ 7

Vermont Secretary of State

Corporations Division

81 River Street, Drawer 09

Montpelier, VT 05609-1104

www.sec.state.vt.us/corps/corpindex.htm

Phone number of Corporations Division:

802-828-2386

Virginia Clerk of the State Corporation Commission

P.O. Box 1197

First Floor

Richmond, VA 23218

www.state.va.us/scc/division/clk/corp.htm

Phone number of corporate filing section:

804-371-9733 or 1-866-SCC-CLK1 (toll free)

Washington Secretary of State

Corporations Division

801 Capitol Way South

P.O. Box 40234

Olympia, WA 98504

www.secstate.wa.gov/corps

Phone number for general corporate information:

360-753-7115

West Virginia Secretary of State

Corporations Division

Building 1, Suite 157-K

1900 Kanawha Boulevard East

Charleston, WV 25305-0770

www.wvsos.com

Phone number of corporate filing section:

304-558-8000

Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions

Corporations Section, 3rd Floor

P.O. Box 7846

Madison, WI 53707-7846

www.wdfi.org/corporations/default.htm

Phone number of corporate filing section:

608-261-7577

Wyoming Secretary of State

Corporations Division

The Capitol Building, Room 110

200 W. 24th Street

Cheyenne, WY 82002-0020

soswy.state.wy.us/corporat/corporat.htm

Phone number of Corporations Division:

307-777-7311

Alabama .......................... C/2

Alaska .............................. C/2

Arizona ........................... C/2

Arkansas ......................... C/2

California ........................ C/2

Colorado ........................ C/2

Connecticut ................... C/2

Delaware ........................ C/2

District of Columbia .... C/2

Florida ............................ C/3

Georgia ........................... C/3

Hawaii ............................. C/3

Idaho ............................... C/3

Illinois ............................. C/3

Indiana ............................ C/3

Iowa ................................. C/3

Kansas ............................. C/3

Kentucky ........................ C/3

Louisiana ........................ C/3

Maine .............................. C/3

Maryland ........................ C/3

Massachusetts ............... C/4

Michigan ........................ C/4

Minnesota ...................... C/4

Mississippi ..................... C/4

Missouri .......................... C/4

Montana ......................... C/4

Nebraska ........................ C/4

Nevada ............................ C/4

New Hampshire ............ C/4

New Jersey ..................... C/4

New Mexico ................... C/4

New York ........................ C/4

North Carolina .............. C/5

North Dakota ................. C/5

Ohio ................................ C/5

Oklahoma ...................... C/5

Oregon ........................... C/5

Pennsylvania .................. C/5

Rhode Island ................. C/5

South Carolina .............. C/5

South Dakota ................. C/5

Tennessee ...................... C/5

Texas ................................ C/5

Utah ................................. C/5

Vermont .......................... C/5

Virginia ........................... C/6

Washington ................... C/6

West Virginia ................. C/6

Wisconsin ...................... C/6

Wyoming ........................ C/6

C H A P T E R

1 Appendix C

State Charitable Solicitation Registration Offices

C/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Alabama Office of the Attorney General

Consumer Affairs Division

11 S. Union Street, 3rd Floor

Montgomery, AL 36130

334-242-7335

www.ago.state.al.us

Alaska Note: Alaska requires organizations soliciting funds

to register with the state but does not accept the

Unified Registration Statement (URS). You must

use the state’s specific form.

Department of Law

Attorney General

1031 W. 4th Avenue, Suite 200

Anchorage, AK 99501

907-269-5100

www.law.state.ak.us

Arizona Note: Arizona requires organizations soliciting

funds to register with the state but does not accept

the Unified Registration Statement (URS). You must

use the state’s specific form.

Secretary of State

Business Services Division

Charitable Organizations

14 N. 18th Avenue

Phoenix, AZ 85007

602-542-6187

800-458-5842 (in Arizona)

www.azsos.gov

Arkansas Office of the Attorney General

Public Protection Department

323 Center Street, Suite 200

Little Rock, AR 72201

501-682-1109

www.ag.state.ar.us

California Office of Attorney General

Registry of Charitable Trusts

1325 Jay Street

Sacramento, CA 94203

916-445-2021

www.ag.ca.gov/charities

Colorado Note: Colorado requires organizations soliciting

funds to register with the state but does not accept

the Unified Registration Statement (URS). You must

use the state’s specific form.

Office of the Secretary of State

Charitable Solicitations Program

Denver Post Tower, 10th Floor

1560 Broadway, Suite 1000

Denver, CO 80202

303-894-2200

www.sos.state.co.us

Connecticut Office of Attorney General

Public Charities Unit

55 Elm Street

Hartford, CT 06141

860-808-5030

www.cslib.org/attygenl

Delaware Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

District of Columbia Department of Consumer & Regulatory Affairs

941 N. Capitol Street NE

Room 7211

Washington, DC 20002

202-442-4400

www.dcra.dc.gov

APPENDIX C: STATE CHARITABLE SOLICITATION REGISTRATION OFFICES C/ 3

Florida Note: Florida requires organizations soliciting funds

to register with the state but does not accept the

Unified Registration Statement (URS). You must use

the state’s specific form.

Division of Consumer Services

2005 Apalachee Parkway

Rhodes Building

Tallahassee, FL 32399

800-435-7352 (in Florida)

850-488-2221

www.800helpfla.com

Georgia Securities and Business Regulation

2 Martin Luther King Jr. Drive SE

Suite 802, West Tower

Atlanta, GA 30334

404-656-3920

www.sos.state.ga.us

Hawaii Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

Idaho Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

Illinois Office of the Attorney General

Charitable Trust and Solicitations Bureau

100 West Randolph Street, 3rd Floor

Chicago, IL 60601

312-814-2595

www.illinoisattorneygeneral.gov

Indiana Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

Iowa Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

Kansas Secretary of State

Memorial Hall, 1st Floor

120 SW 10th Avenue

Topeka, KS 66612

785-296-4564

www.kssos.org

Kentucky Office of Attorney General

Consumer Protection Division

1024 Capital Center Drive

Frankfort, KY 40601

502-696-5389

http://ag.ky.gov

Louisiana Department of Justice

Public Protection Division

Livingston Building

1885 N. 3rd Street

Baton Rouge, LA 70802

225-326-6465

www.ag.state.la.us

Maine Office of Licensing and Registration

Charitable Solicitation Registration

122 Northern Avenue

Gardner, ME 04345

207-624-8624

www.state.me.us/pfr/olr

Maryland Secretary of State

Charitable Organizations Division

State House

100 State Circle

Annapolis, MD 21401

410-974-5534

www.sos.state.md.us

C/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General

Division of Public Charities

100 Cambridge Street

Boston, MA 02108

617-727-2200, ext. 2101

www.ago.state.ma.us

Michigan Attorney General

Charitable Trust Section

6th Floor, Williams Building

525 W. Ottawa Street

Lansing, MI 48933

517-373-1152

www.michigan.gov/ag

Minnesota Office of Attorney General

Charities Division

Suite 1200, NCL Tower

445 Minnesota Street

St. Paul, MN 55101

651-296-9412

www.ag.state.mn.us

Mississippi Secretary of State

Charities Registration

700 North Street

Jackson, MS 39202

601-359-1633

www.sos.state.ms.us

Missouri Office of the Attorney General

Charitable Registration Division

207 W. High Street

Jefferson City, MO 65102

573-751-3321

www.moago.org

Montana Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

Nebraska Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

Nevada Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

New Hampshire Department of Justice

Attorney General

Charitable Trust Division

33 Capitol Street

Concord, NH 03301

603-271-3658

http://doj.nh.gov

New Jersey Office of the Attorney General

Division of Consumer Affairs

Charities Registration Section

124 Halsey Street, 6th Floor

Newark, NJ 07102

973-504-6215

www.state.nj.us/lps/ca

New Mexico Office of Attorney General

111 Lomas Boulevard NW, Suite 300

Albuquerque, NM 87102

505-222-9090

www.ago.state.nm.us/divs/spcons/spcons.htm

New York Department of Law

Charities Bureau

120 Broadway

New York, NY 10271

212-416-8400

www.oag.state.ny.us/charities/charities.html

APPENDIX C: STATE CHARITABLE SOLICITATION REGISTRATION OFFICES C/ 5

North Carolina Department of Secretary of State

Charitable Solicitation Licensing Section

2 S. Salisbury Street

Old Revenue Building

Raleigh, NC 27601

919-807-2214

888-830-4989 (in North Carolina)

www.secretary.state.nc.us/csl

North Dakota Secretary of State

600 East Boulevard Avenue, Dept. 108

Bismarck, ND 58505

701-328-3665

www.state.nd.us/sec

Ohio Office of the Attorney General

Charitable Law Section

150 East Gay Street, 23rd Floor

Columbus, OH 43215

614-466-3180

www.ag.state.oh.us

Oklahoma Secretary of State

2300 N. Lincoln Boulevard, Room 101

Oklahoma City, OK 73105

405-521-3912

www.sos.state.ok.us

Oregon Department of Justice

Charitable Activities Section

1515 SW 5th Avenue, Suite 410

Portland, OR 97201

503-229-5725

www.doj.state.or.us

Pennsylvania Department of State

Bureau of Charitable Organizations

207 N. Office Building

Harrisburg, PA 17120

717-783-1720

www.dos.state.pa.us

Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation

Securities Division

Charitable Organizations Section

233 Richmond Street

Providence, RI 02903

401-222-2246

www.dbr.state.ri.us

South Carolina Secretary of State

Public Charities Section

1205 Pendleton Street, Suite 525

Columbia, SC 29201

803-734-1790

www.scsos.com

South Dakota Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

Tennessee Division of Charitable Solicitations

312 Eighth Avenue North

8th Floor, William R. Snodgrass Tower

Nashville, TN 37243

615-741-2555

www.state.tn.us/sos/charity.htm

Texas Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

Utah Department of Commerce

Division of Consumer Protection

160 East 300 South

Salt Lake City, Utah 84114

801-530-6601

www.commerce.utah.gov/dcp

Vermont Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

C/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Virginia Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services

Office of Consumer Affairs

1100 Bank Street

Richmond, VA 23219

804-786-1343

www.vdacs.state.va.us

Washington Secretary of State

Charities Program

801 Capitol Way South

Olympia, WA. 98504

360-753-0863

800-332-GIVE (in Washington)

www.secstate.wa.gov/charities

West Virginia Secretary of State

Charities Division

Building 1, Suite 157-K

1900 Kanawha Blvd. East

Charleston, WV 25305

304-558-6000

www.wvsos.com

Wisconsin Department of Regulation & Licensing

1400 E. Washington Avenue

Madison, WI 53703

608-266-5511

http://drl.wi.gov

Wyoming Does not require organizations soliciting funds to

register.

C H A P T E R

1 Appendix D

State Tax Agencies

Alabama ..........................D/2

Alaska ..............................D/2

Arizona ...........................D/2

Arkansas .........................D/2

California ........................D/2

Colorado ........................D/2

Connecticut ...................D/2

Delaware ........................D/2

District of Columbia ....D/2

Florida .............................D/2

Georgia ...........................D/2

Hawaii .............................D/3

Idaho ...............................D/3

Illinois .............................D/3

Indiana ............................D/3

Iowa .................................D/3

Kansas .............................D/3

Kentucky ........................D/3

Louisiana ........................D/3

Maine ..............................D/3

Maryland ........................D/3

Massachusetts ...............D/4

Michigan ........................D/4

Minnesota ......................D/4

Mississippi .....................D/4

Missouri ..........................D/4

Montana .........................D/4

Nebraska ........................D/4

Nevada ............................D/4

New Hampshire ............D/4

New Jersey .....................D/4

New Mexico ...................D/4

New York ........................D/4

North Carolina ..............D/5

North Dakota .................D/5

Ohio ................................D/5

Oklahoma ......................D/5

Oregon ...........................D/5

Pennsylvania ..................D/5

Rhode Island .................D/5

South Carolina ..............D/5

South Dakota .................D/5

Tennessee ......................D/5

Texas ................................D/5

Utah .................................D/5

Vermont ..........................D/6

Virginia ...........................D/6

Washington ...................D/6

West Virginia .................D/6

Wisconsin ......................D/6

Wyoming ........................D/6

D/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Alabama Department of Revenue

Gordon Persons Building

50 N. Ripley Street

Montgomery, AL 36132

334-242-1170

www.ador.state.al.us

Alaska Department of Revenue-Tax Division

State Office Building, 11th Floor Side B

333 W. Willoughby Avenue

P.O. Box 110420

Juneau, AK 99801

907-465-2320

www.revenue.state.ak.us

Arizona Department of Revenue

1600 W. Monroe

Phoenix, AZ 85007

800-352-4090

602-255-3381

www.revenue.state.az.us

Arkansas Department of Finance and Administration

P.O. Box 3278

Little Rock, AR 72203

501-682-2242

www.arkansas.gov/dfa/taxes/new_bus.html

California Franchise Tax Board

P.O. Box 942840

Sacramento, CA 94240

800-852-5711

www.ftb.ca.gov

Colorado Department of Revenue

1375 Sherman Street, Room 204

Denver, CO 80261

303-238-7378

www.taxcolorado.com

Connecticut Department of Revenue Services

Taxpayer Services Division

25 Sigourney Street

Hartford, CT 06106

800-382-9463

860-297-5962

www.ct.gov/drs

Delaware Department of Finance—Division of Revenue

Carvel State Office Building

820 N. French Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

302-577-8205

www.state.de.us/revenue/obt/obtmain.htm

District of Columbia Office of Tax and Revenue

Customer Service Center

941 N. Capitol Street NE, 1st Floor

Washington, DC 20002

202-727-4829

www.cfo.dc.gov

Florida Department of Revenue

Tax Information Services

1379 Blountstown Highway

Tallahassee, FL 32304

800-352-3671

850-488-6800

http://sun6.dms.state.fl.us/dor/taxes

Georgia Department of Revenue

1800 Century Center Boulevard, NE

Atlanta, GA 30345

404-417-4900

www2.state.ga.us/departments/dor

APPENDIX D: STATE TAX AGENCIES D/ 3

Hawaii Department of Taxation

Taxpayer Services

830 Punchbowl Street

P.O. Box 259

Honolulu, HI 96809

808-587-4242

808-587-6515 (Jan. to Apr. 20)

800-222-3229

www.state.hi.us/tax/tax.html

Idaho State Tax Commission

800 Park Boulevard, Plaza IV

Boise, ID 83712

800-972-7660

208-334-7660

http://tax.idaho.gov

Illinois Department of Revenue

James R. Thompson Center

Concourse Level

100 W. Randolph Street

Chicago, IL 60601

312-814-5232

www.iltax.com

Indiana Department of Revenue

100 N. Senate Avenue

202 State Office Building

Indianapolis, IN 46204

317-233-4018

www.in.gov/dor

Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance

Taxpayer Services

Hoover Building

1305 Walnut, 4th Floor

Des Moines, IA 50319

800-367-3388

515-281-3114

www.state.ia.us/tax/business/business.html

Kansas Department of Revenue

Taxpayer Assistance Center

Docking State Office Building

915 SW Harrison Street, Room 150

Topeka, KS 66612

785-368-8222

www.ksrevenue.org

Kentucky Revenue Cabinet

Division of Tax Administration

200 Fair Oaks Lane

Frankfort, KY 40620

502-564-4581

http://revenue.state.ky.us

Louisiana Department of Revenue

617 N. Third Street

Baton Rouge, LA 70821

225-219-7318

www.rev.state.la.us

Maine Revenue Services

24 State House Station

Augusta, ME 04333

207-287-2076

www.state.me.us/revenue

Maryland State Comptroller

Taxpayer Registration Assistance Center

301 W. Preston Street, Room 206

Baltimore, MD 21201

800-492-1751 (within Maryland)

410-767-1313

http://business.marylandtaxes.com

D/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Massachusetts Department of Revenue

Customer Service Bureau

200 Arlington Street

Chelsea, MA 02150

800-392-6089

617-887-6367

www.mass.gov/dor

Michigan Department of Treasury

Lansing, MI 48922

517-373-3200

www.michigan.gov/iit

Minnesota Department of Revenue

Harold Stassen Building

600 N. Robert Street

St. Paul, MN 55146

651-296-3781

www.taxes.state.mn.us

Mississippi State Tax Commission

1577 Springridge Road

Raymond, MS 39154

601-923-7390

www.mstc.state.ms.us/regist.htm

Missouri Department of Revenue

Division of Taxation & Collection

301 W. High Street, Room 330

Jefferson City, MO 65101

800-877-6881

www.dor.mo.gov

Montana Department of Revenue

Attn: Business Tax

125 N. Robinson

Helena, MT 59620

406-444-6900

www.discoveringmontana.com/revenue

Nebraska Department of Revenue

301 Centennial Mall S

P.O. Box 94818

Lincoln, NE 68509

800-742-7474 (within Nebraska)

402-471-5729

www.revenue.state.ne.us

Nevada Department of Taxation

1550 E. College Parkway, Suite 115

Carson City, NV 89706

775-684-2000

http://tax.state.nv.us

New Hampshire Department of Revenue Administration

45 Chenell Drive

P.O. Box 457

Concord, NH 03302

603-271-2191

www.nh.gov/revenue

New Jersey Division of Taxation

Taxation Building

50 Barrack Street, 1st Floor

Trenton, NJ 08695

609-292-6400

www.state.nj.us/treasury/taxation

New Mexico Taxation & Revenue Department

1100 S. St. Francis Drive

P.O. Box 630

Santa Fe, NM 87504

505-827-0700

www.state.nm.us/tax

New York Department of Taxation & Finance

W. Averill Harriman Campus

Albany, NY 12227

800-972-1233

www.tax.state.ny.us/sbc/default.htm

APPENDIX D: STATE TAX AGENCIES D/ 5

North Carolina Department of Revenue

501 N. Wilmington Street

Raleigh, NC 27604

877-252-3052

www.dor.state.nc.us

North Dakota Office of State Tax Commissioner

State Capitol

600 E. Boulevard Avenue

Bismarck, ND 58505

701-328-2770

www.state.nd.us/taxdpt/index.html

Ohio Department of Taxation

Taxpayer Services Division

800 Freeway Drive N

Columbus, OH 43229

614-387-1801

www.ohio.gov/tax

Oklahoma Tax Commission

2501 N. Lincoln Boulevard

Connors Building, Capitol Complex

Oklahoma City, OK 73194

405-521-3160

www.oktax.state.ok.us/oktax/busreg.html

Oregon Department of Revenue

955 Center Street NE

Salem, OR 97301

800-356-4222 (within Oregon)

503-378-4988

www.dor.state.or.us

Pennsylvania Department of Revenue

Strawberry Square

Fourth and Walnut Streets Lobby

Harrisburg, PA 17128

717-783-1405

www.revenue.state.pa.us

Rhode Island Division of Taxation

One Capitol Hill

Providence, RI 02908

401-222-3050

www.tax.state.ri.us

South Carolina Department of Revenue

Columbia Main Office

P.O. Box 125

Columbia, SC 29214

803-898-5000

www.sctax.org

South Dakota Department of Revenue

445 E. Capitol Avenue

Pierre, SD 57501

800-829-9188

www.state.sd.us/revenue

Tennessee Department of Revenue

500 Deaderick Street

Nashville, TN 37242

800-342-1003

615-253-0600

www.tennessee.gov/revenue

Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts

Lyndon B. Johnson State Office Building

111 E. 17th Street

Austin, TX 78774

800-252-5555

512-463-4600

www.cpa.state.tx.us

Utah State Tax Commission

210 N. 1950 West

Salt Lake City, UT 84134

800-662-4335

801-297-2200

www.tax.utah.gov

D/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Vermont Department of Taxes

Taxpayer Services Division

109 State Street

Pavilion Office Building

Montpelier, VT 05609

802-828-2505

www.state.vt.us/tax/index.htm

Virginia Department of Taxation

3600 W. Broad, Suite 160

Richmond, VA 23230

804-367-8037

www.tax.state.va.us

Washington Department of Revenue

2101 4th Avenue, Suite 1400

Seattle, WA 98121

800-647-7706

206-956-3002

www.dor.wa.gov

West Virginia State Tax Department

1206 Quarrier Street

Charleston, WV 25301

304-558-3333

800-982-8297

www.state.wv.us/taxdiv

Wisconsin Department of Revenue

2135 Rimrock Road

Madison, WI 53713

608-266-2772

www.dor.state.wi.us

Wyoming Department of Revenue

Herschler Building, 2nd Floor W

122 W. 25th Street

Cheyenne, WY 82002

307-777-7961

http://revenue.state.wy.us

Appendix E

State Sales Tax or Seller’s Permit Agencies

Alabama ........................... E/2

Alaska ............................... E/2

Arizona ............................ E/2

Arkansas .......................... E/2

California ......................... E/2

Colorado ......................... E/2

Connecticut .................... E/2

Delaware ......................... E/2

District of Columbia ..... E/2

Florida .............................. E/2

Georgia ............................ E/2

Hawaii .............................. E/3

Idaho ................................ E/3

Illinois .............................. E/3

Indiana ............................. E/3

Iowa .................................. E/3

Kansas .............................. E/3

Kentucky ......................... E/3

Louisiana ......................... E/3

Maine ............................... E/3

Maryland ......................... E/3

Massachusetts ................ E/4

Michigan ......................... E/4

Minnesota ....................... E/4

Mississippi ...................... E/4

Missouri ........................... E/4

Montana .......................... E/4

Nebraska ......................... E/4

Nevada ............................. E/4

New Hampshire ............. E/4

New Jersey ...................... E/4

New Mexico .................... E/4

New York ......................... E/4

North Carolina ............... E/5

North Dakota .................. E/5

Ohio ................................. E/5

Oklahoma ....................... E/5

Oregon ............................ E/5

Pennsylvania ................... E/5

Rhode Island .................. E/5

South Carolina ............... E/5

South Dakota .................. E/5

Tennessee ....................... E/5

Texas ................................. E/5

Utah .................................. E/5

Vermont ........................... E/6

Virginia ............................ E/6

Washington .................... E/6

West Virginia .................. E/6

Wisconsin ....................... E/6

Wyoming ......................... E/6

E/ 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Alabama Department of Revenue

Sales, Use, and Business Tax Section

Taxpayer Service Center

1021 Madison Avenue

Montgomery, AL 36104

334-242-1490

www.ador.state.al.us/salestax/index.html

Alaska No state sales tax.

Arizona Department of Revenue

Transaction Privilege (Sales) and Use Tax

1600 W. Monroe

Phoenix, AZ 85007

800-843-7196

602-255-2060

www.revenue.state.az.us

Arkansas Sales and Use Tax

Department of Finance and Administration

Joel Ledbetter Building, Room 1340

1800 7th Street

Little Rock, AR 72205

501-682-7104

www.state.ar.us/salestax

California Board of Equalization

3321 Power Inn Road, Suite 210

Sacramento, CA 95826

800-400-7115

916-227-6700

www.boe.ca.gov

Colorado Department of Revenue

1375 Sherman Street, Room 204

Denver, CO 80261

303-238-7378

www.taxcolorado.com

Connecticut Department of Revenue Services

Taxpayer Services Division

25 Sigourney Street

Hartford, CT 06106

800-382-9463

860-297-5962

www.ct.gov/drs

Delaware (No state sales tax, but state gross receipts tax.)

Department of Finance—Division of Revenue

820 N. French Street

Wilmington, DE 19801

302-577-8780

www.state.de.us/revenue/obt/lic_gr.htm

District of Columbia Office of Tax and Revenue

Customer Service Center

941 N. Capitol Street NE, 1st Floor

Washington, DC 20002

202-727-4829

www.cfo.dc.gov

Florida Department of Revenue

Registration Information

5050 W. Tennessee Street

Tallahassee, FL 32399

800-352-3671

850-488-6800

http://sun6.dms.state.fl.us/dor/taxes/sales_tax.html

Georgia Department of Revenue

Sales and Use Tax Division

1800 Century Center Boulevard NE, Suite 8214

Atlanta, GA 30345

404-417-6678

http://www2.state.ga.us/departments/dor/salestax/

index.shtml

APPENDIX E: STATE SALES TAX OR SELLER’S PERMIT AGENCIES E/ 3

Hawaii Taxpayer Services Branch

830 Punchbowl Street

Honolulu, HI 96813

800-222-3229

808-587-4242

www.state.hi.us/tax/tax.html

Idaho State Tax Commission

800 Park Boulevard, Plaza IV

Boise, ID 83712

800-972-7660

208-334-7660

www2.state.id.us/tax/home.htm

Illinois Department of Revenue

James R. Thompson Center

Concourse Level

100 W. Randolph Street

Chicago, IL 60601

312-814-5232

www.iltax.com

Indiana Department of Revenue

100 N. Senate Avenue

Indiana Government Center N, Room N105

Indianapolis, IN 46204

317-233-4015

www.in.gov/dor

Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance

Taxpayer Services

1305 E. Walnut

Des Moines, IA 50319

800-367-3388

515-281-3114

www.state.ia.us/government/drf/educate/78539.

html

Kansas Department of Revenue

Docking State Office Building, Room 150

915 SW Harrison Street

Topeka, KS 66612

877-526-7738 (outside Topeka)

785-368-8222

www.ksrevenue.org

Kentucky Revenue Cabinet

Division of Tax Administration

200 Fair Oaks Lane

Frankfort, KY 40620

502-564-4581

http://revenue.state.ky.us

Louisiana Department of Revenue

8549 United Plaza, Suite 200

Baton Rouge, LA 70809

Sales Tax Division Taxpayer

Assistance Section:

225-922-2300

www.rev.state.la.us

Maine Revenue Services

Sales and Use Tax Division

P.O. Box 1065

Augusta, ME 04332

207-624-9693

www.state.me.us/revenue/salesuse/homepage.html

Maryland State Comptroller

Taxpayer Registration Assistance Center

State Office Building

301 W. Preston Street, Room 206

Baltimore, MD 21201

800-492-1751 (within Maryland)

410-767-1300

http://business.marylandtaxes.com/taxinfo/

salesanduse/default.asp

E/ 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Massachusetts Department of Revenue

Customer Service Bureau

200 Arlington Street

Chelsea, MA 02150

800-392-6089

617-887-MDOR

www.mass.gov/dor

Michigan Department of Treasury

Sales, Use, and Withholding Taxes Section

Treasury Building

Lansing, MI 48922

517-373-3200

www.michigan.gov/treasury

Minnesota Department of Revenue

Mail Station 6330

St. Paul, MN 55146

651-296-6181

www.taxes.state.mn.us/taxes/sales/forms.shtml

Mississippi State Tax Commission

1577 Springridge Road

Raymond, MS 39154

601-923-7015

www.mstc.state.ms.us

Missouri Department of Revenue

Taxation and Collection

301 W. High Street, Room 330

Jefferson City, MO 65101

573-751-2836

www.dor.mo.gov

Montana No general sales tax.

Nebraska Department of Revenue

301 Centennial Mall S

P.O. Box 94818

Lincoln, NE 68509

800-742-7474 (within Nebraska)

www.revenue.state.ne.us/index.html

Nevada Department of Taxation

1550 E. College Parkway, Suite 115

Carson City, NV 89706

775-684-2000

http://tax.state.nv.us

New Hampshire No state sales tax.

New Jersey Division of Taxation

Taxation Building

50 Barrack Street, 1st Floor

Trenton, NJ 08695

609-292-6400

www.state.nj.us/treasury/taxation

New Mexico Taxation & Revenue Department

1200 S. St. Francis Drive

P.O. Box 630

Santa Fe, NM 87504

505-827-0700

www.state.nm.us/tax

New York Department of Taxation & Finance

Sales Tax Registration

W. Averill Harriman Campus

Albany, NY 12227

800-972-1233

www.tax.state.ny.us/nyshome/stidx.htm

APPENDIX E: STATE SALES TAX OR SELLER’S PERMIT AGENCIES E/ 5

North Carolina Department of Revenue

Sales and Use Tax Division

501 N. Wilmington Street

Raleigh, NC 27604

919-733-2151

www.dor.state.nc.us/taxes/sales

North Dakota Office of State Tax Commissioner

State Capitol

600 E. Boulevard Avenue

Bismarck, ND 58505

701-328-3470

www.ndtaxdepartment.com

Ohio Department of Taxation

Sales and Use Tax Division

30 E. Broad Street, 20th Floor

Columbus, OH 43215

888-405-4039

www.ohio.gov/tax

Oklahoma Tax Commission

2501 N. Lincoln Boulevard

Connors Building, Capitol Complex

Oklahoma City, OK 73194

405-521-4321

www.oktax.state.ok.us/oktax/busreg.html

Oregon No state sales tax.

Pennsylvania Department of Revenue

Strawberry Square

Fourth and Walnut Streets Lobby

Harrisburg, PA 17128

888-PATAXES

717-787-1064

www.revenue.state.pa.us

Rhode Island Division of Taxation

One Capitol Hill

Providence, RI 02908

401-222-2950

www.tax.state.ri.us/info/synopsis/1.htm

South Carolina Department of Revenue

P.O. Box 125

Columbia, SC 29214

803-898-5000

www.sctax.org

South Dakota Department of Revenue

445 W. Capitol Avenue

Pierre, SD 57501

800-829-9188

605-773-3311

www.state.sd.us/revenue/businesstax/bustax.htm

Tennessee Department of Revenue

500 Deaderick Street

Nashville, TN 37242

800-342-1003

615-253-0600

www.tennessee.gov/revenue

Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts

111 E. 17th Street

Austin, TX 78701

800-252-5555

512-463-3961

www.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/sales/new_

business.html

Utah State Tax Commission

210 N. 1950 West

Salt Lake City, UT 84134

800-662-4335

801-297-2200

www.tax.utah.gov

E/ 6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Vermont Department of Taxes

Taxpayer Services Division

109 State Street

Pavilion Office Building

Montpelier, VT 05609

802-828-2551

www.state.vt.us/tax/index.htm

Virginia Department of Taxation

3610 W. Broad

Richmond, VA 23230

804-367-8031

www.tax.state.va.us

Washington Department of Revenue

2101 4th Avenue, Suite 1400

Seattle, WA 98121

800-647-7706

206-956-3002

www.dor.wa.gov

West Virginia State Tax Department

1206 Quarrier Street

Charleston, WV 25301

800-982-8297

304-558-3333

www.state.wv.us/taxdiv

Wisconsin Department of Revenue

2135 Rimrock Road

Madison, WI 53713

608-266-2772

www.dor.state.wi.us/faqs/index-b.html

Wyoming Department of Revenue

122 W. 25th Street

Cheyenne, WY 82002

307-777-5200

http://revenue.state.wy.us

Appendix F

Forms and Checklists

File Name Title

Checklist: Naming and Structuring Your Nonprofit ....................... 01-Structure.rtf

Checklist: Developing Your Strategic Plan ........................................ 02-Plan.rtf

Checklist: Developing Your Initial Budget ........................................ 03-Budget.rtf

Checklist: Your Board of Directors ..................................................... 04-Directors.rtf

Checklist: Your Workforce: Staff and Volunteers ............................ 05-Workforce.rtf

Checklist: Fundraising ........................................................................... 06-Fundraising.rtf

Checklist: Risk Management and Insurance .................................... 07-Insurance.rtf

Checklist: Understanding Contracts and Agreements .................. 08-Contracts.rtf

Checklist: Marketing Your Nonprofit ................................................. 09-Marketing.rtf

Checklist: Publishing Informational Materials ................................. 10-Publishing.rtf

Checklist: Managing Your Finances ................................................... 11-Finances.rtf

Checklist: Getting Professional Help ................................................. 12-Professionals.rtf

Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreement ............................................... Work-for-Hire.rtf

Volunteer Assignment Agreement ..................................................... Volunteer.rtf

Nonprofit’s Initial Budget ..................................................................... BudgetSpread.rtf

Checklist: Naming and Structuring Your Nonprofit

Do some research before choosing a name for your nonprofit. Be sure to choose a name that

does not infringe on anyone else’s trademark

rights. Also consider domain name availability

when picking your nonprofit name.

Don’t jump into incorporating—and assuming the responsibilities of nonprofit corporate

management—without considering whether

it’s really necessary to incorporate. Consider

whether incorporating will reduce your

liability risks, offer tax benefits, or help estab-

lish your nonprofit’s credibility or financial

accountability.

Understand the different types of federal tax exemptions available to nonprofits, and

decide whether tax-exempt status will be a

benefit to your nonprofit. If you plan to apply

for grants, find out whether 501(c)(3) status is

required for the grants you’ll seek.

If you decide that you will pursue tax-exempt status now or in the future, decide which type

of status you plan to seek, and make sure you

set your nonprofit up so it will be eligible for

that type of exemption.

Decide whether your nonprofit will have members with voting rights or whether you

want only directors to be able to vote in

corporate affairs.

Checklist: Developing Your Strategic Plan

Decide who will participate in the strategic planning process—typically the founders

of an unincorporated group or the board of

directors of an incorporated nonprofit. Con-

sider others who might have valuable input,

including community activists or professionals

in your field.

Draft a concise and compelling mission state- ment describing your nonprofit’s overarching

goals.

Outline your nonprofit’s specific goals, objectives, planned activities, and program

areas.

Assess your nonprofit’s current and potential resources—including both tangible items,

such as cash and computer equipment, and

intangibles, such as expertise and community

support.

Identify strategies and practical ideas for how your nonprofit will best use its resources to

achieve its goals. Use a “SWOT” analysis, in

which you evaluate your nonprofit’s strengths,

weaknesses, opportunities, and threats.

Have someone you trust from your community look over your plan and make edits or sugges-

tions.

Edit your plan and assemble its various sections into a final document.

Checklist: Developing Your Initial Budget

Tackle your initial budget early in the life of your nonprofit—ideally, right after you finish

your strategic plan.

Set up your budget to list expenses for indi- vidual programs and expenses for ongoing

administration in separate columns.

If you expect some income to be restricted to certain programs, track it in your budget.

Otherwise, put all income in your administra-

tion column.

List your estimated expenses in three cat- egories: (1) day-to-day expenses, (2) capital

expenses, and (3) start-up expenses.

If you need to buy assets to get your nonprofit started, such as a computer or office furniture,

list them as capital expenses, not as start-up

expenses.

If your budget shows that you’ll be short on funds, focus on stretching existing resources

rather than increasing estimates of income.

Checklist: Your Board of Directors

Aim to build a board of directors made up of individuals who are committed to your

mission and connected to a wide range of

communities.

Understand the legal duties of care and loyalty that board members owe to the nonprofit.

If board members will also help with the day- to-day tasks of the nonprofit, as either paid

staff or unpaid volunteers, make sure every-

one understands the distinction between

their “board” roles and their “staff/volunteer”

roles.

Define board specifics in your bylaws, includ- ing the number of board members you will

have, any term lengths and/or term limits

applicable, and the responsibilities of the

board members and officers.

Establish performance expectations and removal policies for board members. In-

clude these in a board guidebook. Deal with

problem board members when necessary.

Educate board prospects and incoming board members about board responsibilities as well

as your organization’s mission and activities.

Hold regular, efficient, focused board meet- ings. Draft solid meeting agendas and stick to

them. Give advance notice of meetings, and

start meetings on time.

Create board committees to focus on specific tasks and activities when necessary. These

committees may contain both board members

and other, nonboard, members who are part

of your nonprofit (for example, staff or volun-

teers).

Checklist: Your Workforce: Staff and Volunteers

Decide what type of management strategy will work best for your nonprofit. In general,

the more activities and workers you have, the

more structure you’ll need to manage them.

Outline the tasks that need to be done, group them into logical sets, and create staff posi-

tions.

Write out a job description for each position.

Outline a hierarchy of positions within the or- ganization, indicating who reports to whom.

Create policies for performance reviews.

Create a user-friendly handbook for your staff and volunteers containing information about

the nonprofit and all important workplace

policies.

Orient new workers soon after hiring them.

Familiarize yourself with the legal differences between employees and independent con-

tractors. Don’t avoid the obligations of having

employees by misclassifying your workers as

independent contractors.

Make sure you’re ready to take care of all the legal, bureaucratic, and tax requirements that

apply to employers before you hire your first employee.

Checklist: Fundraising

Focus on relationships with ongoing contribu- tors. Relationships with supporters are the

lifeblood of any nonprofit group.

Fundraise from the inside out. Those closest to the nonprofit should be first on your

prospect lists. Ask all volunteers, staffers, and

board members to come up with ten or more

prospective donors, and you’ll be well on

your way to a solid donor base.

Use early accomplishments to strengthen your appeals for support. Potential donors will

be more inclined to give you money if they

see what you have accomplished.

Invest some time and money in an effective database program so you can keep careful

track of whom you have asked to donate,

who has given money, who asked not to

be contacted again, and other important

information.

If you choose to solicit paid memberships, your members will expect to feel included in

your group. Create ways to build a sense of

involvement among your members, which can

be a much more valuable benefit than a tote

bag or coffee mug.

Be thrifty. Don’t model your fundraising mate- rials on the expensive methods used by larger,

well-established nonprofits. Keep your mate-

rials simple to show your potential supporters

that you are counting your pennies.

Train your fundraising team. Make sure your telephone or in-person solicitors are comfort-

able talking about your nonprofit and that

they demonstrate enthusiasm for its mission.

Robotic script-readers do not reflect well on

your group and will not inspire the public to

contribute.

Be sure you understand the tax rules gov-

erning unrelated business income, which is

income you earn through activities not sub-

stantially related to your nonprofit mission.

Comply with substantiation and disclosure rules. Provide your donors with all necessary

notices, such as what portion of their dona-

tion is tax-deductible.

Your mother was right: Thank you notes do matter! Recognizing your supporters and

letting them know how much you appreciate

their support helps build strong relationships.

Thank you notes are powerful tools—use

them.

Checklist: Risk Management and Insurance

Treat liability issues seriously. Take active steps to protect your organization and its

people.

Understand the common types of lawsuits— contract disputes, employment claims, and

personal injury lawsuits—in order to recog-

nize where your nonprofit might be at risk.

Understand who can be held liable in different situations: your board members,

staff, volunteers, and/or the organization

itself.

Use risk management strategies to minimize the possibility of a lawsuit against your non-

profit. Anticipate what can go wrong, and

focus on prevention.

Operate your organization conscientiously and implement effective workplace policies.

Obtain appropriate property, liability, auto- mobile, and other types of insurance for your

nonprofit.

If seriously threatened with a lawsuit, obtain legal advice specific to your situation.

Checklist: Understanding Contracts and Agreements

Familiarize yourself with the legal basics of contracts, especially the rules for what makes

a contract valid and binding.

Put all your agreements into writing whenever possible.

When you need to create a contract, start by looking for a standard form contract. Modify-

ing a standard contract will be much easier

and will likely yield a more solid contract than

drafting one from scratch.

Keep your contract language clear and to the point, and don’t be tempted to use legalese.

Be detail-oriented in your contracts. Make sure that any points of potential conflict are

spelled out clearly.

Checklist: Marketing Your Nonprofit

Focus on marketing strategies other than advertising—such as networking, media

relations, and listing your organization in

directories—that are usually less expensive

and just as effective.

Have an efficient, organized operation in place before you start your marketing efforts.

Learn basic marketing terminology, approach- es, and goals.

Focus on getting the word out about your nonprofit’s events and activities, rather than

about the nonprofit in the abstract.

Network by cultivating relationships with other nonprofits, community leaders, and

others interested in your mission.

Develop relationships with reporters and editors and pitch newsworthy stories about

your nonprofit to them.

Maintain at least a simple website, with content that helps achieve your nonprofit’s

mission.

Checklist: Publishing Informational Materials

Decide whether to publish. Do you have substantive information to convey? Do you

have the necessary resources?

Create a publishing plan that defines your publishing goals, the information you want to

convey, and your audience.

Evaluate your publishing resources. Consider publishing alliances with similar publications

or groups.

Decide on publishing vehicles, formats, and distribution strategies that fit with your

publishing plan.

Become familiar with the basics of copyright law and copyright agreements.

Checklist: Managing Your Finances

Gain an understanding of financial manage- ment fundamentals, such as the difference

between bookkeeping and accounting and

between the cash and accrual methods of

accounting.

Choose bookkeeping software, learn how to use it, and set it up to track all of your

nonprofit’s accounts, including your checking,

credit card, petty cash, investment, and other

accounts.

Keep all receipts of income and expenses and enter these amounts into your bookkeeping

software regularly.

Create categories for income and expenses. Some expense categories will be “regular”

expenses like office supplies and rent, while

others will be “capital” expenses for assets

like computers, furniture, vehicles, and real

estate.

Periodically use the information you’ve entered into your books to create income

statements that compare revenues to

expenses and cash flow projections to ensure

that the nonprofit can always pay its bills.

Hire an accountant to help if your nonprofit is asked to provide an audited statement,

review, or compilation to a funder or other

entity.

Become familiar with the tax returns and other reports your nonprofit may have to file

with governmental and other agencies.

Checklist: Getting Professional Help

Aim to develop relationships with lawyers, accountants, and other professionals so that

they can help you on an ongoing basis.

Ask associates and friends for recommenda- tions for lawyers, accountants, and other

professionals. Also check trade magazines

and other industry sources.

Try to find a lawyer who is willing to work as a legal coach.

Understand how you will be billed, and get your fee agreements in writing.

Familiarize yourself with online sources of legal information such as Nolo.com, the IRS

website, and your official state website.

www.nolo.com Volunteer Assignment Agreement Page 1 of 1

Volunteer Assignment Agreement

I, ,

am a volunteer with . It is my intent that any

Work I create in my capacity as a volunteer for ,

will become the property of ,

which will own full copyright in all such Work(s). To the extent that any Work(s) I create for

is not a work for hire, I assign and transfer to

all worldwide copyright interests in

the Work(s), for the life of such copyright interests.

In assigning all right, title, and interest in the Work(s) to ,

I intend to transfer to the full ownership in and

of the Work(s), including all rights of reproduction, distribution, display, and adaptation, and the right to

create derivative work(s). All such rights apply without limitation to any print, electronic, multimedia, or other

formats including HTML format for websites, distribution online by email, and all other methods of creating

and distributing media. I agree to sign and deliver to ,

either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, such other documents as

considers desirable to evidence the assignment

of copyright.

In consideration of this agreement, agrees to

(check all that apply):

allow me to include the Work or a reproduction of the Work in my portfolio or other such compilation,

to be shown to my prospective employers or clients, and no other commercial or noncommercial use. All

such portfolio uses must include a notice of ’s

copyright ownership.

acknowledge my transfer of the Work to

as a charitable contribution

give full and complete credit in all versions of the Work(s)

other:

I warrant that any Work(s) I create pursuant to this agreement are original and do not infringe any intellectual

property rights or violate any laws related to libel, privacy, or otherwise. I agree to indemnify and hold harm-

less in any

action arising out of, or relating to, these representations and warranties.

Volunteer Signature:

Volunteer Name:

Volunteer Address:

Date:

© n

o lo

Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreement

This Work-for-Hire Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made between

(“Nonprofit”), and

(“Contractor”).

Services

In consideration of the payments provided in this Agreement, Contractor agrees to perform the following

services:

.

Payment

Nonprofit agrees to pay Contractor as follows:

.

Works for Hire—Assignment of Intellectual Property Rights

Contractor agrees that, for consideration acknowledged in this Agreement, any works of authorship

commissioned pursuant to this Agreement (the “Works”) shall be considered works made for hire as that

term is defined under U.S. copyright law. To the extent that any such Work created for Nonprofit by Con-

tractor is not a work made for hire belonging to Nonprofit, Contractor assigns and transfers to Nonprofit all

rights Contractor has or may acquire to all such Works. Contractor agrees to sign and deliver to Nonprofit,

either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, such other documents as Nonprofit considers

desirable to evidence the assignment of copyright.

Contractor Warranties

Contractor warrants that the Work does not infringe any intellectual property rights or violate any laws related

to libel, privacy, or otherwise, and that the work is original to Contractor. Contractor agrees to indemnify

Nonprofit and hold it harmless in any action arising out of, or relating to, these representations and warranties.

Miscellaneous

This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties and can be modified only by

written agreement. The laws of the State of

shall govern this Agreement. In the event of any dispute arising under this agreement, the prevailing party

shall be entitled to its reasonable attorney fees.

Contractor Signature:

Contractor Name:

Contractor Address:

Contractor Tax ID #:

Date:

Nonprofit Authorized Signature:

Name and Title:

Address:

Date:

www.nolo.com Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreement Page 1 of 1© n

o lo

Nonprofit’s Initial Budget

Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Administration (Unrestricted) Total

INCOME

Individual contributions

Membership revenues

Grants/Institutional donors

Special events revenues

Sponsorships

Income-producing activity 1

Income-producing activity 2

Total Income

EXPENSES

Program costs

Program cost type 1

Program cost type 2

Program cost type 3

Program cost type 4

Program cost type 5

Program cost type 6

Program cost type 7

Miscellaneous

Program Costs Subtotal

Fixed costs

Office rent

Salaries

Utilities

Telephone service

Office supplies

Postage

Website hosting

Fundraising costs

Insurance

Professional services (accountant, etc.)

Other fixed costs

Other fixed costs

Other fixed costs

Miscellaneous

Fixed Costs Subtotal

www.nolo.com Nonprofit’s Intitial Budget Page 1 of 2© n

o lo

Nonprofit’s Initial Budget (continued)

Program 1 Program 2 Program 3 Administration (Unrestricted) Total

Capital expenses

Computer equipment

Telephone/fax equipment

Office furniture

Vehicle

Capital Expenses Subtotal

Start-up costs

Printing—brochures, business cards, etc.

Website development

Telephone set-up

State fees (incorporation, etc.)

Other start-up costs

Other start-up costs

Start-up Costs Subtotal

TOTAL INCOME

Program Costs Subtotal

Fixed Costs Subtotal

Capital Expenses Subtotal

Start-up Costs Subtotal

TOTAL EXPENSES

NET ANNUAL REVENUES

www.nolo.com Nonprofit’s Intitial Budget Page 2 of 2© n

o lo

Index

501(c)(3) status, 1/18–21

advantages of obtaining, 1/15, 1/16

corporate sponsorships and, 6/27–28

defined, 1/16

do-not-call rules and, 6/17

filing rules, 1/11, 1/15, 1/21

grants and, 1/5, 1/12–13, 1/16, 1/23–24, 1/26,

6/25, Appendix F

information resources, Intro/6

IRS criteria, Intro/5–6, 1/11–12, 1/18, 1/21, 6/28

mission statements and, 2/7

Nonprofit Standard Mail rate and, 6/20

organizational test, 1/18, 1/21

state tax exemptions, 1/22, 11/8

for unincorporated associations, Intro/5, 1/5

VPA protections and, 1/8, 7/11

501(c)(4) status, 1/21

501(c)(7) status, 1/18, 1/19

501(c)(10) status, 1/18, 1/19

501(k) status, 1/18, 1/20

A Accountants, 12/6–7

billing procedures, Appendix F

CPAs, 11/4, 11/15, 12/6

distinguished from bookkeepers, 12/6

establishing relationships with, 11/2, 12/2,

12/6–7, Appendix F

fundraising issues, 6/28

hiring, 11/17, Appendix F

how to find, 12/7, Appendix F

tax professionals, 12/6, 12/7, Appendix F

Accounting

board member roles, 4/8, 4/14, 11/2

cash vs. accrual, 11/5

distinguished from bookkeeping, 11/3, 11/17,

Appendix F

financial accountability of nonprofits, 1/12–13

fundraising, flexible rules, 6/8

GAAP rules, 11/6

overview, 11/2–4

terminology, 11/17, Appendix F

See also Bookkeeping

Accounting periods (fiscal or tax year), defined, 11/6

Accounts, 11/3, 11/7

Accounts payable, defined, 11/3

Accounts receivable, defined, 11/3

Accrual accounting method, 11/5, 11/17, Appendix F

Activities of organization

based on mission, 2/5

educating new board members about,

Appendix F

income from, tax considerations, 1/11, 1/17, 1/18,

1/21, 1/22–24

outlined on website, 9/11

related vs. unrelated activities, 6/23

resources to support, 3/8, 5/3, 5/19, Appendix F

risk-management strategies, 1/7, 1/10–11

in strategic plan, 2/10–12, Appendix F

See also Unrelated business income tax

Administration, distinguished from programs, 3/3

Administrative contacts, domain name, 9/17

Administrative expenses (fixed costs or overhead),

3/4, 3/6, 3/10

I/2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Advertising

defined, 9/4

distinguished from marketing, 9/3

as unrelated business income, 6/24, 6/27–28, 11/8

Agendas, board meetings, 4/17–19, Appendix F

Agreements. See Contracts and agreements

Alternative dispute resolution, 7/15

Articles of association, 1/11

Articles of incorporation

for 501(c)(3) status, Intro/5–6

in board guidebook, 4/12

board of directors specifications, 4/10

educating board members about, 4/15

filing fees, 1/15

filing procedures, Intro/3–4, 1/11, 1/12, 1/14–15

forms, downloading, 1/15

rejection of, 1/4–5

Assets (capital assets), 1/8, 11/10

Associations, defined, Intro/4

See also Nonprofit unincorporated associations

Attachments to contracts, 8/11

Attorneys. See Lawyers

“At will” employment, 7/3, 7/14

Audited statements (audits), 11/15–16

B Backup withholding, for independent contractors,

5/18

Board committees

board member roles, 4/8

function and makeup, 4/21, Appendix F

outlined in board guidebook, 4/12

reports at board meetings, 4/18–19

role of, 4/19, 4/20, 4/21, Appendix F

standing vs. ad hoc, 4/20

unnecessary, 4/20

Board guidebooks, 4/12, 4/21, Appendix F

Board meetings

agendas, drafting, 4/17–19, Appendix F

attributes of effective, 4/8, 4/16–20, 4/21,

Appendix F

decision-making methods, 4/19

duration of, 4/16

executive directors at, 4/16–17, 5/9

failure of board members to attend, 4/11, 7/9

inviting staff and outsiders to, 4/16–17

meeting regularly, 4/16

minutes of, 4/17, 4/18

notification of, 4/17

rules of order, 4/18

special meetings, 4/16

starting on time, 4/19

Board of directors/board members, 4/3–21

acceptance of strategic plan, 2/4, 2/5

checklist, 4/21, Appendix F

as donors, 6/4

educating new and prospective, 4/14–16,

Appendix F

as executive directors, 5/7

executive directors as, 5/9

failure to attend board meetings, 4/11, 7/9

as legal requirement, Intro/3, Intro/4, 1/12

liability insurance, 1/7, 7/9–10, 7/18

liability issues, 1/6–7, 4/6–7, 7/8–10, 7/19,

Appendix F

listed in directory, 4/12

number of, 4/9–10

performance-enhancing strategies, 4/11

removal policies, 4/11–12, 4/20–21, Appendix F

self-managing, 5/3

terms and term limits, 4/10–11, Appendix F

troublesome, dealing with, 4/19–20

UUNAA protections, 1/8, 1/9, 7/7, 7/10

voting rights, 1/26, Appendix F

VPA protections, 7/10, 7/11–12

See also Volunteers

Board of directors/board members, duties

accounting/bookkeeping, 4/8, 4/14, 11/2

activities, typical, 4/8

collaborative management, Intro/6

committee membership, 4/20

distinguished from staff roles, 4/7, Appendix F

executive director hiring and evaluation, 5/7–8,

5/9–10

fiduciary duty, 4/7, 7/8–9

fundraising, 4/3, 4/5, 4/8, 4/14, 6/4–5, 6/9, 6/16

job descriptions, 4/11

legal duties, Intro/3, 1/12, 4/3, 4/6–7, 4/12, 4/21,

Appendix F

marketing, 9/3

networking, 4/5–6

performance expectations, 4/11–12, 4/14, 4/21,

Appendix F

risk management, 7/14

INDEX I/3

strategic planning, 2/4

Board of directors/board members, selecting

articles of incorporation specifications, 4/10

board candidate FAQs, 4/15

bylaws specifications, 4/10, 4/21, Appendix F

diversity, 4/5–6, Appendix F

elected by members, 1/24, 4/16

passion and commitment of, 4/3–4, 5/5

recruiting strategies, 4/13–16

Board officers, 4/8–9

electing, 1/24, 4/16

liability insurance for, 7/9–10, 7/18

president, 4/9, 4/17–19, 4/20, 5/7, 8/9

secretary, 4/9, 4/17

terms and term limits, 4/10–11, Appendix F

treasurer, 4/9, 6/8

vice president, 4/9

VPA protections, 7/11–12

Board of trustees. See Board of directors/board

members

Booking agreements, 8/15–16

Bookkeepers, 11/2, 12/6

Bookkeeping

board member roles, 4/8, 4/14, 11/2

distinguished from accounting, 11/4, 11/17,

Appendix F

double- vs. single-entry, 11/4

overview, 11/2–4

software programs, 3/2, 11/2, 11/4, 11/7, 11/17,

Appendix F

terminology, 11/17, Appendix F

See also Accounting

Budget/finance committees, 4/19

Budgets, initial, 3/2–11

adjusting, 3/10

assembling, 3/8

board member roles, 4/8

checklist, 3/11, Appendix F

example, 3/9

form, Appendix F

goals, 3/3

importance of, 3/2

tracking with strategic plans, 3/2, 3/6

See also Expenses, estimated; Income, estimated

Budgets and budgeting

board member roles, 4/8

defined, 3/2

function, 11/2

for fundraising efforts, 6/5, 6/7–8

for graphic design, 9/5

for membership drives, 6/13

for publishing, 10/3–6, 10/9, 10/17, Appendix F

software to create, 3/2

See also Financial management

Business (organizational) structures

acceptance by staff and volunteers, 1/7

associations, Intro/4

checklist, 1/26, Appendix F

LLCs, Intro/4, Intro/5

membership vs. nonmembership, 1/24

partnerships, Intro/4, Intro/5

personal liability differences, Intro/4

reflected in business name, 1/5

sole proprietorships, Intro/4, Intro/5, 5/18

state requirements, Intro/3

taxation differences, Intro/4

See also Corporations; Nonprofit corporations;

Nonprofit unincorporated associations

Business directories. See Listings or directories

Bylaws

authority to sign contracts, 8/9

in board guidebook, 4/12

board of directors specifications, 4/10, 4/11, 4/21,

Appendix F

drafting, 1/15

giving to new board members, 4/15

special meetings, procedures, 4/16

state requirements, 1/15, 1/24

voting rules specified in, 4/19

C Capital assets (assets), 1/8, 11/10

Capital campaigns, 6/14

Capital expenses, estimating, 3/7, 3/9–11, Appendix F

Cash accounting method, 11/5, 11/17, Appendix F

Cash-flow projections, 11/12–15

CD-ROMs, how to use, Appendix A/2–4

Certified Public Accountants (CPAs), 11/4, 11/15, 12/6

Charitable immunity, for nonprofits, 7/6

Charitable solicitation registration and reporting

disclosure to donors, 6/17, 6/28–29, 6/32,

Appendix F

quid pro quo contributions, 6/28–29

state registration offices, Appendix C/2–6

I/4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

state regulations, 6/29–31

Unified Registration Statement, 6/30

Checklists

board of directors, 4/21, Appendix F

contracts and agreements, 8/17, Appendix F

financial management, 11/17, Appendix F

fundraising, 6/32, Appendix F

initial budget development, 3/11, Appendix F

marketing strategies, 9/19, Appendix F

naming and structuring nonprofits, 1/26,

Appendix F

professional help, 12/7, Appendix F

publishing informational materials, 10/17,

Appendix F

risk management and insurance, 7/19,

Appendix F

staff and volunteers, 5/19, Appendix F

strategic-planning process, 2/15, Appendix F

Childcare organizations, 501(k) status, 1/18, 1/20

Civic leagues, 501(c)(4) status, 1/21

Collaborative management, Intro/6

Compilations, financial, 11/15–16

Conferences, seminars, events, 6/22, 9/3, 9/5, 9/19,

Appendix F

Consensus-building, 4/19

Consideration (thing of value), defined, 8/4

Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreements, 5/18, 10/6,

10/12–14, Appendix F

Contracts and agreements, 8/2–17

agreement between parties, 8/2–4

attachments, 8/11

checklist, 8/17, Appendix F

compliance by nonprofits, 8/2

contract disputes, 7/2–3, 7/19

Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreements, 5/18, 10/6,

10/12–14, Appendix F

copyright, understanding, Appendix F

exchange of promises or things of value, 8/4–5

fee agreements with lawyers, 12/6, Appendix F

fee agreements with tax professionals, 12/7,

Appendix F

formality requirements, 8/6

implied/written employment contracts, 7/4

modifying signed agreements, 8/9

obfuscation, avoiding, 8/9, 8/17, Appendix F

oral vs. written, 8/5–7, 8/17, Appendix F

other party’s contracts, 8/8

risk-management strategies, 7/19

signing, 8/9, 8/15

standard contracts, 8/7–8, 8/17, Appendix F

terminating contracts, 8/13–14

venue-booking issues, 8/15–16

Volunteer Assignment Agreements, 10/6,

10/15–16, Appendix F

Contracts and agreements, clauses, 8/9–15

applicable law, 8/15

background descriptions (recitals), 8/10

contract title, 8/10

dispute resolution, 8/14

duration of contract, 8/13

indemnity, 8/13

material breach, 8/12

names and addresses of parties, 8/10

payment arrangements, 8/12

price, 8/11–12

schedules and deadlines, 8/11

service or product descriptions, 8/10–11

time is of the essence, 8/11, 8/12

warranties and representations, 8/12

Contributions. See Donations and contributions

Contributors. See Donors and contributors

Cooperatives, nonprofits as, 1/5

Copyright law

basics, understanding, 10/11–13, 10/17,

Appendix F

Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreements, 10/6,

10/12–14, Appendix F

ownership and works for hire, 10/6, 10/12–13

public-domain works, 10/11

rules for volunteers, 10/6, 10/13, 10/15

Volunteer Assignment Agreements, 10/6,

10/15–16, Appendix F

Corporate sponsorships, 6/27–28

Corporations, Intro/3–5

characteristics, chart, Intro/5

liability issues, Intro/4, Intro/5, 1/6–7, 1/10–11,

7/2

piercing the corporate veil, 1/6

state name requirements, 1/4–5

taxation, Intro/4, Intro/5

See also Incorporation; Nonprofit corporations

Counteroffers, 8/4, 8/8

CPAs (Certified Public Accountants), 11/4, 11/15, 12/6

Credit card pledges, 6/15

INDEX I/5

D D&O insurance policies, 7/18

Defamation disputes, 7/5

Desktop publishing software, 6/21

Direct mail, as fundraising tool, 6/19–22

Directories. See Listings or directories

Directors. See Board of directors/board members

Disclosure rules, for charitable donations, 6/17,

6/28–29, 6/32, Appendix F

Discrimination disputes

board members, 7/9

liability insurance, 7/18

staff members, 7/3, 7/4, 7/10

volunteer protections, 5/15, 7/6

Dispute resolution, 7/15, 8/14

Domain names

administrative contacts, 9/17

availability of, 1/3–4, 9/16

registering, 9/16–17

suffixes for, 1/4

technical contacts, 9/17

trademark conflicts, 1/3

Donations and contributions

charitable solicitation regulations, 6/28–32,

Appendix F

disclosure rules, 6/17, 6/28–29, 6/32, Appendix F

donated goods and services, 1/22, 11/9

establishing systems to manage, 9/3, 11/9

information resources, 11/9

membership fees as, 1/17

pledges, 6/15, 11/9

quid pro quo, 6/28–29

strategic-planning considerations, 2/4–5

substantiation rules, 6/29, 6/32, Appendix F

tax deductions on, 1/15–16

as unrestricted income, 3/4, 3/5

See also Fundraising

Donors and contributors

board members as, 4/3, 4/5, 4/8, 4/14, 6/4–5, 6/9

budget concerns of, 3/3, 6/8, 6/22

building relationships with, 6/3, 6/32, Appendix F

to capital campaigns, 6/14

to fund drives, 6/13–14

individuals as, 6/8

to planned-giving programs, 6/14

prospect lists, 6/8, 6/10–11, 6/21, Appendix F

staff members as, 6/8–9

targeting most-likely supporters, 6/3–4, 6/5,

6/8–11, 6/21

understanding what motivates, 6/11

as volunteers, 6/3

volunteers as, 6/8–9

Do-not-call rules for nonprofits, 6/17

Door-to-door canvassing, 6/19–22

Double-entry bookkeeping, 11/4

Duty of care, of board members, 4/7, Appendix F

Duty of loyalty (fiduciary duty), of board members,

4/7, Appendix F

E Economic reality test, employees vs. volunteers, 5/15

Elections, board officers, 1/24, 4/16

Email, 6/18–19, 9/7, 9/8

Employee associations, 501(c)(4) status, 1/21

Employees. See Staff members

Employer identification numbers (EINs), 5/18

Employment contracts, 7/4

See also Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreements

Employment-related disputes, 7/3–5

board member roles, 7/9

D&O policies and, 7/18

defamation, 7/5

discrimination, 7/3, 7/4, 7/9, 7/10, 7/18

employer liability concerns, 7/8

EPL coverage, 7/18

information resources, 7/5, 7/14, 7/15

retaliation, 7/3, 7/4

risk-management strategies, 7/14–15, 7/19,

Appendix F

sexual harassment, 7/4, 7/9, 7/10, 7/14, 7/18

wage and hour disputes, 7/4

wrongful termination, 7/3, 7/9, 7/18

Enrolled agents (EAs), tax professionals, 12/6

EPL (employment practices liability) coverage, 7/18

Errors and omissions (professional liability/

malpractice) insurance, 7/18

Estate planning, planned-giving programs, 6/14

Events. See Conferences, seminars, events

Executive directors, 4/3, 5/8

board meeting attendance, 4/16–17, 5/9

dual directorships, 4/7

fundraising role, 6/16

hiring, 4/8, 5/7–10

job descriptions, 5/7–8

I/6 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

orientation for, 5/14, 5/19, 7/14, Appendix F

review procedures, 4/8, 5/9–10

risk-management role, 7/14

staff- and volunteer-management role, 5/2, 5/4

strategic-planning role, 2/5

voting rights, 5/9

when one is needed, 5/7–8

Expenses

categories, 11/9–10, 11/17, Appendix F

receipts, retaining, 11/10, 11/17, Appendix F

regular and capital, 11/10, 11/17, Appendix F

tracking, 11/2

Expenses, estimated, 3/2, 3/5–7, Appendix F

capital, 3/7, 3/9, 3/10, 3/11, Appendix F

checklist, 3/11, Appendix F

examples, 3/6, 3/8, 3/9, 3/10

keeping fixed costs low, 3/7

program costs, 3/3, 3/6, 3/10, 3/11, Appendix F

program vs. administrative, 3/3, 3/4, 3/10

regular, 3/5–6, 3/9, 3/10, 3/11, Appendix F

start-up, 3/7–11, Appendix F

stretching existing resources, 3/11, Appendix F

F Fair Labor Standards Act, 5/17

Federal Unemployment Tax (FUTA), 5/17–18, 7/15

Fictitious business names (FBNs), 1/3

Fiduciary duty (duty of loyalty), of board members,

4/7, 7/8–9

Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), 11/6,

11/15

Financial management, 11/2–17

audits, reviews, and compilations, 11/4,

11/15–16

bookkeeping and accounting, overview, 11/2–6

budget/finance committees, 4/19

cash-flow projections, 11/12–15

checklist, 11/17, Appendix F

common financial terms, 11/3

expenses, recording, 11/2, 11/9–10

income, recording, 11/2, 11/7–9

income statements, 11/10–12, 11/17, Appendix F

mismanagement of funds, avoiding, 11/3

tax reporting requirements, 11/3, 11/16

See also Accounting; Bookkeeping; Budgets and

budgeting

Fiscal year (tax year), defined, 11/6

Fixed costs (administrative expenses or overhead),

3/4, 3/6, 3/10

Foundation Center, 6/25–27

Founderitis, diagnosing and curing, 5/6

Founders of nonprofits, 5/5–7

Fraternal societies, 501(c)(10) status, 1/18, 1/19, 1/21

Fund drives, 6/13–15

Funders, corporate and governmental. See Donors

and contributors; Grants and grant-giving

organizations

Fundraisers, professional, 6/8, 6/14, 6/30

Fundraising, Intro/7, 6/3–32

board member roles, 4/3, 4/5, 4/8, 4/14, 6/4–5,

6/16

budgets for, 6/5, 6/7–8

building a compelling case, 6/4

capital campaigns, 6/14

checklist, 6/32, Appendix F

corporate sponsorships, 6/27–28

defining campaign, 6/11–14

defining goals, 6/6–7, 11/3

executive director’s role, 6/16

focusing on big picture, 6/5

fund drives, 6/13–14, 6/15

information resources, 6/3

networking role, 6/3, 6/9, 6/11

nonprofit accounting rules, 6/8

planned giving, 6/14

pledges, 6/15, 11/9

productive vs. nonproductive activities, 11/7–8

targeting potential donors, 6/3–4, 6/5, 6/8–11, 6/21

tax issues, 6/23–25

See also Charitable solicitation registration and

reporting; Donations and contributions; Grants

and grant-giving organizations; Marketing

nonprofits; Membership drives; Unrelated

business income tax (UBIT)

Fundraising plans, 6/5–6

Fundraising tools

choosing tactics, 6/6

direct mail, 6/19–22

do-not-call rules for nonprofits, 6/17

door-to-door canvassing, 6/19

email appeals, 6/18–19

in-person appeals, 6/15–16

printed materials, 6/16

selling products or services, 6/22–23

INDEX I/7

solicitation tips, 6/15

solicitors, training, 6/15, 6/32, Appendix F

special events, 6/22

telephone solicitations, 6/16–18

G Generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP),

11/6

Gift-planning programs (planned giving), 6/14

Gift premiums, disclosures, 6/28–29

Gifts vs. pledges, 6/15

Google, submitting websites to, 9/19

Grants and grant-giving organizations, 6/25–28

501(c)(3) status and, 1/5, 1/12–13, 1/23–24, 1/26,

6/25, Appendix F

board member roles, 4/14, 6/5

budget concerns of, 3/3

Foundation Center, 6/25

fundraising budget expectations, 6/8

proposal writing, 6/26–27

researching available, 6/6, 6/11, 6/25–26

strategic-planning considerations, 2/4–5

tax-exempt status requirements, 1/15, 1/16, 1/17

Graphic designers, 6/21, 9/5

Guidebooks. See Publishing informational materials

H Handbooks, for staff and volunteers, 5/13–14, 5/19,

Appendix F

Hate crimes, groups engaged in, 7/11

HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) code, 9/15

I Income

categories, 11/7–8, 11/17, Appendix F

of nonprofits, IRS definition, 1/16

receipts, retaining, 11/17, Appendix F

restricted, 3/3–4, 11/7

unrestricted, 3/3, 3/4, 3/5, 11/7

See also Taxes; Taxes, sales; Tax-exempt status;

Unrelated business income tax (UBIT)

Income, estimated

checklist, 3/11, Appendix F

for each program, 3/3

examples, 3/5, 3/9, 3/10

in initial budget, 3/2, 3/4–5, Appendix F

restricted vs. unrestricted, 3/3–5

Income statements (profit and loss reports), 11/10–12,

11/17, Appendix F

Incorporation

board of directors specifications, 4/10

financial accountability requirements, 1/12–13

legal information, online, 12/3

liability insurance, 1/7, 1/8

liability issues, Intro/4, Intro/5, 1/6–7, 1/10–11

overlap with similar groups and, 1/14

pros and cons, 1/5–15, 1/26, Appendix F

risk assessment/management, 1/7

Secretaries of State, state offices, Appendix B/2–7

state rules, Intro/4

tax-exempt status and, 1/5

See also Articles of incorporation; Bylaws;

Nonprofit corporations

Indemnity clauses in contracts, 8/13

Independent contractors

backup withholding, 5/18

Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreements, 5/18, 10/6,

10/12–14, Appendix F

distinguished from employees, 5/14–17, 5/19,

Appendix F

nonprofit liability for, 7/8

penalties for misclassification, 5/16

for publishing operations, 10/5–6, 10/12–13

rules for hiring, 5/18–19

Social Security or EIN numbers, 5/18

Infringement, trademark, 1/2–4

In-person solicitors, training, 6/32, Appendix F

Insubstantial benefits, IRS definition, 6/29

Insurance, 7/15–19

auto, 7/17

caring for policies, 7/15

checklist, 7/19, Appendix F

D&O, 7/9–10, 7/18

general liability, 7/16, 8/16

homeowners’ or renters’, 7/17

investigating and purchasing policies, 7/18

lacking, 7/19

liability, incorporation and, 1/7, 1/8

product liability, 7/16

professional liability, 7/18

property, 7/16–17

unemployment, 5/17–18, 7/15

workers’ compensation, 5/17, 7/7, 7/15

Intellectual property, publishing and, 10/6

I/8 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Internet, 1/2, 1/3, 1/4

See also Email; Websites

Invoices, defined, 11/3

IRS

articles of incorporation or association, filing,

1/11, 1/12, 1/15

charitable donation rules, 6/28–30

employees vs. independent contractors, criteria,

5/15–17

insubstantial benefits, definition, 6/29

See also 501(c)(3) status; Tax-exempt status

IRS Form 940, Employer’s Annual Federal

Unemployment Tax Return, 5/18, 11/16

IRS Form 941, Employer’s Quarterly Federal Tax

Return, 11/16

IRS Form 945, Annual Return of Withheld Federal

Income Tax, 5/18

IRS Form 990 and 990-EZ, Return of Organization

Exempt from Income Tax, 11/16

IRS Form 990-T, Exempt Organization Business

Income Tax Return, 11/16

IRS Form 1023, Application for Recognition of

Exemption Under Section 501(c)(3), 1/21

IRS Form 1099, for independent contractors, 5/18

IRS Form 1099MISC, Miscellaneous Income, 11/16

IRS Form SS-8, Determination of Employee Work

Status, 5/17

IRS Form W2, Wage and Tax Statement, 5/17, 11/16

IRS Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification

Number, 5/18

IRS Publication 15-A, Employer’s Supplemental Tax

Guide, 5/16

IRS Publication 526, Charitable Contributions, 11/9

IRS Publication 557, Tax-Exempt Status for Your

Organization, 2/7

IRS Publication 561, Determining the Value of

Donated Property, 11/9

IRS Publication 598, Tax on Unrelated Business

Income of Exempt Organizations, 11/8

IRS Publication 926, Household Employer’s Tax

Guide, 5/18

IRS Publication 1391, Deductibility of Payments

Made to Charities Conducting Fund-Raising Events,

11/9

IRS Publication 1771, Charitable Contributions--

Substantiation and Disclosure Requirements, 11/9

IRS Publication 1779, Independent Contractor or

Employee, 5/16

J Job descriptions

for board members, 4/11

for executive directors, 5/7–8

for staff members, 5/10–11, 5/19, Appendix F

for volunteers, 5/10–11, 5/19, Appendix F

L Labor laws, 5/17–19, Appendix F

sexual harassment, 7/4, 7/9, 7/10, 7/14, 7/18

wages and hours, 5/17, 7/4

workers’ compensation insurance, 5/17, 7/7, 7/15

workplace discrimination, 5/15

workplace safety, 5/15, 5/17, 7/14–15

See also Employment-related disputes

Law school clinics, for legal advice, 12/4

Lawsuits and legal problems, 7/2–7

common types of, 7/19, Appendix F

contract disputes, 7/2–3, 7/19, 8/14

dispute resolution, 7/15, 8/14

incorporation to minimize, Intro/4, Intro/5,

1/6–7, 1/10–11, 7/2

personal injury lawsuits, 7/6–7, 7/18

risk-management strategies, 7/19

VPA and, 1/8, 7/10, 7/11–12

who is at risk, 7/7–12

See also Employment-related disputes; Risk

management

Lawyers, 12/2–6

501(c)(3) fund creation, 1/21

contract issues, 8/6

employment issues, 5/16, 7/4

establishing relationships with, 12/2, 12/7,

Appendix F

how to find, 12/4, 12/7, Appendix F

as legal coaches, 12/3, 12/4–5, 12/7, Appendix F

pro bono and law school clinics, 12/4

risk-management role, 7/2, 7/19, Appendix F

selecting, 12/2–3

Lawyers’ fees

billing procedures, Appendix F

contingency fees, 12/5

fee agreements, state laws, 12/6

INDEX I/9

to file articles of incorporation, 1/15

flat fees, 12/5

hourly fees, 12/5

for legal coaching, 12/3, 12/4–5

retainers, 12/5–6

Ledgers (registers), defined, 11/3

Legal coaching (unbundled legal services), 12/3–5,

12/7, Appendix F

Legally binding, defined, 8/2

Legal research

employment issues, 7/5

online resources, 12/3, 12/7, Appendix F

personal liability laws, 7/11

Liability, personal, 7/7–12

balancing considerations, 1/10–11

for board members, 1/6–7, 4/6–7, 7/8–10, 7/19,

Appendix F

as business structure criteria, Intro/4

for corporations, Intro/4, Intro/5, 1/6–7, 1/10–11,

7/2

for employees, 5/11, 7/10, 7/19, Appendix F

for LLCs, Intro/5

for partnerships, Intro/5

for sole proprietorships, Intro/5

UUNAA protections, 1/8, 1/9, 7/7, 7/10

venue booking and, 8/16

for volunteers, 1/6–7, 5/11, 7/10–12, 7/19, 12/3,

Appendix F

VPA protections, 1/8, 7/10, 7/11–12, 12/3

See also Insurance; Risk management

Liability waivers, 1/7

Limited liability companies (LLCs), Intro/4, Intro/5

Listings or directories

for corporate name searches, 1/5

defined, 9/4

as marketing tools, 9/3, 9/11

online, 9/18

for trademark searches, 1/3

M Macintosh users, using CD-ROM forms, Appendix

A/2–4

Mailing lists, for fundraising, 6/2

See also Prospect lists

Majority rule, for board decisions, 4/19

Malpractice (professional liability/errors and

omissions) insurance, 7/18

Management strategies, 5/2–7

See also Staff management; Volunteer

management

Marketing, 9/3–4

Marketing nonprofits, Intro/7, 9/2–19

approaches and goals, 9/4–5, 9/19, Appendix F

board member roles, 4/8

checklist, 9/19, Appendix F

event marketing, 9/5

general marketing, 9/5

importance of effective organization, 9/3, 9/19,

Appendix F

listings or directories, 9/3, 9/11

mass mailings, 6/13

media coverage/relations, 9/2, 9/7

membership drives, 6/13

networking role, 9/2, 9/3, 9/6–7, 9/19, Appendix F

niche marketing, 9/5

press releases, 9/2, 9/3, 9/8–10, 9/19, Appendix F

promotional strategies, 9/3

websites, 6/18, 9/2–3, 9/7, 9/11–19, Appendix F

See also Fundraising; Fundraising tools;

Publishing informational materials

Marks (trademarks), 1/2–3

Material breaches, defined, 8/12

Media coverage/relations

defined, 9/4, 9/7

as marketing tool, 9/2, 9/7

press releases, 9/2, 9/3, 9/8–10, 9/19, Appendix F

Mediation, contract disputes, 8/14

Members and membership

fund drives and, 6/13–14

legal issues, 6/12

managing membership, 1/25

membership benefits, 6/12, 6/13

soliciting members’ comments, 6/12

voting rights, 1/24–26, 6/12, Appendix F

Membership drives, 6/11–13

budgets for, 6/13

defining targets, 6/7

executing, 6/13

for nonmembership nonprofits, 6/12

Membership fees, 1/16, 1/17, Appendix F

I/1 0 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Meta tags, 9/18–19

Minimum wage, 5/17

Minutes, of board meetings, 4/17, 4/18

Mission and mission statements, 2/5–10, 2/15,

Appendix F

in board guidebook, 4/12

board member roles, 4/6, 4/8

defined, 2/5

defining mission, 2/7–8, 2/10

to distinguish for-profits from nonprofits, Intro/6

educating new board members on, 4/21,

Appendix F

examples, 2/9, 2/11

importance of, 2/2, 2/5–7

outlined on website, 9/11

publishing role, 10/3, 10/4

state requirements, Intro/3

N Naming nonprofits, 1/2–5

checklist, 1/26, Appendix F

domain-name availability considerations, 1/3–4

reserving names, 1/5

state requirements for corporations, 1/4–5

tax-exempt status and, 1/5

trademark conflicts, avoiding, 1/2–3

National Conference of Commissions on Uniform

State Laws, website, 1/9

Networking

fundraising role, 6/3, 6/9, Appendix F

marketing role, 9/2, 9/3, 9/6–7

publishing alliances, 10/4

relationships with professionals, 12/2

umbrella groups, 1/7

to understand donor behavior, 6/11

Network Solutions website, 1/3, 1/4, 9/16

Newcomers, attracting, 4/20

Newsletters. See Publishing informational materials

Nongovernmental organizations (NGOs). See

Nonprofit organizations

Nonowned auto liability insurance, 7/17

Nonprofit, defined, Intro/3

Nonprofit corporations, Intro/3, Intro/5

assets, protecting, 1/6–7

financial accountability, 1/12–13

membership nonprofits, 1/24

nonmembership (directorship) nonprofits, 1/24

personal liability, Intro/4, Intro/5, 1/6–7, 1/10–11

procedures for forming, Intro/4

reserving names, 1/5

state name requirements, 1/4–5

tax exemptions, Intro/4, Intro/5, 1/11–13, 1/15–24

See also Incorporation

Nonprofit organizations

charitable immunity protection, 7/6

cultivating relationships with other, 6/9,

Appendix F

defined, Intro/3

domain-name suffixes for, 1/4

do-not-call rules for, 6/17

vs. for-profit business, 1/12–13

groups engaged in hate crimes, 7/11

home-based, insurance for, 7/17

liability concerns, 7/8, 7/12

membership vs. nonmembership, 6/12

motivations for starting, Intro/2

overlap among similar groups, 1/14

pacing growth, 11/3–4

state organizational structure requirements,

Intro/3

umbrella groups, 1/7

volunteer-driven vs. business models, Intro/2

Nonprofit Risk Management Center, 7/11

Nonprofit Standard Mail rate, 6/19–20

Nonprofit unincorporated associations, Intro/3

501(c)(3) status eligibility, Intro/5, 1/5

articles of association, filing, 1/11

financial accountability, 1/12

tax exemptions, 1/11

UUNAA protections, 1/8, 1/9, 7/7, 7/10

O Occupational Safety and Health Administration

(OSHA), 5/15, 5/17

Offers, in contracts

counteroffers, 8/4, 8/8

defined, 8/2

duration of, 8/3

options, 8/3, 8/4

revocation of, 8/3–4

Options, in contracts, 8/3, 8/4

Oral agreements, legal status, 8/5–7, 8/17,

Appendix F

Organizational test for 501(c)(3) status, 1/18, 1/21

INDEX I/1 1

Orientation, for new staffers or volunteers, 5/14,

5/19, 7/14, Appendix F

Overhead (administrative expenses or fixed costs),

3/4, 3/6, 3/10

P Pamphlets. See Publishing informational materials

Parliamentary procedures (rules of order), for board

meetings, 4/18

Partnerships, Intro/4, Intro/5

Pass-through taxation, Intro/4

Patent and Trademark Depository Library (PTDL),

1/3

Performance expectations and review

for board members, 4/11–12, 4/14, 4/21,

Appendix F

for executive directors, 4/8, 5/9–10

for staff members, 5/13, 5/14, 5/19, Appendix F

for volunteers, 5/3–5, 5/13, 5/19, Appendix F

Periodicals. See Publishing informational materials

Personal injury lawsuits, 7/6–7, 7/18, 7/19

Personal injury protection (PIP), 7/17

Phone directories, to research trademarks, 1/3

Planned giving (gift-planning programs), 6/14

Pledges, 6/15, 11/9

Postage rates, for nonprofits, 6/19–20

Presidents, board, 4/9

authority to sign contracts, 8/9

dealing with troublesome board members, 4/20

drafting agendas, 4/17–19

as executive directors, 5/7

Press releases

elements of strong, 9/8

follow-up, 9/8

how to write, 9/8

as marketing tool, 9/2, 9/3, 9/19, Appendix F

sample, 9/9

sending, 9/8

Privacy, of email recipients, 6/18–19

Pro bono legal work, 12/4

Professionals. See Accountants; Lawyers; Tax

professionals

Profit and loss reports (income statements),

11/10–12, 11/17, Appendix F

Programs

board member roles, 4/8

cost of, 3/4, 3/6, 3/10, 3/11, Appendix F

distinguishing from administration, 3/3

evaluating progress of, 4/16

outlined in board guidebook, 4/12

outlined in strategic plan, 2/2, 2/15, 5/3,

Appendix F

resources to conduct, 5/3

Prospect lists

databases, 6/10, 6/32, 10/9, Appendix F

mailings and mailing lists, 6/21, 10/9

organizing and updating, 6/10

targeting most-likely supporters, 6/3–4, 6/5,

6/8–11, 6/21

PTDL (Patent and Trademark Depository Library), 1/3

Public-domain works, 10/11

Publicity, defined, 9/4

See also Marketing nonprofits; Press releases;

Publishing informational materials

Public relations, defined, 9/4

Publishing informational materials, 10/2–17

checklist, 10/17, Appendix F

coordination and follow-up, 10/9–11

distribution, 10/9

editorial mission, defining, 10/4–5

features, defining, 10/5

frequency of publication, 10/8–9

as marketing tool, 9/2, 9/3, 10/2, 10/9

online, 9/11, 10/6–8

print vs. digital formats, 10/6–8, 10/17,

Appendix F

pros and cons, 10/2–4, 10/17, Appendix F

publishing alliances, 10/4, 10/17, Appendix F

publishing plans, 10/4–11, 10/17, Appendix F

resource evaluation, 10/3–6, 10/9, 10/17,

Appendix F

See also Copyright law

Q Quid pro quo contributions, 6/28–29

R Reasonable care, defined, 4/7, 7/10

Recreational groups, 501(c)(7) status, 1/18, 1/19

Registers (ledgers), defined, 11/3

Registrants, domain name, 9/17

Registries, distinguished from registrars, 9/16

Regular expenses, estimating, 3/5–6, 3/9–11,

Appendix F

I/1 2 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

Removal procedures, for board members, 4/11–12,

4/20, 4/21, Appendix F

Rental property, property insurance, 7/16–17

Representations, contract clauses, 8/12

Resource assessment

in initial budget, 3/8, 3/11, Appendix F

in strategic plan, 2/2, 2/12–13, Appendix F

Retaliation disputes, 7/3, 7/4

Reviews, financial, 11/15–16

Risk assessment, 1/7

Risk management

alternative dispute resolution, 7/15

checklist, 7/19, Appendix F

defined, 7/12

liability-minimizing strategies, 1/7, 7/12–19,

Appendix F

Nonprofit Risk Management Center, 7/11

See also Insurance; Lawsuits and legal problems;

Liability, personal

Robert’s Rules of Order, 4/18

RTF files, Appendix A/2–4

Rules of order (parliamentary procedures), for board

meetings, 4/18

S Search engines

fee-based, 9/17

meta tags, 9/18–19

placement concerns, 9/18

submitting site to, 9/19

Secretaries, board, 4/9, 4/17

Secretaries of State

articles of association, filing, 1/11

articles of incorporation, filing, 1/14–15

corporation name searches, 1/4–5

personal liability information, 7/11

state offices, locations, Appendix B/2–7

state trademark registries, 1/3

Self-dealing, rule against, 4/7

Seller’s permits, 6/24–25, Appendix E/2–6

Seminars. See Conferences, seminars, events

Sexual harassment disputes, 7/4, 7/9, 7/10, 7/14,

7/18

Single-entry bookkeeping, 11/4

Social groups, 501(c)(7) status, 1/18, 1/19

Social welfare organizations, 501(c)(4) status, 1/21

Software programs

for bookkeeping, 3/2, 11/2, 11/4, 11/7, 11/17,

Appendix F

to create Web pages, 9/15–16

for desktop publishing, 6/21

Sole proprietorships, Intro/4, Intro/5, 5/18

Staff management, 5/2–7

board member roles, 4/7, 4/14

checklist, 5/19, Appendix F

employment contracts, 7/4

executive director’s role, 5/2, 5/4

finding and keeping qualified staff, Intro/6–7

founders and, 5/5–6

hiring strategies, 5/12

job descriptions, 5/10–11, 5/19, Appendix F

liability insurance, 1/7

liability issues, 5/11, 7/8, 7/10, 7/19, Appendix F

marketing role, 9/3

new-worker orientation, 5/14, 5/19, 7/14,

Appendix F

number of activities and, 5/3

performance expectations and reviews, 5/4–5,

5/13, 5/19, Appendix F

reporting hierarchies, 5/13, 5/19, Appendix F

roles distinguished from board roles, 4/7,

Appendix F

sustainability strategies, 5/7

task outlines, 5/19, Appendix F

See also Employment-related disputes; Labor

laws; Taxes, employment

Staff members

acceptance of organizational structure, 1/7

accounting role, 11/2

on board, state laws, 5/9

capital campaign role, 6/14

distinguished from independent contractors,

5/14–17, 5/19, Appendix F

as donors, 6/8–9

fundraising role, 6/6

invited to board meetings, 4/16–17

for publishing operations, 10/5–6, 10/9, 10/12,

10/13

reasonable care exercised by, 7/10

to replace board members, 4/9

risk-management role, 7/14

UUNAA protections, 1/8, 1/9, 7/7, 7/10

volunteers as, 5/11

VPA protections, 7/11–12

INDEX I/1 3

Start-up costs, estimating, 3/7–11, Appendix F

State laws

boards of directors, 4/6–7, 4/10, 4/12, 5/9

charitable immunity protection, 7/6

charitable solicitation regulations, 6/30, 6/31

corporations, Intro/4, 1/15

disability insurance, 7/7

do-not-call rules for nonprofits, 6/17

employees vs. independent contractors, criteria,

5/17

fee agreements with lawyers, 12/6

implied employment contracts, 7/4

membership rights, 1/24–25

name requirements for nonprofit corporations,

1/4–5

online resources, 12/3

organizational structure requirements, Intro/3

seller’s permits, 6/24–25, Appendix E/2–6

statutes of frauds, 8/5

UUNAA protections, 1/8, 1/9, 7/7, 7/10

volunteer protections, 1/8, 5/15, 7/10–11

voting rights, 1/25, 6/12

wage and hour laws, 5/17, 7/4

See also Taxes, sales; Taxes, state

Statements, defined, 11/3

State offices

charitable solicitation registration offices,

Appendix C/2–6

corporate filing offices, 1/14–15, Appendix B/2–7

sales tax/seller’s permit agencies, Appendix E/2–6

Secretaries of State, 1/4–5, 1/11, 1/14–15, 7/11,

Appendix B/2–7

tax agencies, Appendix D/2–6

Statutes of frauds, 8/5–6

Strategic-planning process, 2/2–15

activities, 2/2, 2/10–12, 2/15, Appendix F

checklist, 2/15, Appendix F

choosing a time frame, 2/4

as circular, 2/12

editing and finalizing plans, 2/14–15

goals, 2/2, 2/10–12, 2/15, Appendix F

initial budget role, 3/2, 3/6

keeping it simple, 2/3–4

mission statements, 2/2, 2/5–10, 2/11, 2/15,

Appendix F

objectives, 2/2, 2/10–12, 2/15, Appendix F

as ongoing, 2/2

participants, selecting, 2/4–5, 2/15, 6/12,

Appendix F

programs, outlining, 2/2, 2/15, 5/3, Appendix F

resource assessment, 2/2, 2/12–13, 2/15,

Appendix F

SWOT analysis, 2/13–14, 2/15, Appendix F

Straw votes, 4/19

Substantially related activities, defined, 6/23

Substantiation rules, 6/29, 6/32, Appendix F

SWOT analysis, 2/13–14, 2/15, Appendix F

T Taxes

as criteria for selecting business structure, Intro/4

failure to pay, 7/13

on income-producing activities, 1/15

pass-through, Intro/4

planned-giving programs and, 6/14

reporting requirements, 11/3, 11/16

rules for corporations, Intro/4, Intro/5

rules for LLCs, Intro/5

rules for nonprofit corporations, Intro/4, Intro/5

rules for partnerships, Intro/5

rules for sole proprietorships, Intro/5

state tax agencies, locations, Appendix D/2–6

who should complete forms, 11/4

See also Unrelated business income tax (UBIT)

Taxes, employment

failure to pay, 7/13

FICA, 5/17, 11/16

for staff members, 5/14–17, 5/19, Appendix F

state, income, 5/17, 11/16

unemployment, 5/17–18, 7/15, 11/16

Taxes, local, 1/22

Taxes, sales

exemptions, for nonprofit organizations, 1/22,

11/8

failure to pay, 7/13

seller’s permits, 6/24–25, Appendix E/2–6

Taxes, state

employee income-tax withholding, 5/17

failure to pay, 7/13

online resources, 12/3

tax-exempt status, Intro/3, Intro/6, 1/11–12, 1/22

unemployment, 5/18, 7/15

Tax-exempt status

advantages and disadvantages of, 1/15–16, 1/18,

I/1 4 STARTING & BUILDING A NONPROFIT

1/22–24, 1/26, Appendix F

business names and, 1/5

creating separate funds, 1/21

defined, 1/16

do-not-call rules and, 6/17

incorporation and, 1/5, 1/11–13

IRS categories, 1/18, 1/19–20

Nonprofit Standard Mail rate and, 6/20

public trust role, 4/3

for sales tax, 11/8

state and federal, for nonprofit organizations,

Intro/3

for state taxes, Intro/6

taxes avoided by, 1/16, 1/18

See also 501(c)(3) status; Unrelated business

income tax (UBIT)

Tax penalties, avoiding, 11/4

Tax preparers, 12/6

Tax professionals, 12/6, 12/7, Appendix F

Tax returns, filing, 11/17, Appendix F

Tax year (fiscal year), defined, 11/6

Technical contacts, domain name, 9/17

Telemarketing

do-not-call rules for nonprofits, 6/18

professional solicitors, disclosures, 6/17

strategies, 6/16, 6/18

training solicitors, 6/32, Appendix F

Time is of the essence clauses, 8/11, 8/12

Trademark databases, 1/3

Trademark infringement, 1/2–4

Trademarks (marks), 1/2–3

Trade publications, to research trademarks, 1/3

Treasurers, board, 4/9, 6/8

Trusts, nonprofits as, 1/5

U UBIT. See Unrelated business income tax

UCC (Uniform Commercial Code), 8/5–7

Umbrella groups, risk-management strategies and,

1/7

UM/UIM (uninsured/underinsured motorist)

coverage, 7/17

Unbundled legal services (legal coaching), 12/3–5,

12/7, Appendix F

Unemployment insurance, 5/17–18, 7/15, 11/16

Unified Registration Statement (URS), 6/30, 6/31

Uniform Commercial Code (UCC), 8/5–7

Uniform Unincorporated Nonprofit Association Act

(UUNAA), 1/8, 1/9, 7/7, 7/10

Uninsured/underinsured motorist (UM/UIM)

coverage, 7/17

Unrelated business income tax (UBIT), 6/23–25

corporate sponsorships and, 6/27–28

defined, 6/32, 11/8, Appendix F

exemptions from, 6/23–24, 11/8

minimizing taxes on, 11/4

paid advertising as, 6/24, 6/27–28, 11/8

related vs. unrelated activities, 6/23

tax rules governing, 1/15, 1/17–18, 1/22–23, 6/32,

Appendix F

tracking, 11/8

URLs (website addresses), 9/11, 9/18

URS (Unified Registration Statement), 6/30, 6/31

U.S. Department of Labor, Small Business

Compliance section, 7/14

U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (PTO), 1/2, 1/3

U.S. Postal Service

Form 3624, Application to Mail at Nonprofit

Standard Mail Rates, 6/20

Nonprofit Standard Mail rate, 6/19–20

Publication 28, Postal Addressing Standards, 6/20

Publication 353, Designing Reply Mail, 6/20

Publication 417, Nonprofit Standard Mail

Eligibility, 6/20

V Venue booking, contract issues, 8/15–16

Vice presidents, board, 4/9

Videos. See Publishing informational materials

Volunteer Assignment Agreements, 10/6, 10/15–16,

Appendix F

Volunteer management, 5/2–7, 5/10, 5/11

acceptance of organizational structure, 1/7

board member roles, 4/7, 4/14

checklist, 5/19, Appendix F

executive director’s role, 5/2, 5/4

founders and, 5/5–6

handbook of workplace policies, 5/13–14, 5/19,

Appendix F

job descriptions, 5/10–11, 5/19, Appendix F

labor laws to protect, 5/15, 5/19, Appendix F

legal status, 5/15

liability insurance, 1/7

liability issues, 1/6–7, 5/11, 7/10–12, 7/19, 12/3,

INDEX I/1 5

Appendix F

liability waivers, 1/7

misconduct by volunteers, 7/12

new-worker orientation, 5/14, 5/19, 7/14,

Appendix F

number of activities and, 5/3

performance expectations and reviews, 5/3–5,

5/13, 5/19, Appendix F

reporting hierarchies, 5/19, Appendix F

sustainability strategies, 5/7

task outlines, 5/19, Appendix F

time as donated service, 11/9

UUNAA protections, 1/8, 1/9, 7/7, 7/10

Volunteer Protection Act (VPA), 1/8, 7/6, 7/10,

7/11–12, 12/3

Volunteers

income from activities conducted by, 1/22

misconduct by, 7/11

as non-cash assets, 2/12

recruiting, Intro/7, 5/11, 9/2

volunteer-hour statistics, 5/11

VPA definition, 7/11–12

works created by, copyright issues, 10/6, 10/13,

10/15–16

Volunteers, roles

accounting, 11/2

capital campaigns, 6/14

donors, 6/3–4, 6/8–9

fundraising, 6/6, 6/19, 6/24

graphic designers, 9/5

marketing, 9/3

membership drives, 6/13

publishing operations, 10/5–6, 10/9, 10/12, 10/13

staff members, 5/11

Voting rights

deciding who will have, 1/24–25, 1/26, 6/12,

Appendix F

of executive directors, 5/9

as membership benefit, 6/12

state requirements, 1/25, 6/12

Voting rules, for board meetings, 4/19

W Wage and hour issues, 5/17, 7/4

Warranties, contract clauses, 8/12

Web hosts, 9/15–17

Website addresses (URLs), 9/11, 9/18

Website designers, 9/5, 9/12, 9/13

Websites

creating, 9/11–19

defining and developing content, 9/13–15

domain-name availability, 1/3–4

domain-name registration, 9/16–17

information resources, 9/11–12

as marketing tool, 6/18, 9/2–3, 9/7, 9/19,

Appendix F

meta tags, 9/18–19

navigation concerns, 9/13, 9/14

online publishing, 9/11, 10/6–8

vs. printed formats, 10/6–8, 10/17, Appendix F

promoting sites, 6/18, 9/7, 9/17–19

purposes served by, 9/12–13, 10/7

submitting to search engines, 9/19

suffixes for nonprofits, 1/4

time-sensitive materials, including, 9/13

trademark conflicts, 1/2, 1/3

uploading Web pages, 9/17

Websites, specific

Financial Accounting Standards Board, 11/6

Foundation Center, 6/26

IRS, 5/18, 12/7, Appendix F

National Conference of Commissions on Uniform

State Laws, 1/9

online legal information, Appendix F

OSHA, 5/17

Postal Service’s Postal Explorer, 6/20

state, information on nonprofits, 12/3, 12/7,

Appendix F

U.S. Department of Labor, 7/14

Whistleblowing, employees fired for, 7/3

Windows users, using CD-ROM forms, Appendix

A/2–4

Workers’ compensation insurance, 5/17, 7/7, 7/15

Workforce. See Staff members; Volunteers

Workplace safety, 5/15, 7/6, 7/14–15, 7/19, Appendix F

Works for hire, copyright ownership, 10/12,

10/13–14

Wrongful termination disputes, 7/3, 7/9, 7/14, 7/18

Y Yahoo!, submitting websites to, 9/19

C A T A L O G ...more from Nolo

O R D E R 2 4 H O U R S A D A Y @ w w w . n o l o . c o m C a l l 8 0 0 - 7 2 8 - 3 5 5 5 • M a i l o r f a x t h e o r d e r f o r m i n t h i s b o o k

PRICE CODE

BUSINESS

Buy-Sell Agreement Handbook:

Plan Ahead for Changes in the Ownership of Your Business (Book w/CD-ROM) ......................... $49.99 BSAG

The CA Nonprofit Corporation Kit (Binder w/CD-ROM) ............................................................... $59.95 CNP

Consultant & Independent Contractor Agreements (Book w/CD-ROM) ......................................... $29.99 CICA

The Corporate Minutes Book (Book w/CD-ROM) ........................................................................... $69.99 CORMI

Create Yor Own Employee Handbook .............................................................................................. $49.99 EMHA

Dealing With Problem Employees ................................................................................................... $44.99 PROBM

Drive a Modest Car & 16 Other Keys to Small Business Success ....................................................... $24.99 DRIV

The Employer’s Legal Handbook ..................................................................................................... $39.99 EMPL

Everyday Employment Law ............................................................................................................. $29.99 ELBA

Federal Employment Laws ............................................................................................................... $49.99 FELW

Form Your Own Limited Liability Company (Book w/CD-ROM) .................................................... $44.99 LIAB

Hiring Independent Contractors: The Employer’s Legal Guide (Book w/CD-ROM) ......................... $34.99 HICI

How to Create a Noncompete Agreement ........................................................................................ $44.95 NOCMP

How to Form a California Professional Corporation (Book w/CD-ROM) .......................................... $59.95 PROF

How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation (Book w/CD-ROM)—National Edition ............................... $44.99 NNP

How to Form a Nonprofit Corporation in California (Book w/CD-ROM) ......................................... $44.99 NON

How to Form Your Own California Corporation (Binder w/CD-ROM) ............................................ $59.99 CACI

How to Form Your Own California Corporation (Book w/CD-ROM) ............................................... $34.99 CCOR

How to Get Your Business on the Web ............................................................................................ $29.99 WEBS

How to Write a Business Plan ......................................................................................................... $34.99 SBS

Incorporate Your Business ................................................................................................................ $49.95 NIBS

The Independent Paralegal’s Handbook ........................................................................................... $29.95 PARA

Leasing Space for Your Small Business ............................................................................................. $34.95 LESP

Prices subject to change.

PRICE CODE

O R D E R 2 4 H O U R S A D A Y @ w w w . n o l o . c o m C a l l 8 0 0 - 7 2 8 - 3 5 5 5 • M a i l o r f a x t h e o r d e r f o r m i n t h i s b o o k

Legal Guide for Starting & Running a Small Business ..................................................................... $34.99 RUNS

Legal Forms for Starting & Running a Small Business (Book w/CD-ROM) ...................................... $29.99 RUNS2

Marketing Without Advertising ...................................................................................................... $24.00 MWAD

Music Law (Book w/CD-ROM) ........................................................................................................ $34.99 ML

Nolo’s Guide to Social Security Disability ........................................................................................ $29.99 QSS

Nolo’s Quick LLC ............................................................................................................................ $24.99 LLCQ

Nondisclosure Agreements .............................................................................................................. $39.95 NAG

The Small Business Start-up Kit (Book w/CD-ROM) ...................................................................... $29.99 SMBU

The Small Business Start-up Kit for California (Book w/CD-ROM) ................................................. $34.99 OPEN

The Partnership Book: How to Write a Partnership Agreement (Book w/CD-ROM) ....................... $39.99 PART

Sexual Harassment on the Job .......................................................................................................... $24.95 HARS

Starting & Running a Successful Newsletter or Magazine ................................................................ $29.99 MAG

Take Charge of Your Workers’ Compensation Claim ........................................................................ $34.99 WORK

Tax Savvy for Small Business ............................................................................................................ $36.99 SAVVY

Working for Yourself: Law & Taxes for the Self-Employed ............................................................... $39.99 WAGE

Your Crafts Business: A Legal Guide ................................................................................................ $26.99 VART

Your Limited Liability Company: An Operating Manual (Book w/CD-ROM) .................................. $49.99 LOP

Your Rights in the Workplace ......................................................................................................... $29.99 YRW

CONSUMER

How to Win Your Personal Injury Claim ......................................................................................... $29.99 PICL

Nolo’s Encyclopedia of Everyday Law ............................................................................................... $29.99 EVL

Nolo’s Guide to California Law ........................................................................................................ $24.95 CLAW

Trouble-Free Travel...And What to Do When Things Go Wrong .................................................... $14.95 TRAV

ESTATE PLANNING & PROBATE

8 Ways to Avoid Probate ................................................................................................................. $19.99 PRO8

9 Ways to Avoid Estate Taxes .......................................................................................................... $29.95 ESTX

PRICE CODE

O R D E R 2 4 H O U R S A D A Y @ w w w . n o l o . c o m C a l l 8 0 0 - 7 2 8 - 3 5 5 5 • M a i l o r f a x t h e o r d e r f o r m i n t h i s b o o k

Estate Planning Basics ..................................................................................................................... $21.99 ESPN

How to Probate an Estate in California ............................................................................................ $49.99 PAE

Make Your Own Living Trust (Book w/CD-ROM) ........................................................................... $39.99 LITR

Nolo’s Simple Will Book (Book w/CD-ROM) .................................................................................. $36.99 SWIL

Plan Your Estate .............................................................................................................................. $44.99 NEST

Quick & Legal Will Book ................................................................................................................ $16.99 QUIC

FAMILY MATTERS

Child Custody: Building Parenting Agreements That Work ............................................................ $29.99 CUST

The Complete IEP Guide ................................................................................................................ $24.99 IEP

Divorce & Money: How to Make the Best Financial Decisions During Divorce ................................ $34.99 DIMO

Do Your Own California Adoption: Nolo’s Guide for Stepparents

and Domestic Partners (Book w/CD-ROM) ................................................................................... $34.99 ADOP

Get a Life: You Don’t Need a Million to Retire Well ....................................................................... $24.99 LIFE

The Guardianship Book for California ............................................................................................. $39.99 GB

A Legal Guide for Lesbian and Gay Couples .................................................................................... $29.99 LG

Living Together: A Legal Guide (Book w/CD-ROM) ....................................................................... $34.99 LTK

Medical Directives and Powers of Attorney in California .................................................................. $19.99 CPOA

Using Divorce Mediation: Save Your Money & Your Sanity ............................................................. $29.95 UDMD

GOING TO COURT

Beat Your Ticket: Go To Court and Win! (National Edition) ........................................................... $19.99 BEYT

The Criminal Law Handbook: Know Your Rights, Survive the System ............................................ $34.99 KYR

Everybody’s Guide to Small Claims Court (National Edition) .......................................................... $26.99 NSCC

Everybody’s Guide to Small Claims Court in California ................................................................... $26.99 CSCC

Fight Your Ticket ... and Win! (California Edition) .......................................................................... $29.99 FYT

How to Change Your Name in California ......................................................................................... $34.95 NAME

How to Collect When You Win a Lawsuit (California Edition) ........................................................ $29.99 JUDG

PRICE CODE

O R D E R 2 4 H O U R S A D A Y @ w w w . n o l o . c o m C a l l 8 0 0 - 7 2 8 - 3 5 5 5 • M a i l o r f a x t h e o r d e r f o r m i n t h i s b o o k

How to Seal Your Juvenile & Criminal Records (California Edition) ................................................ $34.95 CRIM

The Lawsuit Survival Guide ............................................................................................................. $29.99 UNCL

Nolo’s Deposition Handbook ........................................................................................................... $29.99 DEP

Represent Yourself in Court: How to Prepare & Try a Winning Case ............................................... $34.99 RYC

Sue in California Without a Lawyer ................................................................................................. $34.99 SLWY

HOMEOWNERS, LANDLORDS & TENANTS

California Tenants’ Rights ............................................................................................................... $27.99 CTEN

Deeds for California Real Estate ....................................................................................................... $24.99 DEED

Dog Law .......................................................................................................................................... $21.95 DOG

Every Landlord’s Legal Guide (National Edition, Book w/CD-ROM) ............................................... $44.99 ELLI

Every Tenant’s Legal Guide .............................................................................................................. $29.99 EVTEN

For Sale by Owner in California ....................................................................................................... $29.99 FSBO

How to Buy a House in California ................................................................................................... $34.99 BHCA

The California Landlord’s Law Book: Rights & Responsibilities (Book w/CD-ROM) ........................ $44.99 LBRT

The California Landlord’s Law Book: Evictions (Book w/CD-ROM) ................................................. $44.99 LBEV

Leases & Rental Agreements ............................................................................................................ $29.99 LEAR

Neighbor Law: Fences, Trees, Boundaries & Noise ........................................................................... $26.99 NEI

The New York Landlord’s Law Book (Book w/CD-ROM) ................................................................ $39.99 NYLL

New York Tenants’ Rights ............................................................................................................... $27.99 NYTEN

Renters’ Rights (National Edition) .................................................................................................. $24.99 RENT

Stop Foreclosure Now in California .................................................................................................. $29.95 CLOS

HUMOR

Poetic Justice ................................................................................................................................... $9.95 PJ

IMMIGRATION

Becoming A U.S. Citizen: A Guide to the Law, Exam and Interview ................................................ $24.99 USCIT

Fiancé & Marriage Visas ................................................................................................................... $44.99 IMAR

PRICE CODE

O R D E R 2 4 H O U R S A D A Y @ w w w . n o l o . c o m C a l l 8 0 0 - 7 2 8 - 3 5 5 5 • M a i l o r f a x t h e o r d e r f o r m i n t h i s b o o k

How to Get a Green Card ................................................................................................................ $29.99 GRN

Student & Tourist Visas ................................................................................................................... $29.99 ISTU

U.S. Immigration Made Easy ........................................................................................................... $44.99 IMEZ

MONEY MATTERS

101 Law Forms for Personal Use (Book w/CD-ROM) ...................................................................... $29.99 SPOT

Bankruptcy: Is It the Right Solution to Your Debt Problems? ......................................................... $19.99 BRS

Chapter 13 Bankruptcy: Repay Your Debts ..................................................................................... $34.99 CH13

Creating Your Own Retirement Plan ............................................................................................... $29.99 YROP

Credit Repair (Book w/CD-ROM) ................................................................................................... $24.99 CREP

Getting Paid: How to Collect From Bankrupt Debtors .................................................................... $29.99 CRBNK

How to File for Chapter 7 Bankruptcy ............................................................................................. $34.99 HFB

IRAs, 401(k)s & Other Retirement Plans: Taking Your Money Out ................................................. $34.99 RET

Money Troubles: Legal Strategies to Cope With Your Debts ............................................................ $29.99 MT

Stand Up to the IRS ........................................................................................................................ $24.99 SIRS

Surviving an IRS Tax Audit ............................................................................................................. $24.95 SAUD

Take Control of Your Student Loan Debt ......................................................................................... $26.95 SLOAN

PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS

The Copyright Handbook: How to Protect and Use Written Works (Book w/CD-ROM) ................. $39.99 COHA

Copyright Your Software ................................................................................................................. $34.95 CYS

Domain Names ................................................................................................................................ $26.95 DOM

Getting Permission: How to License and Clear Copyrighted Materials

Online and Off (Book w/CD-ROM) .............................................................................................. $34.99 RIPER

How to Make Patent Drawings Yourself .......................................................................................... $29.99 DRAW

Inventor’s Guide to Law, Business and Taxes .................................................................................... $34.99 ILAX

The Inventor’s Notebook ................................................................................................................. $24.99 INOT

Nolo’s Patents for Beginners ............................................................................................................ $29.99 QPAT

Patent Pending in 24 Hours ............................................................................................................ $29.99 PEND

PRICE CODE

O R D E R 2 4 H O U R S A D A Y @ w w w . n o l o . c o m C a l l 8 0 0 - 7 2 8 - 3 5 5 5 • M a i l o r f a x t h e o r d e r f o r m i n t h i s b o o k

License Your Invention (Book w/CD-ROM) ..................................................................................... $39.99 LICE

Patent, Copyright & Trademark ....................................................................................................... $39.99 PCTM

Patent It Yourself ............................................................................................................................. $49.99 PAT

Patent Searching Made Easy ............................................................................................................ $29.95 PATSE

The Public Domain ......................................................................................................................... $34.95 PUBL

Trademark: Legal Care for Your Business and Product Name ........................................................... $39.99 TRD

Web and Software Development: A Legal Guide (Book w/ CD-ROM) ............................................. $44.95 SFT

RESEARCH & REFERENCE

Legal Research: How to Find & Understand the Law ....................................................................... $39.99 LRES

SENIORS

Long-Term Care: How to Paln and Pay for It .................................................................................. $19.99 ELD

The Conservatorship Book for California .......................................................................................... $44.99 CNSV

Social Security, Medicare & Goverment Pensions ............................................................................. $29.99 SOA

SOFTWARE

Call or check our website at www.nolo.com for special discounts on Software!

LLC Maker—Windows .................................................................................................................... $89.95 LLP1

PatentPro Plus—Windows .............................................................................................................. $399.99 PAPL

Personal RecordKeeper 5.0 CD—Windows ..................................................................................... $59.95 RKD5

Quicken Legal Business Pro 2005—Windows ................................................................................. $109.99 SBQB5

Quicken WillMaker Plus 2005—Windows ..................................................................................... $79.99 WQP5

Save 35% on the latest edition of your Nolo book

Because laws and legal procedures change often, we update our

books regularly. To help keep you up-to-date, we are extending

this special upgrade offer. Cut out and mail the title portion of

the cover of your old Nolo book and we’ll give you 35% off the retail price of the NEW EDITION of that book when you

purchase directly from Nolo. This offer is to individuals only.

Call us today at 1-800-728-3555

Special Upgrade Offer

Prices and offer subject to change without notice.

Account Number

Expiration Date

Signature

Name

Address

City

State, Zip

Daytime Phone

E-mail

Our “No-Hassle” Guarantee

Return anything you buy directly from Nolo for any reason and we’ll cheerfully refund your purchase price. No ifs, ands or buts.

■ Check here if you do not wish to receive mailings from other companies

Basic Shipping—$5

Use for P.O. Boxes, Northern California and Ground Service.

Allow 1-2 weeks for delivery. U.S. addresses only.

Method of payment

Check VISA MasterCard

Discover Card American Express

Subtotal

Add your local sales tax (California only)

Shipping: RUSH $9, Basic $5 (See below)

“I bought 3, ship it to me FREE!”(Ground shipping only)

TOTAL

Item Code Quantity Item Unit Price Total Price

Order Form

Shipping and Handling

h

Rush Delivery—Only $9

We’ll ship any order to any street address in the U.S. by UPS 2nd Day Air* for only $9!

* Order by noon Pacific Time and get your order in 2 business days. Orders placed after noon Pacific Time will arrive in 3 business days. P.O. boxes and S.F. Bay Area use basic shipping. Alaska and Hawaii use 2nd Day Air or Priority Mail.

For faster service, use your credit card and our toll-free numbers

Call our customer service group Monday thru Friday 7am to 7pm PST

Phone 1-800-728-3555

Fax 1-800-645-0895 Mail Nolo

950 Parker St. Berkeley, CA 94710

Order 24 hours a day @

www.nolo.com

  • Table of Contents
  • Introduction: Doing Good and Doing It Well
    • A. Who Should Read This Book
    • B. Nonprofit Basics
    • C. Running a Nonprofit
  • 1 Naming and Structuring Your Nonprofit
    • A. Choose a Name for Your Nonprofit
    • B. Should You Incorporate?
    • C. Do You Want Tax-Exempt Status?
    • D. Should You Have Voting Members?
  • 2 Developing Your Strategic Plan
    • A. Components of a Strategic Plan
    • B. Decide Who Will Participate
    • C. Develop Your Mission Statement
    • D. Outline Specific Goals, Objectives, and Activities
    • E. Assess Your Resources
    • F. Identify Strategies
    • G. Edit and Finalize Your Plan
  • 3 Developing Your Initial Budget
    • A. Set Up Your Budget
    • B. Estimate Income
    • C. Estimate Expenses
    • D. Assemble Your Budget
  • 4 Your Board of Directors
    • A. What Makes a Good Board
    • B. The Board’s Duties and Tasks
    • C. Board Policies and Procedures
    • D. Recruiting Board Members
    • E. Holding Effective Board Meetings
    • F. The Role of Committees
  • 5 Your Workforce: Staff and Volunteers
    • A. Developing a Management Strategy
    • B. Hiring an Executive Director
    • C. Hiring and Managing Staff and Volunteers
    • D. Employees and Independent Contractors
    • E. Required Paperwork, Filings, and Taxes
  • 6 Fundraising
    • G. Funding From Grants
    • H. The Law of Fundraising
    • I. Working With Professional Fundraisers
  • 7 Risk Management and Insurance
    • A. Common Legal Problems
    • B. Who Is at Risk?
    • C. Managing Your Nonprofit’s Risks
  • 8 Understanding Contracts and Agreements
    • A. Contract Law Basics
    • B. Using Contracts in the Real World
    • C. Typical Contract Terms
  • 9 Marketing Your Nonprofit
    • A. Marketing and Public Relations at Work
    • B. Fundamental Marketing Tools
    • C. Creating a Website
  • 10 Publishing Informational Materials
    • A. Decide Whether to Publish
    • B. Create a Publishing Plan
    • C. Copyright Basics for Nonprofit Publishers
  • 11 Managing Your Finances
    • A. Bookkeeping and Accounting Overview
    • B. Tracking Income and Expenses
    • C. Creating Basic Financial Reports
    • D. Audits, Reviews, and Compilations
    • E. Reporting Requirements
  • 12 Getting Professional Help
    • A. Relationships Are Critical
    • B. Working With Lawyers
    • C. Working With Accountants and Other Professionals
  • Appendices
    • A How to Use the CD-ROM
    • B State Secretary of State or Other Corporate Filing Offices
    • C State Charitable Solicitation Registration Offices
    • D State Secretary of State or Other Corporate Filing Offices
    • E State Sales Tax or Seller’s Permit Agencies
    • F Forms and Checklists
      • Checklist: Naming and Structuring Your Nonprofit
      • Checklist: Developing Your Strategic Plan
      • Checklist: Developing Your Initial Budget
      • Checklist: Your Board of Directors
      • Checklist: Your Workforce: Staff and Volunteers
      • Checklist: Fundraising
      • Checklist: Risk Management and Insurance
      • Checklist: Understanding Contracts and Agreements
      • Checklist: Marketing Your Nonprofit
      • Checklist: Publishing Informational Materials
      • Checklist: Managing Your Finances
      • Checklist: Getting Professional Help
      • Volunteer Assignment Agreement
      • Contractor Work-for-Hire Agreement Warranties
      • Nonprofit’s Initial Budget
  • Index